aie Cyr muro? bene ere ME sis fyi pe raed 7% Hite tm fi neh: Qe creates 1 Stes. in ; 4D Se ae Seeree ae pres “4 : eaest Eieeer oe ey 3 at tak Si Seta aes per a thee * it ate 28 Sos Hats hogs G~ wh 7o.@ a " oh = Oe hws Ns Ms, He GEE af Me or ~ sreigh 7 Oa ~ ig ae tot awww eh Saw Aee ere ete oe ae + = V@s2s was . : oe Dik tee: Cr soe has aint Mf td ong. Pere carer) Ed i A Phd “ , Boh mem ne lt Ol il Pt er et a ee Pr Sranaree % ee >a * < * a-msssatae 4 be» d ’ 4 “Os 42 424s 4. 0 4 - ewe “na t et a Cher as = ie tse = sos O25 edhe 4.4 Por iets Brae ete Beeld ot rhesensfasesat " has an sla a > > ry Suess otha at J Fetes Gm ¥ tee 1 riety ; 4+ an ne ye > dpm Bo ae “ “ sists fei. any 2 fy = O04 M 1 lieben bo =se-' : Esse '@ = ya i Rete bnm ae ork & O58 Gs bua t- Onan ae phe a Sete Lan a Oh = hs Be re Ie op + ie He he ya Gy G- We iorwkows Ge ne ee el capate: < ets ¥. = Aa alee >> Hm tm HR me ig Ome Me hm ben hs hoy =o Ga a8 “ ry Tetafote t. ’ ~ + ME met teat 2s ha SS ee ; one Bh! ye thm Gm | - PA 4 Le tee ped = hon Hes = a OO Dy > sd eer ere bad oy He Paes hm 9 9-H 5 — . » aati r sees ene fgcats Orel ter iit ieirtebe laa dete beac a ee Tat co }¢ sks ay ~ Pew SRT WET A ae FESanT 5 belt. selec Aety ARAN bi a tbh: WT aca nipay aetna ei b y pale Sanna ee aN, Peiray a Hest ¥ , ere’ i JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, EDITED BY THE SECRETARY. VOL. XX. Nos. I. tro VIT.—1851. LLL LLL “ Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science, in different parts of Asia will commit their observations to writing, and send them tothe Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It wil—treguish if such communications shall be long intermitted ; and it will die aw fet liffvenurely cease.”—Sir Wo. Jones. CALCUTTA : PRINTED BY J. THOMAS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 1852. a aw that ast. ees z att i am at aye - i a n | S44 RAL ry poly a JO spa ds AP pa ert niga Ted or eNO yi; as ms ft " ‘ a tae . “ ie) Be oe ‘eo we Ao i. ai > é Die. 7 _ i oy iia: ae ), Sat Sauaga tie ok ‘ 7 et he des - oo Re ere GA Sint seid A a + oh . ‘ ae : . Sak 3 ul = ! phy ia pas “ “ hae n- | ie re ¥ “be 4, bates Es Pree JG ey cif ‘ . 7} = dated yo! 29 Vw Oe ae op 6d on Oe Od Las OBL ARS acss ce hs Aik (sd ae iclaabnt mae'r L4) . su ‘ DUK: ro up 8 2 oe tee eS Bae ee rat ‘ae “ee aa a VoL (Gat pe INDEX. Aneroid and Marine Barometers and Sympiesometers in Cyclones, On the comparative action of the, By H. Piddington, Esq. ........ On the adaptation of the, for the purposes of Surveying in india. By G. Bust, Weg. 2.2.6... eee eae de eudeee bss weebees Copper Ores of the Deogur Mines, Detailed Report on the, By H. Piddington, Hsq:) 1. 6.0 ae'es eee ee e's ete Calee oe Beets carers Chronometers, On the rates of, as influenced by the Local Attraction of Ships and by Terrestrial Magnetism. By H. Piddington, Esq. Coins of Indo-Scythian Princes of Cabul, Translation of some uncer- tain Greek Legends on, By H. Torrens, Esq. ..........eeeees ne Calderite Rocks, On a series of, By H. Piddington, Esq. .......... Comparative Geography of Ancient India, An Essay on the, ...... Colossal Figure Carved in Granite on the Mandar Hill in the Dis- trict of Bhagulpur, A short Notice of an Ancient, By Captain W.S. Sherwill,.. dadee's Fe eI Cael he ee ee Chronology of Maldkah baa be Hj? az before aheeraua aint founded upon Genealogy. By Dr. A. Sprenger, ........ sand Dophlas and the Peculiarities of their Language, Notes on the, By Wm. Robinson, Esq. ........ 00 cee. Ware eatc's sraldaldete's e's ee Floods in India, for 1849. By Dr. G. Bast” Sede ceisle eens Geography of India, A Comparative Essay on i Rinedone AL anor Index to the Indian Geological, Mineralogical, and Paleontological papers and Analyses of the Asiatic ae dora w sertateldeatae ai cise Kific Silver Coins, An account of eight, . aide ve sacle wee aes Laws of Storms, A Twentieth Memoir on ii in the Indian and China Seas, being the April Cyclone of the Bay of Bengal, 23rd to 28th April, 1850, By H. Piddington, Hsq.............e0ee0- 13, Literary Intelligence,............ Je0d be. Bodeees 2Ol, 430,352 Mammalia and more remarkable species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon, Report on the, By E. Blyth, Esq. ...... a ee eS ee Page 219 iv Index. Page “‘Maha4purushyas,” a Sect of Vaisnavas in Assam. By Capt. E. T. BVI E OIL ave le dente aieig done eve lafave ee iayelo wisele: n'ai Gate ate tapas SCT tea ee mea ek aD Mammalia, Birds, and Reptiles “ana at or near the station of Cherra Punji in the Khasia Hills, North of oe Notice of a — collection of, By E. Blyth, Esq.......... aes sa BY Mica Mines, A Sketch of the Behar, By erst: W. 's. Shecall 295 Mohammad, On the Earliest Biography of, By Dr. A. gical b Bil Ouo Moon, Influence of the, on the Weather. By J. Middleton, Esq .. 275 Meteorological Register for January, 1851, .......cccscceecvescee 112 for February, :dithojeats dpiwts pishajawiverdbies tall Sata bape ee for March, ditto, ........ é taliee Siw cpteldkrepw ope haem ene giao Se for-Appril, ditto. wd}: ee aed tals miebtakipister naan 369 —_— for Mays cditto) so) s-neniee oie evan + deta eae eae re 449 nr for - Sime (OHO ys loi bis te tenecteee vo spejerwso E etead apo ee —_— for Sully, Gitte, o's aipincaj-.0's'.6.0e\ sie: siege aye eee -- 454 for, Apts; ‘GibtO; cies aja «ass si are)isi sp abate a7als a Maat 535 . for Septerabery ditto 5 lojra clas divs daepanke bs elelegeeeeees aeoe for Novemibers ditt; (ae). ieee xied apni sae een for December. 4ditton nte:2% «OL inf cee ale scne eee oe Monthly means of Maximum and Minimum Pressures for 1841 to 1849, taken from the Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor ee General’s Office, Calcutta, ....... i wbteerckd eh Soest) cus eee beeyDae Notes of a Ruin in Singhbhum,........ diate ake «. siais ia iuamtels iets 283 Physiology of the Arabic Language, Obseruie pie on the, By Dr. Al Spreligery, ssvpyosladd. garcdieh aasclds stele» apis aasishade. Saeee 115 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for January, 1851, ............ 78 Ditto dor, We bemaiaypen. basses: Sis) « aye she nce binieele apailete Se syol hye Ditto for: Marchy a. bs psses oe 2's .0.0.0,2 »:¢000b. o me 285 = Ditto for April, rita. co ali wdk shales seers a eal OOO + Ditto for May iis sveisyeiels sable ea'eaa'l ods etnies ow epateunns 433 DittotOr Tune, fers shies hk o lee ee. [eek ede Gere aaa ae —_——_ Ditto for July,....... Ry cubano cls itd ciate duels a cpapefieheepaie ». 442 Ditto for Aug ast ep «erie, tiesto sien ye) '0 ia’ ogorisbahe tate coe. 40 Qoran, The Initial Letters of the Nineteenth Surah of the, By Dr. A. Sprenger,.. sea empelole cyan top ea Heeoe Rajmahal Hills, N ib on a ai eich hae ew ee 544, Roman Gold Coins, Remarks on some lately dices By ‘ii Dryas sepia dct: Sieh hr crane polyols eicaie Livi «alae Turan Mall Hill, Report on the, By Capt. ee ME, 3h s6dh net Neos Index. v Page Sankhya Philosophy, Review of A lecture on the, embracing the text of the Tattwasamasa. By Dr. J. R. Ballantyne, ..........000- 397 Sassanian Coins, On A letter from E. Thomas, Esq. .........000. 525 Shalka Meteorite, Examination and Analyses of the, By H. Pid- dington, Esq... pirates, xual aii Be occa MAREK BGO Shou, or Tibetan i ae npn Affnis, Mini, on Oe (with ce Plates). By B. H. Hodgson, Esq. . Sileiare larasteoeiel Lc ape Shower of Sand in the Chinese Plain, By D. J. Mestadrcans M. D. 192 Sil Hako or Stone Bridge in Zillah ee Brief notice of the, By Major 8S. F. Hannay, ..... ie b LAN AM OR chi SRM hee ciaiahnen:e O, Upanishads, A Comparative list ae wssiblbegSdchentans aiden uchessiniMeteia ale, SHONY 606 Vichitra Natak, Translation of the, or Beautiful Epitome, a fragment of the Sikh Granth entitled “the Book of the tenth pontiff.’ By BAe A) OG ONB. -aseie\sinsssninre pieicin p AU is Bee dee stibies + LadAg ABST Zafarnama, a Dialogue between res “i Biche Trans- lated from the Persian. By Babu Narasiftha Datta,............ 426 INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS. Buist, Dr. Geo., Floods in India for 1849, itic'e . Ane On the adaptation of the acrad nee tiie purposes on souvenirs wt. apoustdia eyed te 8 ri tiskenaieuatel eet fee a. 6 320 Blyth, E. Esq., Notice of a collection of Mammalia, Birds, and Tee tiles, procured at or near the station of Cherra Punji in the Khasia alls, North of Sylhet,.. cce.tes'ne RES Bray ee pee! SR 9 4 Report on the Magi na more Reine Ee species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon,..............- Nin sledaveisiave-guei caries LOO Drury Lieut., Remarks on some ce praae tes: Roman Gold SSUES (OIE) CERNE RRR OSE Fe 7 ae a a biepeiges stad alse tmoneier te Dalton, E. T. Capt., Notes on the d Mahénmmabas,”-. a Sect of Warshimarvas) in Assam, «5 is,4f} 0s) «is3« i «fia aiapee ep onemmeks bo seveelses, | A00 vi Index. : Page Elliott, W. Esq. Comparative List of Upanishads, .....see+ee«.. 606 Hannay, Major, 8. T. Brief Notice of the Sil Hako or stone Bridge an Zillah Kamrup, » <)0\e/esntieasices winneiste o tbs baw ditanes BEF Hodgson, B. H. Esq. On the Silica or Tibetan tie orcecescecee 388 MacGowan, D. J., M. D. Esq. Remarks on Showers of Sand in the Chistede Plain, 221... 69 .'tiGeaca ie ates . svewsss.: 192 Middleton, J. Esq., T. G. 8. Tnfluence of he Moai on ‘he weather, 275 Narsiniha Datta, Babu. The Zafarnama—a Dialogue between Aris- totle and Buzurgmihr, .......... lee Seen eevee Semel cule 426 Piddington, H. Esq. Detailed Report 0 on the Copper Ores ‘of shi Deogur Mines, .,...0: 0:0 ob Selenide ea dia aiadtbhey 1 A Twentieth Mimoié! on “ali aint of Storms in the Indian and China Seas, being the April Cyclone of the Bay of Benpal ; 23edeto.23bhy April, LSSO seis’. aicsocin wn saat ace 13 On the Rates of Chronometers, as sitters a ais Local Attraction of Ships and by Terrestrial Magnetism,........ 61 DitGOTTEEO PROG 5 ee Sele coho ores i vee, owe dlnicve ei eeceeatReia Oe On a series of Calderite te pSie' oie omar, olga, | Om On the Comparative Action of the Aneroid and Miadine Barometers and Sympiesometer in Cyclones, ...... P 219 Examination and ae of Shalka Meteorite (Zillah West Burdwan), ....... B¥aia\iol-aie taloteVaule altel ee Robinson, Wm. Esq. N cea on Aa ye and the Pecaisesinies of their Languages, ...... eee a eee ‘cee L2G Roér, Dr. H. Review of “ a ernie on che Sian Philosptiss embracing the text of Tattwasamasa, by Dr. J. R. Ballantyne, oo Mirzapore,” CCPC OO OC eoe Lee SHELL HE TE Oe CEOT OOOO OE HEHE OE Beeeee 397 Sprenger, Dr. A. anaaeeins on the Physiology of the Arabic Language, oooeeeee e@eoeeee ° e eee ee eeere BG 08 Fe eee oe 115 —— The Initial Letters of the N cee Sirah of the Qoran, 280 ————— Chronology of Makkah and the Hijaz before Mohammad chiefly founded upon Genealogy, ...... waee ee sdsle cue Owe — On the Earliest Biography of eae o'e cote wate eats 399 Sherwill, Capt. W.S. A short notice of an Ancient Colossal iighee carved in granite on the Mandar Hill in the District of Bhagulpur, 272 ——— A sketch of the Behar Mica Mines, .........cccscessceee 299 Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hills,...... ...s0cee.. S44 Siddons, Capt. Geo. Translation of the Vichitra Nataka or beauti- ful Epitome, a fragment of the Sikh Granth, .....ese00++0. 487 314 Index. vu Page eae, 2. Beg. On Sasdanvan Coins, ...... .c00 esc sesesscces se 525 _ ES An account of eight Kufic Silver Coins,.......... 537 Torrens, H. Esq. Translation of some uncertain Greek legends on Coins of the Indo-Scythian Princes of Cabul, ...... lal a das ale sv ae 137 Thurburn, Capt. Report on the Ttiran Mall Hill, addressed to R. N. C. Hamilton, Esq. Resident, Indore,......... wre etter eheas 502 Wilford, Lieut. Col. F. An Essay on the Comparative Geography BENOIT seca ote CCCT OE OO SE OHOTHHR HH OHHH BETH HOCH SH HOT HHLE 227 ADDENDUM. After the title of the paper on the Zine Mines of Jawar, published in the last volume (page 212 et seq.) add the words—Communicated by the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India. 4 oe 4p Mi ageet) see.” ; * i ma 1 ’ ef, ’ that saith sega, , ; ¥ rae i wal ey Be “fa ee , a , oR, <0 th Rade. or 7 i! ree , : = * ngs bey pa Tee hla aw s) Peetthen Sh: Ay Ln Sea ke ae i 7 ipa ie n a : i. eateries ake Le We eg Sopot Ney ba . ia TY ae ay rit j “i i rR ee, ed We deneey efi hs : “ge the fh Wabi SP se M em Nan ws ea \ oe ‘ b ab ey a ye Cr eee ae oa “ *e x on ae ‘ &, PY, Buble ea MT Rito ak + an are rst j : Mir bh an 1 (OR ee wi 4 " “in, nie es ae “inal ' se Ng Bacall Gil Die. Yack ss ee is n¢ 4 . pene a ie : - K ay fe, ( ' m, : ii wer mh ae mary 5 s ‘i F : 1 phos Vis a iho ; ar Hele diy 4 lise els ‘ | a hie . Ri oi we Pay’, ae il) Po ee 4 Wak a ‘ here atari re { Shit vg ‘Piwatin sm lle IT, fon a ae » sy erie “{ A) % heats q Le " v1, Pp 7” a Vos : CODE OF BYE-LAWS FOR THE meer rhc SOCLETY OF BENGAL. CALCUTTA : PRINTED BY J. THOMAS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. 1851. Petr ees 7. + eB ie a et ete ae CONTENTS. Page Title and Object, ue ate oe oe Aaa | Constitution, .. ae oe os Wettel s! 2D. Ordinary Members, .. ae as oe See Election, .. me bs mp Oe So as Notice of Election, oe es ef aa 20 Payments, ee a6 a OWED aveilutieD On return to India, Ae ate ae vee 9 SOE Composition in lieu of Subscriptions, ae ae 3 Fund arising from compositions, 4 o's wb. Acquiescence in the Rules, ee ee enti Jaye) «20 Arrears of subscription, .. ae ee Bee aise Penalty if 12 months in arrears, .. ale elk oe, - 10s Vote after payment of admission fee, .. ve acne tae Privileges, ee oe ee fetal if 20s Withdrawal, .. ae ata EN Re-admission, oe on Se aombee ste as No fee on re-admission, .. x = Ge ee Removal,.. oe + oe afew ial 20 Corresponding Members, te ee ae eeahatd Election,.. aie sts we SRE 6 run €Ole Privileges, Ae ee ee ate Ben! oles Removal,.. AG eis oe Ad sain Honorary Members, .. sf ste ee seen Election, .. oe oe oe STL abe: 80s Privileges, oe o i 50 Meh elEs Disqualifications, oe aie ne BELEN ova: 40s Removal, Hy aie ald ahs Braet ee Associate Members, = oe ee ray, ly hatagheerees Election, ae oe os RY sot ee Privileges and disqualifications, .. aw RMR S hi vad: Removal, oe | ate AA He an Mave Cole 1V Contents. Non-resident Members, oe oe 8 oe May be called on to vote, .. “in ve Appeal to, by the Council, ee ee ve Appeal to, by 6 or more Members, oie Book-privilege, ae ee ee ve General Meetings, os “% se ate Chairman, Me ty Sie ie Method of voting, = A majority of votes shall decide questions, .. Ze Equality of votes, se aS ee Notices of motion, , ste Questions of importance, how to be treated, te Right of Protest, Annual General Meetings, ane ie ad No Election of Members at, ‘@ Me as Notice of, oe Me ee Lists of new Council and Officers furnished by Members, Council and Office-Bearers,. . ifs e% Plurality of Offices forbidden, .. st vt Balloting Lists prepared by Council, .. we Scrutineers, te é Lists to be rejected, os oe a Equality of votes, .. ee 2% et Reading Report, : Adjournment of Meeting, ote es Vacancies in Council during the year, .. Ordinary General Meetings... te es a Visitors admitted, ste oes ars Order of business, .. ave nk Communications addressed to Society, how disposed of, Special General Meetings, .. ee 54 bia How convened,.. ce oe A month’s previous notice, 5: ° oe Business of, restricted to notice given, .. ai No stranger present at, os Se he Council, .. 4 vue om a's Meet once a eeatie A es A és Special Meetings, a oe he Chairman, ao oa Bie ak Contents. Method of voting, Ne ole ee Voting may be postponed, ae Minutes of proceedings, .. ee Minutes, notices, &c. filed, Government of Society entrusted to Council, Rules and Orders of Council, ts Ae Appointment of Officers, Clerks, &c. by Council, Sub-committees of the Council, .. Duties, &c. of Sub-committees defined by oan : Chairman and Secretary of Sub-committees, .. Sub-committees may be dissolved by the Council, .. Minutes of proceedings of Sub-committees, .. Council may dispose of duplicate books, &c., st Annual Report prepared by Council, ae Lists of new Council and Office-Bearers submitted by President, a ae a aie Duties, Ay ae 4a Ex-officio Member of all ee ate Secretaries, ae Duties, ane ys Duties divided between the two Secretaries, ie Ex-officio Members of all Committees, ws Assistant Secretary, Librarian, and Curators, .. Shall not be Members of the Society, oe Treasurer and the Accounts, By a oe Functions of Treasurer, ie Sums above 100 Rupees paid by ee of Council, .. Lodgment of Funds and Surplus, Accounts submitted monthly and annually, Separate account for Government grants, .. Books and Papers of the Society, .. us A Statute Book, sis yA Me Journal Books,.. a. as Ae Publications of the Society,.. Be uo Library, .. Bar ti ee oe oe Museum, Dis He Aye o Abrogation of all Laws not included in this code, No. 1. Balloting List for the Election of the Council, 2. Balloting List for the Election of Officers, .. at La fA owls Ww 6 j i er : Ae es my ig ie Me ek de gs a a Bi h-tiA WS. TITLE AND OBJECT. 1. The Institution shall be denominated as hereto- Name and ob- fore, the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and in the words of UES: its Founder ‘‘the bounds of its investigations will be the Geographical limits of Asia, and within these limits its enquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by man or produced by nature.” CONSTITUTION. 2. The Society shall consist of Ordinary Members, enanaton of ° e ° Corresponding Members, Honorary Members, and As- men Be sociates. 3. The number of Ordinary and Corresponding Ordinary and Members shall be unlimited. i 4, The number of Honorary Members shall be pro- Hfonorary and spectively limited to thirty, that of Associates to fifteen; aan and until the number of Honorary Members is reduced to thirty, the Society shall not elect more than one new Member annually. 5. Persons of all nations shall be eligible as Mem- All nations eli- bers of the Society. gible. OrdinaryMem- bers, Election of, Notice of Elec- tion. Payments, On return to India. Bye-Laws. ORDINARY MEMBERS. 6. Every Candidate for admission as an Ordinary Member shall address to the Secretary a letter stating, that he is anxious to promote the progress of science and literature, and is desirous of becoming a Member of the Society. He must also be proposed by one and seconded by another Ordinary Member. The letter shall be laid before the next meeting of the Council, and the names of the Candidate and his proposer and seconder, shall be read at the two ordinary general meetings next ensuing such meeting of the Council, and during the interval between these two meetings shall be suspended in the Society’s meeting room, and the person proposed shall be balloted for at the last of such ordinary general meetings; and to constitute a valid election not less than eleven Members must be present, and not less than two-thirds of those present must vote in favour of the Candidate proposed. 7. Persons so elected shall receive immediate notice of their election from the Secretary together with a copy of the Rules. 8. Ordinary Members shall pay an admission fee of Rs. 32 and a quarterly payment of Rs. 16 in advance, commencing from the quarter in which they are elected, so long as they are resident in India. These rates to be continued for two years and to be then subject to revision. 9. All Members on their return to India shall be called upon to pay their subscription as usual from the date of their return. Bye-Laws. 3 10. It shall be optional for any Member to com- Compositionin At as lieu of sub- pound for the quarterly contributions by the payment scriptions. of 500 Rupees. 11. All sums so paid shall be invested in Company’s Fund arising . ; from composi- _ Paper, and kept as a reserve fund, the interest of which tion. alone shall be appropriated to the current expenses of the Society. 12. The payment of the admission fee shall be con- Acquiescence, sidered as distinctly implying the acquiescence of every 9 mca Member elected into the Society in all Bye-Laws, Rules, and Regulations thereof. 13. When any Member shall be in arrear of his Arrears of sub- c : scription. quarterly contribution for one year, he shall be appris- ed by letter addressed to his last known place of resi- dence, that unless the amount due by him be paid before the end of the current year, his name will be removed from the list of Members; and in the event of his omitting to pay the amount within the time limited, his name shall be removed accordingly, and its removal notified in the proceedings of the Society. 14. Members who are 12 months in arrear of their Penalty, if 12 Bide a months in ar- subscriptions, shall not be allowed to vote. rear. 15. -No Member shall be entitled to vote until he Vote after pay- . : ants ment of ad- has paid his admission fee. mission fee. 16. The Ordinary Members of the Society shall be Privileges of. entitled to the following rights and privileges. To be present and vote at all general meetings. To propose Candidates for admission into the Society. To introduce visitors at the ordinary general meetings. To have personal access to the Museum, Library, and other public rooms of the Society and there to examine 4 Bye-Laws. the specimens, printed books, plates, drawings, and MSS. belonging to the Society. They shall also have the privilege of taking out books, plates, drawings, and MSS. from the Library and specimens from the Mu- seum, subject to such Rules and Regulations as the Council shall enforce agreeably to Rule 78. To receive gratis copies of the numbers of the Journal and Researches of the Society, published during the time they continue to be Members. To purchase other numbers of the Journal and Re- searches, or any other publications of the Society at reduced prices. Withdrawal 17. Any Member may withdraw from the Society of by signifying his wish to do so by letter addressed to the Secretary, provided always that such Member shall be liable to the subscription of the quarter wherein he signifies his wish to withdraw, and that he shall con- tinue liable to the quarterly contribution, until he shall have discharged all sums, if any, due from him to the Society, and shall have returned all books or other pro- perty, if any, borrowed by him of the Society, or shall have made full compensation for the same if lost or not _ forthcoming. Re-admission 18. A Member who has resigned shall be at liberty ms to withdraw his letter of resignation on payment of arrears, without going through the form of re-election ; provided such notice of withdrawal be given during the year in which the resignation has been notified. No fee on re- 19. A Member who has retired from the Society “cee exempted from the payment of a second admis- sion fee on re-election. Removal of. 20. If any Member of the Society shall disobey the Rules or Orders of the Society or Council, or shall Bye-Laws. 3 commit a breach of order at any of the general meet- ings, he shall be liable to be removed from the Society. Whenever there shall appear cause for the removal of a Member from the Society, the subject shall be laid before the Council; and if a majority of the Council shall, after due deliberation, determine by ballot to pro- pose to the Society the removal of the said Member, the President shall at any ordinary general meeting of the Society, announce from the chair such determina- tion of the Council ; and at the meeting next after that at which the said announcement has been made, the proposition shall be balloted for; and if 11 or more Members shall ballot, and two-thirds of the members balloting shall vote for the removal of such Member, he shall be removed from the Society. CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. 21. The Corresponding Members of the Society Corresponding . i sede ° : embers. shall consist of such persons not ordinarily resident in Calcutta, or within 20 miles thereof, as are likely to promote the objects of the Society. 22. Corresponding Members shall be proposed by Election of. the Council, they shall be elected by ballot in the same manner as Ordinary Members. 23. Corresponding Members when visiting the Pre- Privileges of. sidency shall have the privilege of attending the meet- ings of the Society, but shall not be entitled to vote. They shall have such personal access to the Library and Museum, and such liberty of there examining their contents as is enjoyed by Ordinary Members. 24. Corresponding Members may be removed in Removal of. the manner prescribed for the removal of Ordinary Members. Honorary Members. Election of. Privileges of. Disqualifica- tions of, Removal of. Associate IMI[embers. Bye-Laws. HONORARY MEMBERS. 25. Honorary Members shall be persons eminent for their knowledge of, or encouragement given to, science or literature: or for services rendered to the Society. 26. When the number of Honorary Members shall not be full, the Council shall have power to recommend a Candidate (stating his claims to such distinction), who shall be balloted for like Ordinary Members, but three-fourths of the votes shall be required to deter- mine his election. 27. Honorary Members shall be exempt from the payment of fees and contributions: they shall be entitled to the following rights and privileges. To be present at all general meetings. To have personal access to the Museum, Library, and other public rooms and there to examine the speci- mens, printed books, plates, drawings, and MSS. be- longing to the Society, and to receive gratis copies of the numbers of the Journal and Researches of the So- ciety, published during the time they continue to be ' Members. 28. Honorary Members shall not be entitled to vote on any question relating to the affairs of the So- ciety, or to fill any office in the Society. 29. Honorary Members may be removed in the manner prescribed for the removal of Ordinary Mem- bers. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. 30. Associate Members shall be persons well known for their literary or scientific attainments, but who are not likely to apply to become Ordinary Members. Bye-Laws. 7 31. Associate Members shall be proposed by the Election of. Council, they shall be balloted for like Ordinary Mem- bers, but three-fourths of the votes shall be required to determine their election. 32, The privileges and disqualifications of Associate abe ae and isqualinca- Members shall be the same as those of Honorary Mem- aeeecet | bers. 33. Associate Members may be removed in the man- Removal of. ner prescribed for the removal of Ordinary Members. NON-RESIDENT MEMBERS. 34, When non-resident Members vote on any ques- geen ny ° mopers. tion, the vote paper shall be transmitted to the Secre- tary, post paid. 35. The Council of the Society may call upon non- May be called . ° é on to vote. resident Members to vote on questions which they deem of importance, and in this case the expense of collecting the votes shall be defrayed by the Society. 36. The Council may also appeal from the decision ee ae of the resident Members to that of the Society at large; on in this case also the expense of collecting the votes of non-resident Members shall be defrayed by the Society. 37. Ifsix or more Members sign a requisition call- Appeal to by 6 s 3 : ee or more Mem- ing upon the Council to appeal from the decision of a bers. meeting of resident Members to that of the whole So- ciety, the Council shall comply with the requisition ; but the expense of collecting the votes of non-resident Members shall be defrayed by the persons who have signed the requisition, the amount to be refunded by the Society, if the decision appealed against be reversed. 38. Non-resident Members shall have the privilege Books baivk of taking out Books from the Library on making a cian 8 Bye-Laws. special application to the Council, and signing an ob- ligation to defray the expense of carriage, and to re- place any book which may be lost or damaged. The Council shall be empowered to make such restrictions as to rare and valuable books, manuscripts, &c. as they may deem proper in accordance with Rule 78. MEETINGS, GENERAL MEETINGS. General Meet- 39. No general meeting of Members shall be com- in petent to enter on any business unless 5 or more Members be present. Chairman of. 40. The President shall be the Chairman at all general meetings ; or in case of his absence, one of the Vice-Presidents ; or in case of their absence, the senior Member who shall for the time being have all the authority, privilege, and power of the President. Method of vot- 41. The ordinary methods of voting shall be by ind shew of hands, but a ballot shall be taken in cases pre- scribed by the Rules, or when demanded by any Mem- ber present. Subject to the provisions for receiving the votes of non-resident Members under sections 34, 35, 36, and 37. A majority of 42. The decision of the majority of the Members votes shall de- : : ie cide questions. voting at a meeting, shall be considered as the decision of such meeting ; and an absolute majority shall suffice, except in cases specially designated by the Rules. When votes 43. When the votes on either side shall be equal, are equal. f : : ° except in cases specially designated in the Rules, the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. Notices of mo- 44. Notices of motion shall be given on questions tion. ; . : ‘ submitted to the Society at a general meeting preceding Bye-Laws. 9 that on which the subject is to be disposed of, except in matters of current business and routine; and if any question shall arise whether the subject of a particular motion is such matter, the question shall be determined by the Chairman. 45. All proposals affecting expenditure, election, ap- Questions of pointment, or removal of officers and servants, changes pala oa of organization, and generally all questions of import- ahaa ance, shall be first duly notified at a general meeting, then referred to the Council for report, and finally de- cided (after such report shall have been submitted) at the annual General Meeting, or at a special meeting, convened for the purpose, at which not less than 12 Members must be present. If the proposal be to amend or alter the Rules, three-fourths of the votes taken shall be necessary to carry the proposed amendment or alter- ation, and the votes of non-resident Members shall be taken on such proposal. 46. Any Ordinary Member shall have the right of Right of Pro- recording, in general terms, his protest against the deci- ine sion of the majority upon any question submitted to the Society. 47. The General Meetings to be held by the So- General Meet- ‘ A ings of 3 kinds. ciety, shall be of three kinds, 1. Annual, 2. Ordinary, 3. Special. ANNUAL GENERAL MEETINGS. 48. The Annual General Meeting shall be held on Annual Meet- the Ist Wednesday in January for the election of Coun- aah cil and Officers for the ensuing year, and to receive and hear read the annual report on the Financial and gene- ral concerns of the Society, and for the transaction of any other business of which due notice has been given, 10 Bye-Laws. No election of 49. No person shall be proposed or elected a Mem- Members at. : ; ber of the Society on the day of the annual meeting. Notice of an- 50. Notice of the annual meeting shall be inserted nual Meeting. . in two or more newspapers one week at. least before the day of meeting. List of new 51. Every ordinary Member present at such meet- he i ing shall be at liberty to furnish to the Chairman pre- Members. —_ciding, a list of the names of such persons as he may deem eligible to the posts of Members of Council and Office-Bearers. Council and 52. The Council shall consist of 15 ordinary Mem- OTe ETc bers. of ‘tlie Society, out of whom shall be appointed, 1 President, 3 Vice-Presidents, and one or more Secre- taries, one of whom may be ex-officio Treasurer. Plurality of 53. No person shall hold at the same time more Offices forbid- A : é : den. than one of the following offices, viz. President, Vice- President or Secretary. BallotingLists 54. The Council for the time being shall, before si Saray ie the day of election, cause to be prepared a sufficient number of printed balloting lists according to the form in the appendix, which shall contain the names of those persons whom they recommend to be appointed Mem- bers of Council and Office-Bearers for the year ensuing, with blank columns in which to place other names. Scrutineers. 55. The Chairman shall appoint two Scrutineers to examine the lists and report the result to the meeting. Lists to bere- 56. If any list shall contain more than the proper as number of names, or if any list should include the name of any person who is not eligible to the Council, such list shall be deemed void and not taken any account of by the Scrutineers. Bye-Laws. 11 57. Incase there shall be an equal number of votes Equality of e e e t s for the election into the Council, or to any of the re- pare spective offices, of two or more persons, the order of preference shall be decided by lot. 58. During the Ballot, the report shall be read, and eadine Re- the meeting may proceed with the other business, if any, so which may remain to be transacted. 59. If at the time of closing the ballot for the elec- Adjournment tion of the Members of the Council it shall appear that abil 11 Members have not balloted, the anniversary meeting shall be adjourned to some other day not less than a week nor more than two weeks after such original meet- ing. Notice of such adjourned meeting shall be given, and the business shall be transacted, in the manner pre- scribed in the preceding Rules; and the Council and Officers elected at the preceding annual meeting shall continue to conduct the affairs of the Society until their successors are elected. 60. In the event of a vacancy during the year inthe Vacancies in ; : : Council dur- list of Council or Officers of the Society, such vacancy ing the year. shall be filled up by the Council, subject to the confirma- tion of the Society at the second monthly meeting after the occurrence of such vacancy. ORDINARY GENERAL MEETINGS. 61. Ordinary general meetings shall be held on the Ordinary gene- first Wednesday of every month ; the Council shall on sie ial ai special occasions have the power of appointing any other day not later than that day se’nnight for the ordinary meeting of the Society of that month. 62. Persons not belonging to the Society, if intro- Visitors ad- mitted. duced by Ordinary Members, may be present at the ordinary general meetings. Their names and the names Order of busi- ness. Communica- tions address- ed to Society, how disposed of. Bye-Laws. of the Members who introduced them, shall be given to the President for record. 63. At the ordinary general meetings, the order of business shall be as follows: 1. The names of the visitors allowed to be present at the meeting shall be read aloud by the Chairman. 2. The minutes of the last meeting shall be read by one of the Secretaries, and if found to be accurate, and not to involve any contravention of the rules of the So- ciety, shall thereupon be confirmed by the meeting and signed by the Chairman. 3. The presents made to the Society since their last meeting shall be announced and exhibited. 4. Proposals of Candidates for admission into the Society shall be submitted, and ballots taken as before provided. 5. Motions of which notice was given at the last meeting, shall be brought forward and disposed of. 6. Notice of intended motions shall be given for entry in the proceedings of the meeting; and every such notice of motion shall be suspended in the meeting room until finally disposed of. 7. Reports and communications from the Council shall be submitted for consideration. 8. Papers and communications addressed to the So- ciety shall be read. 64. All communications addressed to the Society shall in the first instance be submitted for the considera- tion of the Council, who shall cause to be drawn up a programme of the business to be transacted at the ordinary general meetings, and no other business shall be brought forward at such meetings, unless it be declar- ed to be urgent by the President of the Society, and that it could not have been previously communicated to the Council. Bye-Laws. 13 SPECIAL GENERAL MEETINGS. 65. Special general meetings of the Society shall be Special Gene- held from time to time, as there may be occasion, for ae the purpose of taking special matters relating to the business of the Society into consideration. 66. Special general meetings may be convened by How conven- the Council, or on a requisition to that effect to the a) President, signed at least by 6 Members of the Society, who thereupon will call the same through the Secretary by public advertisement in three of the newspapers of the Presidency. 67. No special meeting shall take place without a A month’s pre- month’s previous notice being given, unless the case be “°”~ mR declared to be urgent by the requisitionists, when the subject shall be referred to the Council who shall decide on the day when the meeting shall take place. 68. No other business than that of which notice has Business _ of, : : E f fs restricted to been given in the advertisement convening the meeting, Notice given. shall be entered upon or discussed at such meeting, 69. No stranger shall be permitted to be present at No stranger 1 i ; t at: a special meeting of the Society. present 2 COUNCIL. 70. The Council shall meet once at least in every Council to meet once a Calendar month throughout the year, on such day as jionth. they shall deem. expedient, and no meeting shall be competent to enter on or decide any business unless three or more Members are present. 71. The President, or any two Members, may call a Special Meet- special meeting of the Council. ings of. 72. The President, or in his absence. one of the Chairman. 14 Bye-Laws. Vice-Presidents, or in their absence the Senior Member, shall preside at every meeting of the Council. Method of 73 The ordinary method of voting at the Council Were: shall be by shew of hands, but a ballot shall be taken in cases prescribed by any regulation of the Council, or when demanded by any Member present ; and the deci- sion of the majority shall be considered the decision of the meeting ; in case of equality of votes, the Chairman shall give a second or casting vote. Voting maybe 74. The voting on any question, except it be one of postponed. adjournment, shall on the demand of any Member pre- sent, be postponed to the next ensuing meeting, when the question shall be disposed of. Minutes of 75. Minutes of the proceedings of every meeting of Proceedings. : the Council shall be taken during their progress by one of the Secretaries, or, in case of their absence, by some Member present, whom the Chairman shall appoint for the occasion. The minutes shall afterwards be copied fairly ina minute book and read and signed by the Chairman at the next meeting of the Council. ‘Minutes, No- 76. All letters, notices, minutes of Members, and tices, Bo : filed. * other documents connected with the business of the Society, shall be filed in the order of their dates and preserved. Government of 7/7: The Government of the Society and the direc- Society, en- trusted to Council. be entrusted to the Council, subject to no other restric- tion, management, and execution of its concerns, shall tions than are and may be imposed by the Rules, and to no other interference than may arise from the decisions of the Members assembled in general meetings. Rules and Or- 78. The Councii may from time to time make such ders of Coun- 5 : : : Se Le Regulations and issue such orders not inconsistent with Bye-Laws. Ls the Bye-Laws, as shall appear to them conducive to the good Government of the Society, and to the proper management of its concerns ; and all such Regulations and Orders shall be binding on all the Members, Offi- cers and Servants of the Society, provided that all such Regulations shall be reported for the information of the Society, at the next general meeting, and be subject to its confirmation. 79. The Council may appoint persons, not Mem- Sagar pail bers of the Society, to be salaried Officers, Clerks, or Clerks, &c. by Council. Servants, for carrying on the necessary concerns of the Society ; and may define the duties to be performed by them respectively ; and may allow to them respectively such salaries, gratuities, and privileges, as to them the Council may seem proper ; and may suspend any Officer, Clerk, or Servant from office, whenever there shall seem to them occasion ; provided always that such appoint- ment, allowance, or suspension shall be reported to the next general meeting of the Members, to be confirmed or annulled, as may be decided by such meeting. 80. The Council shall elect from their own body, Sub - Commit- Sub-committees or Sections of Oriental Literature, eee va Natural History, &c. also Sub-committees of Finance and papers; whose reports on all matters referred to them shall be submitted to the Council. 81. The Council shall be at liberty to call into their Council may li oth assistance and appoint as Members of the Sub-commit- oe aad fe tees, or Sections, any other Members of the Society, bien Soret who are competent and well versed in the subjects to be Gommittees. referred to the said Sub-committees. 82. The powers, duties, &c. of the Sub-committees Duties, Sec. of Sub- Commit- shall be defined by the Council. tees, defined by Council. 83. Every Sub-committee or Section may appoint May elect their Chair- its own Chairman and Secretary. mig seen: 16 Bye-Laws. May be dis- 84. The Council may dissolve sach Committees solved by the Z Council. whenever they shall think proper. Minutes of 85. Every Sub-committee shall cause minutes to be roceeding's of ‘ : ai as ead ake taken of its proceedings, and shall produce the original tops. minutes, if required, to the Council. Council may 86. The Council may exchange for other property, dispose of du- ¢ . é plicate Books, Or otherwise dispose of, any duplicate books, maps, or ia specimens, belonging to the Society, in such manner as may, in their opinion, best conduce to advance the ob- jects and interests of the Society. Annual Re- 87. The Council shall present, and cause to be read port, prepared : by Council. to the Annual General Meeting, a report on the general concerns of the Society. The report shall state the income and expenditure, and disbursements, the balance in hand, the debts and assets, and the increase or de- crease of the Society during that year; it shall also specify the average monthly income and expenditure, and give an estimate in detail of the probable income and expenditure of the succeeding year. The report shall also set forth the progress of the Library, and of the Museum in its various departments. Lists of new 88, The Council shall submit tothe Annual General Council and £ . , Office Bear- Meeting, in every year, lists of such persons as they A Che shall consider most fit to be Members of the Council and Officers for the ensuing year. PRESIDENT. Duties of the 89. The business of the President shall be to pre- side at all the meetings of the Society, and regulate all the proceedings ; and generally to execute or see to the execution of the Rules and Orders of the Society. Ex-officio 90). The President shall be ex-officio Member of all Memh f all : 2 : Committees. Committees appointed by the Council. Bye-Laws. ly SECRETARIES. 91. It shall be the duty of the Secretaries, Duties of the Secretaries. 1. To conduct the Correspondence of the Society and Council; and to sign all letters and papers ema- nating from the Society. | 2. To attend the general meetings of the Members and meetings of the Council; to take minutes of the proceedings of such meeting during their progress, and at the commencement of every such meeting to read aloud the minutes of the previous meeting. 3. At the ordinary meetings of the Members, to announce the presents made to the Society since their last meeting ; to read the names of Candidates pro- posed for admission into the Society, and the original papers communicated to the Society, or the letters addressed to it. 4. To see that all the proceedings, whether of the Society or of the Council, are entered in the minute books before the following meeting shall be holden, and to see that all letters and papers and documents of every kind connected with the business of the Society, are properly filed and preserved. 5. To edit the Journal and Researches of the So- ciety. 6. To exercise a general supervision over the ser- vants and affairs of the Society and to see that the Rules and Orders of the Society and Council are executed. 92. The Secretaries, if more than one, shall by Duties divided mutual agreement, divide between them the duties above Pet ea eats enumerated, and shall communicate to the first meeting Ee, ae ORR of the Council to be holden after the day of the annual election, which of those duties they have each under- taken to perform. 2 : Secretaries ex- 93. The Secretaries shall be ex-officio Members of officio Mem- all Committees appointed by the Council. Sra ha i8 Bye-Laws. ASSISTANT SECRETARY, LIBRARIAN, AND CURATORS. Asst. Secy., 94. The person who shall be chosen to any one or Librarian and Curators shall to all of these offices, to which salaries or emoluments =e Oe ORE are to be annexed, shall either not be an ordinary Mem- Society. ber of the Society ; or, if a Member, shall cease to be so, upon his election to, and acceptance of, any such office ; as no ordinary Member of the Society is, or shall be, capable of holding any place, office, or appointment under the Society, to which any salary, profit, or emo- lument, is or shall be annexed.* TREASURER AND THE ACCOUNTS. Treasurer, his 95. The Secretary as ex-officio Treasurer, shall re- functions: ceive for the use of the Society, all sums of money due or payable to the Society ; and shall pay and disburse all sums due from or payable by the Society ; and shall keep particular accounts of all such receipts and payments. cd le 96. Every sum of money payable on account of the Society exceeding 100 Rupees, shall be paid only by order of the Council. Lodgment of 97. ‘The funds of the Society shall be lodged in the clastic cal and Bank of Bengal ; all surplus above 1000 Rupees, shall ‘be invested in Company’s securities on behalf of the Society, in the name of the Government Agent. Accounts sub- 98, The Accounts and Vouchers of the receipts and mitted month- ly and annual- expenditure of the Society, shall be submitted monthly Ge and annually, to a Finance Sub-Committee of the Coun- cil for examination and audit ; they shall also be pre- sented at each monthly meeting, and laid on the Library table, for one month, for examination of Members. * Provided that every such officer shall have personal access to the Library and Museum and liberty to examine the contents there - of and to take Books out of the Library and Specimens out of the Museum subject to such Rules and Regulations as may from time to time be made by the Council in that behalf under Bye- law 78. Bye-Laws. 19 99. Separate accounts shall be kept and rendered of Separate _ac- the appropriation of the grants received from Govern- Coe ment, for the promotion of oriental literature, and in 8™@#S. other departments. BOOKS AND PAPERS OF THE SOCIETY. 100. There shall be kept a book wherein shall be Statute Book. fairly written, all the Rules, Regulations, and Bye-laws made or to be made, coneerning the government and regulating of the Society or Council, and also a Register of the Members of the Society, with the dates of their election, 101. There shall be kept Journal Books of the JournalBooks. Society, and also of the Council, wherein shall be enter- ed all the Resolutions, orders and proceedings of the Society and Council at their respective meetings, to which Journal Books any Ordinary Member may have access, at such times-as the Library is open. PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOCIETY. 102. The Journal or other publications of the So- Journal, &c. ciety shall be under the Superintendence of the Coun- ee ae ockety. cil. Contributors to the Journal, &c. shall be entitled to twenty-five copies of their papers. LIBRARY. 103. The Library shall be open from 10 a. M. to 4 Eabrary, hours o’clock p. m. between which hours, the Librarian shall 9, **em¢ance be in attendance every day, Sunday excepted. MUSEUM. 104. The museum shall be open to the public daily, Museum when except Sundays. Visitors shall record their names ina °?°™ Book kept for the purpose. 105. H. Silver specks and veins in it. reer ore nates of copper, with bright red Hee Groun: Bluish green, earthy carbo- aN specks. Bright large-grained Galenas. J. 5th Group. Cupro-Plumbite, an ore of Galenas. copper and lead, in diagonally >K. lamellar veins. * This is No. 12 of Captain Sherwill’s list where it follows the ores. tT Two small nodular specimens of this variety, of a dark earthy liver-coloured aspect, seem richer than the rest, but I have only these as yet and cannot spare them for a quantitative analysis. 8 Report on the Copper Ores of the Deoghur Mines. {No. 8. These ores and their constituents may be described as follows :— A. The Bright Peacock ores. This is the well known variegated vitreous copper ore of mineralo- gists, which contains from 50 to 70 per cent. of copper. Our specimens are in thin veins, of which the thickest is 3 (five eighths) of an inch thick, but as some specimens appear to contain a larger proportion of the poor yellow sulphuret, not more than 30 or 40 per cent. should be expected from this ore in practice. It contains no silver. B. Dull Peacock. This is a more ferruginous and earthy variety of the former ore, and of course would give less copper. It is indeed scarcely worth making a variety of. It contains no silver. Marbled Peacock ore. This is a variety which occurs marbled with green and red earthy mixtures. It runs (either at the termination of the vein or at the surface ?) to a pale earthy gossan. It seems to con- tain a promising proportion of silver. Seconp Group, FAHLERZEN, or Grey Coprer. D. Dull massive Grey Copper. This may be described a dull grey, greenish grey, and liver-coloured Fahlerz, the grey varieties sometimes shining with a micaceous or silvery lustre on the fresh fracture, the liver-coloured ones slightly micaceous also on the fracture but of a reddish-colour on the weathered or old surfaces. It is a true Fahlerz as to appearance, but I found it to con- tain, on an average from the pound taken for amalgamation of the grey and liver-coloured sorts together, in 100 parts. Sulphurand a ltle weatersiter swat o- bs waite ys 00's se | PAOD Harthy silicates. 82). te eee ons Se kos 0s ain hommes Peroxide of 4rony i Ree ee he os cee 8.33 TGA, sus 9 pro 5's, 36), gisccie Seas aan « fe. ¢. cite ten aik <0) 4 cee COPD OTs na isin, $0: oie ons vie Sem «bith oy erated’ ce arc es aD UCN 5 cals aaiaeg are, ckeey theta MME snip: ecohscneceelies oan 4 nm 97.60 Loss,.... 2.40 100.00 1851.] Report on the Copper ores of the Deoghur Mines. g There is no trace of antimony in this mineral, and it thus forms a distinct lead Fahlerz! which I do not find any where described ; the latest authority, Nicol (p. 490), appears to think lead an accidental occurrence. Before the blow-pipe in an open tube it blackens and gives an acid water, but no sublimate. Qn charcoal it gives no fumes nor any deposit but is converted without ebullition into a black cindery slag which with soda gives a pale metallic copper mixed with lead. If the heat is long continued the lead of course disappears and the copper alone remains. This ore was one of those of which I could collect enough for an amalgamation by the Mexican process, and as will be seen in the sequel it gave a very good product. E. Bright Grey Copper. This is a grey copper, a Fahlerz with some lead but no silver. It is massive, with a steel-grained fracture, and brittle, but the latter por- tions are hard to pound ; with green and yellow marblings and stains, it passes inte a green and yellow earthy gossan. 3rpv Grovp, Rep Orgs. F. Bright, brick-red Pacos, or Colorados. This ore exactly resembles the museum specimens of Peruvian Pacos from my own collections, that is, an earthy iron ore. I collected a suffi- ciency of this ore to subject a pound troy of it to a proper Mexican amalgamation process, of which the results will be described in Part III. The composition of an average lot taken from that used for amalga- mation was as follows :— Water, sulphur and carbonic acid,* ...... 14.30 Peps. a. Se Ue Ges 52 0.21 irom, weromides 8) 206M PAs ee bs 15.40 Copper, peroxide, .. -e2e- 27.20==21. 8 copper. ND ee Say ie ur OS... tS sae BOA emmy RINGatCS, oe cc ecm ss cee as as eee 100.01 It is thus a tile copper ore, with a minute portion of silver. * Some of the Copper appears to be in the state of Carbonate. Cc 10 Report on the Copper ores of the Deoghur Mines. [No. 8. G. A dull, pale red, and liver-coloured Pacos. This ore also contains silver, and two small nodular specimens of a dark earthy liver-coloured aspect, seem richer than the rest, but I have as yet only these two bits, and indeed not much of any of this kind. H. Dark hard veins of a red tile-copper ore, with black shining specks and veins of protoxide of iron. This ore contains some silver but we have but very little of it, and I can only roughly estimate it by a guess at about two-thirds the value of F. 5TH Group, GALENAS. J. Bright large-grained Galena, no silver. K. Cupro-Plumbite (Breithaupt). ' This is another Peruvian ore which we have unexpectedly found. It may be described as massive, in very thin veins, forming alternate streaks of a bright and dull, dark, blue-grey, galena-like mineral; the streaks lying diagonally across the small veins; sometimes in larger glancing masses, and at others in thin needle-like streaks. I have not found any silver in it, though Breithaupt gives it 0.5 per cent. Before the blow- pipe, in the open tube, it fuses and gives acid fumes. On charcoal it melts, swells up, and boils, sending out arapid stream of dull sparks if brought too near the reducing flame. Finally it gives a globule of lead which contains copper but no silver. Our specimens are all in such very thin veins that a quantitative analysis would always give uncertain results, owing to the matrix. I have therefore preferred to wait till we obtain larger masses with some new supply. Part III.—AMALGAMATION ASSAYS. I thought it of much importance that we should ascertain if, with the high temperature and great moisture prevailing here during most part of the year, the Mexican amalgamation process could be success- fully used for the extraction of the minute portions of silver which 1851.] Report on the Copper ores of the Deoghur Mines. 11 these ores contain, and by which only they can be wrought to profit,* and having obtained a supply, though rather limited in quantity, I first most carefully picked and sorted the ores, and obtained a pound troy weight of two of them, from which the following experiments were made, after some preliminary trials of which it is unnecessary here to give particulars ; being, though tedious, only those which all labora- tory work requires before an experiment for publication is made. AMALGAMATION I. The first was the ore F. a bright brick-red Pacos. One pound troy was carefully reduced to a fine powder, and salt and magistralt added, in larger proportions than usual on the large scale, in a large mortar, and on subsequent days the mercury was duly added, but also in larger proportions, to insure the successful extrac- tion of all the silver. The mass was worked over every two days by the pestle, and kept at the proper degree of moisture. On the twenty-fourth day it was carefully washed off, and the mercury driven off by heat ; and though there was some small loss from ebullition of the mercury in the cruci- ble, and some also in washing such small quantities, as I ascertained by experiment, yet I had the satisfaction of obtaining 5 grs. of pure silver from the pound troy ; which for the Cazon of 5000 pounds Avoirdu- pois would give somewhat better than 84 mares of silver to the Cazxon ; and ores are sometimes wrought in Mexico and Peru of 2 and 2} marcs when quicksilver is cheap: Ores which give above six mares being called good metal. The highest specimen we have in the museum -is marked as giving 500 marcs and the lowest 20; but all those so valued are sulphurets ; none of the Pacos, unfortunately, are valued. AmauGAmation, No. II. The second trial by amalgamation was with the specimen D, the dark liver-coloured Fahlerz, the only one, besides the above, of which I could obtain a troy pound weight. The process was of course the same, but, though the weather was cooler, only 20 days were allowed * All attempts to introduce the German and other amalgamation processes in Mexico have been failures with the poorer ores which form the riches of the great Mexican mines ; and this error was in great part the ruin of the Mining Companies from England. T Roasted sulphuret of Copper. 12 Report on the Copper ores of the Deoghur Mines. [No. 8. to this experiment; and I think 15 might have sufficed, but my first object was to prove the perfect practicability of the Spanish American processes with various ores, and to ascertain the full quantity of silver without reference to the expenditure of the ingredients, which on so small a seale were necessarily used in larger quantities, or of the time, which can only be definitely settled by large experiments also. The result of this trial too was highly favourable, as somewhat more than 8 grs. of pure silver were obtaimed; but taking the produce at 8 grs. this would be for the Cawon of 5000 pounds Avoirdupois, as before, 13.5 mares, and thus above an average ore. It will be observed that I have used the Cornish term gossan when speaking of some of these ores, to designate the instances in which the copper ores run into a pale red, earthy ore, which is in fact (as in C.) a Pacos, as it contains a portion of silver. This word gossan isa term used by the Cornish miners to distinguish exactly an earthy, friable, ferrugino-cupreous earth, which appearing at the surface is held to be an indication of copper below. It is in fact a copper Pacos, but con- tains no silver, and it does not, that I am aware, as some of our speci- mens do, shew itself to be a separate mineral by running in a distinct vein at right angles into, and altering the copper vein where it meets it, Cornish gossan is also friable and full of hollows, like ore in a state of decomposition, which it is generally supposed to be; ours more resembles a high-coloured but soft brick, except in H. which might be taken for a red iron ore. As a good gossan in Cornwall is taken to be an indication of a good copper vein, so the Pacos in Peru, and the Colorados in Mexico, (being the same mineral) are held to be good indications of silver below ; and it is said too that it is rarely found to run deep, that is, not above 50 or 100 fathoms, changing then to richer ores. Whether this be the case at Deoghur, time and enterprize can only shew us. From analogy one would say there may be something worth sinking a small shaft for, and tracing how far the veins extend on the surface ; and if they crop out at any other part. The Copper and Cupro-Plumbite (K.) may be well worth exportation in their raw state, when simply dressed and picked with care. In a geological and mineralogical point of view the discovery of these ores in a country yet so little known to us holds out some hope Dia Nepaty Meedayas hae Bsc sda Ala a Mh? PRCA YS > ee 5 T a mn " ’ 7 * , eet A Peewee et) oe ¥ a Ue Re alters soe TO THE TWENTIETH pe Se “on the Saw (St Stirs eal INDIA Ce Pring S ‘ THE BAY oF BENGAL CYCLONE // OF APRIL 1850 ZA _— Say ~ 4, = * a ENRY pipn\no%® Ss. - Se Banesersh & Khatiree C Mabilee or. f ps \ sFiupwer ath Se —— Fanayn Miiack Paguda . oI Thyoo se Cheduba vi 4 Centinad & a © 8 Premarie is Surana Andon It Owarrent 1851.] A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 13 that we are only yet at the threshold of what we have still to find ; but it will be the first successful working of a mine which will stimu- late speculation in that branch of industry, and I have spared, and shall spare no trouble to assist it, so far as the resources of the museum extend. H. PippinerTon, Curator Museum Economic Geology. Calcutta, 31st December, 1850. No. 48. From the Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal, To H. PippinetTon, Esq., Curator Museum Economie Geology. Dated, Fort William, 8th January, 1851. Si1r,—I am directed by the Deputy Governor of Bengal to ac- knowledge the receipt of your letters dated the 3d July last and 31st ultimo, and to state that His Honor has perused with interest your reports on the qualities of the ores from the Deoghur Mines in the Zillah of Beerbhoom. (Signed) W. Seron Karr, Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal. (True Copy,) H. Pipp1ineron, Curator Museum Economic Geology. A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms in the Indian and Chine Seas, being the Aprin CyciLone of the Bay of Bengal ; 23rd to 28th April, 1850.—By Henry Pippineron, President of Marine Courts. In April, 1850, the Eastern quadrants of a Cyclone passed over Calcutta which, there was no doubt, had been a severe one at sea and in other parts on shore ; and which I so announced in the papers, and I have been diligently employed since that time in collecting the documents necessary for its investigation, some of which only reached me lately from England. The present Memoir is the result of my labours, and it will I hope be found worthy of its predecessors, tracing as it does a severe, and at times a furious, Cyclone for a course of a 14 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. thousand miles, from near the Nicobar Islands to Moorshedabad ; and affording us some valuable lessons as to parallel Cyclones and the dependence to be placed on the Barometer. It also adds an important page to our history of the tracks of storms in the latitudes between Acheen Head and the Andaman Islands. The same arrangement has been preserved in this Memoir as in the preceding ones. The documents are first given and then tables of the winds and weather for each day all over the Chart. This is fol- lowed by asummary, shewing the grounds on which the position of the daily Centres are given and comprising such other results as are thought worth notice. Abridged Log of the Barque Iron Gem, Capt. Goon, from North Shields, bound to Calcutta. Civil Time. At noon 22nd April, 1850.—The Iron Gem was in Lat. 6° 47’ N.; Long. 87° 49’ Fast with winds about at (7 and 6,)* variable from N. W. Ship stand- ing to the Northward. Cloudy weather. p.m. blowing fresh in heavy squalls from N, N. W. to midnight. 11 Pp. m. the main piece of the rudder broke off by a heavy blow of a sea. - 23rd April.—Weather rather moderating from 4 to 8 a. M. after which as bad or worse than before, with heavy blinding squalls and sheets of rain. Wind N. W. to N. N. W.; at noon from (7 to 8;) Lat. Acct. 6° 40’ N.; Long. 88° 25’ East. Pp. M. increasing to (9,) with terrific squalls. Wiud to W. N. W. Ship hove to. 24th April.—Wind veering to N. W. b. W. and Westerly. Very heavy squalls. Ship lying to. Noon Lat. 6° 37’ North; Long. 88° 40’ E, p.M. ‘ wind West, decreasing from (9,) at noon, to (4) at 7. P. M. 25th April.—a. M, out second reefs, Noon Lat. Obs. 6° 51’; Long. 88° 52’. Wind West from (9) to 3 at noon. Abridged Log of the Ship Cowassex Famity, Capt. Durwam, from Singapore towards Calcutta. Civil Time. The Cowasjee Family passed Point Pedir at noon on the 19th April. On the 20th and 21st, she had light Southerly and S. Westerly breezes. On the 22nd April.—The wind veered from S. b. E. to Easterly, and at noon was N. b. E., when Lat. 9° 21’ North Long. 90° 03’ East. p. m. moderate breezes E. N. E.; and at 6 p. m. to midnight N. E. with squalls at times, ship standing to the N. N. W. * Admiral Beaufort’s Numbers. 1851.} A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 15 _ 23rd April._—a. m. Squally, Noon, strong N. E. breeze with dark gloomy weather. Lat. Acct. 11° 45’ N.; Long. Chr. 88° 24’; Simpiesometer 8 a. m° 29.76; noon 29.76. p.m. fresh breeze N. Easterly, with hard squalls moder- ating at 9 and increasing again at midnight with constant rain; ship standing to the N. W. with all preparations made for bad weather. 24th April—To 4 a. mM. wind N. E.; at 6, N. N. E.; at 10, North to noon. Increasing from a hard gale to “a perfect hurricane’’* at 9.30 a. m., when ship lying to very badly, bore up and scudded S. 8S. W.; wind North, ship under bare poles ‘‘ blowing an unadulterated hurricane.”’ At noon the same, with a great deal of thunder, sails blowing from the yards. Position not given. Sim- piesometer at 29.58, ‘‘ but it does not appear to act at all.”’ p. m. hurricane and dreadful thunder with constant deluges of rain. Ship running 9 knots to the S. b. E. 3 East; wind now N. b. W.; at 3, N. N. W.; at 5, N. W. b. Nw; at 8, N. W.; and at midnight W. N. W. At 8 p. mw. weather moderating: “* We fancy the centre of the hurricane is now past us.’ Midnight decreasing with a high sea from the Northward. 25th April.—a. mM. moderating and clearing up “ having now run out of the storm circle’ wore ship to stand on her course.. Noon wind W.S. W. could not carry much sail on account of the very heavy confused sea, mostly from the Northward. Lat. Obs. 9° 45’ N.; Long. Chr, 87° 10’ East, having experienced 78 miles of storm current to the South. p. m. moderate W. S. W. monsoon, but heavy sea from the Northward; exchanged Nos. with the.ship Duke of Wellington who signalised ‘‘ A gale is coming on, I think; we have had a very heavy sea from the Northward.”” To midnight the same. Ship making 54 knots to the North with the same swell. ; 26th April.—To noon, when in Lat. 11° 54’ N.; Long. 87° 05’ East. A brisk monsoon and clear weather, ship making 7 knots, but the heavy confused sea is still complained of and it continues to noon of the— 27th April.—When the ship is in Lat. 13° 45’ North; Long. 87° 22’ East. Abridged Log of the Bric Nereip, Capt. Escort, from Akyab bound to Antwerp. Civil Time. I print, nearly entire, the summary of this very able log as sent me by Capt. Escott. The italics are mine. The Nereid left Akyab, April 18th, and carried light winds Westerly and N. W. with fine weather until 23rd being then only in 16° 10’ N. and 90° 11’ E.; Bar. 29.85; Ther. 879. 24th April.—Light winds N. N, E. throughout (3-4 c. 0.)+ Sun obscured. Acct. 14,50 N.; 89.20 E.; Bar, 29.80; Ther. 87°, Slight rain. Pp. m. light baffling * These words between commas are copied literally from the Log. y Admiral Beaufort’s figures and letters. 16 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. (No. 8. winds shifting suddenly from all quarters. Thick rain t, andl. 1 Pp. mM. breeze settled at N. E. increasing gradually. At 4 p.m. N.N, E.; 5, Bar, 29.75 o.r.t.1. In small sails, and prepared for bad weather. At 8 p. m. N,N. E.; At 8, Bar. 29.65 q.r. Running S, 8. W.8 k. midnight steady at N. N. E. gradually increasing. (9). Sea rising fast, 29.58, q. r. steering S. S. W. since noon 88’ miles. 25th April.—3 a.m. N,N. E. ; (9) Barometer steadily falling r,q. Sea high but regular: Bar. 29.41. Close reefed main topsail ; furled foresail and scudded S. S. W. under the close reefed main topsail and reefed foresail; 8 knots. 4 a. M. veering N, E, and back again to N. N. E, Same weather and a heavy sea; 29.35; wind N. N. E.(10.) 5a.m.N. N, E. blowing in heavy gusts. At 10h 29.30; shipped a sea on main deck, knocking bulwarks away and breaking adrift water-cask spars and launch. Ship labouring heavily. Hauled foresail up, and lay ship to until we got launch and spars secured again; most of the water casks were either washed overboard or stove to prevent injury to the main deck stancheons and splitting the covering boards open. At 6 a.m. N. N. E.; 1ih 29.28; at 8, 29.28 North; (11,) r. 0. q.; at 8 a. m. being all secured again and finding the gale increasing, ‘‘ knowing myself to be in front of the approachs ing centre bore away again under close reefed main topsail and fore-topmast stay sail right before it, making about South course. At10 a.m. N. N. W.; (11) Bar. 29.28; At11, N. W. by W.; (10,) 29.30 q. r. 0. Noon heavy gale at W. N. W. with heavier squalls, more violent and at shorter intervals. Expecting to see the main topsail go to pieces every moment. Bar. 29.30 (rising) r. 0. q. Sun obscured all day. Lat. by Acct. 12° 40’ N.; Long. by Acct. 88° 27’ E.; Ther. 84°. p. m. begins with a hard gale; (10,) and a moun- tainous sea running. Fore-topmast stay sail blew away ; bent a new one; at 4 P. M. apparently moderating, wind now W. by N.; (9,) squalls less violent ; Bar. 29.45 c. q.; at 6, wind West ; (8,) weather gradually moderating and the clouds breaking up in large openings and clear intervals, having previously been perfect- ly overcast all round. Set reefed fore-sail and treble-reefed fore-topsail. At 8, still clearing away, stars now visible. Bar. 29.60; wind W. S. W.; at 8, c. Midnight fresh gales and cloudy with a high sea. Wind W. S. W.; (7,) 29.63. 26th April.—sStill becoming gradually moderate and fine, wind 8S. W.; (6,) set jib, mainsail, &c. 29.65; 8 a. mM. wind moderating with clear weather, wind S. W. ; (5,) 29.67; made sail accordingly. Noon fresh breezes with clear weather, wind 8S. W.; 29.70; Ther. 879; Lat. Obs, 11° 37’ N.; Long. Obs. 88° 59’ E, Memorandum.—I have endeavoured to describe the weather and the strength of the wind by Capt. Beaufort’s system with which you are doubtless well ac- quainted and trust I have made it sufficiently intelligible. I should not omit to remark that on the evening of the 24th, the Eastern horizon for some 15° in. | 1851.) A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 17 " altitude was varied by that bright scarlet tinge seen Westward at sunset. This continued from sunset until nearly 9 ep. m. During that night much lightning to the Southward and S. Eastward, Also on the 25th, p. M. as per log much heavy thunder and lightning, but none was observed after the gale set in heavy. Many Boobies and other sea birds, King Fishers and Dragon Flies, were about the ship on the evening of the 25th, Did not experience any remarkable swell previous to the setting in of the breeze. By a diagram which I made the day after, I consider the storm progressing to N. W. b. W. or perhaps more Westerly, about 73 knots per hour. Abridged Extracts from the private Memorandum Book* of Capt. Tuomson, Ship Enzas, from Calcutta bound to Mauritius. Cwil Time. The Eneas had on the 22nd light variable airs from W. N. W. with hot sultry weather, and at noon was in Lat. 19° 55’ N.; Long. 90° 24’ East; Bar. 29.90; Ther. 869°. To midnight the same weather. 23rd April,—a. M. light airs N. E, very fine and smooth water. Noon, Lat. 15° 49’; Long. 91° 01’ East; Bar. 29.80; Ther. 86°; a current of 35 miles to the Eastward. A moderate breeze from North to N. E. becoming unsettled, from N, E. to S. East ; cloudy. 24th April,—a. M. cloudy and lightning to the S. E. during the night. Con- stant heavy rain with unsettled weather and heavy swell. Lat. Acct. 14° 00’ N.; Long. 90° 38’ East; current allowed for; Bar. 29.70; Ther. 81°. P.M. increasing breeze at N. N. E.; from noon till 8 p. m. steered S. S. W.; at 8, S. W. Making all preparations for bad weather. Bar. at 3 Pp. M. 29.60; at 4 P.M. 29.50; at 6, 29.40; at 8, 29.385 at 10, 29.38; and at midnight 29.40; wind at midnight marked as a “‘ moderate gale.” 25th April.—At 2 a. M. sea rising very suddenly to a fearful height ; too much sea to heave to ; sails, both set and furled, blown from the yards, though the last were well secured. A kind of hard sleet almost cutting the skin. Wind unsteady with heavy gusts ending at S. East. Barometer at 2 a. m. 29.40; from which time it could no longer be seen in the ship’s distress. At 2.30 a. M. two of the between deck ports were stove in and the vessel was nearly swamped with the quantity of water on her main deck. Ship on her beam ends and cabins boats and everything moveable washed away ; ship settling down, cut away the main and foremasts, all hands baling and pumping and clearing wreck. Noon, weather still very heavy, wind South East decreasing with less sea to midnight. * In the distress and swamping arising from the ship’s between deck ports having been beaten in, her log-book was destroyed. D 18 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. 26th April.—Fine. Clearing wreck, heaving cargo overboard, and fitting jurymasts and sails, Ship drifted about 13 miles to the N,N. E. 27th April_—Noon, Lat. Obs, 129 47’ N.; Long. 88° 47’ East; clearing wreck and rigging jurymasts, Abridged Log of the Ship At1rrt Rouoman, Capt. Burn, from Cal- cutta to Mauritius. Civil Time. 28rd April—At Noon, Lat. 17° 6’ North; Long. 88° 54’ East. vp. M. to midnight, light airs from North to E, N. E. and gloomy weather. 24th April—To Noon the same weather, wind light at N. E. Lat. Acct. 16° 25’ N.; Long. 87° 54’ East. Sunset breeze increasing from N. E. to 6 knots. Ship steering to the S. W. b, 8.5; at 8, Bar. 29.75; midnight fresh breeze, the same; Bar. 29.75. 25th April.—To Noon breeze increasing from N. E. b. N. with squalls and rain; at 8 a. M.all preparations for bad weather and hove to. Noon heavy gusts, Bar. from 29.75; at 4 a. mM. to 29.57 at Noon. Wind veering occasion- ally to N. b. E, and N, 3 E.* but for no length of time, Position as estimated by Capt. Burn at Noon Lat. 14° 24’; Long. 85° 38’ East; p. m. Bar. 29.55 to 5 p. mM. when gradually rising to 29.60 at Midnight. Wind N.N, E.; at 1 p. Mm. North; at 4, N. N. W.; at 6, N. West; at 8, when she bore up N, W.; N. W. b. W. at 9, and W.N. W. at 11 p. m. Midnight gale decreasing and fine. 26th April.—Fine breeze from West and W. b. N. Lat. at Noon 12° 49’ N, Long. 85° 55’ East; Bar. 29.60 at 3 a. M. and 29.70 at Noon. Ship Joun Macvicar, Capt. N. MacLeop, from Calcutta bound to ; Liverpool. I have not obtained this vessel’s entire log, but an extract of it for 12 hours with a description of the hurricane appeared in a Liverpool paper and was copied into those of Calcutta. Omitting the letter to the Editor, &c. which accompanies it, the following is the log as given, with such additional information as can be gleaned from the description. This log is evidently kept in Civil Time. * A good instance of incurving. 1851.] A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 19 Ship Joun Macvicar, 26th April, 1850, H. K. F. Course, Wind, 1/ 8} (8. 8. W.| N. E, ‘¢ At 2 a. M. commenced with fresh gale, dark ; : cloudy weather and drizzling rain, At 4, increas- 4| ol 4 N.N, Eling toa gale, with hard squalls and heavy rain, 5] 8] 4 furled the mainsail, and double reefed the topsails, ‘i : The Barometer falling very much, and the gale 8] 8] 4 increased to a storm, with severe squalls and heavy 9 8 North. |rain, and the sea getting up mountains high. Furled 10} 8 : : 11] 8 N. w. {the mizen topsail. Sounding the well constantly, 12) 8 but no apparent increase of water init, At 10, a lstimated, noon, terrific sea struck the starboard quarter, and carried Lat. 17.21’ N, Long 87.46’ E away the quarter-boat, At 11, increasing to a Bar. 29. 0’ hurricane with an overwhelming sea breaking over Simp, 28.90" fore and aft. Bar. and Simp. falling and now Ther. 80. 0’ down to 29.10, Scudding in the hope of running out of it,* at great risk of being pooped which finally occurred and was a second time repeated. At “ the climax of the hurricane” (at 11 a. M. as marked in the log) a sudden shift of wind from North to N. W. broached her to and blew all the sails from the yards. Laid too on the starboard tack and at 4,40 p. m. the Bar. and Simp. began to rise and the hurricane to abate but the sea was still as high as before. Just as the Barometer began to rise we had terrific loud thunder and vivid forked lightning. The mizen mast was struck but not much injured. Abridged Log of the Ship Duke oF WELLINGTON, CapTaIn DuNCAN ; Jrom Calcutta to London. Reduced to Civil Time. From the 17th April, 1850, when the Pilot left us until noon of the 2ist, we stood to the S.S. E. and §. E. with light S. Westerly winds. Lat. at noon of that day 16° 50’ North; Long. 89° 55’ East; Bar. 30° 00’; Simp, 29° 80’ ; Ther. 849. On the 22nd April, we had light airs and hot sultry weather, wind veering from W. 8. W. and N. W, to N. E. and East. Lat. Obs. 16° 15’; Long. 89° 42’; Bar. 30.20; Simp. 29.77; Ther. 86°. Pp. m. light airs and fine clear weather, towards sunset the sky to the Westward was covered with streaks of light hazy clouds of a deep red colour while the intervening sky was of a light green ;¢ darkening in shade towards the horizon. * They were scudding to cross in front of it, and doing so too closely, as will be shewn in the summary. t The green sky noted here was probably only what is called in optics the sub- m2 20 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. Tuesday, 23rd April.—a. m. light breeze and hazy weather, to Noon moderate breeze at E. N. E. and hazy weather. Lat. Obs. 15° 18’; Long. 89° 26’; Bar. 30.00’; Simp. 29.75’; Ther. 86°. p. m. light breezes and cloudy weather, wind E, N. E. to N. E, sky at sunset similar to the previous evening, 24th April.—a. M. fresh breezes and squally at times, wind N. E. Noon strong breezes and continued rain; double reefed the topsails; breeze increas- ing fast. Lat. by Acct. 13° 8’; Long. 88° 49’; Bar. 29.90; Simp. 29.60 ; Ther. 830, wind N.N, E. At 1 p. Mm. gale increasing fast with a close threatening sky and continued rain. Bar. 29.85; Simp. 29.56; Ther. 83°. Securing for bad weather, I judged now that we were in the left hand semi- circle of a Cyclone coming from the S. Eastward, the centre bearing from us E. by S. to E. S. E. and that a 8S. W. by S. course was the best to be adopted, determined to carry all possible sail so as to run across the track of the storm before the centre could overtake us. At 4 p. M. the gale increasing, close reefed the fore and main topsails and furled the mizen topsail. Bar. 29.80; Simp. 29.50; Ther. 83°; heavy squalls at times with incessant rain with a heavy sea from E, 8, Eastward, wind at North. 6 P. m. wind inclining to Westward of North. Bar. 29.76; Simp. 29.46; Ther. 84°, At 8 P.M, gale still increasing; Bar. 29.80; Simp. 29.50; Ther. 84°, At 10 Pp. M, strong gale with hard squalls, assuming a very threatening appearance, heavy Northerly sea with a deep cross sea from E, S. Eastward. Bar, 29.79; Simp. 29.47; Ther. 84°. Midnight wind from N. W. to N. W. by N. blowing a heavy gale and the squalls still harder with continued rain (had several flashes of light- ning from 10 p. M. to Midnight, to E, 8S, Eastward) Bar. 29.78 ; Simp. 29.43 ; Ther, 84°. ; 25th April_—At 1 a.m. squalls very severe with a tremendous sea ; took in the fore and main topsails and scudded under the foresail and fore topmast staysail, wind being now at N. W. At 2 a.m. it cleared up a little and became more moder- ate. Bar. 29.72; Simp. 29.40 ; Ther. 84° ; the ship now scudding nicely under foresail, wind being at N. W. by W. At 6a, M. the weather moderating and the sky looking much more settled, set the fore and main topsails. Bar. 29.78; Ther. 84°, wind W. by N. At 8 a. m. the weather continuing moderate made sail. Bar. 29.90; Simp. 29.60; Ther. 84°; the wind at West 3 North. At Noon moderate breezes, the wind at West. Bar. 29.90; Simp. 29.60; Ther. 849; Lat. by Obs, 10° 47’N.; Long. by Chr. 86° 51’ E, which gives 75 miles current setting to N. W. by W. on the two last days’ work, as calculated by dead reckoning. ios (AR One a 29.78 §2°30 East. EW sates CRU MAMAN 29.78 81° 0 S. E. 7 oBe Melon atte 29.70 81° 0 South. BS pns wo ee oe 29.70 81° 0 S. W. Midnight; in. aoe: 29.60 80° 0 S. W. 27TH. Hours. Barometer. Thermometer. Winds. PANS | EC! ee 29.60 80° 0 N. W. © Aly Mine ee ete 29.60 79°30 S. 8. E. LOOP ae wi Ree. 29.68 79° 0 S. 8. E. Noomenw own ies 29.73 80030 South. EE ONES 29.75 81°30 S. by W. SS a 29.76 82° 0 S. by W. SRI ea eae aaa 29.50 ro eal S. by W. Midnight, 0). at: 29.80 800 0 S. by W. BALASORE. Statement of the Gale of the 27th April, 1850, with notes of Barome- ter and Thermometer from the 24th instant, by A. Bonn, Esq. Master Attendant, Balasore. 26th April, 1850.—Cloudy and threatening with light breeze from N. E. with slight rain at times, Barometer falling ; 29.70 at 2p. M.; at 5 p. M. 29.60, and every appearance of an approaching gale; ordered the Orissa’s anchors out* with a long range of chain, head and stern; at 9 p. M. breeze freshening with * A Government schooner stationed at Balasore. 1851.] A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 31 puffs and more rain from North and N. E. ; at 10, Bar. falling to 29.50; Ther. 86° ; puffy throughout the night, with lulls at times and Barometer falling till 5 a. M.3; the 27th, when the breeze increased on the flood to a smart gale, Bar. 28.90; at 6 a. m. wind N. b. W. blowing hard with heavy rain and flying clouds with sheets of rain in the heavy gusts; at 7 a. m. Bar, 28.80. Gale increasing and veering gradually Westerly to N. W.; at 8 a. m. Bar, 28.75; blowing harder, in puffs like the sound of thunder, heavy sheets of rain and passing heavy clouds with squalls from the W. N. W. Bar. at 8 3 a. M. 28.69; where it remained till 9 a. mM. with the wind at West sweeping away the largest trees and the thatches of all the houses in the very heavy gusts ; the wind roaring ; at 4 past 9, the Bar. began to rise being 28.73; the wind W. S, W. (though puffy and heavy at times) and decreasing, and the clouds began to separate, indi- cating a breaking up of the storm, Bar. rising till 10 a.m. when the Bar. rose to 29.1 and continued to rise till 11 a. m. when it stood at 29.60; and the wind entirely lulled at that hour, The ship Aéalanta, Captain Farley left our port, Chooramun, April the 25th, bound to Madras two days before the gale with a cargo of rice having a light Northerly breeze. This gale was the heaviest experienced since 1832 at Balasore, but not so severe as in 1832. Two vessels at Chooramun laden with paddy are ashore, and in this gale the Bulramgurry Flag staff was blown down. State of Bar. with winds and weather up to the 27th April, 1850. Bar. | Bar. | Ther. 24th April, a.m. | 29.80 |p. m.| 29.70] 85° | Wind N. W. to N. E, cloudy with a few drops of rain, Q5th 4, Be eOeCO 4 55 | 20:81 B5e N. W. to N. E. fine breeze and cloudy, with thunder and lightning. 26th ,, SS 29.75 | ,, | 29.60 | 820 N. W.to N. E. cloudy and muggy with a few drops of rain and flashes of lightning. 27th ,, BS 28.69 | ,, | 29.65} 78° Squalls 4 N. E,. from 3 P. M. yesterday, a strong heavy gale from N. E. to W. b. S. with heavy rain from 5 a. M. to 10 a. M. in squalls ; complete sheets of rain and very heavy gusts; towards high water wind veering gradually to the West- ward. High water at Bulramgurry (Seaward) } to 10 a. Mm. ForRCE AND DIRECTION OF GALE. 40 miles N. b. E. of Balasore, gale heavy. ie mie E. N, BY miles N, E. of Balasore, gale very heavy. Pen 35 miles E, N, E, of ditto ditto, 32 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. 20 miles W. S. W. of ditto, gale more moderate. | 40 miles W. S. W. of ditto, very moderate. S. S. W. to W. S. : 26 miles 8S. b. W. of ditto, (Chooramun) moderate but W. moderate. ‘stronger than to the S. W. | 50 miles S. W. of ditto (near Pt. Palmyras) heavy gale | similar to Balasore N. to West. Gale taking the range of the hills on their Northerly and Easterly side to Point Palmyras. Balasore being near to the Westerly edge of the Cyclone. _ Gale ceased to the S. b. W. at 9 a. M. N. B.—No gale close in to the hills, taking the direction of them, but 8 miles distant from them, from N. E. to S. b. W. We had no lull at Balasore for more than five minutes, when the wind shifted westward with very heavy puffs. Rough notes of the direction of the wind during the Cyclone of 27th April, 1850, taken at the Dantoon Staging Bungalow, 10 miles North of Jellasore, Lat. 22° 02’ N. Long. 87° 25’ E. by Mr. Tuos. CaMPBELL, forwarded by Mr. Bonp. 25th April, 1850.—2 p, M. fresh Easterly gales and rain continuing during the night. : At daylight 27th April, heavy gale from North East to East with much rain. At 10 a. M. as usual in these storms, there was a lull for about half an hour during which the wind shifted and the hurricane returned with terrific violence from S. S. West, accompanied by a deluge of rain gradually veering round to the Westward and breaking up about W.N. W.at3 p.m. Height of gale between 11 and 12 a. M. of the 27th. Occasional thunder and lightning during the storm, but not severe. No Barometer or Thermometer at hand. Abridged Letter from Capt. Srens, B. E. Surveying Embankments at Midgellee. Dear S1r,—I was during the Cyclone at a Bungalow on the sea coast at a place called Diggea in Purgunnah Beercool. There are two bungalows here now and from time to time there have been others which have been destroyed by en- croachments of the sea. Warren Hastings had a bungalow here. The climate is very fine during March, April, May, and until the rains begin in June. When rain falls to any amount it becomes subject to fevers. The Thermometer dur- ing the|latter part of April last in a house without glass windows and quite open to the S. W. Monsoon, averaged 85° during the day and 78° or 80° during the night. The bungalows are generally called the Beercool bungalows and are about two miles S, W. of the Diggea Mohun. 1851.) A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 33 There had been much rain on the morning and evening of the 26th April, _and towards night it was accompanied by strong wind from the North East, This wind kept increasing until 3 a. m. of the 27th, when it became a hurricane, which continued blowing from the same direction for some time, viz. from the North East. Furious as it was at 3 a. M. it kept increasing in violence until between 8 and 10 a. m. when it had veered gradually round to the East, and a very few points to the South of East, and attained its height of violence. After which (although blowing very violently until 2 p, mM.) it gradually dimi- nished in force and veered round by the South to the South West, and became the usual South West Monsoon. It was fortunate that it began from the North East, as that kept the sea off the Coast of Hidgellee at first, and afterwards when the hurricane had attained its height or rather before the tide began to ebb, otherwise much more damage would have ensued to the bunds, and to the country by inundation, T am inclined to think that the gale blew more furiously at Beercool than elsewhere, it certainly did so in comparison with what occurred to the North- ward, but I have not information to allow of my making a comparison with its effects to the South. The bungalow in which J was residing was situated within 100 ft. of the edge of a range of sand hills which here line the Coast. That portion of the sand hills on which the bungalow stands is 133 ft. above the high Spring tide mark, but on each side of it the hills diminish in height about 2 ft. During the storm the sand in front of the bungalow was cut away as far as the bungalow at the South East corner, from which two small rooms were un- dermined and fell into the sea, and within 25 ft. at the South West corner the sea rose to a height of 11 ft. high and passed over the sand hills right and left of the bungalow which were of this height, and the spray was dashed into the verandah and rooms of the bungalow. As I said before, the ebbing of the tide came at a most opportune time to prevent the sea from getting over the sand hills in larger quantities and for a longer time, The roof was denuded of thatch in many places and the violent moving of the whole frame of the roof cracked the five verandah pillars and pulled a tie- beam out of the wall. Every room except the N. W. bathing room leaked, and a large quantity of salt water had been dashed into all but this room, I momentarily expected the frame work of the roof to give way and fall in, but luckily the rafters and frame kept their places. Two Out houses were blown down; roof, walls and all. A third, was very much injured, but managed to remain standing, though in a tottering condition. The Government embankments were overtopped and breached in all direc- tions between the Diggea Mohun and the Peechurbunnee Khall, and the country F 34 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. flooded. A reat number of cattle were drowned, but only a few people, at east I have only heard of 4 or 5. To the Northward near the Russoolpore river in Purgunnah Magna Mootuk, the storm was by no means so severe, the sea did not rise more than 74 ft. at most and only a small portion of land has been inundated in the neighbourhood of the Mozapore Khall where its embankments and those on the sea coast ad- joining were not high enough. Special Report from 8. Ransom, Esq. BRaANcu Pitot, Commanding H. C. P. Bric Tavoy. I have incorporated the logs of the H. C. Pilot and Light vessels in the tabular statement as usual, but the following very graphic report from Mr. Branch Pilot 8. Ransom will be found of great interest. This gentleman was desirous of obtaining leave to make the experi- ment of starting from the Light vessel to cross in front of the Cyclone and run round it, as recommended in my Eighteenth Memoir (Journal Vol. XVIII. p.912, Practical Deductions, &c.) but this permission could not be accorded to him, as it is indispensably necessary that the station and cruising vessels should keep as near their post as possible, and to the last hour, to assist or signalise to the inward bound traders should any approach the Sandheads at these dangerous times. Letter from 8. Ransom, Esq. Brancn Pitot, Commanding H. C. P. V. Tavoy. On the evening of the 24th April, I had gone to sleep (on deck) with variable airs from West to North; at 1 a. m. of the 25th, I was awakened by what appeared to me a strong breeze, but on getting up to inspect it I found it not strong, but that it had a peculiar moaning sound, like wind through trees or old buildings, its direction about N. E. and the sky covered with a heavy leaden colored appearance, not an opening to be seen, occasionally a few drops of rain fell; of course I made up my mind to weigh and cruise, and not to anchor again until I saw the result of the weather. From daylight of the 25th to the evening, the wind continued coquetting from N, N. E. to East, with the same leaden appearance, I stood to the Eastward first and then Pp. m. to the Southward about 28 miles, as you will perceive by the log ; but the glasses rising a little and the general appearances being better, induced me to retrace my steps, and at mid- night I was laying to along side the Eastern Channel light vessel. 1a. m, 26th, the weather became worse, by increasing gusts from the N. E. I now reduced canvas and determined to get an offing as fast as possible, as the weather could not be now mistaken, and the instruments were all gradually sinking. By day- light of 26th, it was blowing a gale from N. E.; I had now obtained a position 1851.] A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 35 about 38 miles S. S. E. of the lower floating light, with a drift of 90 miles to the Westward, so laid to under a close-reefed topsail with my head to the S. E. fully expecting that if it was a Cyclone approaching that we should be complete- ly in its track. Gladly would I have spanked away to the S.S. W. and endea- vored “to cross its hawse”’ but I had uo authority to go away so far from my station, and I felt moreover that with attention and sea room my light little Brig was equal to any weather. Our Barometers up to 8 a. M. of the 26th, showed no very great depression but continued to fall slowly, the weather gradually get- ting worse, and the sea rising fast in confused heaps, the squalls at times fearfully hard, Just at noon occurred one of the strangest spectacles I have ever witnessed since going to sea (upwards of 30 years) that is, from being in a gale of wind, and to all appearances increasing to a hurricane, we in an instant plunged into a space of beautiful weather. The sun shining, clear blue sky overhead, and not wind enough to keep the sails from flapping against the masts, this put me on my guard and I thought of your “treacherous calm or lull,” it continued thus for about one and ahalf hour, the dark and dense masses which floated away to the N. W. and S. W. were frightful to look at, and put me in mind of a curtain being drawn up at a theatre, the glasses did not appear to be affected by this but continued to fall, as we drifted to the S. W. 2 p. m. sky overcast again and threatening appearances, more particularly from South to S. W. every now and then sharp flashes of lightning in that quarter, but no thunder, By midnight of the 26th, I consider the hurricane to have been fairly on ; Marine Bar. 29.57; Aneroid Bar. 29.65; Simp. 29.56; from this to 3.30 a. mM. 27th, the instruments fell to 29.37. 29.51 and 29.44, the wind blowing as hard as there was any occasion for, commencing about this time to veer from N. E. to East; at 4 a.M. it had gone round to S. S. E, the lightning and threatening appearances to the S. W. increasing ; up to 5 a. m. the gusts were terrific enough to tear the masts out of the fine little Brig, but she breasted it under a close-reefed main topsail like a sea gull without shipping a seaor making any water ; the glasses from 5 A, M. rose rapidly, and the wind going to the Westward of South decreas- ing in strength, I shaped my course for the “ Pilot’s Ridge” and struck sound- ings on itby 9 Pp. mM. The Schooner Joseph Manook was in company with us during the worst part, and we could not but admire the ease with which she seemed to encounter it, under a close reefed spencer and a tarpaulin in main rigging as a balance. This Cyclone is earlier on the Sandheads than ever I recollect having them, and it was not attended by any ‘ swell” though that which did get up with the breeze was enormous, but local, from the existing hurricane, and subsided with it, all the other signs were perfect and unmistakeable, I add, to complete this valuable report, an extract from Mr, Ransom’s Baro- metrical register, F 2 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. 36 ‘A ‘TT ‘ouasayrp ay) 10j asnvo & uSisse 0} painoaeapua say) Bavy pue ‘zaded ayeredas & ut sjUaUINAysUr da2y) ay} JO [eN} aaTywiedwo0d SI} JO Yous] ye pajywoiy Vavy J “UONBalasqo jo si011a 0} oup aq Aew yorym ‘asta ayy JO JUNOW By} UsdMJaq *1O'OO JO BoUIAYIP B Ajuo SI aay} *W *d § 7B [I ‘1ayIO YORE yoroidde Ajyenpesd syuswMaysur daly) 24) “W ‘d gO} °W “d FE UO ast ayy SUING ‘apInd 4seq 9y} Oy iq Hye eecceeroriinga eee ee 2 US ee ee eS ayy ‘auojofg ay jo yovoidde oy) jo JoULIe AY ey} Suruiem se “yey OF os ‘poog | “MS °S | 88° 16" 09" 28 gg'00 7°" * rajawosardutg i *SUNCIIPOTAT |"PS'AA S'S | 62° cs" 02° Bo] CN dB 91°00 ecoeveeeccoce ‘plo1auy eo “QUBOLIIN FI “nog 62° 29° 99° 28 WV OL ¥L'00 e@eoeeeen * T9}9WOIV ‘WwW ee ee | g ‘S GL’ 92° 6S° 18 g —: SMO] . tN _ $9" 69° rs 18 2 | “dy -[O} SB seBar TPF OY} SUNOY ZL Is’y e “dy aa 09 99° os" 08 069 | We ayy ut yah auojaX_ aq) JO aajua0 au} ps “0 os 0c" 1S" OF 03 é 3B JsOMO] a1om Te YOHOY Jey) Puy % ty = rr" Io. S.|-28° 08 tars is “QUROLLIN FY = cr eg: ze 08 z 1G Fe a “sajaut0sord ang *paapul 9d.19t J “Ayjenbg “A “S OFA | 096% 69°6% | Th 62 08 ap ee es ePr'00 eeovertt eevee te ‘plolauy eee! ee or00 ‘°° ** ‘samoy “FG% e ‘areQ "4sbq| 9¢° co =) a0 ZS 8 UL [[9} Ja}IWOIBE] PULIB TL a a “OTBE) ISBT] 99° 82° ¢9° é8 9 | «ocgy —: MO]jO} as ia ue ¢9° 92° 19° o8 0 snuidy sv ale s}jnsai ayy yey) pue ouojoy @ |Aprojo asuaq “° "wyBD| O02" gL’ €9° Ca te des eee UL SJUBUINIISUT Baty} BY} JO p1oded UO ue "UIeL a $6°6%| 68° CL" 8 8 Aupsony, aaey am AjSi90d DAlyered U0 JSUT} Bt} “Kpnojg |pue Surmojg oe co" 19° Oo" 28 ss sl SIy} YY asey payou oq Avur 4] | “spnojo esueq “Ayenbs |'q ‘N Suong] go'oe | 76°6% | 22°6Z | 088 | "WV Z% °§u0170A.L9SqQ) “goads py ELIPULY, | "pur ‘dung | ‘prosaup aor ayy, | *aury, "2107 OSs 7dr YILZ PUD 479% ‘dA ‘WOSNVY *g “47g Ag papunuuoa ‘hoany, A dO ‘H 24} P4009 Uo suorpuatasgo tazomousoy,y pup wajamosaidung ‘prowup Qnowjamoing fo 2790.5 1851.1 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 37 N. B.—Since writing the foregoing I have seen Captain Biden's report on the gale which has occurred at Madras, one symptom of which reminds me of its being similar with us here —(i. e.) no admonitory swell, which induces me to think that both these gales have settled down suddenly upon us. I observed some days before the Cyclone of April last, that the upper strata of the clouds were sadly torn and distracted, whereas the lower ones were regular and going with the existing wind, the same appearances was presented at the Sandheads on the 23rd, 24th, and 25th May last. I merely mention this, as there is a curious coincidence in no swell having preceded either of the gales. 8. R. Extract from a letter from Mr. W. Anse, Officiating Collector of Balasore, to the Commissioner of Revenue for the Division of Cuttack, dated the 15th May, 1850; forwarded by G. PLowpeEn, Esq. Secy. Sudder Board Revenue, by order of the Board.* From the evening of the 24th April, the weather had been very threaten- ing. with strong but unsteady breezes varying in strength, from E, veering to N. W, with rain, thunder and lightning, until the afternoon of the 26th, when it had again shifted to N. E. From this time which I consider the commence- ment of the Cyclone, the wind increased in force, gradually shifting to N. W. from which point it continued to blow with great violence, accompanied by much rain till 8h. 30m. a. M. of the 27th, (the Barometer had, at this hour, fallen to 28.69.) It then veered to W. its violence still increasing. The gale was at its height at 9 a. M. and continued with unabated fury till 11 a. m. when it began to decline and shifting to S. W. finally broke up. This storm exceeded in violence the storm of October, 1848, but was of short duration, and fortu- nately im a less unfavorable direction. Excessively heavy rain accompanied the gale to its close. The quantity which fell during the storm was very great, but as the Pluviometer at the office was blown away and broken there was no means of ascertaning it exactly. Indeed had the instrument remained unin- jured, it would not have shown a quantity approaching to the actual fall on account of the violence ofthe wind. All the low ground in and about the town was flooded to the depth of several feet, the water flowing over the roads to the depth of a foot or more, as the bridges were inadequate to carry it off. From reports received from the interior, it appears that the force of the storm was felt principally on the Coast from Dhamrah to Dusmulling, At this point the Coast trends to the Eastward and the storm passed inland, its Western limit being about in a line from Balasore to Bustah, inland, and to the S. of Balasore it did not prevail in such force as to cause much damage, * A few alterations have been made in this report, in accordance with an expla- natory letter afterwards sent of which a copy was forwarded to me. 38 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. The reports from the Coast to the Southward describe the storm to have been similar in character and direction to what I have above described, while to the Northward, the gale appears to have veered from N. to E. and S. E, and finally broken up at S. Its general direction as indicated by the results was from S. to N. In consequence of this storm having occurred during the height of the spring tides, several parts of the Coast, especially near the mouths of rivers were inundated by the sea, Dhamrah, Bhograi and Kamardachour (at the mouth of the Soobunreka) suffered most in this respect. The reported loss of life is small, amounting to not more than eight or ten persons, and of these several were children crushed by the falling of walls. Three cases of death by drowning are included in these ; the loss of cattle has been considerable, about 250 to 300 are said to have been drowned by the inundation, principally those in Dhamrah, besides these many are said to have been drowned by being driven by the West wind into the sea, the number of these is estimated at 400 to 500, but this is probably greatly exaggerated. Extracts from a letter from H. Batti, Esq. M. D. Civil Surgeon and Salt Agent at Hidgellee, forwarded by C. Brapon, Esq. Secy. Board of Salt and Opium. The day previous to the storm of the 27th ult., the wind was light and East- erly, the afternoon of that day we had drizzling rain which increased towards night. About 53 o’clock the morning of the gale it was raining, and the wind even then blowing with unusual force from the East, it gradually increased in violence till about 9 o’clock, when it raged a perfect hurricane. At intervals of a few minutes, a blast would pass, shaking the walls of the house I was in, this state of matters continued till past eleven when the wind shifted to the South, and later in the day to the South West, where it settled. So soon as the wind changed its course from the East, the decrease of its force was plainly percep- tible ; still, even when South Westerly, an occasional gust would occur, From subsequent examination of places in this district which were subjected to the influence of the Cyclone, I assume that it was severest in Beercool Per- gunnah, which lies to the South West of Contai, this opinion is strengthened by the following circumstance ; that of the three ghauts* of this agency, the greatest amount of injury to buildings happened at Ramnuggur. The yolahst+ at all these depdts are constructed of similar materials, are of about the same size, and situated alike, having their ends North and South, and their flanks East and West, so that the extent of surface offered by them to the wind would be nearly equal in each instance. At Russoolpore, 8 miles E, N. E. of Contai, no damage to the golahs was experienced. * Anglice, places for embarkation. ~ Golahs, store-houses. 1851.] A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 39 At Kissennuggur, 6 miles 8S, W. by S. of Contai, the thatch was in many places blown away, and a few bamboos broken. At Ramnuggur, 16 miles S. W. by W. of Contai, five golahs (placed side by side) were more or less unroofed, the one to the East entirely uncovered, besides having many of its beams displaced, or blown down, the golah next to it less damaged and that nearest West, received the least injury. As to the height of the wave or waves by which the country was inundated, I am unable to speak positively, but judging from the marks of the tide on the Megna a great sea bund, nearly opposite Contai, and portions of it which have been overtopped, I should imagine that a body of water of not less than six feet or more than eight feet in depth must have rolled over the salt lands outside the bunds, the tide was just about to turn when the wind shifted South- ward, but for this providential circumstance the loss of life and property would have been infinitely greater. It is singular that to a similar shift of the wind does Mr. Barlow (in a letter to the Board) attribute the comparatively slight loss sustained by the gale of April, May, 1840, but on that occasion the flood was just setting in when the wind changed. I notice also from the same source, that the gale occurred (as in this year) during a spring tide, Capt, Spens, who is here on survey duty, was at Diggia in Beercool, occupying Mr. Dick’s bungalow at the time of the gale, and from observations and measurement he considers that eleven feet was the height of the wave at that place, though the spray might have increased its apparent height by about two feet. BarqueE Cuampion at Saugor from Mr. Master Pitot G. B. Smarr. Thursday, April 25th.—From Fultah to Kedgeree. First part, light North- erly wind, middle, light from East with a few heavy clouds to the N. N. E, latter part blowing a strong breeze from East, with a dirty slaty appearance to the N. N. E. and East like heavy rain ; Barometer 29.80; when the sun set, the clouds to the Westward had a deep purple appearance, which led me to believe we were going to have a gale from that quarter: throughout extremely hot. Friday, April 26th. From Kedgeree to Saugor Flat Buoy. First part blow- ing hard from N. E. to East with the slaty appearaace all round, but much thicker to the Eastward, the clouds appeared to be stationary with peculiar gusts of wind; 8 a. m. Bar, 29.80; about the middle of the day at times almost calm; squalls commenced from N,. E. with heavy rain; 8 p. m. Bar. 29.72; observed a little scud flying so low that it appeared to almost touch the mast-heads ; squalls much harder from E, N. E.; Midnight Bar, 29.69; very thick slaty appearance all around but most to the Eastward. Saturday, April 27th.—At anchor at the Saugor Flat Buoy. Daylight Bar. 29.51; blowing very hard; squalls from Kast to KE. S, E. much scud flying at a 40 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. tremendous rate; 9 a. M. Bar. 29.50; blowing a heavy gale from 8S. E. to S. S. E. with tremendous hard squalls and rain. Noon Bar. 29.54, a hard gale from S. 8. W. the clouds over head fast clearing away; 3.30 Pp. mM. much more moderate, Bar. 29.60 ; 8 rp. m. hard monsoon breeze from S. S. W.; Bar. 29.67. The following notice was inserted by me in the Calcutta Englishman of Saturday, 27th April. We had a heavy, oppressive, calm day on Friday, which had much the feeling of an approaching Cyclone, but the Barometer still remained high, so that all which could be said was, that if one existed in the Bay it was only coming towards us. This morning however a little after midnight the wind rose in squalls, with rain from the North East, and then gradually increased in strength till 10 a. M., when the wind, which was North East, and at times N. E, b. E. with squalls at daylight, had veered to East and E. b. S., and at noon it was E. 8. E, still blowing and raining in smart and heavy squalls, showing that the Cyclone had not passed far from us, but was already to the Westward of our meridian, The remarkable part of this Cyclone, however, is that the Barometer has scarcely fallen, having only been at 29.77 at 9 a. M.; and still more remarkable, the Simpiesometer has been always higher than the Barometer by .02 or .03 up to Noon, when we are writing for our evening paper with the Barometer at 29.64; Thermometer 823. From all this we should infer that a Cyclone of small extent, but of considerable violence, has passed upon a track from about E..S. E. to W. N. W., or say from Akyab to about Hidgellee, near which place, or to Point Palmiras, its centre has probably passed. We shall look with much anxiety for the accounts from Kedgeree and Balasore during the next week, as well as to those from Midnapore; for to judge of the track by the strong Southerly squalls up to 4 p. M., the Cyclone has probably curved up towards Midnapore and Bancoorah in the latter part of its course, CaLcumta. The following are my own notes at Calcutta, they are far less perfect than I could have wished them to be, but I was obliged to be absent from home on public duty, and was otherwise indispensably engaged during the whole day.* * I wish it indeed to be understood that these memoirs, and the whole of my la- bours in this branch of science, are the fruits of a careful economy of my few leisure hours and often of privations of sleep and of due recreation. And this will perhaps explain to those who would desire them more perfect why, though fully conscious of their imperfections, I have been unable to render them more complete, and investi- gate at greater length, and by experiments and serial observations, many questions which are yet obscure. I have no time myself, and I have not the means to employ an assistant, 1851.] A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. — 41 Calcutta, 26th April, 1850.—A heavy close calm day. Sky mostly covered with a dense mass of clouds, strata and cumulo-strata with nimbi; slight falls of rain in minute drops at intervals. The feeling of the weather was oppressive in the extreme, and exactly that of the ‘‘ earthquake weather” of the Spanish Colonies; Bar. at noon 29.85. 27th April.—At Midnight it became squally with rain from the N. E.; at 2.30 a. M. blowing strong in squalls, with heavy rain; at 6 a. M. strong squalls with intervals ofcalm. Wind N. E. Sky clouded all over and below a dark, loose, smoky scud, flying pretty fast from N. East to S. West the upper clouds moving to about West. Some distant thunder but no lightning. Bar. 29.77 ; Simp. 29.80; Ther. 813°; 9 a. mM, Bar. 29.77; Simp. 29.81; Ther. 82°, Short squalls at intervals E, N, E. with heavy rain, then nearly calm ; lower scud from East or even E. b. S. By 103 a. m. wind E. S, E.; Bar. 29.78; Simp. 29.81. Scud from E. S, E. Heavy rain at intervals. At noon no observations. 3.25 p. mM. wind S, S. E. in heavy squalls; Bar. 29.70; Simp. 29.72: Ther, 82°, Scud from due South, and throughout always distinct from the upper stratum of cloud, I should judge now that the centre may be about Midna- pore and that it is a Cyclone which has curved up from the South. At 3,50 p, mM. wind South. A very singular phenomenon now took place which I have noted as follows: the observations being made from the terrace of my house at about 45 feet above the ground, and with an uninterrupted view of the horizon on all sides. ‘ Ridges of black cumuli to the Westward and a low bank of black nimbus to the East, but from the South to the Zenith and thence to the North, a clear arch of open (but not blue) sky was seen which might be about 50° in breadth. The colour of the clear sky was a kind of purple, or rather a black blue, for there was no shade of red in it, yet though clear it could not be called blue. This appearance is as if we saw a part of the uplifted edge of the Cyclone or the Monsoon forcing its way up below it.” At 4,30 p. m. Bar. 29.68; Simp. 29.74; Ther. 82°, Hard squalls from South. N. B.—From 12 to 4 p. m. blowing harder than from 8 a. M, to 12. At 7 p.m. Wind S. b. W. squalls moderating. Clouds in long ridges from the S, Westward to the N. Eastward. The opening before described now from S, 8S. W. to N, N. E.* and a dark bank of nimbus still to the Eastward. Bar. 29:72; Simp. 29.78; Ther. 823°. 8 ep. M. Bar. 29.74; Simp. 29.81; Ther. 824. A strong Monsoon gale in squalls but no rain, by midnight fine weather. From Mr. W. Sincuair, Midnapore. For several days before the 27th it became frequently very cloudy, the wind blowing rather steadily, or with very little variation from the south; and we * Which would be the direction of the S. Eastern edge of the Cyclone. G 42 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. (No. 8. could often see clouds passing at a distance from us, and the rain evidently falling from their edges, there was lightning and thunder, but no rain at this station. At length on the evening of the 26th April, we had a drizzling shower, which con- tinued all night attended with occasional gusts of wind; in the morning it blew furiously from the North East, the rain falling nearly in a horizontal direction ; the violence of the wind tore down trees by the roots, and vunroofed many bungalows and huts, at least such part of the bungalows as were thatched. About afternoon the wind shifted to the South East, blowing with the same violence, and doing the same injury. During the night it veered to the West with the same force, sometimes increasing, and died away in the morning. From the Caleutta Englishman. Midnapore, April 29th.—‘“ The station of Midnapore was visited on Saturday last, by a terrific Cyclone. On Friday afternoon, (the 26th,) the clouds looked heavy and lowering, and about 10 p. M. rain began to fall. It continued till 3 a. M., when it was accompanied by gusts of wind from N. E. The wind increased in violence, and about 6 a. m. shifted to the East, from which quarter it blew with unabated fury till 12 o’clock (noon), it then veered to the South, its fury still continuing, and ultimately came round to S. W. at 3 P. M., at which point it gradually subsided. ‘The station is a perfect wreck ; not a house, European or native, has escaped injury. Some have been totally unroofed, the walls of others have been thrown down, and the windows and doors blown in, hundreds of trees have been rooted up, and those that remain standing have been stripped of their foliage, and their branches broken and twisted into all kinds of fantastic shapes. In the park no less than 140 of the oldest peepul and banian trees have been torn up and prostrated. You cannot picture to yourself the scene of desolation that surrounds us. It is, however, a matter of congratulation that no lives have been lost. Had the Cyclone come upon us at night there is no saying what fatality might have awaited us, and how many casualties we might have had to record. We have received no tidings from the South, and await them with some anxiety, as the wind blew strongest from that quarter; it is to be feared that the Hidgelee division has suffered severely, and that the sea has destroyed the bunds. Youn are right, I think, in your inferences as to the track of the Cyclone, its passage was from the South or S, W., and Midnapore was about its centre.” We shall be obliged to any friends who will kindly forward us their observa- tions on the force, duration, and direction of this storm wherever it may have passed. 1851. ] A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 43 Abridged note from G. W. Curren, Esq. B. M.S. Civil Surgeon of Bancoorah. On the night of the 26th we had drizzling rain, and in the night one or two showers ; at 4 a. M. on 27th a little thunder ; at daylight on the 27th, we had rai” with puffs of wind from the Eastward; by 8 a. m. the wind had come round to the N. Eastward more violent with frequent showers; at noon the wind was North and increasing, with heavier falls of rain ; at 2, the wind was North North West and very violent and continued increasing till 5 p. M.; but at 6 P. M, it was a little more Westerly and from that time gradually decreased in violence, and at 12 at night all was quiet. I never saw a more violent gale here, it was much worse than in 1842, still the gale was worse to the S, East of this towards Basserpore, Thotulpore, Amdanga, and in the Mirzapore direction. Due South in my range of factories it was also very violent. To the West and North West 15 miles from this they only had rain; none of my factories in the North West or West complain of wind; while in other quarters nothing but reports of roofs and manufacturing houses being destroyed have come in, In my compound upwards of twenty large trees were torn up by the roots. I have heard that at Soonamooky and Burdwan the storm was very violent, the rivers in this part were full and at Soonamooky flooded much land. Dr. CHEEK has also kindly obtained for us through J. W. Mactier, Esq. C. S. the Magistrate of his district, the following reports from native Darogahs (Police Officers) at various stations. They are entitled “ Reports of Darogahs relative to the hurricane of the 27th April,’ and all relate to that day. Ragunatpore.—High wind nearly from FE, to N, rain very heavy. Chatra.—Hurricane began N. W. then S, and ended S. E. heavy rain; storm at its height from 11 a. M. to 2 Pp. M. Condah.—Hurricane, commenced N, N. E. then N. then W. then N. at which it died away ; at its height from the N. from 9 to $ past 4 P. mM. Bishenpore—Commenced about 3 a. m. from N. then E, then round to S. heaviest from noon to 8 Pp. M. At times blowing from all points, damage done very great; at this place the storm was greater than any part of my district. Kotulpore.—Cloudy during the whole night ; towards morning a drizzling rain and wind from N. N. E. then N, then E. when at its height ; then S, at which it died away; at times when at E, it blew what the natives call “‘ bindal’”’ i, e. whirlwind, Gomangelilie.—Not very heavy ; commenced N, E,, then N. when at its height then to S. when it died away. G 2 44 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. Sitta.—Commenced N, E, then N. when at height; then W. then S. once it blew a “ bindal.” Soonamooky.—Highest from the N. Cherulta.—Does not appear to have been visited, there was a light wind from the N. Niamutpore.—Commenced E, not heavy until 1 p. m. when it blew from the N. then W. and ceased at S. Cokerah.—Commenced at W. then to N. to S. W. then to S. (does not appear to have been so heavy as in the Southern Thannahs). Sendpahant.—From W. then N. then S. (does not appear to have been heavy). Cosgaon.—Commenced N, E. then to N. when at its height, and blowing sometimes from all quarters, then to W, and declined Southerly. Potena,—Commenced E, then N. when at its height, then E. The duration in all the Thannahs was from 3 a. M. to 8 P. M, The reports are all meagre, some of the Darogahs have been candid enough to tell me they were afraid to stir out. From the above it would appear the ceutre was somewhere between Cosgaon and Potena, travelling N. to the E. of Soonamooky, and passing between Kotul- pore and Bishenpore close to the latter. From Barrackpore by Mr. Jas. SMALL. Particulars of the gale of the 27th April. At 44 a. mM. it blew hard from N, E, by E.; at noon 8. E.; at 6 P.M. S. W. by S. and up to the hour when I retired (103), I could perceive no farther change in its direction. Yesterday morning, the wind was Westerly, and scarce amounted to a fresh breeze. During Saturday, the only lull I noticed (and it was not very perceptible) was between 10 a. m. and noon, Throughout the day it blew in gusts, but I fancy this is generally the case on land, although my attention has not been given to the subject. It rained fre- quently during the earlier part of the day, but there were no showers after one or two o'clock. From Berhampore, by Capt. W.S. SHerwity, B. N. I. Revenue Survey. Saturday, 27th April, 1850.—8 and 9 a. m. cloudy, heavy clouds drizzling rain, light wind from the East. 7 Pp. m. or sunset, heavy showers of rain with strong gusty wind from the East, heavy low scud flying across the heavens; a few flashes of lightning, distant and indistinct; no thunder; 8 to 11, wind increasing still from the Kast, a strong gale with heavy rain. 28th Sunday.—12 to 2 a. mM. storm at its height; blowing furiously from the East ; a deluge of rain; more water falling in these three hours than apparently 1851.) A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 45 generally falls during the whole of an ordinary rainy season! The station is surrounded by and incloses numerous large tanks and jheels; these reservoirs had not been so full for many years as they were after this one storm; 3, sudden and dead calm; 4, calm; 5, sudden and strong wind from the West with light rain ; thick overcast weather; 6, blowing hard from the West; 7, moderating; 8, calm, or rather light airs from the West ; 9, fine weather. N. B.—No Barometer, no Thermometer at hand, nor Pluviometer, all of which I regret much. P, S.—Rampore Baulea on the Ganges was visited by the same storm, blowing over trees, &c. Several trees were damaged at Berhampore, Another letter from Berhampore forwarded to me by Gro. Daty, Esq. House Surgeon, Medical College. I beg to send you an extract of a letter from a friend of mine at Berhampore, where the gale appears to have been felt with great violence but only for a short time on the night of the 27th ultimo, the letter is dated the 28th April, and the writer says :— “‘ We had a fearful gale last night, which shook our house (a large brick building) to its very foundation. Indeed such was the violence of the wind that I had serious apprehensions about the stability of the Eastern wall; at 11 o’clock, p. M. when the storm attained its greatest degree of violence the whole Eastern side of the building vibrated so fearfully that I fully expected to see it come down. The wind was directly East and blew with such tremendous force that all the doors and windows were forced open, in spite of all our attempts to barricade them up with furniture and everything else we could collect, so that at last we were compelled to take shelter in the other side of the house and wait the result in trembling anxiety. _ Ido not remember so severe a gale in India since 1842, Fortunately it was not of long duration, it only lasted four hours, commenced about 8 and sub- sided suddenly at 12 o’clock. It has caused great damage to the gardens, large trees were blown down like reeds, and were it not for the high wall to the Eastward of our compound I verily believe we should have been blown away house and-all. The wind was due East throughout. It is calm this morning, but the sky is covered with drift having very much the appearance of a Scotch mist, so that we may not be quite done with it yet. P, S.—2 p. m. No return of the gale, the sky is clearing up a little and the wind has veered round a point or two to the South.” The following are tabular views of the winds and weather as expe- rienced by the ships and residents at the stations on different days, to bring into one view the various states of the weather, and assist to explain the Chart. [No. 8. *spno]d pal pus Iesjo "Wad =“ AIQINS pue “aN U0} Sal] 098 | 44°62 | OG'TE | PUM "NOAA'S “MA SHE BYSIT | (ZF 068 | ,6T O91] “192A JO 24NG “IU S1UpIyA 06°62 | ©) “MN “AA SATe opqeries 44ST | {FZ 006) SE o91 "seougy "aN 34Stupipy 03 *“M ‘N SN 94} 03 ‘W'd 9 'O'N “GW oyelapow ‘wa * Aytua Surpueys digg ‘souy ye Ajjenbg | °° a *"* | HAN WOON 0} 48k 09 -°G “S| ,0 006] 1S 06 | ~ey 2lsemoD A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. *pressy}10N (79) 03 (Z) ‘Tidy 94} 0} Suipuyjs diys ‘1appna 9010} “AA ‘N “N wos sypenbs PUGS uo1y jO aoaid urem yso[ ‘NW “ad I] *? ss °* | Mavoy ur ysody Surmorq wa | 6F 0f8| ,LP 09 "max U0I] | "OS8T ss | | "Sy soUary *Hay.L | "dug | ug *Maypvag, pun spur shag eS °9p0q *huoT NT diyg fo amnyy ‘O¢QI “Wudy HL/Z OL GNZZ “IVONSG JO AVG GHL NI UTHLVTAY GNV SGNIA\ DHL JO MAIA UVINGVT 46 47 *pugz 943 uo se AyG "Seq ‘SG 0} Seq *N Woy pepjesun surwm0deq JayyeoM “Wd "MM °N 9U} 0} Surpurys diyg — “qusiuprpyy ye urese = Sur “SBdIDUL INQ “W “d G 38 Surjesaposy "04 ‘sjjenbs oytie, ‘Ww ‘a *JUS[OTA O.1OUL YOY Joye “NW “VV OTIT &@ Suijerspoyy aaoy digg A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. "sy pMay 1851.] 098 098 o18 “uayL | ‘duay G8 62 9£°6¢ Lg sroyjyeom. AULOOTS pue "dN ‘A 0} YON wo Se 7ST 4ySUpI, 07 "W ‘ad ic GC Ce "Wd “ON °Q Je oje10pom uoON ‘Azey pue 9z90.1q JY SI] “NV *4seq °N 0} "NY Woy o}RIOpOU "W *d *19}8M YOOUS pue ouy “GY “N Sire 4YSIT (WV ‘aul pue "MON 03 Ap1ojsoAy SpurM 44517 °*4Seny "NI "WwW °d syjenbs qyIM Joyjyeem AmM00TS ylep pue azoaiq “W ‘NI #u013g "AN “AA pue (6) "Ww *a (g) 03 (2) ‘uoon 2 "AM ‘N ‘N 0} ‘AA ‘N PULA "May J0a AA PUD spur VG 088 196 068 ‘ i 0 ol 6 JLT 006 1¥G 088 66 088 *JS0T *bu0T 9 of{ | uemoyoy yony BI oST OF ofl OT o9f SP oll OF 09 "003 Surly “PPM JO ang "‘svouqy ‘pon Sug * Aron “vq solsemog "Waxy WOIT "U01gvI) 40 NT | dys fo omy "Tudy PIES "OSS "a0 {No. 8. A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 48 (6) ‘a ‘NON VGSIUPH (8) “A ‘NON Wa 8 ('S) “of "NN ‘W ‘d 7 Sulsevaio Et NoePora nid J ‘Sdajienb [je wor 89°62 “PIN ATueppns Suryjiys spurs "qsey SUISII BOS JUSIUPIT “AN 9°62 8 Suigeq 3ysT “NW ‘4 "S °§ 943.07 Sutuunt diyg suru CL6G°W dt (r—¢) Apnojo pure “3451 paw repunyy ‘ures yoy} “Wa | of8 | 08'6Z UOON| ** |°H "N ‘N SPUM 448IT | 0% 068] 0S oF | ‘“PPION Sug *PIVMYJION 9Y} WOIZ "AN CM DU Stop BOS YSIT “surjesopowm joy Vom "MN 8 ‘N‘O°M'NG "Wd g *UleJ JO BSNTep UTM Japunyy "NON € “AN a ‘N [QjJpeaip pure suvolliny ‘W ‘ad "408 ‘W ‘d ‘xapunty § 0} ivadde you saop aejyomosaid 02:6 woy pce “WIS ‘WIION PUM “AA 'S *S Pap UOON “UIION OL ‘A “N Ayyur ~pnos pue dn atoq "WV 086 IV] °° 8°63 "e TN WV 9 CAN WV | ZG 0f8| ,1h o81| ~BT oelsemoD (‘£) 09 (F) "Ww va (6) 9010} UDONY “489A ‘Tudy "Ww cd = “ApIOjSaAA pue UbS "e | ANG “AA N09 SULA | OF 088} LE 09 "may UOIT | “OST °4S0 *u0120)5' LO : "sy LDUMagy LA fh “dui "Mg "uay vay Puy spuryf ee = "NT JOT diyg fo aux a20qr 49 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 1851.] “aH “CN "Wy 9za01q Ysoly yYsIU "prea | “PIN "MA ‘S03 Aqyenbs -jSBq] 0} SUINAYSIT YINOG WO TJaMg | of8 ** 106°62 ‘PHN | pus y1ep ‘Ww ca “AU ‘slivdoig yo vu og *yoie oqnop Y4IM syrenbs -OO][3 pue qynog pue "a -YSlly Sig sur * SOTTO QT 3Seq OE ‘SG Sluedaig‘uooNy | = *° °* | 76°63 "S$ 02° °N Spurs 4qS17 °° | -Aaang *9 “H a C/°6Z “PIA *qseny ‘N) SUISvoIOUT "S “9 "AA ‘S 94} 03 Suts093s digg | °° °° | 62°63 "W'a g | JO8UNS ‘sue 4YSI] UOON OF | ,F9 0f8 | SB o9T | UeMOTOY HY *N “@ “AA SN 93 “MN PUrM Uoys 4y9I0 “pl 0} oUvoTIINY Sut of8 | PF gs: “SBIIDUL ! YIAON JO prea "pleajysaA *§ 03 SuIp | of8 | LF 64° OT] ~389AA 94} 0} Surutfour “puss digg "HSH ey} ul Sum | of8 | 9F | 94° 9 |9*UMON "Ha 7 f Sur “JUST JO saysel™ “| 'S “| WOIy | ofg | OC" 0s" p | -Ud}eaIq) "MW *d [ ‘WOON, eas sso1o doop 'W ‘ad QT ‘paeayseq | of8 | 9¢° cg’ “N'd[T (9% “H “N ‘N_ 80z091q 00} 3UT] ‘S$ °G@ wo vas Aavay *w va F AG | of8 | 09°62 | 06°62 Su0ajs 0} Sursvoiouy | 62 088] ,8 off | “lA J° 210d OF “PHN 0¢° ol ge" 8 *g]83 oJeIOPOU 4Y SIU | OF" 9 | “PHA °H “N ‘N Wo Sur : ‘pond; "MS BIPM S'S 0c’ p | -seoroul Ww va ‘jams LA “09 po1990}8 °"W *d 8 0} MOON *44SIU 09° ‘°N'd g | vay pue JayjeoM popjyes dy oq} SuLMp “| “S ay} 07 SuruzyAT | o18 ** 1 04°66 “un puv Apnojo uooNn OF, | 88 006 | 00 oFT ‘seo | "re “Sy snMay |*4ayz | “dug "Og "uayjvay pup spury id "N °20T de ee ie a0 Ce aaa [N 0. 8. A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 50 "B98 SSO] UOON ‘heme Jno syseu pue podurrms Ayvvau OSsaa ‘Ue PUB 499[S PAE TT “oud 4@ [[@ Bursia vas Aavdy wiv g| *! *OTQISIA S.1B48 gfdn Zaryesiq ‘Wd Q = *S[PAIO} “ul joys ye sjjenbs Aavay AroA ut QuUvdILINY UOON ‘UteSe pappnos g 00} 9A0y *W “VG “AA ‘S'S 0} pop “pnog ‘iejnse1 yng ysiy vos *Wev | °° *pleMyyION oy} wo. AT}sout “S¥aIdap 4S¥q ‘S WOON seq “S ye Surpus sysns Apvojsun AyaA “| OF 6S°W'VZ | SUvdIAAINYy ‘Wev Z yy] fe “SeStigy bs (12) “ANS AR TSE 09° 8 |g $ sujeispoyy 9SO\ Tig 7 |9 (6) NG‘ “Wa Tg’ WOON F “AA CN OM TUS La 0g° IT} “Bq Woony (OT) ‘A “4 82" OT] ‘AA N Tt CID) “MN 8° 8{i‘N OT (Tt) WIoN g | | 82" 9/CID ‘A 'N‘NO COT) | 0g" ¢ | ‘A'N'N GS (01) ‘ANN cg’ Pp 03 aC "Ni "A “Vv Pp "* | 16s WV E | (6) “HNN WV E) (£2 088] OF o21| ‘proton Sug ‘UOOSMOU * AA "J “M O}B1OpoU *W va Bos pasnjuos YSIy 94} wow [les "M ‘'S “M woo dn »Apror Ar1vd 07 aTqeuN ynq asino0d pounsay «s see =" ¢s Sulivopo pue Suryjeispoyy OT 028] Sb 06 LA: | safsemog ‘qady " 43GS °"€ 0} 6 9910} ISOM | ,ZG 088] JIS 09 *may) UOJ] | *OS8T : F ; ; ; 2 a ‘uonnig 40 | , SY MOWAT sayy, | dug Log 4ayynay pup spurs4 ‘Buoy | NPT] ag ‘ arene aj0q 51 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 1851.} “JoyIVOM OUY 4IZZ 993 UD | S62 ‘Amig ¢8'6s WPS UO ‘seq; °° *SuIUyySIT pue Jopung) ures 44310 : “PLA “3S9AA “°S 0} Sulusze0193 pues WEP SiG “SS Woy yams Sucy | of8 489M 0} 38eq WO SuIssed spnoj9 | of¢8 ‘dn o10q 8 3V ''H $'N pue aq 'N 03 Aljeuotisvooo Sur “129A PUIAA °0} CAOY pUe Joyjvom peq Joy. porsdaid qe ny gay! °° of8 j 09° oF8 | 09° | of8 | OS" "TGS OpeUt "NV 8 IV] ofS | OF'GZ "SysDUary “MayT, | duis €L°62 1 09° ¢ *48Uqy ‘N wor vos Aavoy pues YWON 4e 9za01q YSo1q7 *1oqjVOM peq jo 90ue ravodde qq Apnojo AoA | 6,60 $8} OF o91 | ‘oouenly oTEq “ouy pue 02°62 sozaaiq ATAOyIION FYSITT | ,FS 028) ,L0 oST *190SepIVy "9299.14 Suons 64° “PHA | Se supp -yseRy rE" Gg) ‘wa "38eqT 03 “TN ‘eUYslIy Sug 98°62 | "a 9290I1q ayeAapom MOON | FFT 086 |2ES o91 | ‘Aang “QO “H *auy pure Sur Seol09p INSIUPIT “AA "NOM TTS "Aa AN 6°M'NS :"AA ON "N 9 "TION fF $07 "NI “N "Wd cc° T| T ‘s3sn3 Aavoy ut ures | Z¢° . WOON | pue syjenbs yIm “Ny *q CZ°63‘°W'V F | ‘A 'N SUlseatoulUuooN OF, | 8E of8| ,FZ oF] |"ueMoyoY ony | | "389. WOON *N 2° | 8 ‘HOON 0} Suneispom 06° WOON |’°N‘'Q’AA ‘WY Q.So3R10p *ponury 06° g | "OU 2101 pue 91331; 8 dn -u0o gZ° 9 | Batie9}o "wed Z *s[penbs *u0}sa1] Tidy ZL°60'W'V Z | aaaes Alaa" M NW IVT| TS 098) 4h 001] “PM JOeRNG] YICZ a - . . | POUT fe nee °U01}0}5) 40 : AO 4aypvaA pun spur ‘Buoy N *R0T dhyy fo own a0 H [No. 8. A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms.. 52 “a “SH 93 °H “CN "oy WO; SOVUT} 4B STTenbs pue suruajea143 sulmi00eg “AMS . uopesy ‘Aavozy °4S8eqT 07 WN CN SPUrM 9[Qurie A “MN ‘N‘H'2 8 °H °N A ‘wa ‘Apnojo pue yseq ce ad 2 WO1} 9Z991q 44SIT WOON *A[1948e qT pue “@ °N ‘oT 9z901q SuOSs ‘W ‘*d “UOON 0} 9788 Ysoaz § JoyyeoMA Apnoyp> pue 9z901q Ap CUO “PHA “8998 °"N °4°H 'N 99°O ON "a N Woda o7e3 4y SIU "AAS °S 94} 04 Surauns diqg royyeom Suruojyeoiyy ‘WM ‘ad OT AG] °° *pIBATIION “ply ‘9uy pue oye19pout wo jjenbs favoy @ NW ad F LIV] °° °° | 08°62 “PUN! *N ‘4 ‘Ho °N pula *w ca “a (N WOT S[QVIIVA ‘Wd “OT "NN 03 °O CN Surseos9 °03 “UI UOON ‘sulue}v01q3 QA0y “Wd F S$ SUsvoIOUL Bas "Wd | °° as sis50\ "a “N Wod 9z991q Ysolg ‘W 'd QT 3 Sulseoi0Ur *JOyIwoM peq JOJ SuoTyered uier pue Apnopd ‘q *N -o1d ][8 OpeUl : ZUISIA BOS ‘Wd QT | 098 e¢ He e°Ge WOI. SPUIM 9YSIT “NW *d ————— “Sy AOUIY “May.E, | dmg “Lg “4aYyJVaY pun spurs4 8 oL8 WWE 098 OE 068 00 o£8 iS o48 *JO}OM *S} OT Ul “AT at mol £¢ *10019| “M °9 °S/"90 °A *d °O°H “uot “24S 4Y9I] *£oa NO BL "A‘d ‘'O°H iE 061 “BUR BPV /20 o61 "Loy qoy ES o6] |*yooueyy ydasor 10 off "asnoyl BT} “ponury -u00 ‘orp | “qudy #80 006 |-UL Gospuepion) 4S 4 ie "U011025) 40 N OT diyg fo awvyny aj0qr A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 1851.] ‘ured SUl[Zz11p pus saouevivedde surua ‘aVANY -4va14} “A SS pue "ay ‘S 3Se qe oztidiojug 0} WON OF "AM SN ‘O1QRHBA | SG 026] 80 003) "9S “O “H *Suluyysy pue Jopuny) Aavoay yy *M ‘N03 9jTqS ‘asti 07 uesaq ‘dug pue ‘leg OFF pue ouvolny 11 IV “qIION gy (0) poyeorq “W “Vv TT ‘SUIT pum 6 3V “H ‘N ‘N 9e9 “yey sAvmye JajomolwgG “MS 'S py ‘ulel pue sayyeom Apnoyo 94} 0} sjouy 6 pue g Suruuns diqg | 008 | 06°82 | 00°62 | WP “A “N Mes Ysera WV ZS] OF of8| 1S oLT | ACOA UYOr "326 9} UO *UOTJVAIOSGO OU f S\SvUt LF 088 *sUuOT £ 2h ofl “HT Ain{ 3018311 pue yooim sures} °° 3 ** jo} Sanjiup drys ‘) OUeO AA ould ee ee *svouty ("S) “A °S 38 WOON 98 oL8 ** | 04°6S | 92001q YSoay pus TOYIVOM ABET | ,6¢ 088 | ,4E oll "PION, Sg "1% 94} JO WOON ‘Tidy TI} sonunuos 41 pues ‘yo poureld *I9q} Aron 4393 “W090 [IIIS SI Bes pasnjuod Aavoyy | °° vs ** | «goad Ava[D pus WOOSMOM FSG] ¢Q of8| FG oll| “BA SelsemoD | ‘OCsT “Sy ADU “Uay.T, | duag| “4g “LayJDI AA PUD SPULAA See “AC 29T Picasa "210 [No. 8. A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 54 *SULSSII UIZIOL 9Y} Ul [Tes @ YIM 0} SAOFT *SS9A9SIp yon ut drys ‘029 :029 ‘syseuidoy 4soy / ‘ajes pomouoy G “4S9A\ pue yseqy sire yySiy 03 Ajuappns paseasdap "IW ‘d § “OY1IIO} BIS UOON “48801040 A[ueppns Ays pue surseagour veg 098 098 "W'S WOdy [OMS OY 1119} "W ‘d § "pleMyseq oy} Woy yous Aavoy A[1093e[ ‘Bas snopuamery, | °° "Bs USIG “IUSIUpI *]]9As ynog Aavoy B WIM WAM “S'S oF8 pue yyNog 943 07 Amm00]3 pue yaeq | ocg *sysnuMay "May | dug os" 01 0Z° woo | 2£°63 "NV > LY’ “PLA L£S° 8 os’ v 89°66 Woon 8L° *PHAL 08°66 O2-=> | BOC 09°63 'N'vV¢E L8°6% “0g *eUvOTAANY Z AN ‘'S "M Wo uUlede Sut -MO[Q "NW “ad G *ATIABOT SUIMO[G 3Sey WN *d 6H 'N “A pura woon | ,23 of8 "™ *S 03 Aum00T3 ‘Wd Q ‘SITE QYSIT Wd 7 ‘layyeom ATMOOTS YW SUISBAINOP "MM °4 “AA SN @ ozooiq JoUuy f£ Ysetq | £9 of8 "IU SIUpIA 32 ‘a °S “a pue yynog 0} a: § °S "Ww “2 a *q “a *S pueda” °S HY 0} seq 9Z901q du01j8 UOON OF | {ST *N *q "AA PUB 489A4 Oz001q oULT | |G G8 *sulsvatoop Taq 8 0} Ysoay AtoA 4seqq "S°W'd G ‘“UIel YSouy PUB 4S9A4 “S UOON § pur AjzaqjAONN pue Apnoyy | FS 026 wayne pun spun | ine *otp WV o8T |-Ul Qospuepiea yy 60 -o9T “TaasVpIV BUYSIIy Sg HI o61) “40S “DO “H GF od | UeMOTOY PHY *ponuly -“uood . ‘Tudy 80 00% "AVANV | 992 uorDIg 40 ong NMT | days fo aon 55 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 1851.] “SOUNI} 4B ST[N] WIM IqSIU ay} noysnorqy Ang = yz 29 UO ‘Wd G [1 Sule} JojaWoOIeg “sy StUpt IAL q@ Wye & O03 *HW ‘ad G 98 SUTQBIOPOT ‘ouy puke aje19pom 43/Z UD °07 DAOY "Wd = *SSO1}SIP 4919 UI dys ‘poytys oS.1e0 pey { seve pue syseudo, sa1y3 Ave pated *sXep ua} 488] 94} 10J 02°G6Z 38 UdEq pey “req *qse]Teq pue OS1v9 poqytys § ATTeoyts19y Surmoyq ‘Wd [LT JV ‘89S YSIY pue wel Aaeoy “Wd ‘UIAIS JOU UOT}ISOg ‘a "N pura $0} oaoy *W °d 8 ! ‘auvdIIIng ‘ytesdoq UleM po *J991 9SO0[9 Japan 03 SurdyT JUSIUpIy, ee oc° ol 09° °¢€ 02°66 (Nd S 09° “PHA 8f° ‘uooNn 08°66 ‘°N'V 8 0c° "W "ad ¢ OF 66 01°62 OZ’ ‘wooN 14°66 = “OL orog ‘P aeee ‘G °N 9z001q | aye8 Surseosour yystjAeq “sen pue t4AON, Surusyso.y G utes pue zayjeom Suruezeo1y} qysry | sol : of8 "M ‘S qStupryyy “yng fa Sg "Wa G ‘sttenbs Aavoy ul prea s4seqy otf} Wor, MOTq 0} psoueMM0s UoON *paead “489M 9} 03 3JIqs Uap “pus ‘W "Vv [T ‘eos pus iL¥ 0G8 "He 'N “GT pura josuns ‘SULU9} 8914} A9YJeOM MOON ‘UNION, “HE ST 068 ad J *sopes Suoays A154 ‘N ‘d ‘WN pue -q *q ‘WH *"N UOON FV “BOS Aavay pue oes Ja03148 0} Sulseaiour szeaig 7 *SUISBILOUL BOS pue ares “seq OL “AN 8 “a (NO PULA “WW *a G ‘a “9 “A ON ‘NW °V OT “MA “NON ‘A 'd 6 ‘UJION ‘HW ‘a ‘a ‘N syenbs AAdvozy | Gg o€8 6S 098 |A6I 002 (20 O16 *AUOSVIVE ‘LNIOG ISTVI 01 o9f “BI UREVY OE o8T | “Feqs topunysy ee ; *A£OY qoy OT 068 | OF 00Z |oouey ydosoe | sponuy -u00 "Tady VG oO8T ‘OSnaT BT] 1393 “Sy snMmagy "way.L, | dug ug “p80 *huoT *4ayjvay, puv spUursy = ‘uonnig 40 | AE NOT | te, fo orang | A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. [No. 8. 56 *S[VAIOJUL 4B ured Jo sdoip Moy @ ‘aaissorddo fiaq | °° *pnos MOT ‘NW *d WTO ysowe sowTy 42 $ purm jo sjsn3 setpnoad £ premysey 0} 4809U01}s ‘souvavodde Ayes yoy, | °° 81 00Z 0} poreoq | °° *SUISVOINUT BOS PUL PUI "SJ GCT 0} pasvaa “WV OE*Z | 008 "TIPS 9Y} JO Jrwd ysay UL “| “N 09 ‘N Wool Zuyei[Ioso pue sulseo1o “UL PUL “A “TI ‘A 84} WorZ vas 03 Surpueys ‘ C9°6Z 09 F6'6G Plosouy | °° *sysvMay SEE ‘May, | “duis 79° 8° G8°6S 69° = “PIN ZL ‘Wag 08°62 "N'V 8 “PIA ‘U00ON, L8°60'°N°V 7 ‘MOON 38 09°66 04 vL'63 LV'66 03 LL°62 "wg *sTjenbs q4S5yS8 Ul S01 pum oy} UoyM "W “ad QT qnoge qt} ‘ynoysnosy3 wyeo pue yseoi1aao Ays qoyyeom asojo Aavoyzy *stjenbs prey aC | °N aC h "ww ‘d “prey Surmoyq yseq 0} “A ‘N "H “S “Wf qysUpI “A "N woy ges 9 su0ijs 4yciAeq "aN ‘oT o7es Aavoy SUP “A *N ‘A ‘W ‘d 8 ‘°Y “N UoON ‘Suisvorour — Ayaaqseqy g ‘°Apnojo pue 92z901q "a ‘N su0ys "NW “Vv FF *49RqT ye ayes ‘Wd “WN Woy aed qyskep “A ‘N Woy sysnd Suisvoiour “mM “Vv T{ JZ 088) ,E3 00% *qnoYysno1y) Ulel pue sored Ajiojseq ysoig “LayIwas, pun spurss *FS0T *6uoT “iP *BIINI[VD *kong ca (ul IOGNVS 0} ‘uoid galaspey | -weyQ onbseg "A TA "0019109 0} 8010 |"A “d ‘0 °H "NONRIG 10NO ee “A FAL “il uo0Bbeg *kOA "BE "A‘d °O °H| ‘penuy “100 *TUOS ‘dy os “VITIL ION | 1998 *U01}0I5' 40 “ay0q NMT | diyg fo won o7 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 1851.) ee *UOISNJUOD PIOAB 0} qivyd 943 Uodn {OT o8f Ul p2deIg | 098 ol8 00] plel ‘HM ‘ve *rapung3 pues Zuruzy 3 ‘ures ‘eas qSiq °N *V | of "A °S *S wos vos Aavazy | 078 =e "ey svMar "May, | “dug Se ee 00°0¢ *plolouy ou. « 9¢°6S “KN °d OF 66 08°62 02°66 69°62 06°62 *60°0E °V 06°62 "0g *3Ul “{eIOpOUl "Wd Q “BOS pue ojes Aavoy qQNog ¢ ‘a ‘Ss °S o aC i °S "nN “Vv ‘M°S pura *w'd ‘ATpidea Sutseai9ep BOM “NV GN “CM ‘ouy Jarm099q Joyjeom pues Juiseaivaq aug pue “aS "S Woy ozI0I1g *SUIeIOpOU °W ‘d "dOON 38 “AA °G °S pue ‘a'S°S US TAS @ gjed gZulseaiour “NW ‘Vv ‘ouy UOON “a 'S “T ‘aA pue gd “S 34stupryy "A “S °S 9z001q Apvays WUSIUPI “pawayseg “s pue “WG ‘Ss “q woy Apnoyo pur 92z92.1q Apeays “4aYJVa4A PUD spur oe ee ‘yoourpy qdosor 0& oL8} G0 o8T ‘OsUdTY BT Bt 6G of8 | 20 o8T |-Ul qospuvpisaN 00 098} ,S0 off “J99SBpLY *[OSSOA qySi'J JO ‘A ‘SH jeaysuy Sg ** (G3 Noqy|feamng “Q °H SG 026 | 80 002 "aVANY “quay Sutarsy oztid Ol 086] 46 002 |"493UG “ISO °H "SOT = si °*U01jDIS 40 ‘buoy | N MT) diyg fo awny ‘Tidy 1322 "OS8T 90d. [No. 1. A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 58 ‘Nm “V ¢ 9B ONBOTLINgG B OUIvI9q IE I[l} Surseatour ‘yseq ‘No oY} WO’ 9ZIaIqQ SUOI}S 4}9Z 94} UOC "W °d ¢ 32 “MN ‘AA 38 dn ox01q pus ‘paem “389M 0} pazigs pura aq} orga Ul [NT BW °V OL 38 ! Uler Yon] ‘sosnoy SaAljeu pue soo1} Ave Surdooms pura {urea AAvoy YjIA ‘WV PIO g wo Apavey Sutmolg | *payepunul punose Ajun0g *9uvo -11INY 9q4 JO ysanq Aavay & UT *9799 ‘syseuido} yso, £0} aaoy 3ysI[keq eae “SY ADULOT “Hoyt | ‘dug 09° 1a 10°63 Ol €Z° $6 69° #8 cL 8 08° L 06°86 °N'VE cr L 66° 6 (09°66 '°N'V] 61°62 "LOE *gqynog pue ‘4seq jO pieAyNog 3y} 07 {°W'd pure 4yseq ynoqe UsYA WOON 0} “HE "N WoIy WUvITIIMY ‘W “Vv ¢ ‘Sl pue [[ 99M 40q 9Ted jo ysuenyg “3Iqs pue [OT ‘W'V OL ‘38eq 0} *Y "N 9[e8 Suo01js 44s heq *ATAIIVUA pon] “Ww “Vv Il 3V ‘suryeoiq oes "MS “M $6 “9S9AN ‘W'V 6 '°M'N M8 ‘AA "NZ “pavy Surmoyg f° WA 'Q‘°N 9 ‘o[es Sutseot0uy ‘Ww *V ¢ 0} OURO -ainy f "AA “Ni MOI MOT 0} poousWMWOIeL “HW *Vv ¢ ‘48vJ Suiyeqe voy ‘sURdLLIng 3YysIU “PHA TAL “AA CN Pura "wiv £ ‘“AWOOTS 44ST -Aep {sjsns Su013s ‘WV Z "M°S (M ‘N tV Fo ‘NEV. Z 38 Suyeqe pure pirajsoAy oy} 0} Sulney pul “LIYJVIAA PUD spuryt GL oL8| 83 off 6S 098/261 002 OT 098] 00 o8T *[ooo129q ‘auOS “VITEL JON ‘auOSVIVE ‘LNIOg SIV gq "yeyg ispunysy *ponury -uoo qudy 90 of8| 6% o6f ‘Loy qoy | WIZZ yon | "Uw01znIg! 0 : *buoT N ‘MT diyg fo awmvay one 59 A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 1851.] "OF ZI WOIy | oF | TS" Ueq} JOpivy SuIMOg *W ‘d F 9} gle ZI WOlg ‘“UuoONT -a10;Oq ATTeTNO oc8 | ZZ° e1y1ed ‘sjjenbs ay} useMjoq sued 18° ysouje jO s[BAIoJUL s[qeysiwMeYy | ‘| 18 | 08°6s ‘ayes MOOSUOM “IW *d g { OJeIOpOT 910M "Wd “OTT @ peoyloAo Sutreopo UOON “suIAy pnos yonm yysijkeq| °° ee *[9SS9A 94} J9AO Suryeoiq Ayyueysuoo vas Aavoy snopuemaiy,| °° se 16°66 PP 66 °€8°6Z 04. 0} ulese pue FF'GZ 0} GS°GZ PlosreUY rs Ce 008 "sy sDUay “aye | duis bL° 8° a L OL" W's CB"E 8L° Ol LL°66'°W'V'9 £9° 8 09° og’ yay >~ -uOON os” 6 19°66 ‘(N'VZ “PIA 0s° "W °d 9 89° wooNn ee ae 65°62 “HVS "Wd g ye 08°62 ‘WV OL 92 89°6% "nw ‘Vv E4e 98° 09°62 |L€°6S 93 1h°62 wie § "M°4°S "W ‘ad f “YMOS OG"E aS °S "WH a A LY: | 'S “A TOT A 'N Su0ns: Surmoyq 08'2 ‘a “"N wor Aqpenbs 4ystuptyy °97001q ‘uoosuom «ss *W Od: ‘oJeIOpOU BIOU *W °d os'e “M ‘S °S oes eq} UOON “H ‘S “S 0 "WA °S ayes Aavoy 6G Soy "S “A 03 “gy Syrenbs prey] "BuIQEge “AA "S 24} 03 ‘W ‘d pus ‘ZUSTOIA SSaT ‘qINOg 9y} 0} IJIYS ETT "auvoTIINY G6 IW *4SeaT oY} WoIZ 9910; TeNsnuN WA surmorq = yystdeq “M ‘S 7e poyeqe pure qynog 0} dur “120A UOON “@ “SO WOIJ BUvOLAINY yYysiTAeg ‘M'S°S9 f qyNOg ‘Wa TH S'S L£°H'S § ves OYLI19} YA ouedlng "WV BPH “S 0} 4seq "4ayJvVaAA pun spur ° = ‘VLILNOTIVD “ong el suord os) Josneg | -meys) enbieg =e id ‘TATTIOAI FT "10019109 ee ‘OnBIS |"A “d °O °H *ponuly “09 *£OA ‘Tdy 0S of8} UE 00Z/-*L'A*d ‘°O'H| WZ] "PSO | aye “Uu0rjDIg 10 F ‘buoy | NX ?°L | diyg fo awonr | sie 3 I [No. 1. A Twentieth Memoir on the Law of Storms. 60 *qseqy Woy 4yySLU -plur 0} Sutsevaiouy “4yseqy pur Aysn3 Suo0ys -w ‘dad f “48eq WO] PUIA 4YSIT ‘Ute Suyzziup ee e* | puv spnojo kavoy ‘Apnojo ‘WV g 989A O43 09 YIYs pue Taleo (498Z) "NV G “°yseq WO yYysIOY $71 ye suojohy 4992 JO "NW *V Z 03 ZI WOlg “suIUzIySIT JO soysey juey esip pus joul}sIpUl May BN a Z| °° °S e °S 9 “HS UOON “HW “a ‘N mol pavy Surmojq “Ww cv FF | “M “a "muyed 4USTUPITAL *sulsvovep pue A[193S894 91001 "Wd Q “quafotA AI9A “MA CN ‘NZ ‘ules Lavoy pue Jursea19 “ut ‘GJAON WOON “A “N Pula ‘WV g ‘pleMyseq 943 wWoJy “wo °v 9g 03 dn Ajravoy Su1moq ee ee | pura jo synd pue ules 34 91heq ‘Japunyy "mV P| °° °M °S 03 °W “d € 38 pue qINOG 03 pa190A UOON IV *q8Uq_ “WN °V Q “OOUO[OIA UI SUT “SBaINUL §}8NF Ul “| “N ‘WV E “sy sDWay “hayL | durg| ‘avg *4ayjva 4, pun spur oe ee -a1odmeyi9g oe eo ‘a10d youlieg oe ee *qe1oooueg ‘pena -109 ‘qudy eo ee *a10deupryl VL *18057 *U022035' £0 *buoT NT diyg fo auvay 1851.] On the Rates of Chronometers. 61 Barometer and Thermometer at Calcutta at the Surveyor General's Office. Bar. reduced to 32° Fahrt. | , 2u. 40/ Date. | Sun RISE. sy ae Noon. i wie 4P.M. SuNSET. embassy Lee larkd be es a modus? | Bale (BB nies Sere re te | mle | hee a ey |e 26th, |29.770/78.3/29.831/83.3 srg 29.754|87.3/29.746 84.9/29.755/81. 27th, .674|77.8| .657/79.8| .64230.0} .568/81.9) .535/81.8| .571)/82.2 28th, .760|78.1| .818/85.3} .800 88.0} .751)86.8) .735/87.3) .734)84.8 | (To be continued. ) On THE Rates OF CHRONOMETERS, as influenced by the Local Attraction of Ships, and by Terrestrial Magnetism. By Henry PippinetTon, President of Marine Courts, Calcutta. In the latest and best English treatise on Navigation, that of Lieut. Raper, R. N. 3rd Edition, 1849, p. 174, after briefly referring to various opinions as to the causes of the variation of rates in Chrono- meters, such as motion, temperature, shocks from guns, thunder-storms, magnetism, &c. the author says that, “it seems generally admitted that the principal cause of the change of rate is variation of temperature”’ and he adds that ‘as regards the local attraction (deviation) of the ships themselves affecting the rates, no decisive experiments appear to have been made on the point.”’ I have thus thought that where good experiments have been casually made, it becomes of much importance to Nautical, Hydrographical and Geographical science to preserve the records of them. Before detailing the particular instances to which this paper refers it may be useful to give a brief sketch of what is known and has been done to elucidate this most important question up to the present time, so far as the limited means of Indian research enable me. The earliest accounts we have of the effect of Magnetism on Chro- nometers, whether Terrestrial or Local, is I think that of Mr. Varley in the Philosophical Magazine, Vol. I. (1798) who discovered that the balances acquired polarity at two opposite points on the rim, and thus that the going of the time-piece was affected by the position of 62 On the Rates of Chronometers. [No. 1. these poles with respect to the magnetic meridian, Mr. Varley moreover found that every new balance which he tried was already more or less polarized ! His communication dates in 1797, but from this time to 1820 which is the date of Mr. Fisher’s* paper read by Mr. Barrow to the Royal Society (Phil. Trans. Vol. CX.) I have not found any farther pub- lished notices of this phenomenon, though skilful navigators were well aware of the tendency of Chronometers to take on “sea rates ;”” usually accelerated ones ; and the practice was both to correct by the run to Madeira or Teneriffe if seen, and to give a “lunar rate’ also. Mr. Coleman, an old Company’s Officer and now an eminent teacher of Mathematics in London, has given a number of tables of rates given on shore with those found at sea with the Chronometers of various ships, mostly of those of the E. I. Company, from 1802 to 1820; distinguishing the iron from the copper-fastened vessels, but he draws no general results. Mr. Fisher’s paper, after shewing the tendency of Chronometers to take on accelerated rates, describes the remarkable effects on the rates which were found on landing them on Spitzbergen+ which with one amounted to a difference of thirteen or fourteen seconds daily, and another returned to its exact London rate! Mr. Fisher also quotes Lieut. (Sir John) Franklin, as remarking that it is to this circumstance we must attribute the error of the whole of the line of Coast on the West side of East Greenland being laid down 13° too much to the Westward by Captain Phipps (Lord Mulgrave) in 1770; and that in the first trial of Harrison’s Timekeeper in 1764, the Longitude of Barbadoes was 10’ 45’ more to the Westward than the astronomers sent out for the purpose made it. Mr. Kendal’s watch made on the same construction as Harrison’s, and sent out with Captain Cook (1772 to 1775) went much better than Harrison’s, but its only fault was “that its rate of going was continually accelerated.” Mr. Fisher attributes the acceleration to “the magnetic action exerted by the iron of the ship on the inner rim of the balance which * Mr. George Fisher, Master of H. M. S. Trent, on the North Polar cai under Capt. Buchan. tT The nature of the rock or soil on als the temporary hut for keeping them stood, is not adverted to. We shall presently see that this was of importance. 5 1851.| On the Rates of Chronometers. 63 is made of steel,”? and he made several experiments upon Chronometers with magnets, to confirm his views. In 1821, Professor Barlow, at Woolwich, made a very complete series of experiments, shewing that the vicinity of masses of unmagnetised iron invariably affected the rates of Chronometers placed ‘near them ; and he rightly suggests that such variation can only be supposed to arise when the balance has acquired some polarity; but it is curious to find that Professor Barlow was evidently not acquainted with Mr. Varley’s paper as quoted above, which had exactly proved so long before what he so acutely conjectures! He even goes on to propose Mr. Varley’s experiments on a detached balance, but does not make it! Professor Barlow’s paper appeared in the Philosophical Transactions for 1821, and a resumé of it is given in his celebrated Essay on Mag- netic attractions of which the second edition, now before me, was pub- lished in 1823.* Lt. W. Mudge in the Edin. Phil. Journal for 1821, p- 381, describing the peculiar magnetic deviations found on Mayo and the Great Salvage, as also an instance where the compasses of a Hudson’s Bay Company’s vessel became suddenly affected at sea in 62° N.; 93° West; relates also that one of the surveying party on the Great Salvage having laid down his watch on the rock in the morning, found when he took it up again, in the afternoon, on his return to the same spot, that it had gained two hours in the interval “an acceleration doubtless due to the action of the magnetic rock on the balance,.”? In our Journal, Vol. XVIII. p. 410, will be found Capt. Campbell’s account of a very remarkable local deviation of the compass at Saugor in Bundlecund, by which a boulder of magnetic Diorite rock was found buried in the earth when dug for at my suggestion, with my remarks. In the Nautical Magazine for 1837, Mr. Fisher, adverting toa * Professor Barlow states, p. 126, ‘‘ that a Master in the Navy to whom he had described his experiments told him that, when master of a first rate, he found that his Chronometer ‘ which was an excellent one invariably altered its rate 5’ when taken on board, but that he could now account for the difference, recollecting that he had placed his Chronometer nearly in contact with an iron knee.’’ The same perplexing fact occurred to myself with a fine box Chronometer in 1817. In the Nautical Magazine for 1845, an instance is given by Captain Wise of the City of Derry in which an error of 90 miles between Java Head and Cape Lagullas occurred with an excellent Chronometer near to which a pair of pistols had been placed ! 64 On the Rates of Chronometers. [No. 1 communication in No. 15 of the same work (to which I cannot refer) in which it is stated by Messrs. Arnold and Dent as one of the results of their experiments that the rate of a Chronometer was sensibly affected by terrestrial magnetism when it was moved in Azimuth ; details a series of experiments shewing clearly the effect of terrestrial magnetism on Chronometers ; of which the rates were first ascertained when the arms of the balances were nearly in the position of the XII. and VI. on the dial plate, and then when these figures were alternately placed towards the North and South and East and West; the differ- ences amounting to + 0.42 and + 0.35; when the North (XII.) was reversed to South; and to + 0.28 and + 0.22 when they were changed from West to East! The same paper also contains a communication from Mr. Northcote, Master of H. M. S. Jupiter, shewing the influence of the ship’s mag- netism on the rates of her Chronometers in a voyage to and from the East Indies. And finally, Professor Airy of the Royal Observatory at Greenwich (Naut. Mag. for 1840, p. 231), after describing his observations and experiments upon a Chronometer which had been sent to him from Messrs. Brookbanks & Co., “‘ as particularly magnetic,” gives rules for correcting the effect of terrestrial magnetism on a Chronometer by simply placing it on the top of the glass of a compass box. No experiments seem as yet to have been made as to obtaining any ~ correction for the ship’s magnetism. I do not find this subject referred to by the editor of the latest edition (1848) of Bowditch’s American Navigator; and this then appears to be, from all the authorities to which I can refer in India, the present state of our knowledge as to the phenomenon itself, and the causes and means of correcting it. My friend Captain Hopkins, of Messrs. Green’s ship the Prince of Wales, called upon me in January to mention that he had experienced in his outward bound voyage of 1850-51, a remarkable alteration in the rates of his Chronometers; which though first rate ones and always performing well on former voyages he had found to be upwards of forty miles wrong by his lunars on his arrival at the Floating Light ! This he was at a loss to account for, as it had never occurred before, the shore rates given in England having always been within a trifle correct. 1851.] On the Rates of Chronometers. 65 I suggested that this might be owing to an increase in the ship’s local attraction if she had a larger proportion of iron in her cargo on the present voyage, or her usual quantity differently placed? This he also thought probable, and stated that he Aad had more Iron ou this voyage, and moreover mentioned that the same variation of rate had occurred on board of other ships which had brought out a large quan- tity of iron. I thought this is a question of much interest both to seamen and to hydrographical science, and I forthwith drew up a set of queries on the subject, to which Captain Hopkins of the Prince of Wales, Captain M°Leod of the Queen and Capt. Lay of the Tudor have obliged me with replies. All these are large passenger ships ; the Tudor brought out less iron on this voyage than usual and also found her Chronometers in error, but the causes of this will be seen in the reply to query No. 10. Ina note to me Capt. Lay says, ‘‘ I had more difference than usual, and one Chronometer became quite useless which has been my best going one for 13 years.’ I have printed these replies as follows, distinguishing Captain Hopkin’s replies by the letter H. Captain M°Leod’s by M°L. and those of Capt. Lay by L., and I have preferred to give them with the queries, because they may be useful on a future occasion, or suggest other enquiries or hints as the subject is more developed ; for it is evidently one of high importance and of which we have yet much knowledge to acquire, and which offers a wide field alike for the careful observer of all classes and for the ingenuity of the scientific workman in the construction of these invaluable instruments. Queries for ascertaining the cause of the alteration in the Rates of Chronometers on board the ship — GENERAL. 1. What was the whole error H.—Forty miles East of the of your Chronometers on the voy- true position of the Floating Light age taking the mean of the two Vessel. or three best of them and if + or M°L.—533 miles East of Cal- — of the shore rate. State how cutta by mean of 3 Chronometers. many miles (of arc) you were Hast L.—The variation from true or West of the Light Vessel or rate was Oh. 2’ 7-2’. 32 miles. other position ? 66 2. Do you consider that error as due to a constant rate? 3. Did you see Madeira, or the Cape De Verds, or Tristan D’ Acum- ha, to ascertain your measured differences of meridian by Chr. and hence the alteration up to that time ? 4. The same to Ceylon? 5. Did your lunars also shew a steady alteration of rate in the Chrs. or did they shew that it began from a certain epoch as from the Cape? 6. Are your Chrs. placed this voyage as in former ones, or is there any alteration ? 7. Anyiron knees, arm stands, &c. near your Chrs. in their new berth this voyage ? On the Rates of Chronometers. [No. 1. H.—I think the rates altered more after passing the Cape. McL.—I believe it to have been a uniform rate throughout, since leaving, with the exception of one watch which was materially affected by temperature. L.—No. H.—lI did, but not near enough to take correct bearings. McL.—I saw the Islands of Tri- nidad and Martin Vas on the 21st October, and found the means 20’ to 25’ Kast of the truth. I ob- tained the cross bearings of the two Islands having constructed a chart of their locality on a large scale for the purpose, and under favour- able circumstances obtained my position, and thence an entire new rate for my Chrs. which rate on arrival only varied as follows: No. 1, + 20”; No. 2, + 28".6; No. 3, 6.4 being an error of 3° 3 of the truth. L.—No. H.—Not seen. M°L.—Notseen. L.—No. H.—Yes. M*L.—Lunars from 25’ to 30’ to the Eastward. L.— No. Variable. H.—None. M°L.—Have been placed for eight years in the same - place. L.—The same. H.—None. M°L.—None. L. —No. 1851.] 8. Had you any very severe thunder storms on the voyage? and do you think the rates may have altered from that time ? 9. Can you think of any other cause which may have affected your Chronometers? and to what do you principally attribute the error ? 10. Had you any alterations in the iron fittings of the ship this voyage near the Chrs. ? : 11. Have you had your Chrs. rated here? and how is the Cal- cutta with the London rate? On the Rates of Chronometers. 67 H.—None. M¢L.—Never had fewer.—L.—wNo. H.—I think, to the quantity of iron on board. M‘L.—To a large quantity of iron, never having before had so large a quantity. L.—No; I can- not say. H.—None. M°¢l.—None. L.—Only one large iron bolt from deck to deck. H.—As. (Mss. illegible.) M°L.—Rates as follows : Leaving London. Found in Cal. No. 318 — 2”.6 — 3.3 320 + 2”.0 0.7 333 — 2".7 — 0.2 Altered from losing to gaining, difference one second eight tenths, per day (1”.8). CarGo. 12. What quantity of bar iron and steel had you on former voy- ages and what on this ? 13. What quantity of machin- ery and arms more than on other voyages ¢ 14. Where was the bar iron stowed ? H.—Little compared to this voyage. McL.—This year 500 Former years 250 to 350 L.—400 to 500 tons; on this voyage 100. tons : tons. H.—No machinery, no arms. A large number of casks of nails. McL.—No machinery, but 200 cases of small arms, besides iron. L.—No more. H.—Principally in the main hold. M‘L.—From about 12 ft. abaft main hatchway to about 14 ft. abaft after hatchway, but the kK. 2 68 15. Where were the tubs of steel, arms, &c. stowed ? 16. Whereabouts do you consi- der the centre of the mass of your iron, steel, and arms to have laid ? Say how many feet abaft or before the mainmast ? 17. Had you any particular quantity in the afterhold ? 18. And nearly under the Chro- nometers ? 19. Have you iron tanks for water ? and have you altered the stowage of them on this voyage ? 20. Had you any quantity of cases of cutlery on board this voyage ? and where stowed ? On the Rates of Chronometers. [No. 1. bulk in the main hold; 16 iron water tanks over the iron immedi- ately under where the Chrs. stood. L.—Main hold. H.—None. M¢&L.—Arms in the after hold. L.—None. H.—Abreast the mainmast and a little before and abaft it. The Chrs. over it, in my cabin, abreast the main mast. M‘L.—The cen- tre of the ship; the Chrs. being abreast the mainmast on the mid- dle deck. (Queen is a flush ship). L.—About 10 feet before the mainmast. H.—Not a large quantity. M°‘L.—About 150 Tons. L.—No. H.—A large quantity. M¢L. —The greater proportion. L.— No. H.—Iron tanks in the same place. M°L.—No. They were placed under the square of the after hatchway across the ship. L.—Yes. No. H.—None. M°L.—200 cases of small arms and musquets. After part of afterhold. L.—No. DEVIATION. 21. Have you ascertained the deviation of your compasses in England when ready for sea ? 22. Orat sea? H.—No; Mc‘ i—Nose No. H.—No. M‘L.—No, L.— They varied from a point to half a point with each other. 1851.] 23. And here in Calcutta since discharging cargo? 24. Did you experience any remarkable currents, i. e. differ- ences of Acct. and Chr. for 24h. and was any allowance for the deviation of your compasses made in your D. R? 25. Did these Log-Book cur- rents appear to prevail more when the ship was standing on any one rhumb more than on another? 26. Give averages of your re- markable Log Book currents, and note how standing at those times if you can. On the Rates of Chronometers. 69 H>=Noh's Meli.——-No:> » La No. H.—None. McL.—None. L. No. H.—No replies. H.—No replies. FINAL. 27. Do you ever recollect in- stances of such remarkable altera- tions in the rates of your Chr*. before? 28. Of those of other com- manders ? 29. Do you recollect any in- instances of the kind in print ? H.—Never so great an error. M°‘L.—Yes, when on a former occasion carrying iron to a large extent. H.—No reply. McL.—Capt. Nash of the Maidstone complained of the same, and having signalized with several ships, I found them all to the Eastward of my reckon- ing after having made my correc- tions. All more or less carrying iron this year. H.—None. M°L.—None. The replies to the foregoing queries seem to be exactly a confirma- tion of my supposition that Captain Hopkin’s and McLeod’s Chrono- meters were atfected by the large quantity of iron on the Prince of 70 On the Rates of Chronometers. [No. 1, Wales and Queen; and the Tudor has fortunately given us an instance which, though without careful enquiry it would at first seem to con- tradict the other two cases, is both explained by that enquiry and offers a good confirmation of the whole theory: the single massive bolt near the Chronometers being probably a vertical magnet, or as a mere mass of iron producing as much mischief as the whole mass of eargo iron at a distance from them in the body of the other ships. But to set the question before the readers of the Journal in all its bearings, we have some farther considerations to take into account ; for ‘‘Chronometers are seldom or never found to have the same rate at the end of a voyage that they had at its commencement’’ says a high authority :* And this indeed is known to every one who has used them. I was informed in the course of some enquiries on this subject by Mr. Black, of the firm of Black and Murray, Watch and Chronometer makers of this city, that there is a very general complaint, and indeed that it is almost constantly found, that the London or Liverpool rates given with ships’ Chronometers prove incorrect ones on the voyage out; but that the Calcutta rates found on their being landed here are usually about those determined by the lunars on the voyage, and the whole run from England to the Sand Heads ; (Mr. Black is speaking es- pecially of the Chronometers of the first rate passenger ships and traders to the port, most of which come into his hands for rating, and are watches of the best description ;) and he adds that it is usually found that the Calcutta rate is a perfectly correct one back to England, and even that on the next voyage though a London or Liverpool rate is given with the Chronometer this is usually found incorrect, and many Commanders take up the old Calcutta rate of the last voyage and carry it on, and find it the correct one! This would appear singularly to complicate the problem. Let us see how many conditions are to be taken into account to solve it; assuming of course that the rate is as carefully determined in London and Liverpool as it is in Calcutta these are 1. Carrying the Chronometer from the watchmaker’s on board the ship? * Capt. Bayfield, R, N. ‘‘On Rating Chronometers!” Nautical Magazine, 1843, p- 320. 1851.] On the Rates of Chronometers. 71 2. Effect of the ship’s local attraction, from her iron-work and guns upon a polarized balance, in a man of war? 3. Effect of the cargo and iron work in a merchantman ? 4. Vicinity to or bearing of, or direction of ship’s head in regard of the magnetic poles, augmenting the effect of terrestrial magnetism in any ratio more than a direct one as the latitude is increased ? 9°. Distance from the magnetic equator ? 6. Opposite effects of terrestrial magnetism in Northern and South- ern hemispheres ; so much (three-fourths) of the voyage to India being performed in the Southern hemisphere. 7. Difference of cargo out and home. (Accounts for rates being more permanent homeward.) 8. Whether there be not a local magnetic effect in London, Liver- pool and in all great cities and towns? arising from the enormous masses of common and polarized iron in them?* a minute one of course, but sufficient to cause a variation of rate? We have com- paratively very little iron at Calcutta? Let us consider these conditions separately :— 1. Carrying the Chronometers on board. Except where the Chro- nometer is regulated near the docks, no doubt many chances of deranged rates may arise from this source; for between the jolting of a convey- ance and the obstructions from passengers if on foot, the conveyance of a box Chronometer is always a delicate and a difficult undertaking in the streets of London or Liverpool. 2—3. The effect of the ship’s local attraction and of her cargo we have already considered, and the facts now brought forward seem to place it most unequivocally and beyond any doubt as one of the leading causes of the irregularity. 4—5. Magnetic poles and Magnetic Equator. Assuming that terrestrial magnetism affects the balances of Chronometers, of which * All iron which remains long in a vertical position as a rail or the bar of a window, becomes magnetic. There are millions of bars of iron so placed in London, to say nothing of as much more in other positions ; the railings are, it is true, of cast iron, which affects the compass least; but their prodigious number and with those which have stood from a quarter of a century to a whole century or more, their increased magnetism; which must go on to saturation, one would suppose ? may place them as high as wrought iron or blistered steel. 72 On the Rates of Chronometers. [No. 1. there can also be no doubt; it is highly worthy of notice that on any usual voyage from England, South of the Equator, and consequently on a Brazilian, East India, China, or Cape voyage, the ship crosses near to the spot (about Bahia, say im 133 South Lat. and 35° West Long.) where the Magnetic Equator crosses the line of No Variation; or in plainer words where there is no dip or variation; whereas in England the variation may be called in round numbers 24° and the dip 70°. The Chronometer is rated in England under these strong influences, and every day’s sail from England rapidly diminishes them to the Magnetic Node above alluded to. They then increase again (but in an opposite hemisphere) and for a short time, from Trinidad to a few degrees Kast of the Cape where the line of dip of 60° intersects that of 30° Westerly variation, they become high, but they rapidly decrease again until the ship reaches the Bay of Bengal, where she again crosses the Magnetic Equator and is not far from the line of No Variation, having but a very feeble one of 2° or 3°. At Calcutta the Chronometer is rated under 2° or 3° of variation only and 20° of dip, or about the mean of that last influence for the whole voyage; if it has any influence? and in a city comparatively free from iron as compared with those of Europe ; and it is carried but a few hundred yards to place it in the boat which conveys it on board a ship, of which no part of the homeward bound cargo is magnetic. All these circumstances are no doubt in favour of the Calcutta rates ; but whether it be the accidental causes, such as cargo, &c. or the permanent ones such as the terrestrial magnetism which give this advantage to the Indian rates it is difficult and at present indeed impossible to pronounce. It will probably be found that both influence the result. The fact, in which every confidence may be placed, is one of the highest importance to the right understanding of this anomaly. In regard to the permanent causes, we have again to consider, in reference to Messrs. Arnold and Dent’s experiments alluded to at page 63, and the results stated by Mr. Northcote, how the arms of the balance may have been placed with reference to the magnetic meridian while rating, and how they would be placed on board the ship. The first of these conditions probably varies at every maker’s, according as the house, or shop, or room used for rating, is placed ; but on board ship the XII-VI. is usually, in the present day, and in large ships, placed 1851.] On the Rates of Chronometers. 73 ina line with the keel; in Mr. Northcote’s experiments however it was placed at right angles to it, and against the side, (which side, is not said) and this again throws much uncertainty upon the results, for the bolts, which would be hidden by the lining of the Chronometer-room or cabin, might have affected the balances. We may suppose the balance to be so hung that, when at rest, the arms coincide with the XII. and VI. hour marks. The line of the keel from the Channel to the Magnetic Node in 133° S. will generally be not far from a line at right angles with the lines of variation, thus allowing this influence to have its full effect whatever that may be; and after passing this point it will be at first, and until Trinidad is reached, nearly wpon the lines of variation, and then again gradually approach to a right angle with them, not being perhaps at less than 45° till Amsterdam and St. Paul’s are passed ; after which it will be gradually approaching the magnetic meridian with a very low variation, until the ship’s arrival at Calcutta. On the homeward bound voyage from India however the case is different. The ship leaves Calcutta with Chronometers rated under very favourable circumstances as regards terrestrial magnetism, and without cargo to affect the rate, which is thus only disturbed by her local Deviation,* and until near the tropic of Capricorn experiences but little terrestrial variation, too weak indeed, as we may suppose, to affect the balance, as it does not exceed 5° to 10°; though it is gradually becoming stronger, and at right angles to the line of her keel, or the line of XII. VI. Upon her crossing the southern tropic, say in 65° East, we may call the variation 15° at right angles to the keel, and the dip 55°; and from hence to past the Cape the variation is constantly rising to 30° and nearly at right angles, but the Cape once passed the whole distance to the latitude of 30° North and to the West of the Azores, is nearly upon the magnetic meridians! but at this point, with a high variation, the keel (XII. VI. line) is again thrown gradually round as she passes the Azores and until the ship’s arrival in England is nearly at right angles to the magnetic meridian.+ In the Appendix to Vol. II. of the Survey- * My friend Capt. Henning, of Messrs. Green’s ship, the Alfred, has obliged me with a note of his local variation (deviation) as observed in the Hooghly, and it amounts only to about 5° on a mean. + And the Cape and Channel are the two points at which we so frequently hear of accidents from the Chronometers being wrong. I mean of course blundering L 74 On the Rates of Chronometers. [No. 1. ing Voyage of H. M. S. Adventure and Beagle, p. 345, Captain Fitzroy says—speaking of his chain of Chronometric measurements round the globe (the italics are mine) that— ‘Tt ought to be clearly stated, however, that the sum of all the parts which form the chain amounts to more than twenty-four hours, therefore error must exist somewhere; but what has principally caused the error, or where it may be said to exist, I am unable to determine. The whole chain exceeds twenty- four hours, in about thirty-three seconds of time.” “It appears very singular, that the more the various links of this chain are examined and compared with other authorities, the more reason there seems to be for believing them correct, at least to within a very small fraction of time ; and even allowing that each link were one or two seconds of time wrong, it does not appear probable that all the errors would lie in one direction, unless some hitherto undetected cause affects Chronometers when carried Westward, which might affect them differently when carried Eastward.” “Tt would ill become me to speak of any value which may be attached to these Chronometrical measures; even erroneous as they undoubtedly are in some part, if not to a certain degree almost every where. I can only lay the honestly obtained results before persons who are interested in such matters, and request that they may be compared with those of the best authorities.” * * * * * * “The only idea I can dwell on, with respect to the cause of this error of thirty-three seconds, is, that Chronometers may be affected by magnetic action in consequence of a ship’s head being for a considerable time towards the East or West: yet this is but a conjecture. In the measures between Bahia and Rio de Janeiro, and in those between Rio de Janeiro and Cape Horn, there is no evidence of any permanent cause of error; but the greater part of those measurements were made with the ship’s head usually near the meridian.” As to the Chronometers of H. M. S. generally, and those of the Adventure and Beagle in this instance, we know that they are rated at the Observatory at Greenwich, where every precaution is of course taken, and where they are free from the influence of any of the London masses of iron. It farther appears that the rate of the Beagle’s Chronometers or fine weather strandings; not those through sheer stress of weather. And I do not forget that they are the only two landfalls, excepting St. Helena and Ascension, on the voyage. As an opposite extreme we may take the Western entrance to Bass’ Straits which is crossed by the line of no variation, so that here the Terrestrial Magnetism (apart from the dip) has no influence. But the error of the watches was accumulating from off the Cape. 1851.] On the Rates of Chronometers. 75 was materially altered by the ship’s local attraction, for which of course due allowance was made in the measurements. Captain Fitzroy after describing the precautions taken to place them near the centre of the ship, and mentioning that the local attraction must always have remain- ed the same, says—p. 320. “After the Chronometers had been carefully rated at the Observatory, they were embarked on board H. M.S. Adventure, on the 23rd April, 1826; but as the ship was detained at Deptford and Northfleet until the 4th May, an opportunity was offered of ascertaining what change had been produced by the alteration of the place; and it turned out to be no means inconsiderable. Five of the watches had accelerated, and the remaining four had retarded rates. It would be difficult to assign any other reason for this change than the effect of the ship’s local attraction.” So far Captain Fitzroy, but from the sketch chart of the Beagle’s voyage prefixed to the volume now quoted, it would appear that leaving England, she first crossed the Magnetic Node on her passage to Bahia and Rio Janeiro. She then increased her variation to 20° or 25° East (which from England was a difference of nearly 50° in the whole though acting in opposite directions) when surveying Terra Del Fuego, and afterwards when approaching Lima reduced it to 5° East; crossing the Magnetic Equator again. From the coast of South America to the Galapagos, and thence to the Society Islands she had not above 5° of variation, and would cross the Magnetic Equator a third time, increasing thence her variation to 15° at New Zealand; the line of it being not far from that of the keel, and then rapidly decreasing it, nearly to Zero, at Hobart Town; and from that port to the Cocos, she would sail in what we may call the great zone of little variation* and then again, like the homeward bound East Indiamen, increase her variation to the Cape, having it, for a time, at right angles with her keel. She then approaches very closely to the magnetic Node in the Atlantic as she proceeds to Rio, and from that port sails back, mostly at about right angles to the magnetic meridian, to the Cape de Verds; then upon it to the Azores, * At the Magnetic Equator in the Eastern Hemisphere there is a zone of at least 100° of Longitude in which the variation only ranges from 5° West to 5¢ East. Ta 76 On the Rates of Chronometers. [No. 1. where her course again lies more or less athwart it to England, like the homeward bound vessels of which we have already spoken. If. we allow any influence at all to terrestrial magnetism, the error of thirty-three seconds which Captain Fitzroy describes does not at all seem excessive or surprizing ; nor again, that while amongst our own, or with our own and foreign navigators, many admirable coincidences in Chronometric measurements are to be found, some hitherto unaccount- able discrepancies, from which some discussion and ink-shed have arisen, should also exist. It is clear, I think, that, wholly apart from the ship’s local attraction, and all the precautions which science can devise, the agreement or dis- cordance of any two sets of Chronometric measurements, even by the same Chronometers and observers, may depend upon the ship’s track ; upon the position of the XII. VI. line (or other polar line) of the ba- lances of the Chronometers in relation to the keel; and all this again upon the degree of polarization of the balances! Here are surely the elements of a great and delicate scientific investigation yet to be made?* It would seem then to result from the foregoing facts and views, though writing in Calcutta I have been unable to consult a host of au- thorities to which I should have been desirous of referring, such as Gauss, Sabine, Duperrey, Blosseville, &c. that temperature is by no means ‘‘ the principal cause of the variation of the rates of Chronome- ters’? and indeed we have of late years had some extensive experiments made to prove that Chronometers may undergo great variations of tem- perature without any considerable change of rate, though to these also * Tt should be made by a double Chronometric voyage; one ship proceeding Fast and anotker West. Both should rate their Chronometers, specially and independently of all other rating, as near as may be to the Magnetic Nodes (say at Bahia and Manila which are about 12h. apart), and while measuring their chain of distances should particularly endeavour to ascertain, at various spots, the effect of the placing of the XII.—VI. or polarized line of the balances coinciding with, or athwart, and at various angles to the Magnetic meridian. Perhaps part of the Spitzbergen variations recorded by Mr. Fisher, (page 62) may have been due also to this cause, and if the Chronometers had been placed in the Magnetic meridian they would have given different results. He evidently overlooks the terrestrial magnet- ism and attributes the change of rate to the absence of the ship’s local attraction only. 1851.] On the Rates of Chronometers. 77 I cannot now refer; and it seems not improbable that as a change of terrestrial magnetism also took place when the changes of tempera- ture occurred with those ships’ Chronometers which have supposed their rates affected by temperature, the effects of the one, as more sensible and better known, or in other words nearer at hand, have been compendiously attributed to the other. The causes seem to stand rather in the following order as to the importance of their effects, the whole of them being constant ones. : I. The ship’s local attraction. Sometimes that of the cargo in merchantmen, or of warlike stores in a man-of-war: Alters rates also by privation, as when cargo or warlike stores are discharged, or Chrono- meters carried on shore.* II. ‘Terrestrial magnetism, and the angle made by the poles of the polarized balance with the magnetic meridian. III. Changes of temperature. It is evident also that all these may be under some circumstances trifling, or that one may neutralise the two others if they should act in opposite directions; but it is also evident that they may be each comparatively trifling in itself, yet, if the whole act the same way, they may amount on a long voyage toa considerable error, against which it behoves the careful navigator to be on his guard. The scientific workman will consider, better than I can do, if it may not be worth his while to produce on trial a Chronometer from the balance of which magnetic metals should be wholly excluded. Glass balances have, I know been tried, but found too fragile. Tough porcelain would seem to promise better. * “+ The changes so frequently noticed to take place in the rates of Chronometers moved from the shore to the ship and the reverse, are well known to be caused partly by change of temperature and partly by change of situation,’’ says Captain Fitzroy, p. 326 of appendix ; and in a note: ‘‘ This may be connected with magnet« ism.’? The work is published in 1839, and Mr. Fisher’s second paper appeared in 1837, but Captain Fitzroy may not have seen it, since he refers only so cursorily to a fact of such high importance shewn by direct experiment. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL For JANuARY, 1851. The Annual General Meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on the 8th instant, at the usual hour and place. The Honorable Sir J. W. Coxviue, President, in the Chair. The proceedings of the last Meeting were read and confirmed. The Hon’ble J. C. Erskine, duly proposed and seconded at the December Meeting, was elected an ordinary member, Read Letters, Ist. From A. Wattenbach, Esq. .. Kying thei icone 2nd. From J.B. Mill, Esq......... diiaw from’ ti Goereer: 3rd. From James Dodd, Esq..... 4th. From W. Seton Karr, Esq., forwarding a copy of the Rig Veda Sanhita, presented to the Society, by the Honorable Court of Di- rectors. 5th. From Major W. Anderson, offering to give such parts of the Rauza-tul-Safa, and Habib-ul-Saer, as the Society does not possess, in ex- change for such as it may have in duplicate. Referred to the Secretary. 6th. From Dr. A. Sprenger, suggesting that the Ketab-ul-Maarraf, a work by Ibn Qutaybah, about 600 years old, of which he possesses two good MSS., be printed in the Bibliotheca Indica. It was resolved—proposed by Mr. Mitchell and seconded by Dr. Roer, that Dr. Sprenger’s proposal to print the Ketab-ul-Mdarraf in the Bibliotheca Indica, at the expense of the Oriental Fund, be adopt- ed, and Dr. S. be requested to undertake the editing of the work, and to sypply a translation. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 79 7th. From B. H. Hodgson, Esq., submitting an additional notice of the Shou or the Tibetan Stag. Ordered to be printed in the Journal. 8th. From Dr. E. Roer, Secretary, Oriental Section, forwarding a translation, by Dr. Ballantyne, of the Sarhitya Darpana, for publication in the Bibliotheca Indica. Ordered that the recommendation of the Oriental Section be adopt- ed. 9th. From the same, submitting sundry suggestions from the Ori- ental Section, for the publication of the Puranas. Ordered that the papers be brought forward for consideration at the next Meeting. 10th. From the same, in reply to a reference from the Society regarding a translation of the ‘ Vichitra Natak,’ by Capt. Siddons, Ordered that Capt. Siddons’ translation be printed in the Journal. 11th. From Dr. A. Campbell, Darjeling, forwarding specimens of a fish from Nepal. Dr. C. continues, ‘“‘'The Lakes of Thibet swarm with this fish, which is caught in immense quantities with the hand during the winter when the Lakes are frozen over; holes are broken in the ice, to which the fish crowd for air, and they are handed out in great numbers. They are gutted and split up at once; the extreme dryness of the air effects the curing, as you see them, in a few days. Salt is not used to preserve them. “The principal Lakes for this fish are ‘ Dochen,’ ‘ Ramchoo,’ and ‘Yamdo Yeuntro,’ (for these ‘see Turner’s Thibet,? and my Routes to Lassa in the Journal of the Society, for 1848.) Dried, as you see them, they are sent in large quantities to all the principal marts, viz., Lassa, Menchoua, Yiangtchi and Digarchi.”’ A note was read from Dr. Cantor, in which he states that “ Dr. McClelland concurs with me in thinking that the fish is a carp, and belongs either to the genus Schizothorax, Heckel, (Fish aus Caschmir, p- 11,) or to Racoma, McClelland, (Calcutta Journal of Natural His- tory, Vol. II. page 576.) The state of the specimens will not admit of an examination sufficient to identify the species. To take a draw- ing of the fish is consequently also impracticable.” Mr. Blyth was of opinion that it is a Barbel of the European type, and nearly affined to Barbus plebeius, Valenciennes, but remarkable for wanting the barbules on the upper lip from which the genus takes 80 | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1. its name, and that it could be seen that the absence of these barbules was not the result of accident. He moreover was decidedly of opinion that the species was unde- scribed in Dr. Heckel’s work. 12th. From C. Beke, Hsq., presenting a copy of an Enquiry, by pe into M, Antoinie Abbaddies’ Journey into Kaffa. Mr. Mitchell remarked that the resolution moved by Mr. Welby Jackson and seconded by the President, was not appended along with the other extracts from the proceedings of the General Meeting, held on the 6th November, 1850, to the proposed Draft Code, and put va- rious questions touching the omission of that resolution. The President replied ; and there appearing grounds to suppose, that the Mofussil members were not sufficiently informed as to the manner in which they were to vote upon the proposed rules, Mr. Mitchell proposed and the President seconded, that the following letter should be forwarded to all the Mofussil Subscribers for their votes, and that the Special General Meeting to consider the draft Code of Bye-Laws be postponed from the 15th of January to the 12th of March, 1851. Sir,—I beg to inform you that the meeting for the consideration of the proposed Code of Bye-Laws, has been postponed until Wednesday, the 12th of March. This postponement has been made in consequence of an acci- dental omission to supply you with the requisite information, as to the mode in which the votes of the Mofussil Members on the Proposed Code of Bye- Laws are to be taken. That information is supplied by the subjoined resolution. Resolved, that Mofussil Members be requested to vote yes or No to each rule. Further, that should a Mofussil member make any suggestion of amend- ment, the Secretary will bring it to the notice of the Meeting, and in the event of any member present supporting the suggestion, it can be disposed of as any other motion ; af not so supported, the suggestion will not be considered by the Meeting. You are therefore requested to send to me in writing, on or before the 12th of March, your votes upon the Bye-Laws according to the above resolu- tion, (that is) either stating that you vote for the adoption or rejection of the proposed Code as a whole; or writing Yes or No to each rule, and add- ing by way of proposal any amendment which you may wish to have moved upon any particular rule. T remain, Sir, Your Obedient Servant, Secretary Asiatic Society. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 81 13th. The Council submitted the following report on the affairs of the Society. Annual Report. The Council of the Asiatic Society submit with much satisfaction their Annual Report, shewing the state of the Society’s affairs during the past year. At the close of the year 1849, the number of Members was 144, since which period ten (10) new Members have been elected and ad- mitted, and fourteen (14) have returned from Europe, making a total of 24 Members added to the Society during the past year. On the other hand, the Society have to regret the death of four (4) Members, and the loss of (15) fifteen by withdrawal, and that of seven (7) others by departure to Europe. Thus at the close of 1850, the number of Members, actually in India, and subscribing, amounts to 142. The Council cannot quit this subject without regretting that, whilst in the year 1847-48, there was a steady increase in the list of members, and that the number of elections amounted to 48 and 32, respectively, in the year 1850, there have been only (10) ten elections, and amongst them the name of no native gentleman appears. The Council feel assured that the support of the learned and of the scientific will not be withheld from an institution which for a period of (67) sixty-seven years has steadily carried out the designs of its illustrious founder, and has greatly advanced the cause of science and Oriental literature, and deservedly enjoys the high reputation which all Europe has thankfully and cheerfully accorded. Finances. The Council submit the following report from the Finance Commit- tee, which they believe to present a correct and not unsatisfactory statement of the financial position and prospects of the Society. Asiatic Society's Rooms, January 3, 1851. The Members of the Finance Committee, having carefully examined the annual accounts of the Asiatic Society for the year 1850, are hap- py that they are able to submit an encouraging report on its Financial position. From a minute investigation into the Government grants, the income of the Asiatic Society from all sources, and of its expenditure, the Committee are happy to find that the annual surplus, taking into con- M 82 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1. sideration the present number of subscribers in India and the existing rate of subscriptions, may fairly be estimated to amount to (3,000) three thousand Rupees. The pressing debts of the Society amount to Rs. 4,880, but of Rupees 1,615, which is considered to be in suspense and not hopeless, at least Rs. 1,200 may be considered sooner or later available to meet the liabilities of the Society, which would thus be reduced to Rupees 3,680; leaving, however, a surplus of present assets (over the chances of any such ultimate recoveries of sums in the least doubtful, entirely out of consideration and) over every description of debt, which may safely be reckoned to amount to three thousand ru- pees.* The Society has, moreover, paid off during the past year the sum of Rupees 4,447-8-3 as the annexed detail shows. (Signed) J. R. Convin. S. G. T. Heatty. * INCOME. (From the Society’s own resources). Gotktribution, ioc oe 0006 680s Sele als 6 15 Wd 64)30 aH Sel did le 0 abie ele ERS S, B00 Library, 2. .cccccce cece cece sens cesses cens ee senses ce scesce 41 Sale of Oriental, WO8KS,. ac ct.0.0 0.0 wie e'wie\ a8 injeSiele« oeMjeie.dicm stoceniem eee Ose Dournal,, nicccps.c.00, 00 s0.a0,scise melee ole + #\n.0. ale se)einis elas se) «)-) slo ee onMmnn eo & oo we 8 Miscellaneous, ecoee ee ene O20 8G CF Oo ee ee eeee ee 28202878848 8 CE 28 100 Total, eeeoeaevpe2eenvnern @e2eeseeeeere2 ete ee ee en 26 6B 10,734 2 0 EXPENSE. (Not provided by the Government Grants). Zooldsieal Department, sass cee ee ae ie seis ees. Cease cee” ~~ BO47 OF O Libratysy id 6dd6 cd Sie debe BON Uae He os BUTE RL ede seen PL TOZet IG Sale of Orienfal Works, cs cece ca s0 oe bows sows eet 06 56 e666 ae 32 13 6 Jourtial;, . cc.cupes tolee. To cMvcclsmiasinsys0 es.c0 ches, feta ine dD oct tee maCO0 IND. 0 Secretary’s Office, .. cc ceccesccoe cscs cesses nccrssceucsesces 636 15 9 Biwilding, a. ««.0:s: ici > 5 0 — +> 0 0 Ditto Mr. M. G. Castello, Govt. Steam Department, freight for Sundry Ori- ental Works, despatched to Rev. W. Smith, Benares, on account current IIE ele aie, worse. o.0 0:09 doy ok AO Packing charges, .......... 010 0 —— | 2 2 0 1,764 4 6 3213 6 Carried over,........ 10,308 5 6 N 90 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1. Brought forward,....ee+. 8,484 11 6 To JOURNAL. Received by sale of the Society’s Journal and Sub- scriptions to ditto, 00 0020 0800 00 0880 08 0008 00 00 1,295 8 0 1,295 8 0 To Srecretary’s OFFICE. Received from Buckawoolla Peon, in full of Rs. 10 advanced him on account of his salary, ....cecece 7 0 0 ann 7 0 0 To CoNnTRIBUTIONS AND ADMISSION FEEs. Received from Members amount of quarterly Contributions from Jan. to Dec. ESO, Sais sthereie.ciececele couse aisles 7,410 1 1l iGO I Ad VaNCC sis o ¢ $9te_-—_— eg jo Aja100g URIARIeg 94} WO anp 073IG O FI GSE “ochre tt tet AMY APL 03 0931p 0711q 8 8 Geo “'°" “Ud 8s @ I IL OF ‘6r8t 0 0 OL8 “wo itt tt fT suaLIOy, ‘APA 0} 0791p 0331 ‘QUNE T30E 84} UO pasopd JUNODDe ATONA pL Shp coerce es ss kerprery sayy 0} 0991p 0331 Jad se *od pur UaTTY °H “AA ‘SASSOTAT 0 0 069 eo ee er ee oe 08 oe oe 08 Hs 08 Oe ‘a]IAJOD syuos Vy uopuo'yT jo spuey aug ul s0ueleg AY fS PTT Or oyy 07, onp 0771 0. (0 “O8T = = Re eo MOLp ED Hoou sory 0 8 009 -—- -qiq junod0¥ UO Sutpuryszno 03)1p 0731, 0 8 O009'T °° ‘9% ‘0-9 ‘uMasny, s,Aja100g 943 Jo 0 0 Beat crc ct te °° ‘Atwaqry aq} ur syoog jo angojejey ‘saoded snoouraosip 0931 a1¥G JUN0DOR UO Zurpuyyszno 0331p 0731CT 0-4. 0FrF'2 0 0 902‘ ‘TS8T ‘Arenaee 4st 943 UO anp asoq} 0 0 POLI ©0 ee ee 00 08 08 08 80 08 be oe oe **SOCgT Suipnypour Aya100g O1pVISW ou} jo [eu JO°TA ‘A AL IIT ‘IT I “5°N OIC “INO fF JUN0dIe UO SuIpuLys}no 0331p 0331 6 40 OFZ‘ BrPists sieis\s4;8 teicl niece cere ory ‘Joquiaoag L 9 828'6 ee pue ‘1aquisAON £10q030Q ‘1oquiaydag eG £G6'G (ott sne tee eres o+ o SMO][OJ 8B SSIIg JO ‘AB YIP OU} 10j asoyy Surpnjout siaq uoIssIfy 3sI9degq oy} 03 onp yunome Ag -WdIJ] WO SUIPUL}SINO S]]Ig JO JUnOMY *SAILITIAVIT *SLASSY Dr. 103 Abstract Statement of Oriental Publications, Journal, §c. §:c. sold from the \st January to the 31st December, 1850. OgrenTAL PusBLicaTIoNs. By Cash paid to Sib Chunder Nundy Acct. and Cally Churn Nundy Offg. Acct. from the Ist Jan. to 31st Fatawe Alamgiri Vol. I. 7 copies, Vol. II. 4 copies, DeeeT Vol. III. 4 copies, Vol. IV. 7 copies, Vol. V. 7 Roe 850, reece seer ee seen ee ee eens ++. 1,031 6 5 copies, Vol. VI. 7 copies, @ Rs. 8, per copy,.. Rs, 288 By. mount carried to the debit of Sir J. Colvile,.... 10 00 Mahabharata, Vol. I. 10 copies, Vol. II. 10 copies, aie ae WEMMOLEUEC DE ppnemosebenscnopoen 4a UW) 1 Vol. III. 10 copies, Vol. 1V. 10 copies,.....-.... 290 pie aie USM Ei enecaqonencoci¢neccaon FW OO Index to ditto, 11 copies,.... were 21 hes copy of Journal, No. 31, N. S. returned by Susruta, 5 copies,.... 18 essrs. Thacker and Co., ...scececccersceeste 1D PG) Harivansa, 7 copies, .... 19 , : ——_-— 1,097 14 5 Raja Tarangin{, 1 copy, eee E By outstanding bills, 1.0... ....sesesscssescesererssssessees 1,228 0 0 Naishada, 6 copies, Khazanat-ul Ilm, 14 copies,... Anis ul Mosharrahin, 6 copies, . Sharaya-ul Islam, 20 copies, « Heberlin’s Anthology, 6 copies, . Hodgson’s Aborigines, 1 copy, . Tibetan Grammar, 4 copies,..... Ditto Dictionary, 3 copies, .. 3 Bibliotheca Indica, 273 Nos.,..++eeseeeee.scesres > to eceocooocoomoumscoso i—) eceocoeooococece|c“(o o 1,140 0 0 JOURNAL, Journal of the Asiatic Society, 42 Nos.,.....++ss0+0 6 Asiatic Researches, Vol. XVIII. part I., 4 copies, .. 2 History and Literature of the Vedas, 1 copy, .. Roer’s Vedanta Séra, 2 copies, ...+seeeeeee 88 8 0 Liprary. Malavika Agnimitra, 1 copy, ... Kosegarten’s Panchatantra, 1 copy, .. Stenzler’s Mrichhakati, 1 copy, ... Meng Tsue, 1 copy,..... Burnouf’s Commentaire sur le yacna, . Bohtlingk’s Sacuntala, 4 copies, .......+.+0 Gildmiester’s Bibliotheca Sanskrita, 2 copies, Westergaard’s Radices Sanskrita, 1 copy, ...- Wilson’s Meghaduta, 1 copy, ...... Gladwin’s Dissertations, 1 copy,. Taylor’s Lelabati, 1 copy, .... Journal Asiatique,........ Bryant’s Mythology, .... Sanskrita Catalogue, 1 copy, Persian Catalogue, 2 copies,.....+++ Lassen’s Sanskrita Anthology, 1 copy, Bohtlingk’s Panini, 2 copies, ....seeecsscesceeres ne ORDER UR Cm OR ROWO Aa ~ ecocooceocowmooscooosccon eoccooceococeceoce|co = 5 0 0 1343 8 0 982 6 5 Total Co.’s Rs... ++ Outstanding bills as per Acct. Of 1849, ssceessesesseseves Total Co.’s Rs... 2,525 14 5 2,325 14 5 Total Co,’s Rs... .. Errors and Omissions excepted, 31st Dec, 1850. RaJenDBALAL Mirtra, f AEG a a cs e522 ~~ ie ee ee ee % oe ae os ~ mg? diet etieiiee A 1 2 ae } i ; i ms TARE pea ye ee oe eee ne thet Ch ea g ees a ee NER, ite irom EN bee fi PME ARN he OW gi eee DA bag SEM ade eh Aine Um oy Ne re TUR Pas =< np nae RIE SIG We a RE ME Ve eslised mintbeniee bles bse 4 oe On 4 ea are & nah asa ty Bl Ne ag PM nee 4 FJ atmo ail WN OP sy asas h¥ ea tage ee 6 Regn 4 6 as ee see [ = Lap MRP Foe we tee a ee Vi NTE a aaa? te ashi: WAG ay eo - $640 4 ee pee, ie , ee ea ee ee jhe eo sen r . heey eee YP MN wp e+e + 96 dim pg Loe a ica lial fs ke vomyed eee ee eC x seek: Fatih akg : iiaks? rv LYNNE e+ + - ee whe aonitin, We et 4 see ewes eo ae oe jobat we stead vo ae 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 105 LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL, Anderson, Major W. Avdall, J. Esq. Abbott, Major James. Barlow, Sir R. Bart. Beaufort, F. L. Esq. Birch, Lieut.-Col. R. J. H. Blagrave, Capt. T. C. Bogle, Major A. Bowring, L. R. Esq. Broome, Capt. A. Buckland, C. 'T. Esq. Batten, J. H. Esq. Brodie, Uapt. Thos. Sth N. I. Beckwith, J. Esq. Bell, Dr. Adam. Blundell, G. Esq. Banks, Capt. J. 5. Beadon, C. Esq. Bruce, Lieut. Kk. C. D. 29th N. I. Byng, The How’ble Capt. R. B. P. Burton, Capt. C. E. Boyes, Capt. W. J. E. Bayley, H. V. Esq. Cheap, G. C. Esq. Colvin, J. R. Esq. Colvin, B. J. Esq. Corbyn, F. Esq. Colvile, The Hon’ble Sir J. W. Campbell, A. Esq. Currie, E. Esq. Cunningham, Capt. J. D. Colebrooke, E. Esq. Cautley, Col. P. 1. Davidson, T. R. Esq. Dirom, W. M. Esq. Douglas, Capt. C. Dwarikanatha Dasa Basu, Babu. Dalton, Lieut. Ed. 9th N. I. Durand, Major H. M. Earle, W. Esq. Elliot, W. Esq. (M. C. 8.) Edgeworth, M. P. Esq. Elliot, Sir H. M. Elliot, J. B. Hsq. Frith, R. W. G. Esq. French, Gilson R. Esq. Falconer, Dr. H. Forbes, Lieut.-Col. W. N. Fytche, Capt. A. Frith, W.. jH. 1.) Bsq. Greenway, Wm. Ksq. Gubbins, C. Esq. Govinda Chandra Sen, Babu. Grote, Arthur, Esq. Grey, J. J. Esq. Hodgson, B. H. Esq. Hopkinson, H. Esq. Houston, R. Esq. Huffoagle, C. Esq. M. D. Harimohana Sen, Babu. Hannygton, Major J. C. Hall, F. E. Esq. Hamilton, R. N. C. Esq. Hay, A. Esq. Hearsay, Lieut.-Col. J. B. Heatly, S. G, T. Esq. Hayes, Capt. Fletcher. Jackson, W. B. Esq. Jenkins, Lieut.-Col. F. Jones, R. Esq. Jackson, L. 8. Esq. Jerdon, T. C. Esq. Kay, Rev. W. Kittoe, Capt. M,. Keane, Rev. W. Latter, Lieut. T. 106 Loch, G. Esq. Lackersteen, Count J. ° Logan, J. R. Esq. Lamb, Dr. G. Lawrence, Sir H. M., Lushington, H. Esq. Lushington, E. H. Esq. McLeod, D. F. Esq. Muir, J. Esq. Mitchell, A. Esq. Money, D. J. Esq. Mackintosh, Wm. Esq. Maclagan, Lieut. R. Money, W. J. H. Esq, Morton, Dr. D. T. Maxwell, Lieut. H. Marshman, J. C. Esq. Martin, Dr. Wm. Mills, A. J. M. Esq. Newmarch, J. H. Esq. Ommaney, M. C. Esq. O’Shaughnessy, W. B. Esq. M. D. Peel, The Hon’ble Sir Lawrence. Phayre, Capt. A. P. Prinsep, C. R. Esq. Prasannakumara Tagore, Babu. Pratt, The Venerable Arch-deacon J. H. Packenham, Capt. G. D. Pratab Chandra Sing, Raja. Ramanatha Tagore, Babu. Ramagopala Ghosa, Babu. Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [No. 1. Ripley, Lieut. F. W. Rogers, Capt. T. E. Rama Chand Sing, Raja. Ramaprasida Raya, Babu. Rowe, Dr. J. Rajendra Datta, Babu. Reddie, J. Esq. Seton Karr, W. Esq. | Sleeman, Lieut.-Col. W. H. Sherwill, Lieut. W. S. Spilsbury, G. G. Esq. Stewart, Dr. D. Samuells, E. A. Esq. Satyacharana Ghosal, Raja. Strong, F. P. Esq. Sandes, F. C. Esq. Shaw, J. T. Esq. Smith, Rev. W. O’Brien. Stephen, Capt. J. G. 8th B.N. I. Thomason, The Hon’ble J. Torrens, H. Esq. Trever, C. B. Esq. Thuilher, Lieut. H. E. L. Thomas, R. Esq. Thurburn, R. V. Esq. Walker, H. Esq. Willis, J. Esq. Wilson, The Right Rev. Daniel, Lord Bishop of Calcutta. Waugh, Lieut.-Col. A. S. Watkins, C. T. Esq. Young, Dr. R. List or MEMBERS ELECTED DURING THE YEAR 1850. Byng, The Hon’ble Capt. R. Grey, J. J. Hsq. Jackson, L. S. Esq. Kay, Rev. W. Marshman, J. C. Esq. Morton, Dr. D. T. Mills, A. J. M. Esq. Reddie, J. Esq. Smith, Rev. W. Watkins, C. T. Esq. 1851. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 107 Loss or MEMBERS DURING THE YEAR 1850. By departure to Europe. Grant, J. W. Esq. Johnstone, John, Esq. James, Lieut. H. C. Laidlay, J. W. Esq. Low, Col. H. Strachey, Lieut. R. By death. Henry, Dr. W. Ouseley, Lieut.-Col. J. R. Scott, J. S. B. Esq. By withdrawal. Austen, Lieut, Albert G. Alexander, Henry R. Esq. Bazeley, Capt. F. R. Bushby, G. A. Esq. Briggs, Lieut. D. Champneys, Capt. E. G. 8. Hannay, Major F. S. Udny, G. Esq. Low, Col. J. H. McClelland, J. Esq. Macrae, Dr. A. C. Staples, Lieut. N. A. Slater, Rev. S. Stubbs, Lieut. F. W. 108 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1. Report of Curator, Zoological Department , for the months of October, November and December, 1849. S1r,—I have the honour to report the following acquisitions in the Zoo- logical Department of the Society’s Museum; the first six referring to specimens which I personally make over to the Society. 1. Received from C. I. Eyton, Esq. Skins of three species of Chilian Rodentia, viz. Octodon degus, Spalacopus Poéppigit, and Cavia australis. Also skeletons of Scolopax rusticola and of Podiceps cristatus ; and numer- ous bird-skins, comprising the following species new to the museum. Psittacula passerina, Ieracidea berigora, Leuconerpes dominicanus, Eudy- namys taitensis, Saurothera vetula, Diplopterus guira, Aigotheles nove hol- landie, Podager nacunda (?), Petrophanes Temminckii, Eulampis jugularis, and some other Trochilide, Strepera arguta, Donacobius atricapillus, Cichlaris guianensis, Grauculus canus, Platystetra melanoptera, Todirostrum melanoce- phalum, Petroica bicolor, Prosthemadera nove zeelandie, Odontophorus denta- tus, Lobipes hyperboreus, and Dendrocygna arborea, with some other species already in the museum. 2. Collected by Lt. Abbott, of the 18th Royal Irish Regiment. A large and very fine collection of shells from V. D. Land and Torres’ Straits, also a skin of Dasyurus maculatus, and a very fine example of Botaurus melanotus, both from V. D, Land. Specimens of an Auricula from the Sunderbuns ; and the young of Arachnothera magna from Darjiling. 3. Collected at Muscat, by Captain Hodges of the ‘Almohammady.’ A collection of fishes mostly in excellent condition ; and another large jar con- taining examples of most of the species brought to the fish-bazar at Muscat, was unfortunately broken during rough weather, and the specimens destroy- ed. Among those brought is a fine Acanthurus (wholly black, with bright yellow caudal fin), which is not described in the Hist. des Poissons,—a large Ostracion of the Lactophrys division, and specimens of Heniochus macrolepi- dotus, Thynnus pelamys, Amphicanthus sutor, Scarus psittacus, Riippell, Belone annulata, and others undetermined. Captain Hodges also collected a few sea-shells and sundries ; and brought a spoiled specimen of a Frigate- bird from the Indian Ocean, which corresponds with Attagen ariel, Gould. 4, Another good collection of fishes in spirit was brought by Mr. Moxon of the Pilot Service from Malacca. Among them are some not included in Dr. Cantor’s lately published Catalogue of Malayan fishes, and I recognise an undoubted specimen of Caranx xanthurus, Kuhl and V. Hasselt, and a Cesio affined to C. erythrogaster, ibid.; also Psettus rhombeus and other genera new to the Society’s collection. Mr. Moxon also brought some 1851.} Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 109 Holothurie, Crabs (a Lupa and a Grapsus), a Draco volans, and a Coluber ; also a particularly fine specimen of Helix unicincta, Fer., and faded examples of Cyclostoma semisulcatum, Sow., and other land-shells, all from Malacca ; and finally he has permitted me to select several interesting skins of mammalia, and of birds an adult Pontodetus humilis, and chick and male of the first year of the Argus Pheasant. Among the mammalia isa skin of Sciurus laticaudatus, Muller, one of three in the collection ; and one of a Squir- rel affined to, but not wholly resembling, Sc. modestus, Muller, and which is not included in Dr, Cantor’s catalogue of mammalia inhabiting the Malayan peninsula, 5. From Sr. Lustra, of the Spanish Frigate ‘La Ferrolana.’ A few marine Philippine shells, comprising beautiful examples of Cyprea geographica. 6. From Babu Rajendra Mullika. Several carcases of animals, including a fine Gazelle (E. cora, var. ?)., a young buck Bara Singha Deer, and other specimens, 7. From Mr. Robinson, Inspector of Govt, Schools, Asim. A few shells sent for determination, among which are fragments of the curious Helicine genus Megaspira,a Unio which seems peculiar, and examples of Melania terebra. _ 8. From Capt. Banks, of the ship ‘Owen Potter.’ The skin of a remark- ably fine adult specimen of Diomedea exulans. 9. From Mr. Piddington, A snake (Bungarus ceruleus) which was killed in the hold of the ship Hyderee, a Bombay vessel, which has been in this port, however, upwards of a year. 10. From Mr. Kelaart, of the Ceylon Medical Service. Two collections of Cinghalese mammalia and birds from the mountainous or Kandyan coun- try, upon which I am preparing a separate and more elaborate report. Several new species are sent, and the mass of these collections is to be returned; but Mr. Kelaart has presented some specimens to the Society, among which are Sciurus trilineatus, Waterhouse (new to Ceylon), Paleornis Calihrape, Spizaétus nipalensis (from Newera Ellia, and not hitherto observ- ed in 8. India), and both sexes of a Caprimulgus affined to C. indicus but smaller, of which Mr. Jerdon formerly sent a specimen from the Nilgiris (vide J. A. S. XIV, 208, note). 11. From Mr, J. Baker, Noacolly. A specimen (injured) of Ketupa ceylonensis. 12. I further present to the museum two examples of a new species of Garrulaz, sent to me alive from Charra Punji by Mr. Frith; and specimens of Platycercus Baueri and Cairina moschata. [ also beg to call attention to some of the skeletons which have been BZ 110 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1. recently mounted, as the large female cetal noticed in p. 426; that ofa female Gaour; and the Giraffe skeleton will also be soon added. I am, Sir, Your Obedient Servant, As. Soc. Rooms, Jan. 3rd, 1851. E. Buytu. To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society. LIBRARY. The following books have been added to the Library since the last meeting. PRESENTED. The Rig-veda Sanhita with the Commentary of Madhavacharya. Edited by Dr. Max. Muller. London 1850. 4to.—PresrentEepD BY THE HOoN’BLE Court or Directors or THE East INDIA Company. Observations made at the Magnetical and Meteorological Observatory at Hobart Town in Van Diemen Island, and by the Antartic Naval Expedition. Printed by order of Her Majesty’s Government under the Superintendence of Lieut.-Col. E. Sabine. Vol. I, Commencing with 1841. With abstracts of the observations from 1841 to 1848, inclusive. London 1850. 4to.—By THE SAME. The Natural Productions of Burmah, or Notes on the Fauna, Flora, and Minerals of the Tenaserim Provinces and the Burman Empire. By Rev. Francis Mason, A. M. Moulmein 1850, 12mo.—By rue Aurnor. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. I. @ VIII. (Vol. VI. part 1, wanting). 8vo.—By roe ACADEMY. Ditto ditto New Series, 4to. Vol. I. 4 parts —By THE SAME. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Vols. I. @ III. and the first 5 Nos. of Vol. 1V.—By THE SAME. Notice of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia with an Appendix. Phil. 1836, Pamphlet. 8vo.—By THE SAME. A Memoir of William Maclure, Esq. By Dr. S. G. Morton, Phil. 1841. 8vo. Pamphlet.—By THE SAME. Additional Observations on a new Living Species of Hippopotamus, of Western Africa, (Hippopotamus siberiensis). By Samuel George Morton, M.D. Philadelphia 1849, fol. (Pamphlet)—By tHe AuTHoR. Monograph of the Fossil Squalide of the United States. By Robert W. Gibbes, M. D. Philadelphia 1848, fol. (Pamphlet).—By THe AutTuor. Catalogue of Skulls of Man and the Inferior Animals in the collection of Dr. S. G, Morton. Third Edition. Phil. 1849. 8vo. Pamphlet—By Dr. S. G. Morton. Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the month of November, 1850,—By tHe Deputy SuRVEYOR GENERAL. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 111 Christiya Panjika for 1851. Bengali, Calcutta, 1851. 8vo.—By THE Rev. J. Lone. Lectures to Educated Native Young Men. Lecture 4th, by the Rev. K. M. Bannerjea, on Vedantism.— By THE Rev. J. Lona. The Oriental Baptist, for January, 1851—By THe PuBLISHER. The Oriental Christian Spectator, for November 1850.—By THe Epiror. The Calcutta Christian Observer, for January, 1851.—By THE PUBLISHER. Upadeshaka, for January 1851.—By THE PUBLISHER. Satyarnaba, No. 7.—By THE Rev. J. Lona. Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for November, 1850.—By THE Epiror. Ditto ditto, 2 copies —By THE GoVERNMENT OF BENGAL. Tattvabodhini Patrika, No. 89.—By THE TATTVABODHINI SABHA’. The Sailor’s Horn Book for the Law of Storms: being a practical exposi- tion of the theory of the Law of Storms. By H. Piddington, Esq. Second Edition. London 1851. 8vo.—By Tue AuTHOR. The Citizen, for December, 1850.—By THe Epiror. Exchanged, The Athenzeum, Nos. 1200-1-2-3. Purchased, The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Nos. 3, 4, 5. The Edinburgh Review, No. 188. The North British Review, No. 190. Comptes Rendus, Nos. 9 @ 16. Journal des Savants, for August and September, 1850. Reichenbach’s Researches on Magnetism. Harrison on Languages. Knox’s History of Man. Bengal Army List, for January, 1851. SPL LLL DD LL LLP LDL OOw=—_ L90°0& : 1WIYS-O1ND| “ANN | Z'29 | G'S | SEL | 9FO" WYBIYS-OLND] —* NT TaD) “M “S | PL9 | Z'9L | SSL | 600° TVIIO}] “AA 'S ond “N ¢'°99 | QSL | OSL | GTO’ TYEAYS-OLII)) —* AT RIIS-O1II) "AAS | Z'89 | O'OL | BSL | zZEO° Tnuny Ss ynwWNy! “MA *S | S19 | SPL | OSL | OSO® DEO Oh: NT WVI}S-OLID| "AA 'N | 9°39 | SSL | 9'OL | LLO° TVVIIS-O.LII) * AA * NT OICT °N 8'09 | 9OL | 9°69 | FLO" ontg "N OnICT}) “AA °N | 3°09 | O'69 | 8°L9 | 9OT' O1d| *M °N OIC) “MA *N | O'8S | 969 | 0'69 | SFT’ Od!) “N VID) “MN | #'E9 | OFL | VSL | 9ET’ TRIO} “MA ON TeI}S-OLIID| “NT FL9 | OLL | O'SL | 160° HVNS-O1ND| — *N ond *N 299 | 99L | OL | Zt0° ontigd “N 131} °N 9°29 | g'hL | GL | SLO qealp,; °N 1781]S-O.111D °N 8°6S g'0L L69 Lov’ TY1}S-O.LID °N OTT |"AA' NN] #19 | O'SL | 8'OL | OTT’ ond) “N Twat) davys *N} ¢'09 | 6 OL | FOL | THT ont daeys * NT _ mun) “MAN | 829 | BFL | PSL | ¥60" q89[9] _°N Nel}s-o]/NWND| “AA *N | 6'OL | PSL | LPL | OLO® ond) “aH “N TYVS-OddI | OT LO |} SLL | BSL | eto* yun) *a oN Old) °N 9°99 | SSL | SSL | PFO’ ong! “N onid| “N 299 | OGL | @SL | 890° ong) °N OWI) “A°N | S249 | 9'9L | SFL | 890° Oniqd) “HN On “N $99 | ¢9L | OSL | SLO’ OnId|) “AN wo) “M "N | 9°S9 | SEL | OGL | LLO’ ov) “M *N yun) “MN | 9'S9 | BSL | STL | £90" Ong) °N TVe1jS-O[nWINT)) “AA *N | 9°%9 | 9'OL | 9°69 | FTO" ONT! °N Ou} “N ¥Z9 | 1°69 | 069 | TSO” OIC] "N On'd | °N o's9 | SOL | 069 | TOT’ TeaiD) NN OIC | > "AN 8'F9 | SIL | SOL | 990'0¢ Tau!" AA’ N ON ong $s O'OL | G9L | GGL | 616° TRIO} "MS yNuNy)) °N GL149 | SSL | SEL | F66'6z TYRLS-OLND) NT © ° ° sayouy © S nee = | ae "AAG Jo yoodsy EB & | Bin | ‘A¥g Jo Joodsy o ; 6 “PULA ‘ganyeiad ua J, S “puULAA “WOG ‘YG 1B paasasqo sinssoi q UINUILXe TAT SURI oe "ISS ‘Auwnune fo yzuopy ayn wof ‘vzgnaIny ‘afQ syouauay sohaaing ay, yo aday agsvbayy 9091H0)0.000,0 WT OTT 08 e@eeeese ‘a1njeladwoa J, ‘u0ou jUaledde ie apeU suOTIeAIASG a 1}8.1]S-O.LI19 ASSO 7 178148-O.1Q ond ASS0q 1}B1S- 0.11 ASS0 7 Iva Ong ong 1781}8- 0. Ong Ivajg 17148-0119 ONG, Iva 8) Apnolg 17@14S-O1 OG onid Oni onid ontid on] ontd Ivajo 5507 Apnojp Om IvaO "AYS Jo yOodsy ZAAAAG "3 ie) AZAZ, “Tee | 9°09 | e'19 | Gs@9o 7'S9| 469 G9 | B°C9 009 | OT9 009 | GI9 Fog | BLS rsc¢ | G'9G L’eg | O'9¢ ecg | 069 EVO | V9 g'6c | O19 egg | 209 GiGeEs| 6iLS Gre | BLS e'9g | 8°8¢ egg | 909 8'29 | OFO ¢°cg | ¥'99 9°19 | G69 O19 | 229 0709 | rI9 9°99 | “I9 o’sg | 069 OLG | F8¢ PLS | o6G o'g¢ | 0°69 o'eg | 869 O'8G | 389 Gzg9 | 8&9 @'29 | O'S9 F'gg | 0°09 o °o ai 3 > Saal ca a *a1nye.1ad wa J, “QSLI-UNG 1B APBUE SUOTBALISG CO T00°0€ 166°6% 110° TO" 9F0° g90° SFO" 6IT’ SE Gol" 040° Ts0° L¥O° 810° OOT* 9L0° cF0° sco" T00° 9F0° $90" TsO" *90° Z90° Zf0° T00° LLO’ Z80° 8£0'0E 086°6Z C100 soyouy “ oGE 0} ‘por “seg io 2) mI NOD Hi Om OD TSO'OS| EFT Te 0€ 66 8% LG eT G | ° A RARE IRC FT RL SR CA OY RS SRL EL OE BR I OS» PE ES SE, EOE DERE LN REET OS LE LL DA EO EE EE, PT TET EE L700 | °° 1 9's6 [g'09] T'69/S°L4 none "8°" | 1°69! HSL) GSL|066'6% ene = eee | 1°69) S'SL)| 8°SL| $86'6z, Sa ce **** | G"¢9] 1°91) O'9L| 666% Ig ig 8°86 | e°¢9| 0'SL) 9°08 OWId) “N | $'L9) 0°9L/ 8°92] 086" ond) ° 1°19) 9°6L|¥°6L| 916" on'd| "N | 9°89) 0°08) S'8L)FL6° 0g ins ** | LL6 | e'h9| USL) 8°64 OVI |"M *N/ 9°19] 9°FL) 8°SL! TSC" OIC | "AA *N] G°99/ 2°84] 0°62) TF6" OT} “AA | 0°89) 0°61) 3°82) SFG" 6Z | f* 1 1'G6 | G°g9| FTL} 8'6L OWI) “N | P19) 0°SL| ¥°SL| BEG" ontd| “N | €'99/8°4L) O'82/ ¢86°" Od) “N | 8°99)/%'8L|8°8L| LEG" BZ ee °° 10°96 |0°T9/2'02/ 9°6L TYOTS-OLIL |" AA “S}Z'S9| O'FL| S GL| SS6° TYVI}S-OLITD) | “AA °S| 9°S9) OBL) OBL LF6" TBIS-OLID| °S | 9°99) %°6L) e’8L| SS6" LZ 2 ** 1 #'S6 | ¥'09| 9°69) 9°8L 18910} “N | 9°CO) L°SL) 8°FL| SL6° IBID |"M “S| 0°S9) L°9L| SLL) 86" TVITD)°M “S| $99) S'8L| FLL) 6L6" 9% a “= 196 |e'z6l0'29| s°92 OWI! “N | 9'%9, L°OL| VL] 6866S OIC |'M “N| $19) §°FL) 6°P 2) 116° O}IC|"AA. °N/ 8°T9/%'SL' 0'°SL) $86" GZ vgs ** 12°98 | p°9c]9°S91 FFL HBYS-O1NI}| °N | 0°%9| G69! S'TL| 200" TYBI]S-OILIT |" AA °N( Z'T9| L°SL| O'EL| T66°6S TYVIJS-OLIIT) |*AA *N| &'T9| SSL) OSL) £66°6% ve) D| °° ** 13°98 | G'9G] L°F9| 6'SL Ontd | M *N| 8°09) $°89) $69] G20" OIC "MN 7-09) FTL) L TL) ZT0" OVC] |"AVN*AL| 2°99] 8 TL} S'TL} TZO" 8% a ** 18°88 |0°6¢/ 0'99| 0'SL Ontd)" MA *N/¢'6¢) 0°89} 2°69} 690" OFFIC] | AUN*AN GGG] TLL] SSL) GEO" Ont | “MA 10°09) 9 L/S SL) S90" & a “* 1O'FG | g'Fg/ STL S'8h OnId| “N |0°S9/ 6°SL| O'FL| 890" 1831D| “N | 6°S9| 094) 9°9L' 590" 1B3TD)/"M *N| S°99) 2°LL) $91) £90" IZ a ** 10'%6 | 6°19] F'TL|8 08 Twat) "N | #19) SSL) S°9L| FZO'OE TWEIS-OLN) “No | G°L9/ 0°62) $62) PIO'08 WRIS-OLNI| "NT | L°L9]6'6L| S°6L) GZO 0S 02 = “| SOOT | ¥°09| FOL) F'08 Hes-O1) “N | g°99| ¢ FL| 9°91] O26’ OMI) “N | 3°99) T°8L) $°84) 296" On) “N | 8°29] 9°62) 9°82] 8L6°66 61 aa "= 1o'e6 | zee] 6°29] 9°22 Onld| “N | e*F9] SSL) SSL! $66°6S ond) “N | 0°89) §°SL| 0°94] 186°6% TaD} “N | 9°E9} 6°92) S°9L| TOO" BI a *. | 06 | 0°RG| 6°99) L°Sh Od) “N | 6°09) 8°OL| @'ZL} SZ0" 0771 | MN N/ 8°09] 6°82) FFL) LTO" HVAS-OLIT| “AA |S 19] O'SL| S'PL| SEO" ©) =" ** 1916 lo'ec] S29] S'SL ontd| *“N | gT9/¢°0L| 9°01) GrO" OVC AA *N| $°T9| O'S2/ 8°SL/ZE0" Ong) “M |$'%9/8'FL) SFL) LFO" 91 ee ** 18°06 |8'09/ 9°29] SFL ontd) “N | #09) ¢'69! L°OL| TSO" 19D) “N | 0°19) 6'TL|6°SL) 420" 18919 | MN N|3'39/ S'SL| FEL) FSO" I Es ** 1386 |$'F9/8°OL/ S°LL 1910} “N | ¢'99) 2°32) PSL) CE0'0E 011 | M NN] 6°99) ¢'FL| | GL} E1008 ontd | MN N/ 0°89} #92) #92; 0zO 08 PT = °° lepe |0'99/ GL] S'8L 0331 |" “N] 1°69) 0 €1) 3° FL| 286" ynuiny) |" MA °N}8°0L| 6°SL/ F'9L| 816° TMUND | AA 'N| OTL! LLL) POL) 286" SI ce ** 10°66 | 2'z9/ 8'TL/8'08 Apnofp| “W °S) 0°69) 9°12) e°9L) 96" TEIIS-OLND| “WT °S | 9°69] FL) LBL) 66" Tyeqys-O.1D] “OL °N| 0°69) & 08) S61) Z96" at ks ** 1900 |2°z9| O'TL/ 8°64 OnId| “N | 9°19) 0°SL] 091) £96°66 ONIG!) “N_ | 0°19) 3°81! 82) 296" ontd! “N | 8°99/%°08| F°8L) 296" Il oe ** ler | eto] e011 0°62 ong) °"N | 2°99] OFZ) 0 SL| L000 OnId| “N |0°L9| 0°22) FLL) £66" O11 |" AA °N|3'L9/3'8L/ CLL) 666° Ol). <* "* 19°96 | G'T9| SOL) ¥'62 Od) “N |Z°19/ O'PL| O'SL| 866" O11) “N | 9°99; 0°LL| 9°L2| 186° Od | “A “N| #29) 1°84] O'RL) 66" 6 os ** 1086 |0°6¢) 8°69) S°6L OI) "MA “S| Z'99] FFL) B°SL| LLC OWI! “S| 3°99| 9'LL) 8°24) $86" ONIT| “S | $°L9/%°6L/ O'8L) 166 6% 8 ae *" 16°S6 | G°gc} 1°49) 6°9L OnIT| “N | O°F9) #°TL| O'SL| 686" 07711)" MA *N|8°€9/ 8°FL| o°SL| S66" OnId| “N_ | L'F9) #92) 8°SL| STO'OS L = "* 10°S6 |0°6S| P29) 4°SL TID) “N | €'e9/ STL] SSL) 486" 18319} “M /8'€9/¢°SL)0'FL) 066" IeajQ| “N | 9°F9| e°SL} O'S) S66" 9 ie ** 1088 | 0°6¢/*'99| L°SL WLS OLD "AA "N | 0'%9] 8°69) 8'0L| PL6" WeAJs-O1I "AA °N{0'S9| OSL) SSL] E96" oniqg| "N | 2°29) ee2! o'e2) LS6° g a ** 10°28 | L°6¢| L°99| L°Sh TBI] | AA “NF B9| 0°69) FOL] $L6°62 OIC] AA “N| 0'G9) FTL] O'GL! L96°6S OIG] “N | ¥#'%9/8'ZL! O'SL| TL6'6S " ee °* 17-68 | o'ge] 6'S9) L'SL HeIs-Ol)) "N 1 8°S9/ 8°69] 8 OL; FSO'OS yawny)| “N | € §9/0'@L! F'SL| ZZ0 OS On) “N | ¢°F9|S°SL) L°L) SEO" g Se ** 18°06 |¢ #9] 9°69) 9'FL TweO| “N | 8°€9/ 8°01) O'TL| 366" TIO! “N | 0°S9/ S°SL) O'SL| 666" ynuny) “N | ¢''9]0'rL) F'SL| 000'0S z |@| °° ** 18°86 | 9'¢9] STL) S'6L NYVs-OLNI)| —"°S | H'Q9) O'FL/0'SL) 006° J Wedys-OpNUIND) “S | sgl e°LL| LLL; 206° J NeAs-oyntwND) °S | ¢e'OL/0°6L! S81) SIC I 4°00 | ** | 4°46 | 0'09/ 8°69] S'°8L TOD) °N | 6°L9/ O'FL) L°FL] 7B6'6S ynawny| “N | 0°89] ¢°94| S°92) 066"6% yawny! “N |§'89/8°L4) O'LL| 886°6% ‘youy | *youy | 3 Gtke ° o | o jseyouy S 6 o jseyouy Bulag o |sayouy | S2le F Suse ee) Sris@ & S| O40 en) Be) 2 |S |erle|F |e ee. S| 2 es Sea lee eb | Sac ly fmesscedey | Bae ae ea BIRO eee ek | Soniye | Bl | et Cj ed 44 = © |*1ajauiowey | ioc os eee Nc |g Peer ae ae = hee = # rf 1997 193007 | & 3 jumpy pue *pULAA | *a1njesed uta J, 5 “pur, | ‘oanjesaduua J, 3 pura} caanjesodmay! © § }'Saoney aley os TUN WX TAT *J9S-UNS 1B 9pBUl SUOIIBVAIDSAG ‘sald $18 P9AIasgo ainssad J UNUTIUT TAT "WOF “SUZ 1B IpPBUL SUOTIBALISO CE [*panwrzuod ‘tapsr.cagy 209070)0.10099 {7 | Neen ee eeeeEeEEEUUEeEeEEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEeo7Ooc NN SS te phe JOURNAL OF THE sl EOS OOP ET YT: No. II.—1851. Observations on the Physiology of the Arabic Language. By A. SPRENGER, Secretary Asiatic Society of Bengal. The grammar of a language inasmuch as it teaches us of what parts its body (i. e. words and phrases) is composed may fitly be compared with anatomy. The analogy may be carried farther and an enquiry into the genius of a language, which is the living and productive prin- ciple of the development of these parts, may be called its physiology. The Shemitic idioms, of which Arabic is the prototype, have the following very striking peculiarities. 1. Save a few exceptions they have no compound mors or forms of words.* In the Hindu-germanic dialects, and more particularly in the Tatar languages, not only derivatives but even the moods, tenses, numbers, &c., are frequently expressed by compounding: thus fuerant is plamly composed of fu (in Persian bi-dan) and erant; lovely (German, lieb-lich) is composed of love and like (German, gleich) ; the Hindustani word kartingé Sy 55 «I shall do” is composed of kar, do, un which means I, and ga, i. e. go or shall, and it answers to the * J do not consider forms like ma-ktab written (German ge-schrieben ;) ma-ktab place of writing or school; ta-qarrub nor even mota-qarrib as compositions but as an expansion of the root to be explained hereafter. But tu-fyt thou passest is undoubtedly compound. It also appears to me that the 10th form of verbs is com- pound as ist-i-ghfar to wish or beg for pardon. Iste-mek means in the Tatar lan- guages to desire. Should there be a connexion between this verb and the ist ; which is prefixed to Arabic Verbs in the 10th form ? No. XLV.—NeEw SERIES. Q 116 On the Physiology of the Arabic Language. [No. 2. French je vais faire; funnel is composed of fun-dere and al, an instrument ; chisel of scindere and al.* 2. Instead of forming grammatical forms and derivatives by com- position the Shemites change the vowels of the words (or roots) as Aorist Active, ¢a-qi/—sprich-st. Past active, go/-fa—sprach-st. Imperative, go/—sprich. Aorist Passive, to-qdl—= Past passive, qil-té (qyl)= \ ge-sproch-en. Subjunctive, ta-gol—sprech’. Substantive Sing. gaw/—Spruch. Nom. actionis gyl—sprech-en. I have added the meaning in German in order to show that the Hindu-germanic languages use to some extent the same means for forming derivatives and tenses. To a more limited extent such forma- tions also occur in English; for instance, sing, sung, sang, song. In our languages however, this is the case only in irregular verbs, but as irregularities are to be considered as the remnants of a former period of a language we may conclude that the Hindu-germanic and Shemitic tongues did at one time agree in this peculiarity; but they went in opposite directions in their farther development. It is interesting to observe that there is no instance of change of vowels except for the sake of euphony in the Tatar languages. They are therefore just the opposite of the Shemitic dialects, whereas the Hindu-germanic dialects stand between these two extremes and partake of the peculiarities of both. 3. In Arabic one derivative is very seldom formed from another, but from the root itself. Thus the plural of nouns is not formed from * Words of this form are very frequent in German as line-al, a ruler or instru- ment for making lines; Schliissel, a key, from schliessen to shut ; Sessel a chair, from to sit; Bick-el pick-axe (Hindee, kod-al or kod-ali, from khod-na to dig.) As it was the genius of the language to give to names of instruments the termination el, this syllable has been added to foreign words which already meant an instrument ; as Orgel an organ. Alah &JJ plural 4l means an instrument in Arabic. + The euphonic rule in Tatar is that if the root has an i or a vowel which contains a concealed i (as e=ai; 6=oi; ti—ui), the vowels of the suffixes and affixes are equally changed into vowels similarly adfected, thus they say bak-mak and sew-mek i, e. saiw-maik, 1851.] On the Physiology of the Arabic Language. 117 the singular but from the root. The singular kitab, and the plural kotob rise both from the root ktb. The same is the case with the positive and comparative, as positive kabir, comparative masculine akbar, compara- tive feminine kobra; this rule even extends to foreign names: the sound is neglected, the consonants are considered as constituting a root from which the plural is derived without reference to the form or sound of the singular, as jalalik which is the plural of jallik (i. e. Gallic or a Gallician), batarik, singular batryk, a Patrician. We observe that in these two examples, the plurals have the same form, though the sin- gulars widely differ. 4. Almost every word can by simple rules be reduced to a verbal root of three consonants. The roots of the Shemitic languages have in fact two syllables, whereas the roots of all other tongues are monosyl- labic. Moreover other languages have a much greater proportion of substantive roots, than there are in Arabic. This is the exclusive characteristic of the Shemitic tongues, and it is therefore principally this peculiarity which will be farther illustrated in this notice. In reflecting on the bi-syllabic or rather tri-consonantal roots of the Arabic language and the cognate dialects we find that there is some thing so artificial and unnatural in them that we are inclined to consi- der them as a fiction of the Grammarians. Thus we are told that ibn is derived from a root, the three consonants of which are bnw 95 and which means to build; and yye gard plural 33,0 corid, a hill- sanatarium is derived from oe which means feeling cold keenly, &c., but on the other hand the system of tri-consonantal roots pervades all Shemitic languages and is hundreds of years older than their gram- marians. It is usually supposed that all the roots are verbs or verbal nouns but Mr. Prichard is of opinion that they express the abstract notions of the meaning of their derivatives. The former opinion is established by the fact that almost every root if pronounced with two or three fathahs is a verb. Though the word gard oo a hill-station is apparently derived froma verbal root it appears from an account of Mas’tidy that it is a Persian term, meaning cold. The Persian kings used to spend the hot season in the hills and the cold season at Ctesiphon. The Khalifs imitated Q 2 ti8 On the Physiology of the Arabic Language. (No. 2. their example and they technically applied the Persian term sard, cold ; to hill-stations. It would therefore be as absurd to derive card in its technical meaning from the verb 9, as it would be to derive the proper name of Macadam from the verb to Macadamize. In like manner the Greek word istoria, has been imported into the Arabic language and it is pronounced istdr, astar yUbsw! and ostiira 5)yb.1 plural asatyr ; out of these corruptions, the Arabs took the three conso- nants str yb» and considered them as a verbal root meaning (in the fifth form) to tell a story and to write. Again eb tarykh, date, is composed of two Persian words. In this instance they again took the three consonants ¢ ) * and formed a tri-consonantal root meaning to note the date. Still more arbitrary is the formation of the root y-) naccar in the meaning of making a Christian, it being derived from Nazareth through ..!!,4) a Christian or (sje) Christians. It is clear from these examples, which might be multiplied, that it is the genius of the Arabic language to attach the crude meaning to three consonants of a word; (if there are more, one is usually dropped, and if there are less, one or even two are added) and to attach its modifica- tions to the vowels and servile letters of which we shall have to speak hereafter. That part of Arabic grammar which is usually called Etymology, treats therefore exclusively on the manner in which the three radical consonants are animated by vowels, or enlarged to form substantives, adjectives, verbs, tenses, &c. After these examples we do not hesitate to consider ibn «3! son and _ bnw to build (German bauen) as separate and distinct roots, and to repudiate the idea that in Arabic or any other language there existed first roots which were like raw ore and that of these in the course of time, words were coined. Such an opinion would be as coarse as if we were to think that trees have been cut out of wood which pre-existed. The fact is that man will naturally give to such objects or actions as have any reference to himself, as short a name as he can, as *food;’’ and he will express the different modifications under which they appear to him by modifying the sound of the word as “ feed,” “fed.”? We express the difference between praying and commanding, caressing and scolding, by the music of the voice: we modify the import of our words by the intonation, and as the music of the voice rests mostly upon the vowels, it was most natural that the vowel should undergo the changes 1851.) On the Physiology of the Arabic Language. 119 required to modify the meaning of the word. If you address the king, you pronounce the vowel in Ste long, in order to make the sound grave, but if you express your anger towards an inferior, you say Sir, making the best of the 7 to thunder at him. It is said that the Chinese express the different modifications of the meaning of a word solely by modifying the intonation. As we have brought it home to the Shemites that they use very arbitrary processes to cast roots of foreign words, weare justified in supposing that many of their roots, of which we cannot as plainly as in the preceding examples demonstrate a foreign origin, have been made tri-consonantal and considered verbal, though they are derived from monosyllabic words denoting objects or actions. We call such words for the sake of distinction the elements of roots. Supposing all languages were originally monosyllabic and therefore unorganic, there were only two ways to enlarge them and to make them organic—by composition—this is the mode which the Tatars have chosen—and by changing the vowels and by other internal modifi- cations, as is the case in Arabic. The former of these means of enriching their language was contrary to the genius of the Shemitic nations, and they confined themselves to the latter, but it is evident that if the internal organization was con- fined to changing the vowel of the original word, the number of deriva- tives would have been very limited. Thus of qal you can only make qal, qyl, qil, qol, qul, qawl and qayl. If the language of the Shemites was to become sufficiently rich for their wants, other means were to be devised to increase the number of derivatives: the elements of roots were to be enlarged, and it is by enlarging them that the roots became bi-syllabic. By making the roots bi-syllabic the number of derivatives which are possible is squared. If you can derive seven words from qal, you can by a mere change of vowels, derive forty-nine from qalad. But the notions of euphony of the Shemites require, that there should be a certain proportion in the quantity of the two syllables of a word. The longer the vowel of the first syllable is, the shorter is to be that of the second and vicé versa; thus they would not say qalad 9¥ nor qylyd dald but forms like qalid WU, galyd ov§ &c. are euphonic. The sense for euphony, reduces the number of derivatives to such an extent that 120 On the Physiology of the Arabie Language. (No. 2. besides making the roots bi-syllabic other devices were necessary to enrich the language with forms, tenses, they are :— 1. To add a vowel at the end of words as qildda dol 2. After this vowel a euphonic t followed by a vowel is inserted if the word is joined with the following word, as qiladatu-lma’shagqa &S gazed Sods 3. This t becomes permanent, if the preceding vowel (which is always an a) is long, as qiladat wlodls 4, A consonant is inserted into the word, or the second consonant of the word is doubled as iq¢ilad 0445! and gqallad off In some instances the second consonant is repeated with a vowel as dawawyn wisi which is the plural of the Persian word w!,9, camamis (j2~le3 which is the plural of the Latin word comes W445 a Count. 5. A euphonic vowel is placed before the word, as istable Usb-t from the Latin word stabulum. In certain instances either m or t or both, are prefixed to the word as taqlyd o83, mogallad olse and motagqallad olric After this short digression which exemplifies what we have to say, let us return to trace the means by which monosyllabic elements of roots are enlarged into bi-syllabic roots. 1. Elements of roots which had three consonants needed not to be enlarged to be shaped into roots. The three consonants are considered as the root without reference to the original vowel, and by animating these consonants by various vowels the derivatives are formed: for instance, from the root trah (Latin trahere, Arabic c_yb, German tragen, English tray,) they form derivatives like tarih, taryh, tarh, &c. ; from traf (German treffen, i. e. to hit, which has traf in the Imperfect tense, English drive, Arab 5,, which means both to drive and to hit,) they make tarf, tirf, taraf, atraf, tarayf, &c. In the same way they form a number of derivatives from trab, (German, traben, Arabic >,b,) tryk, (English track, Arabie (3:75), trud, (Latin trudere, Arabic 9,5) blaj, (German platzen, Arabic =) &e. It was probably a law of euphony which led the Arabs to be so arbitrary in altering the vowels of elements of roots. They never begin a syllable with two consonants, but they place a vowel between them to render the pronunciation easier, and if a word or syllable begins with 1851.] On the Physiology of the Arabic Language. 121 three consonants they drop one, thus, the word stratum (Italian strada, English street), is pronounced sirat 41,0 We can easily imagine how by degrees the first vowel was pronounced long in such cases, and the second short and finally entirely dropped, as in the above instances. In comparing words of various dialects of the Hindu-Germanic tongues we find indeed transpositions of vowels, which have something analo- gous, thus we say in German trub-en and in Latin turb-are.* But such transpositions are never used with us as a means of forming derivatives. Elements of roots which had three consonants served as norm, such as had less than three consonants were enlarged to three in order to form prolific roots. 2. The simplest way to effect this was to double the last consonant of elements of roots, consisting of two consonants separated by a short vowel. There is, however, no vowel between the doubled consonants in the most ancient derivatives of these roots. Taking the root kad (English cut, Arabic 05) as an example, it is likely that kadd, he has ut; kodd, cut (imperative) ; kadda §95 segment, are the original deri- vatives and that qadyd, qidad, &c., are of more modern origin. The same applies to roots like 2 radd, reddere, } barr, pure; @& ghamm, sorrow, (German gram.) The Arabs are fond of doubling letters : the roots of which the second vowel is doubled, and which are called surd roots, are therefore very numerous, there are no less than 426, and there are only 1784, possible, and some of those which are possible, would be far from being euphonic. 3. If the vowel which separated the two consonants of which the ele- ment of the root consisted is long, as in ban wh to appear (Greek gaww) or in qal (English, call; Greek, xaAew, German, gellen, hence Kehle and nightin-gale), the oldest forms are made by merely changing the vowel as qal, he said; qyl, it was said; qawl, speech; gol, say, (Imperative) ; a-qul, I say, or shall say. It is against the spirit of the Arabic language to pronounce two vowels after each other as in coérce. In order therefore to increase the number of derivatives, a hamzah or the consonants w or y or both, are inserted wherever two vowels meet in the formation of derivatives after the norm of tri-consonantal words, as gayil Usls dicens, and owing to the tendency of the language to have * The Latin origin of this word is attested by Soydty in his list of foreign words which occur in the Qoran. 122 On the Physiology of the Arabic Language. (No. 2. tri-consonantal roots this hamzah or weak consonant is considered as an essential constituent of the root and occasionally used when euphony does not require it, as in aqwal Jly$! “ words.” The hamzah seems to be chiefly used if the two consonants of the element of the root were separated by a diphthong, for instance by oi. In reality the diphthong is resolved into two vowels or syllables and the hamzah expresses the dizeresis, as bais (ei: (German bos’, English bad), though the hamzah is a much stronger consonant than the w and y* the old derivatives from roots with hamzah are monosyllabic and formed by the change of vowels only, as biis L»’s? evil, misery (German, Buss’) ; biis, be miserable (German, biis’) ; ta-biis (»4S or ta-biis (»%, thou shalt be miserable and poor. This class of roots is evidently older than the preceding. It comprehends at present 142 roots, in many of which it is optional to substitute a long vowel for the two short vowels separated by the hamzah, you may say for instance, ras Cy!) instead of rais (wl), rdf 5!) instead of raaf Gf). 4. The Arabs (like the Greeks) pronounce a pectoral aspirate called hamzah before every vowel which is not preceded by a consonant. This aspirate is particularly strong in the case of a hiatus, and there- fore in some instances they put an ’ayn ¢ which has the same power as hamzah, but the sound is much stronger, and therefore it is a complete consonant which is never dropped, whereas the hamzah is omitted under certain circumstances. It often happens that an element of the root which had a long vowel between two consonants has been formed into * The strength of the hamzah is in a great measure fictitious, it is frequently written owing to a whim of the Grammarians where it is not pronounced. No part of Grammar has been less understood by Arabic Grammarians than the theory of the hamzah and alif. The following are the fundamental rules: Whenever hamzah stands over an alif, the alif is perfectly superfluous, it is merely the fulcrum of the hamzah as in yf Shane amr, saadla ; if we were to Write 0 s (ive the same sound would be expressed. Besides being the fulcrum of the hamzah, the alif has only one other use—that of a circumflex accent as jlee sara; was it not for the alif, we would read sara oor The alif is therefore neither a vowel nor a consonant, it is no letter at all; but the hamzah is a letter—it is the weakest consonant. If the hamzah surmounts a w or y, as in 395) and (Ml either the w andy must be considered as mere fulcra and therefore mute,—and we must read raiif, sail or the hamzah is superfluous and we must read rawiif, sayil: to write both hamzah and w or hamzah and y, is a whim of the Grammarians. 1851. | On the Physiology of the Arabic Language. 123 a root in various ways by inserting a hamzah, by hardening this hamzah into an ¢ or even into a¢ or without inserting any such letter, thus os ba’ad and ob bad, wide; qew sa’ab and wl sdb to flow (sa’b means also the sap) have the same meaning and are obviously formed from the same elements. There are in all 194 roots of which the second letter is an ¢ ; and I suppose in more than one-half or about 100 of them the ’ayn occupies the place of a long vowel. 5. The greatest liberties have been taken with elements of roots ending in a vowel which is preceded by one or two consonants as in English, go, free, (Arabic !,3 bra). Roots frequently in use derived from such elements are even now only nominally enlarged and remain monosyllabic as ji *l= to come (probably originally identical with the Hindustani j4-nd and English go), raa ds!) or r4 *1y to see, &c. Others have been enlarged by the addition of weak consonants (i. e. cg and ») and this enlargement is in many instances only nominal, as rawa (59) to flow (Greek, few). The element of this root is clearly ra, this has been enlarged into raa and the w has been inserted for the sake of euphony. In some instances a hamzah was added, and this was fre- quently hardened into an ¢ thus Joy bada, fou and badaii, go bada’a, have all the same meaning “ to commence” and both |») bara, and fy baraa, mean to produce (para-re). The ¢ 1s sometimes even hardened into the stronger sound of é as &, 2) bolugh from the element bla (Greek Actos, Latin plenus, English full.)* Roots which end in weak consonants and which therefore in reality are not tri-consonantal are very numerous. 467 roots end in w, 36 in y, and 215 in hamzah; to these may be added 161 roots ending in ’ayn; in all 879 roots which is nearly one-fifth of the total of tri-consonantal roots. The Arabic language of books or at all events of our dictionaries, contains the words of almost all dialects of Arabia, and owing to the dialectic differences we find sometimes half a dozen of roots formed of the same element with hardly any difference in the meaning. Thus from the element kum (Greek ovy, Hindee G+ simat, Latin summa, and cum) the Ww ww ° following roots have been formed 3 gamm, iS kamm, e> jamm, ead dhamm, U+> jamal, (compare simul,) @+> Jama’ and ..6> jama. Again * The Arabs frequently put an m instead of a b, and it is probable that the root malai “de to fill, is derived from the same element. 124 On the Physiology of the Arabic Language. | No. 2. from the element fra or far (English fro’, Gothic fra, German ver-werfen) the following roots have been formed (659, 79, (3y°, (compare frac-tum), 355, Key? and c»,%, Still more fertile in roots is the element cut (Hindee Wis katn4, which means equally to cut), viz. 6? qa¢t, eb5 qata’ JbS gaéal, Wes qacc, (Latin scissum), wwa5 qacab, 45 qadhab, and U.23 qacal. Again U3 fall, 29 fala’, #4 falagh, ¢¥ falah, zs falakh, e falaj, as falaq and as thala’, mean all to split. With reference to, es I have to observe that it stands instead of zs. Ibn Hisham informs us that some tribes pronounced the & th invariably like and they said w 4, ee diet: BR Noor, ~ instead of p+ and -2s instead of wi=’. SM) wylossd kxhaicd! wyay yp GIR y iirc yall gid lida eet JG ley) cM ot £9) JE _pU eydizey Goa y Goo 1/5 LS SWI 40 wl Boars gi! goa y ele oy! JF ioadl oy Gloadi go coe! I adduce one or two more examples ls fakk, (33 faqq, faqai md 8 faqa, O49 fadhdh, £43 fadhah, ai fadham, Uva facal, es) tacd, Wes fage, mean all to disjoin, in like manner, ¢o da’, ~©o da’ab, wie daib, “sy da’at, $©s da’az, 5x0 dahaz, mean all to push. It would appear that originally only weak consonants were added to the elements of roots or inserted into them with a view of en- larging them, and that they were gradually hardened or permuted with stronger ones. Thus w was gradually hardened into f or b and per- muted with m. Y cg is hardened into j ¢ or Shor ch, ¢ kh; and these are farther hardened into 3 4, S k and permuted with We dh, cp ¢, oe? sh, Cw 5, 5% 2d, & tz, & th, Gf, w t, 9d, a dz, and wn. Hamzah is hardened into ¢ ’ayn, and ’ayn farther into ¢ ghayn, 64, 5k, and permuted with yr, J 1. Finally these three weak letters are frequently permuted with each other. I adduce some examples of the permutation of consonants Qe —= (= Ury=},9 and perhaps— %,9 2.3 — a9 q ry Web Kjels s8—wh— bls 1851. | On the Physiology of the Arabie Language. 125 e ”. e a OS deel a v= zs 5==oo= way Cn Coe see ra We observe farther from the above examples, that the addition of a consonant is not confined to elements ending with a vowel; but some: times a consonant is added to elements ending with a consonant, as will appear by comparing sit gahna, with can-o, is fatah, with pat-et, (the roots “3 batt and ($49 fataq, have nearly the same meaning), 303 with fade ; Pag or 39 with dy, &e. If the element begins with a vowel or a weak consonant, they not seldom with a view of enlarging it, put a hamzah or an e or even a complete consonant before it; thus the word & hand is used in the mean- ing of assistance and of ayad means to assist ; the root derived from the same element as over, German iiber, is spelt _,»s© in Arabic that is to say an ’ayn is prefixed, and if we compare @92 yawm, day with npepa it would appear that the y does not form part of the element. The element 4 to come (Hindustani 4-na, Persian 4madan, dy) is enlarged into the following roots cs3! awa, (in this root the long a has been resolved into two short ones and they have been separated by a weak consonant w for the sake of euphony) cs? bawa and sl) baa, (compare the Greek Baww, and Latin meo,) and *'s ff and £'® hé. The element tir or ar, which: means fire, (ir means in Hebrew, fire, and jf means in Arabic inflam- mavit,) was enlarged into )59 fawr, (compare fire 7vp) and into 5 nar. It has been observed above that weak consonants which have’ been. added to the element in order to form a tri-consonantal root are fre- quently rejected in the old forms particularly in the imperative. In imitation with this rule of throwing off weak vowels, they sometimes disappear though they form part of the element of the root. Thus i, is the imperative of cgly waa, to vow, (Latin vo-tum), where the w forms, no doubt, part of the element. R 2 126 Notes on the Dophlés and their Language. [No. 2. I add a synoptical table of the tri-consonantal roots of the Arabic language which will be found convenient for comparing them among themselves and with those of other idioms. The first horizontal column contains the first consonant of a root and the first vertical column to the left the second, and where the fingers meet if you carry one finger down from the first horizontal column and the other to the right from the first vertical you find the third consonant of the root. Notes on the Dophlis and the peculiarities of their Language. By Wm. Rosinson, M. A. Inspector of Government Schools in Assam. Forwarded by the Government of Bengal. That portion of the southern face of the sub-Himalayas, which, extending from 92° 50’ to about 94° north latitude,—and forming the northern boundary of the valley of Assam, from the Kuriapara Duwar, to where the Subonshiri debouches into the plains,—is occupied by a tribe of mountaineers, usually known to the people of the valley, under the appellation of the Dopuua’s. This term, whatever may be its origin, is not recognized by the people to whom it is applied, except in their intercourse with the inhabitants of the plains. Ba’nent, the term in their language to signify @ man, is the only designation they give themselves. During the latter days of-the Ahom Suzerainty, when internal dis- sensions, and the growing imbecility of the government furnished opportunities for the bordering tribes to indulge in acts of rapine and lawless aggression on their low-land neighbours, the Dophlas were not slow in exacting their share of the general spoil. Several attempts were made to check their atrocities ; and on one occasion, Raja Gouri- nath Sing, is said to have marched an army into their hills for the express purpose of chastising them; when, as native historians tell us, several thousand Dophlds were taken prisoners and brought down to the plains. The Raja, unwilling that they should pine in indolence, obliged them to dig a canal with the view of draining off the large and unwholesome morasses that still exist in Muhal Kollongpur. But, owing to the bad treatment to which the prisoners were subjected, and the unhealthiness of the season, the greater portion of them are NN oa) TE) | at re z ~|=> 4 3} J) || Ge v |e ea b b fe: é|e] eo J J e oO) y Dy fies - ie oe aie ol | aaa arena | rS I ——] eee 9] jSosorluerw 3 —} . — = Py . . . a —_— . SS NSeA+hassremecseoo| ae oy pedbemsepegs pu sserier ie “Ws J #52) pes) — = bua} or [Fs evestttescsores| — bed G Sus Beyer re) crdlerds} wridroe 2 J sed | lsxuJSuerd 9 pul rf) orl os miahe = oe Fi “aba -| ere Gb“ ece GRC ee eco er] — [pots coe Srey oreo se — Ros Bee beer we pote — [mseda >) ehace beer fepece’| swe eres! UG? Pee’ a ‘ a t 4S te od = jbie podtobaata Eee Te "psees4| ee ere reo) bv oTEAi]u9 FAL FledseL| leun5 89) soseee red 29 EweFrd| eG E Fla se te clederissver 525 ER soe be Su ai] GU beGde) Uaages 2 4 suru) Gs sed sone Here) ada) sd Gel “we ads Premera WD lopde} ed] — ce | oH porno) — — Jape) cae || UCR eae Res th = = pepo] Pers eS eorbece™| sect beer ee seces vr oA nee re} fuse rd Sos 3u¢ ae CEI CFR up} vil 24 Aue asus . 4 = iba || = 5 : - ©) Meats | . |opsia? 63-44) — = [bpDE bestia) DS oie) as Tee ods oe | — lerde ae" leevt bebo Uebsenpe co] wet ew] — fa) 4| 4 rd el of ws aed + Gao . 6 — Y «| = Pl opdI™ eesec pepe] ro" re) “ose — ley = — [Soe s*Weyocleeeees rH - z lpdot ere) 28 | rsd fects) Uo*™ lw edo pet at aH : 4 Furs : Ser ee es oe ees t nod a Se eu] peed S| Ber ds 50 nite wi Fu 2 Se Seas SOC 4 a wre} tur (< wo jessy] ¢ ze leu] — = ernase ~esrU Ur sslesbeSo bs cot JIS) IIe] — = FS pre HBSS I Selsey cesjeo] — leo — eed se Nytcyeste) we JUI G9 *|), 0-95 2” Pex) url So bu GOSEb SESS FEU supe e) 3u¢ 3 SI +¢ af sae PY suI SG) sae F Sash nes Web oampe ahs elegy: are) eae A | A (|| BRO peneAG) sin oe a rg sper) pam dS Boje eae oe je | re = = = |nde"] ws ee ree be pees | — Ges — Gul ved 24 edu ea sree SF) sole rr) wet ae Je = » |emettce] — [2eGeltocetomscciner | — = fete] De jeeries Cfo! = = = Pace IGS" EHEC er sees Wer etserteer* Pp ex shee | se nstede) srTSelasqusrdse rl bew cUSS) 58} ae 64 perds) sp SilsreS assur) x06) COOP FON SEGGSe lL, ot Jr sataJde) 3u) aseU%é) Gurdissud S| A wee [sre] — Se he OL = ord — => bogey) = = — O82E! see rete Sel see" eee Spc Ue See Sec) — a eur Gord) se usr ord Fu 528% s | G| ws eS cet sate SO) Hee" eoceetreMeseoe eer te cot | — le ee Pte eet ec eee Sjseer™ Ser ESeo owe reer tec se] — [eset | 5 leworr esos be~ ~) PISA SIA Se UH 58} 9 GY) MSGS HES etl eo elgg es ches gee ee WF 5INGS EE WP sie 5 Caridad WA 5 SAS) JSF slES PIES Fp SE ae] GrFisGgset word) Cle 1d Cy [Sed ad ed ead bees et bs etU SrurlusEes re a3u¢ issue cic) artes af issu del 364) wie 3 = erect yromsee | 2 So \ecreait te = fawe| — | ew te | — Bsert sue! eo Were] oem Bert Guce ter ue sive + ar] ssbSlurp USS) Ise rds) werd Ge) wie orl SrelsSGsell sed] wos re) rcs) ated (6p Ios bie yal = ROS iat Fea (Mea) Nha) — [seer] = = sede] — poe ep s“Gosectee ey sce Gere "pote eee cee lbtes"| ws wu) ¢) es 8S) J wo sued USGe 3 3) 20) sede svn J SS ee bye) wr del worl 5 3\is 9G) & lspce sees) — lp eres gst] oF Sarl ) - — = a = foertsurcteceebeetce*| GH Bicestrest | pu“ eBioce (Ur ory esd * Blais wr J) 206G 266) ad ae resets ww IGE eeFte sy) led Se) Je 3) sJS 93 rer UW lUsse} segs] — — “let tes Sae4) Ga — régse*} — — se || cs = — — soe) wom lever eo, Spt (BS eetsoreteoot spe" soem] ws Ceres) or 30) iaed wed sed es) J} sds wel u Pe |elpetxy) == - I Da a SI atl ry — jee — = = = = = — fPssoete soe eeec See? | J - L 3d] weds arg 35d] 3 3 os po wre] 9 [oete] — fro “teluser) — ~ erst] ~ |spwelece| — | — | — | — iter Ute euictiper | — brine teres Uesepe oe] — ead we 30 words sods) 3} sv) s0¢d ksseVel sd gad Gre" dope ¢ { a p L = "29 = = ~ sos] saw - = = — = eet = — = — ror) — ion =) icles css te || pees = sie = fa = SSS ee bes Sea) fest y cep Sobers biG eee by leat ow = = cd ras "is ie see jeweowetert| “ |ysseel by Js 4 surds Furi} ed dete ru serd) de) ce) pated OS Bre or Gu) USGS 2) ard so) rd Gos dues Os 0d Grd GE es) wel oie) 7) é = [ress wets | cos — - Sf Fas fees Spon) pd oe fadSne] g5% Lpoess! 5 = — — Die — = — oso} — srr weds) erere re) ord rey ea “FS [SSOP eet | Pe slyoces*ud grr) by coe Ml ypwtowwbys cote sese es oetlns 5 oles ye pocer) sda — beet tec etl yen bw te ws 2) 20 FEI ire UE Rares sie wJ Se 34 sug) sud ete | (eye res) ee es eee) wi wee 26 UGéte| 24 us ot bodes ay Bre) % aE ses icie| cou |e) = 3 et rer) ob jeer Seerpoe eth se Uae a zs — levees] “ Loecee) — =— 30 ur vd ey Seve] Grerdtetpurd el stee Reprers! Sve S| ward fabad 5 ! i i J (CU ee ot J pets SS endees| aa) [biog eiaie se Gpveereers29s) ses || 5a — |isse7) — Jason _ — [beet pscerbete vps ros Jr Jessel woe) wel 33rd eo SPE) sod rrr} Ive wordy | a See J Niele Secs e25s (hee eieenne naa e eee CCE Se eles SS ce cn Cencia| Soca omen eee lee eC ence ane Cen (Cees pesetceoes) = IES mira Eo) terctbersserue*e ureter! roseget gq Sects Jeri FEF eerie ses IGE eCH 88) 34 cess) HEPES POS SIP OSe SEG spree erry) PS GS 259 w 6G) Ge gir I GH) | wS Gis “s3) J <2) Jahy es meee Ua eUeses Seca aie aUreyece cr eecepece becetecorboeieeco | * froeeriees"| — [rect eco **boect™ ese) Deeer"aurjst] wm PF awd) oe Ar PevICW etre fed G22 CPE i eo Jers] Gorpdier Steere FPF EFS IES 5 JG HEF 5 oe : re) 28095 Ge= wsudd bbe Jd wrodigees| : wr S (O) aed |B cial BeceaCce Mes pec == peere| ~ seen me steep sas et Care, 3) 2 GS 2)25° GS) pave wo os 6S 4 os we Seete ret Fe Proyere) fesyo) ec as We se) pus 45a" , Joo ee jor 6539539 EHUB 4} Youre oS IGH) re" spss ¢ Ure" see sier 3 pperere.) wued MGsGt} sed) sed ole 3¢ aed) Lele ae aie oy ceeetecey ie eased tee Sahs9 ee, sou at rod alee s ‘ Ps Paes, > a i — i Se — a . eG “54 45) IgE i — 7 . , yi y . Buvace 5 Act 1851.1 Notes on the Dophlas and their Language. 127 said to have perished, and the task assigned them remained unaccom- plished. Others of their tribe, however, nothing daunted, continued their periodical predations, and annually kidnapped large numbers of men and women, whom they consigned to perpetual slavery. The govern- ment, unable to put a stop to these atrocities, was at length compelled tacitly to submit to them, and yield to these marauders the right of imposing a black mail on all the frontier Muhals. But the exactions of the Dophlas, fell so heavily on the inhabitants of these Muhals, especially, during the period that Raja Purander Sing held the upper portion of the valley, as to lead to the entire desertion of almost all the villages on the frontier. On the resumption of the Raja’s territories by the British Govern- ment, active measures were taken for checking the predatory habits of the Dophlas. It was then ascertained that the chiefs inhabiting the higher ranges, had alone the prescriptive right to the black mail. Their intercourse with the plains however, had long been obstructed by their hostile neighbours of the lower ranges. But the able conduct and perseverance of the British authorities, in re-opening communica- tions with them, and engaging them in active co-operation, compelled the allegiant clans of the petty chiefs on the frontier hills to pay due submission to the paramount authority, and to desist from all further acts of violence on the people of the plains ; while the chiefs who held the prescriptive right to the tribute were glad to enter into an agree- ment to receive an annual sum from the British Government in lieu of all their demands. The sum so paid since 1836-37, amounts to Co.’s Rs. 2543, which is divided among no less than two hundred and thirty- eight different chiefs. Of the mountains, inhabited by the Dophlas, we possess no topo- graphical information of any value. The few Asamese slaves, who from time to time contrive to effect their escape from servitude, affirm that the Dophla villages are large and numerous, that the inhabitants keep large flocks of cattle, and are well supplied with grain. The country is thickly covered with forests, and during the winter months, the fall of snow is said to be very heavy. The climate, generally speaking is highly healthful. The tem- perature, is as various as the several elevations of the ever-varied 128 Notes on the Dophlis and their Language. [No. 2. surface ; which, though nowhere troubled with excessive heat, is so by excessive moisture, generating a rank vegetation, considerably aided by a deep stratum of luxuriant soil. The Dophlas are divided into innumerable petty clans, who maintain among themselves an oligarchical form of government, and acknowledge the authority of from two or three, to as many as thirty or forty chiefs in each clan. The influence exerted by these chiefs, seems to be mild in the extreme. . The people appear to have no legal provisions whatever for the well-being and conservation of society—the enlightened end of civilized legislation—and yet exhibit among themselves in an emi- nent degree, that social order which is the greatest blessing and highest pride of the social state. A sort of tacit common-sense law governs them, which notwithstanding all that has been written on the inborn lawlessness of the human race, has its precepts graven on every breast. The grand principles of virtue and honour, however they may be distorted by arbitrary codes, are the same all the world over ; and where these principles are concerned, the right or wrong of any action appears the same to the uncultivated as to the enlight- ened mind. And it is to this indwelling, this universally diffused perception of what is just or otherwise, that the integrity of these mountaineers in their intercourse with each other is to be attributed. Their ideas of religion are exceedingly crude. They acknowledge the existence of one Supreme Creator and Ruler of the world, but Him they never worship, and their religious rites consist almost exclusively in the propitiation, by offerings and sacrifices, of the spirits or Genii, whom they believe to inhabit their hills. Their worship consists of invocations of protection for the people, and their crops and domestic animals,—and of thanksgivings when recent troubles are passed. Sacrifices are considered more worthy than offerings, and hogs and fowls are the animals most frequently sacrificed. Libations of ferment- ed liquor always accompany their sacrifices, and as every sacrifice gives occasion for a feast, the people on these occasions indulge pretty freely in copious potations. The office of the priesthood, is not an indefea- sible right vested in any family, nor is the profession at all exclusive, Whoever chooses to qualify himself, may become a priest, and may give up the profession whenever he sees fit. Diseases are supposed to arise entirely from preternatural agency, hence the priests are also 1851.] Notes on the Dophlis and their Language. 129 exorcists. They pretend also to a knowledge of divination, and when called in cases of sickness, or in times of temporal distress, consult auspices of many different kinds, but especially by the breaking of eggs, and the examination of the entrails of young chickens. Marriages are never entered into, before the parties have attained the age of maturity, and the ceremonies performed on such occasions are but little perplexed with forms. The dead are always buried, and that very soon after decease. The body is borne by friends and relatives in silence to the grave, and with it are deposited the war implements and cooking utensils used by the deceased, after which preparations are made for a funeral banquet. The physiognomy of the people, exhibits generally and normally, what is commonly known as the Scythic, or what Blumenbach terms the Mongolian, type of the human family. This type, however, is in many cases much softened and modified ; and where there has been any intermixture with the Arian inhabitants of the plains, it frequently passes into a near approach to the Caucasian. The usual complexion is that of a pale brown or isabelline hue, though in many cases it approaches to a much darker tint. The ordinary dress of the Dophlas, consists of a short sleeveless shirt of thick cotton cloth, sometimes of the natural colour, but more frequently striped gaily with blue and red, and always excessively dirty. Over this is thrown a mantle of cotton or woollen cloth fastened about the throat and shoulders by means of pins, made of bamboo. The ears are always ornamented with great knobs generally made of some shell, but sometimes of horn and amber. The hair is always worn long, very neatly plaited and turned into a knot just above the forehead. ‘The women are generally wrapt in a shapeless mantle of striped or plain cotton cloth, with its upper part tucked in tightly over the breast, and enveloping the body from the armpits to the cen- tre of the calves. Another cloth is also thrown over the shoulders, answering the purpose of a cloak, the upper corners of which are tied into a knot sufficiently low to expose the throat which is invariably cased in a profusion of bead necklaces of all varieties of colour. The ears are loaded with huge brass or silver rings and the ear-lobes, so stretched with the weight of great metal knobs that they not unusu- ally reach down to the shoulders. Heavy bracelets of mixed metal 130 Notes on the Dophldas and thew Language. [No. 2. are also worn on the wrists. The hair, which among the women is generally very long and black, is gathered into a knot tied just above the nape. The arms used by the people, consist of a long sword slung by means of a piece of cane across the shoulders, a dagger worn in the girdle, and a bow and arrows. The arts practised by the Dophlas are few and simple. Agriculture is almost the sole business of the men, and to it is added the construc- tion and furnishing of the dwelling house; the boys look after the domestic animals, and the women, aided by the girls, are employed in all the indoor occupations, of cooking, brewing, spinning and weaving. The agricultural implements are an axe, a Ddéo or bill-hook, and a spade. The agricultural products are rice, (the ‘‘summer rice’ of the plains) wheat and barley, with a few cucurbitaceous plants, greens, edible roots, red pepper, ginger and cotton. Very little is grown beyond what is necessary for household consumption, and the surplus is bartered either with the people of the plains for agricultural imple- ments, culinary utensils, beads, and ornaments, and cotton-cloths, or with their neighbours on the hills, for swords and woollen cloths of Thibetan manufacture. The men haft all the iron implements they purchase abroad. Manjit forms a considerable article of the trade of the Dophlas; it grows wild in great abundance on their hills and is said to be of very superior quality. Of learning and letters, the Dophlas are totally devoid. Their language, as well as physical attributes, give strong evidence of their connection with the affiliated sub-Himalayan races of Thibetan origin, and a comparison of the vocabulary herewith submitted, with those I had the pleasure to furnish last year, will show a very close alliance with the dialects of the Miris and Abors. We proceed now to a brief notice of their lingual peculiarities. Or Nowns. Gender.—This language possesses a variety of substantive terms, sufficient to denote all that is needful in the distinction of sex among human beings. Thus, Abé6, father. Ane, mother. Tette, elder brother. Ami, elder sister. 1851.) Notes on the Dophlis and their Language. 131 Boro, younger brother. Biirma, younger sister. ‘ Nidlobd, boy. Nidme, girl. Sex in the inferior animals is expressed by the post-fixes Bd or Pé male and Ne female. These terms are applied only to the last syllable of the noun if it happens to be a word of more than one syllable. Male. Female. Bos, St; Sii-bd, Sti-ne. Dog, Ek-ki; Ki-bd, Ki-ne. Deer, Cha-chor; Chor-bd, Chor-ne. | Tiger, Som-nyéd; Nyd-bo, Ny6-ne. There are a few exceptions to the above rule; as in Chibi, monkey. Chibi-bepo, Chibi-bene. Saben, goat. Bobla, Bene. Number.—There is no grammatical form to express a plural num- ber. the idea of plurality is generally conveyed by such terms as Pang all, Arok many, &c., added as post-fixes to the noun, When a numeral adjective is employed, the noun undergoes no variation; e. g. Kkki kanag, seven dogs, Si ak-ple, sia cows. Case.—Cases are formed entirely by post-positions, and, as may be supposed, their number may be very readily increased. There is but one regimen or mode of declension for all nouns, nor is this in any way perplexed by refinements expressive of either gender or number. Ov, a house. Nom. Ou, a house. Gen. Oug, of a house. Dat. Oug-bo, to a house. Abl. Oug-gam, from a house. Acc. Oum, a house. Instr. Oug-mona, with or by a house. Loc. Oug-ald, in a house. Or ADJECTIVES. From the principle that seems to prevail in the language, of placing the adjuncts after the objects to which they are attached, the adjective generally follows the noun it serves to qualify; thus, Esi harak, eold water. Bangni nid, a young man. Sangna atepa, a great tree. Takar kanag, seven stars. Comparison is expressed by the incrementory particle Ya or Eya. The former is annexed to adjectives ending in a vowel, but where the final letter is a consonant, the latter is invariably employed. Hzxample, Karuk, dad. ~ Karuk-eya, worse. 132 Notes on the Dophlds and their Language. [No. 2. N. B.—Adjectives when taken singly almost always end in Pé, but in composition this final syllable is omitted. Netik-pa, new. Netik-eya, newer. Arok-pa, many. Arok-eyd, more. Alepa, good. Aleya, better. Akso-pa, tall. Akso-y4, taller. Ao-pa, high. KAo-ya, higher. To express the superlative form, the word Pang all, is prefixed to the adjective in the comparative state. Thus: Pang do-y4, highest, or higher than all. Pang akso-ya, tallest, or taller than all. Pang dleya, dest, or better than all. NUMERALS. The numerical system is emphatically decimal, and extends no further than will suffice for the enumeration of the fingers and toes. 1. Aken. 11. Réng-lé-dkin. 2. Ani. 12. Rang-lé-ani. 3. A-dm. 13. Rang-la-44m. 4. A-pli. 14, Rang-1a-apli. 5. Ang-d. 15. Rang-la-ango. 6. Ak-ple. | 16. Réang-la-ak-ple, 7. Kanag. 17. Rang-la-kanag. 8. Plag-nag 18. Rang-la-plag-nag. 9. Kayo. 19. Réang-]4-kdyo. 10. Rang 20. Rang-chang. Or Pronouns. The Personal Pronouns are, Ngé, I. Neg6é-lu, we. No, thou. No-lu, you. Ma, he or she. Ma-lu, they. In declension, they follow the same regimen as that given above for nouns substantive. Ist Person. Singular. Plural. Nom. No, J. Nom. Ngo-lu, we. Gen. Ngog, of me. Gen. Neg6-lug, ours. Dat. Ngog-bd, to me. Dat. Ngo-lug-b6, fo us. Abl. Ngodg-gam, from me. Abi. Ngo-lug-gam, from us. Acc. Ngom, me. Acc. Ngé-lum, us. Instr. Ngdg-moné, by me. Instr. Ng6-lug-mona, by us. Loc. Ngodg-dlo, in me. Loc. Ngo-lug-dlo, in us. The pronouns of the 2nd and 3rd Person are declined in the same manner. The Demonstrative Pronouns are, Sd, and Ché, this, and dna, that ; and the interrogative, 1851.] Notes on the Dophlds and their Language. 133 He, who? and Hogo, what ? They may be declined in the same way as the Personal Pronouns. Or VERBS. Verbs expressive of being and possession are very rare. Of the former class we have Dong-pa, in the present, and Dong-pona in the past tense. Verbs of the latter class appear to be wholly wanting. The regimen for the conjugation of verbs exhibits great simplicity. There are but three recognized relations of time, the absolute present, the absolute past, and the simple future; but should occasion require that the time of an action be expressed with greater precision than these tenses admit of, corresponding adverbs of time are employed and usually placed before the verb. The variations that verbs undergo, whether in mood or tense appear to be effected by the aid of auxiliaries, which may properly be termed immutable verbal fragments. Verbs undergo no change expressive of either number or person. InpicatTivE Moon. The adjuncts Dé, Pana, and Bo, form the distinctive signs of the present, past, and future tenses. D6, is in all probability a contracted form of the substantive verb Dong, Zo be. Pana, is often used by itself to signify, did; for example, Lak mona pana, I did zt with my hand. Present TENSE. Singular. Plural. 1. Ngd do-dd, I am eating. 1. Ngd-lu do-dd, we are eating. 2. N6 do-dd, thou art eating. 2. No-lu do-do, you are eating. 3. Ma do-do, he ts eating. | 3. Ma-lu dodo, they are eating. Thus also;—Bang-do, I am carrying. Angne-do, I am going, Tang-dd, I am drinking. Me-d6, I am seeking. Past TENsE. Singular. Plural. 1. Ngo do-pana, I did eat. 1. Ngo-lu do-pana, we did eat. 2. N6 do-pana, thou didst eat. 2. No-lu do-pand, you did eat. 3. Ma do-pana, he did eat. 3. Ma-lu do-pand, they did eat. Bang-pana, I did carry. Tang-pana, I did drink. Angne-pana, I did go. Me-pana, I did seek. Future Tense. Singular. Plural. 1. Ngé do-bo, I will eat. 1. Nego-lu do-bd, we will eat. 2. No do-bd, thou wilt eat. | 2. No-lu do-bé, you will eat. 3. Ma do-bd, he will eat. 3. Ma-lu do-bo, they will eat. Bang-bo, I will carry. Tang-bo. I will drink. Angne-bo, I will go. Me-bé, I will seek. 8 2 134 Notes on the Dophlas and their Language. [No. 2. The contrasted negatives to the above are formed by the addition of the particle Ma. Thus: Present. Ngo do-do-ma, I am not eating. Past. Ngo do-pana-ma, I did not eat. Future. Ngo do-bo-ma, I will not eat. IMPERATIVE Moop. The only instance in which this mood exists is in the 2nd _ person. It is formed by the addition of To, to the verb. Thus: Do-to, eat. Gok-td, call. No-to, bring. Numerous other examples of which will be found in the annexed vocabulary. The contrasted negative is formed by the substitution of Yo, for Té. Thus: Do-yé, eat not. Gok-yé, call not. No-y6, bring not. Angne-y6, go not. The INFINITIVE, or perhaps more correctly the GeRuND, is formed by the addition of the word Tebd. Thus: Do-tebd, to eat, or for the purpose of eating. Tang-tebd, to drink. Bang-tebo, fo carry. Re- tebd, to build. PARTICIPLES. The participial terminations are, [seeking. Present, Neya. —Do-neyd, eating. Tang-neya, drinking. Me-neya, Past, Pelé.—Do-peld, having eaten. Tang-pelo, having drunk. Me-peld, having sought. PotentTi1aAL Moop. When power or capacity, is intended to be implied, the word Parepa, is added to the verb in the future tense. Ngo Angne-bo parepa, I can go. No Do-bo parepa, thou canst eat. Ma Tarbo parepa, he can run. Desire is expressed by the word mdng-dd, which takes the same relative position when put in conjunction with another verb. Ngo Angne- bo mang-dd, I wish to go. Ma Do-bo, mang-d6, he wishes to eat. Ma-lu Tarbo mang-do, they wish to run. INDECLINABLE PARTICLES, so necessary in most cultivated lan- guages for connecting sentences together and giving precision to other parts of speech, are almost unknown in the language of the Dophlas. Where the want of a conjunction can be evaded by the use of a participle, the latter is usually introduced, otherwise the parts of a sentence hang very loosely together. Post-positive particles, such as those given in the declensions of nouns, take the place of prepositions. Adverbs precede the verbs they serve to qualify, and in general are placed in close juxta-position to them. 1851.] Notes on the Dophlis and their Language. 135 Now, Kaja. To-day, Solo. Yesterday, Muro. Here, Sig. Afterwards, Koyong. What ? Hogo. When? Widglam. Then, Kajome. To-morrow, Arle. In the evening, Sorom. In the morning, Sorokambo. Where ? Hogola. Lage Why ! Hogo-arang. Gg How ? Hoégo-arangna. SHort SENTENCES. No mang-men hogi? What is your name ? Ngo mang-men Pirmai, My name as Piirmii. Ngo hat-bd dangne-do, I am going to the market. Negog-bo poisa bargo biktd, Give me a few pice. Ngo pachi oug-alo dapa, English. Air, All, Anger, Ant, Arrow, Ashes, Ask, Aunt, Pat. Aunt, Mat. Back, Bad, Bag, Bamboo, Basket, Beads, Bear, (n.) Beard, Beat, Bed, Bee, Beg, Belly, Betlenut, Bird, Bite, (v.) Bitter, id My basket is in the house. Nom ngo aksoya. L am taller than you, No muro hogolé déng-pona, Where were you yesterday ? Ama-be-y6, Do not tell an untruth. No arle angbo parépa? [row ? Will you be able to come to-mor- Names of Males. Nidrak.—Tapti.— Phangche.—Takou.—Baana,—Tayu.—Nacheba. Names of Females. Niy4i.—Riglem.—Harang.—Chang-rang. VOCABULARY.* Dophla. Black, Dori. Blood, Pang. Boat, Fak. Body, Tarok. Bone, Opok. Bow, (n.) Tacho. Brass, Ta-ukto. Break, Ab6-ama. Broad, Ane-ama. Brother, elder Garp6o. Brother, younger Karuk. Buffalo, Sapra. Burn, Uwi. Bury, Pachi. Call, Taphlong. Cat, Sutum. Catch, Gamiik. Cheek, Mo-to. Child, Y6-plug. Chin, Ta-ungk. Cloth, Khéto, Cloud, K6p6. Cold, (adj.) Goe. Come, Patta. Cook, (v.) Chegop- to. Copper, Kapa. Crooked, Kaya. Ui. Nau. Ga. Sélo. Ori. Pitol. Fedipto. Tak-tepa. Tette. Boro. Mendak. Baat-té. Rik -t6. Gok-t6. Ache Eje. Domiig. Harakpa. Angkubo. Niangto. Tama. Bakung-balung. * This list of English words, corresponds with that appended to my ‘‘ Notes on the Languages spoken by the tribes inhabiting the mountain confines of Asam,’’ and published in the Journal of the Asiatic Society, 1849. 136 Crow, (n.) Cry, Cut, Dance, Dark, Daughter, Day, Deaf, Deep, Die, Dig, Dry, (adj.) Duck, Ear, Earth, East, Egg, Elbow, Elephant, Eye, Face, Fall, Far, Fat, Father, Fear, Feather, Fight, Finger, Fire, Fish, Flower, Foot, Forest, Husband, Pak. Kabto. Pa-to. So-td Ka4nepa. Niomeka. S616. Rongbepa. Arangpa. Sig-to. Pa-to. Hugpa. Hans. Niordng. Ked-e. Lengo. Pipi. Lagdu. Hati. Nyak. Nyogmo. H6-to Adopa. Atepa. Ab6o. Busopa. Mimuk. Goblong-té. Lakcheng. Ame. Ngai. Pung. Laga. Molotum. Ke-Bikto. Angne. O’yuk. Aen. Hans. Sangna. Atepa. Diimik. Lak. Larpa, Aiam. Dong. Ma. Démpé. Ta-to. Mlodi. Arak. Rang. Gora. Adipa. Nidld. Notes on the Dophlds and their Language. [No. 2. e i, Ngo. Immediately, Kaja. In, Arang. Iron, Rokdor. Ivory, Figbé. Kill, Min-t6. Kiss, M6-pdép-td. Knife, Kotari, Kamrig. Knee, Lebang. Know, Chinpa. Laugh, Nier-to. Little, Inchangpa. Lightning, D6érak. Look, Ko.t6. Long, Aksopa. Mad, Rugdo. Man, Bangni. Mat, Uplet. Medicine, Darab. Milk, Achu. Moon, P6éld, Mother, Ane. Mouth, Gam, Name, Mang-men. Near, Bera. Neck, Lang-gim. Nest, Patta-sop. Night, Soyo. No, Ma. Noise, Dugdo. North, S4adi, Nose, Nyopom. Oil, Tel. Niakom. Old, Kochokpa,(not new.) Open, Kwokto. Paddy, Om. Place, (v.) Pats. Plant, Leta. Plough, Hal. Pull, Se-to, Push, Nangto. Quarrel, Hiig-to. Quickly, Makchang. Quietly, Chékab. Rain, Niddo. Raise, Ha-to- Rat, Kobéng. Ratan, O’s6. Rice, (cooked) Apin. Rice, (uncooked) Om-ben. Ripe, Mena. Rise, Gorop-to. River, Kimen. Road, Lambi. Run, Far-to. Salt, Alo. Sand, Bali. See, Ko-to. 1851.] Greek Legends on Indo-Scythian coins, Se. 137 Seek, Me-to. Sun, Dani. Sell, Plok-to. Sword, Sala. Short, Tong-dang-pa. Take, No-to. Sheet, Nidptamto, Chokto. Thunder, Déd-gom. Silver, Tangku. Tobacco, Dua. Sing, Rukto. Tomorrow, " Anle. Sister, elder Ama. Tongue, Ro. Sister, younger Burma. Tooth, Fig. Sit, Dong-to. Tree, Sangna Skin, Chou-pen. Village, Go. Sleep, Yop-to. Uncle, Pat. Pai. Slowly, Hote-hote. Uncle, Mat. Netta Small, Ingchangpa. Want, Mang-to. Smoke, (n.) Miikiig. War, Géblang. Snake, Ta-big. Water, Esi. Son, Kao. West, Wago. Soul, Jald. White, Punglugpa. Sour, Kungna. Wife, (one’s own) Mige. South, Sagadi. * (another’s) Niofang. Speak, Ben-to. Wind, Dorik. Stand, Dok-té. Woman, Niema. Star, Takar. Wood, Usiing. Steal, Do-cho-t6. Work, Ragreta. Stone, Along. Year, Niang-go. Stop, Do6-té. Yes, U. Strong, Barapa. Young, Nia. OOO OOOOOOOUOOO™™ Translation of some uncertain Greek legends on coins of the Indo- Scythian princes of Cabul. By H. Torrens, Hsq. B. 4., V. P., and late Secretary, Asiatic Society of Bengal. The ardour with which the study of the numismatic treasures of Afghanistan was pursued a few years back by no few members of our Society, was easily accounted for by the extreme historical interest attaching tothem. The number of the Greek Bactrian Kings, the evidence of whose existence and regal power was attested by any thing beyond the meagre mention of history, was up to 1824, erght; Bayer hav- ing first published two coins of Eucratides and Theodotus in 1738, with his Historia Regni Grecorum Bactriani at St. Petersburg, and Colonel Tod, having added but twenty-six years ago with his paper in the Ist Vol. Trans. Royal Asiatic Society, the coins of Apollodotus and Menander to those of Euthydemus, Heliocles, Antimachus Theos, and Demetrius, which were all that had been discovered in Bactrian numis- matology during the course of near a century. The progress into Afghanistan of the late Sir Alexander Burnes, the discoveries of Messrs. Court, Ventura, and other French Officers in Runjeet Singh’s Service, and the investigations carried on near Cabul by Mr. Masson, and reported in this journal, opened a wide new field, and by succes- sive rapidly attained discoveries we became acquainted, not only with all the Greek Bactrian Kings, but with the names and nations of their 138 Translation of some Greek legends of the [No. 2. successors in the lands they ruled over. Professor Wilson in 1841, collected into a single work, his Ariana Antiqua, the results of all that had been done in the investigation of this new page in history, and with the publication of this book, the excitement and the interest of the subject seemed to pass away. Large collections of coins were, it is true, formed by officers and even by English ladies, in Afghanistan, and able numismatists such as Cunningham and Stacy continued their labours as usual ; but the historical result of the new study seemed in the mind of the public to have been attained, and no one cared to exert himself in an exhausted subject. I have in my possession a letter to me from Sir Alexander Burnes, remarking on the singular apathy as to enquiry evinced by even able men during our occupation of Afghan- istan, while,—such was the fatality in the only active correspondents which the Society had beyond the Indus,—Arthur Conolly, Dr. Lord, and Lieut. Pigou of the Engineers, were successively killed in action within no long time one of the other. Events took place shortly after- wards, which diverted attention from the records of the past, in those and the adjacent regions, to the study of an anxious present, and the existence of Ancient Bactria was forgotten. _ The time now appears to me to be propitious for the resumption of the study of her history, not simply as regards herself but in her con- nection with India; and more particularly as respects later dynasties of Barbaric princes, the Indo-Parthians, the Indo-Scythian, and Sas- sanian monarchs, satraps, or prefects, who held sway, independently, or as tributaries to a greater power, in portions of the dismembered kingdom of the Bactrian Greeks. Provinces, some of which consti- tuted component parts of these principalities, are now the frontier of the British Empire in the east; tranquillity and good government have succeeded the anarchy which so lately dislocated their whole system ; amid the arts of peace, the local history of those lands through which successive races of mankind have from the remotest ages of the world poured themselves into the Indian Peninsula, should most certainly be diligently investigated. The study should not simply be encouraged ; it should be enjoined, and public measures taken, such as would be adopted by any other European Government placed in India as is that of England, to facilitate and promote enquiry as upon a question of science. It is not enough that from the little we do know something should have been deduced, and systematically put TSh1:| Indo-Scythian Princes. 139 on record. The next step is to have the deduction critically examined, and tested by local investigation: if it still then hold good, we may either accept it as material for history, or at any rate allow it to pass current pending the appearance of further light. There is a world of work to be done along the simple frontier of Peshawur (v. Court’s con- jectures on the march of Alexander, Journal Asiatic Society, Bengal, July, 1836), while the whole Punjab is a rich and almost untried field for the antiquarian and numismatologist. The idea must never be entertained that where there is the darkness of apparent mystery, discovery is hopeless. I make these few remarks, partly in the hope that they may per- chance animate some able investigator to exertion, partly as not out of place with reference to the very subject of this brief paper. It will be in the recollection of some of the readers of the Journal that much interest was excited by the appearance, on certain of the coins of Arian dynasties subsequent to the Greeks, of pure Greek words, and sometimes of Greek barbarized even to unintelligibility, in conjunction with the title of a Parthian or a Scythian prince. The immediate query in the mind of a philologist was, does this indicate the existence of a Greeco-Barbaric vernacular language? Aristophanes introduces in ‘‘ The Birds” a specimen of such a dialect which no doubt, like the Carthaginian of Plautus’s slaves, amused a classic au- dience as much as Pat or Sawny do an English one. The few words the barbarian of Aristophanes utters are chiefly bad Greek, which, if the conclusion be worth any thing based on so small a fact, would lead one to infer that Greek in these dialects was predominant; and that, putting the case we come across an instance of one, the more Greek we can detect in it, the greater the likelihood that it constituted, not a sort of royal, or medal language, but the actual vernacular of the particular people who made use of it. The thoughts involuntarily wander to the mountains of Kafiristan, that mysterious country, the Opprobrium Geographia Anglice, with its peculiar inhabitants, the self-declared descendants of Alexander’s soldiers, who speak, say all informants, a peculiar and unintelligible language. This race of men, be they what they may, have certainly taken refuge from the overflowing tide of immigration in inaccessible haunts, where to this hour they exist, rarely, if ever, quitting their own limits. The Parthian, the T 2 140 Translation of some Greek legends of the (No. 2. Scythian and the Sassanian, the endless tribes whom the Hindoos and Persians term Saka and the Greeks SxvOa:* (v. Wilson, Ar. Ant. C. III. p- 132, 4to ed.) have swept from the more accessible tracts of the lands they each in their turn sojourned in upon their way to India, the language and the race of their predecessors, after a partial adop- tion of the one, and an imperfect subjection of the other. It remains yet to be seen whether, safely removed from the high-way of nations, the descendants of those who were for a time tinctured with the tastes of the most civilized people of antiquity, may not be found extant, still perhaps retaining traces of the European stock they came of (v. El- * The loose and general use of the word by the Greeks as applicable indiffer- ently to many nations, explains many doubtful passages in Herodotus, Strabo and other writers, and is nowhere so definitely asserted as in the gossiping chronicle of the Byzantine, Johannes Tzetzes, Chiliad. XIII. Kal routo yivwoke Karas pndé ce AavOaverw, Qs aoBacryo) kad ddravol Kad cdKat Te Kot SdKan, Ou pws Kat Tavpopdrat TE Kat of Wiws oxdOaL, Kal ray érécoy mpdcoikoy €6vos tvoats Bopéou Kow@s karovoudfovra: ckvOa, oKVOwWY TH KAHTEL Or in English— And this know well, and let it not be secret from thee, That Asbasgze, and Alans, and Sake too, and Dake, The Rhos, and Sauromatz also and the Scythians proper, And every whatso nation dwelling near the blasts of Boreas, Generally are called Scythian, by the name of Scythians. The Dake are the Dadike of Herodotus (III. 91) the Daz (Ta hia. Remusat, Nouvelles Melanges Asiatiques. 1. 205, apud Wilson) classed with the Gandarii (Herod. VII. 66, apud Wilson) or Candaharees, allied with the Getz, the Jats, or Jats of India, driven south with them by the Huns, the ‘ Dacus missilibus melior sagittis’? of Horace (Od. III. 6.) &c. &c. and Scythians notwithstanding! It ap- pears difficult to comprehend however the nomad migratory masses of mankind can be traced, distinguished, or even classified; but there does seem a chance of studying the question on the frontier of India, upon which many of these tribes, or their remnants, were impelled in succession. To have ascertained their local pre- sence at any point is important. It would be idle enough to attempt identification of the Dacians of Trajan’s column with the Ta hi a of the Chinese. I may add that the ‘* Rhos’”’ of Tzetzes are the ‘ Pws of the LXX. version of Ezek. xxxvili. 2,3. It is the name given to the Russians by the Byzantine writers of the tenth century. See Gesenius’s Disquisition in v. WN. H. T. 1851.] Indo-Scythian Princes. 141 phinstone’s Cabul, also this Journal, April, 1838, on the Siah-posh Cafirs by Burnes). It will perhaps not be uninteresting, before I proceed to a further identification of the Greek language than has yet been attempted, as the adopted tongue of barbaric princes dominant in Bactria, to make as it were a vocabulary of the Greek words in use upon their coins. These, it will be seen, are partly imitations, and adoptions of titles and attributive epithets in use with their prede- cessors, the Greek Bactrian monarchs ;—and partly, which is very curious, verbal applications of their own, sometimes in pure Greek ; occasionally, as I shall show, in words misused and mis-spelled ; and sometimes, in their later periods, in an unintelligible farrago of letters, which either represent a wholly barbarized dialect, or else indicate the ignorant attempts of a barbaric people to continue the fashion of using a language, the knowledge of which had died out. The philological value of these indisputable facts consists in the indication it gives us— 1. Of the existence in Bactria of a spoken dialect of the Greek current after the conquest of Alexander from the time of Theodotus, B. C. 256 to that of Pantaleon B. C. 120, (v. for dates Wilson Ar. Ant. C. IV. passim)— 2. Because, as the language of established monarchy and of the dominant class, it was continued on the coinage of their barbaric successors— 3. Preparing us for the occurrence of dialectic peculiarities, savour- ing of Greek origin in the language of unread inscriptions or even of spoken tongues with which further enquiry and investigation may make us acquainted. The number of Bactrian monarchs whom Professor Wilson sees reason to class as of unblemished Greek descent, is eighteen. The attempt to adjust their chronological succession has been loosely tried, but there can be no doubt that many, if not most of them, were cotem- porary kings of different portions of what had been Grecian Bactria. The numismatic evidence in our possession shows Theodotus* whom Professor Wilson does not reckon in the number above noted, Euthy- * There is historic mention of a first, and second, Theodotus or Diodotus: I have in this paper only looked to numismatic evidences, which afford one king only of the name. H. T. 142 Translation of some Greek legends of the (No. 2, demus, and Demetrius,* to have been the only purely Greek monarchs of Bactria; their title ‘ing, and their proper name simply, in the genitive case of the Greek, are given upon the coins as yet found, which have issued from their mint. Eukratides, B. C. 181, (I give Bayer’s and Wilson’s chronology) is the first who gives signs of orientalisation, though in style of workmanship his silver tetradrachms are exquisite medallic specimens. He ceases to be simply Aing on all his coins: he becomes on some of them great king, and upon one,—the authority for this however is doubtful,—sing saviour. The source of this amplified title is explained in the obverse of some only of his coins. His name as king; his title in Greek as great king; in Greek letters, are explained in the local dialect of the land he had adopted, and he appears in Pracrit as Maharaja. We may trace on the one hand in the sparse employment of the Pracrit legend in the case of this monarch, and on the other in the singular bungling manner in which some native artist doubtless has tried his hand at the Greek characters (v. this Journal, June 1835, Pl. XXV. fig. 5), of his amplified title, signs of the fusion going on between the conquerors, and the conquered. His coins contribute to our vocabula- ry the word peyados great, and perhaps cwrnp saviour. The name of Eukratides with the word peyas occurs in conjunction with that of Heliokles, and Laodice on an unique coin procured by Dr. * The reasons for which I identified with this king the name of a supposed Mayes, or Maius, are given in the January number of this Journal for 1840. Pro- fessor Wilson has done me the honour to state my argument (Ar. Ant. C. IV. p- 313. 4to.) ; which is he states, ‘‘ annihilated’’ by the discovery of an undoubted king Mayes whom he places with justice among the barbaric princes of Cabul. A comparison of the pure Greek type of the Maius Demetrius coin (Ar. Ant. Plate VIII. fig. 18.) and its Greek inscription only, with the barbaric Mayes having a Pracrit legend, and an oriental title, ‘‘ Great king of kings’’ (ut supra fig. 10, Plate VII. fig. 5,) might have satisfied the Professor that I have not in a numismatic sense endured annihilation, that my classical argument is good as applied to a classical subject, and that Maius Demetrius with his caduceus and Greek matrony- mic, and Mayes the barbarian, now treading on a prostrate figure, ‘‘ now”’ sitting cross-legged on a couch “‘ are not the same persons.”’ Maius, pdios ‘ filius Maie,’’ (Hor.) or Mercury; and Mayes, the Deus Lunus (mao, moon, Zend.) of a Scythic horde are easily separable. H. T. 1851.] Indo-Scythian Princes. 143 Lord, and described in this Journal (July, 1838, Pl. XXVII, fig. 1.) by, of course, our ever-lamented James Prinsep. Heliokles himself however, B. C. 147, adopted the title of just—8dcxaros—as peculiar to himself, and this word, with its translation in Pracrit, obtaims on almost all his coins. Lysias, B. C. 147, called, himself ovxytos—the unconquered,—and translated the title on the Pracrit obverse of his coinage. Amyntas, B.C. 135, varied the royal attributive to—vixarwp—being the Doric form of vixyrwp—conqueror : this word again is the poetic form of vikytnp or vukyrys (v. Liddell and Scott’s Lexicon. Oxon. 1843): I am careful to show the irregularity of the language for reasons to be given hereafter. Agathokleia, of whom one coin alone has been discovered, is the only queen who figures in the Bactrian dynasties. Her epoch is uncertain. She called her coin, piously and ungrammatically, as being —BPaciticcas Geotporo (v)—of the god-turn queen: had tporos been used adjectively, it should have been necessarily in the feminine. (?) The proper word is—@eorperros—(Aschyl. Pers. 905) god-sent. She is translated in Pracrit as maharajasa (not ranee) midatasa mikasa- klayasa. Antimachus, B. C. 140, boldly records on his tetradrachm his own apotheosis ;—he is BaotAevs eos—god : on his hemi-drachm vixygopos —bringing victory, translated like the vixarwp of Amyntas Jayadharasa. Philoxenes, B. C. 130, has the same title and translation as Lysias. Antialkides, B. C. 135, and Archelius, B. C. 125—120, both adopt the latter title of Antimachus. Menander, B. C. 126, who is mentioned by Strabo (Wilson zn Joc.) as having crossed the Hypanis (Sutlej) and reached the Isamis (Jumna) river, a monarch whose extensive dominions lay to the east- ward of Bactria Proper, has as title cwrnyp—saviour—and on one coin —diKawos. Apollodotus, who is also mentioned in narrative history, B. C. 110, continues the title owryp; but in one remarkable coin described and figured in this Journal (August, 1833, Pl. XIV. fig. 4. June, 1835, Pl. XXVI. fig. 4) adds to it—xau ¢iAoraropos—(in the genitive)— and father lover: the Pracrit legend on this coin does not contain the translation of this new affix. 144 Translation of some Greek legends of the [No. 2. Diomedes, B. C. 100, and Hermeeus, B. C. 98, continue the single title—owryp: and the two last of the series of true Grecian monarchs Agathokles, B. C. 135, and Pantaleon, B. C. 120, are both content with the plain monarchic prefix. We now reach the epoch of the first barbaric princes of Bactria, of whom it is sufficient in this place to say that they were Sakze, Sakas, or Scythians, who, being says Strabo, ‘ Asii, Pasiani, Tokhari,* and Sakarauli,”’ engaged the Parthians, and were ultimately forced upon Ariana to the destruction of the Greek monarchies, and thence upon India, in which their progress was arrested by the prowess of Vicra- maditya, king of Avanti or Oojein B. C., 56, commonly called Sakari, ‘the foe of the Sakas.’ (Wilson zm loc.) Some light is thrown upon the immigration of these hordes by the accounts of Chinese historians quoted by Messrs. De Guignes and Remusat, in addition to the information afforded by Strabo and Trogus Pompeius, of the whole of which Professor Wilson has made ample and excellent use. The chain of numismatic evidence as respects these invaders commences with the name of Eu, and Su Hermeus, according to the arrangement in the Ariana Antiqua. The coins are of barbarous execution, the Pracrit characters corrupt, the Greek very much so; the title is perhaps an exemplification of the actual manner in which the word cwtnpos—of the saviour—was locally pronounced in a barbarized Greek dialect, viz. with the omission of the w. Passing over a few coins of uncertain names on which the learned have bestowed much trouble, only, in my opinion, to prove to us that they belong toa period of great internal confusion, during which the dominant chiefs could not command the services of any educated Greek, or even any competent artificer, we arrive at the epoch of Mayes B. C. 100; a barbarian king, whose barbarian title runs—factdevs Bacirewv peyaAou Mowov—of the king of kings, of great Mayes: this is translated in Pracrit—Rajadhirajasa Mahatasa Ma-a-sa. * These people are mentioned by Ptolemy as a powerful tribe to the north-east of Bactria (Wilkinson’s An. Atg. III. c. X.) and their name is read in the Hiero- glyphs of Mudeenut Aboo as opponents of the Aigyptian armies. The other names tell their own history. i. t. 1851.] Indo-Scythian Princes. 145 A successor who repeats the Mithridatic title—sing of kings—was Palirisus, B. C. 80, a king apparently of limited dominion and short reign. With the coins of this prince have been found sparingly those of Spalyrius, B. C. 75. The legend is interesting as it contains a complete phrase in correct Greek, apart from the name which is in the nominative instead of genitive case:—ZmaAvpios dixatov adeAdpov tov BactAcuws. Spalyrius (of the) just (true?) brother of the king—instead of—‘ of Spalyrius, &c. The Pracrit is read Alabaraputasa Dhamiasa Spala- pharamasa. The coins of Azilise, B. C. 60, and Azes, B. C. 50, continue the same ultra-regal title. All the above legends of barbaric kings are tolerably well written with the exception of the o and the o, the latter of which is invariably represented by a square, but we now come to a nameless monarch who seems to have reigned, by the abundance in which his coins have been found there, in the Punjab,—who adopts new forms for several letters: he calls himself—owrnp peyas BaciWevs Baotkeww—great saviour king of kings—and, by his mounted effigy, seems to have been a Scythian. His religion was apparently fire worship. The Indo-Parthian dynasty of Vonones, Undopherres, and Gondo- phares also adopted for their coins Greek legends with a Pracrit obverse, the titles saviour or king of kings. The name Abagases has been once read—Akaja Kubhasa in the Pracrit as noted in this Journal (July, 1838, Pl. XXVIII. fig. 16,) and classed in connection with this dynasty ; to which also Kodes or Hyrkodes must be considered to belong. His coins have a Greek legend only, and are remarkable as presenting us with an addition to our vocabulary—paxapos—Olessed. It is used with a word, the corrupt Greek letters of which may read Ordeethro, or Ordeoro; the root of it is evidently Zend. b) ‘We now come,”’ says Professor Wilson, “to a long and important series of coins, the issue of princes of well defined names and unques- tioned Scythian descent,” of whom “ Kadphises is the earliest.” The dominion of these potentates seems to have been about Cabul and Jullalabad, spreading occasionally along the Indus, and into the Pun- jab. The dynasty consists, as far as is at present known, of Kadphises, or Kadaphes,— Kanerkes or Kanerkis,x—Kenorano to Ooerki,—and a U 146 Translation of some Greek legends of the (No.. 2: eertain. Baraono, to. whose coinage seems to have succeeded that. of Ardokro, with which the use of Greek letters died out, the language as applied to numismatic legends having already all but disappeared. I cannot help being of opinion that the last name is not that of a reigning monarch but of a tutelar deity. The words Mioro or Mithro, ‘Mao, Okro, and Ardokro on the Kanerki coins with their accompany- ing symbols, refer, says Professor Wilson, to the Mithraic worship favoured or introduced by that prince. There can be little, if any, doubt of the fact. This Indo-Scythian group of potentates presents to the philologist matter of very peculiar interest. The earliest king (or kings) intro- duces new Greek words as descriptive of regal merit and dignity in conjunction, to a certain degree, with the old ‘‘ king of kings’ title, and even appears, as I read the words, to place upon his coin a familiar expression of vernacular Greek. His successor (?) alternates the Gre- cian form of the title above noted with its equivalent in Hindee, Rao Nana Rao ; and continues to affix, after his name, with this title current in. India to this day, the corrupt form of a Greek appellative! Later kings fall, as I. have noticed, into total barbarism of language and expression. This group of coins has afforded numismatologists much trouble, and their difficulties are epitomised by Professor Wilson in the legends, some of which I give in simple Greek characters. Kopoo xolovAo kadfigov—Pl. XI. f. 10, Ar. Ant. ogovnAvo—PIl. XI. f. 12, ditto. onvox myowo—PI. XI. f. 13, ditto. Cafov koloAv kadades Kopavo—Journ. As. Soc. B. June, 1835, Pl. XXIV. and Sept. 1836, Pl. XXXV. 5. pao vavo pao kavypx. kopavo— Pl. XII. fig. 3, Ar. Ant. “Tt may,” says the Professor, ‘furnish some clue to the origin of these coins, that as far as we can conjecture the purport of their legends, the title of king is wanting on the reverse of all, and also on the obverse of the coins which bear the names of Kadaphes and Kadphises. What may be the meaning of Zathou, Korano, or Korso in the Greek, it is impossible to say, or whether either (any?) of them be equivalent to king: the latter recurs in the coins of Kanerkes in a position in 1851.) Indo-Scythian Princes. 147 which it cannot well have that signification. Neither (none?) of the others bear a resemblance to any Turkish title, as Beg or Khan. It is said indeed that the Sakas when subdued by the Yui-chi had no king: and it is elsewhere mentioned (?), that in the century before our era they had abolished royalty, and remained under the command of mili- tary chiefs; and hence possibly the adoption by them of the portraits and types of Hermzeus at various times, and the insertion of names and epithets unconnected with royalty. These coims therefore might be the issues of different military officers of the Sakas, during the latter half of the century that preceded the Christian era, and the esta- blishment of the kingdom of the Yui-chi; in which case the con- jecture that these coins bear the name of the Yui-chi prince, Kiu-tsiu- kio, would fall to the ground.’ (v. also Ar. Ant. on the same subject pp. 358-59, 4to.) In dealing with the difficulties above set forth, it must be recollected that we have to do with a dialectic difference, as I read it, of the Greek, which had, as we have already seen, become even in Greeco-Bactrian periods, incorrect, not to say corrupt; but strange to say, it is not the less in its elements Grecian, as I shall proceed to show. Should my brief dissertation appear a little pedantic, I trust it may be excused on the ground that the subject is new and curious, and one which the savans of Europe have, by their tacit concurrence with the dicta of Professor Wilson, pronounced inexplicable. As to the first word then, in the legend No. 1, xopoo, I must remark, with reference to those which will form the matter of our sequent enquiry, that it is intended to be in the genitive case, the legends of this period giving us o, and even v for the genitive ov: the nominative of this word would therefore be xopcos. The word xopoy which in old Homeric Greek* (Il. 4, 502, 5, 584,) is used plurally for the temples, or sides of the head, and more modernly in a poetic sense for the head, is the root whence this barbarized substantive has been derived. There is a legitimate Greek noun xopoys (one who cuts or shaves the hair), but it springs from quite another origin (xepw—to clear or shave). The attempt has been evidently made in the rude word before us to impersonize the head, as alluding to the qualifications of the individual * Sans. ceersha: root, cdda. Hr. u 2 148 Translation of some Greek legends of the [No. 2. to whom it is applied to head or lead a tribe or people. It is in fact, however irregularly, the philological equivalent of our common and popular English word, header. The next difficulty in legend No. 1, is simplified by looking on the word at once as composite: there is no such, nor the semblance of such in Greek. It appears on the legends with different spellings, the second syllable being at one time vowelised with o, at another ov. As respects this difference, I refer the reader in the first instance to the Greek dialectic differences which I have detected in the pure Greeco- Bactrian period; and then remind him of the Dorie (which we have already found in the coins), and Avclic permutations of ov for w; and in the latter dialect of even o for w; sufficient, as critics too well know, to warrant in pure Greek literature a wearisome variety of readings. It is no stigma on our scholarship, if we explain the barbarized written form of a rude spoken (?) dialect by a reference to these varieties. I read the word as—xau ofwAov, the xau being abbreviated as in kd for Kat av—xdAov kdéyafov for Kot ayafov:—* the adjective being formed from ofos—a branch,+ and metaphorically, a scion or offshoot (ofos dpyos Il. 2, 540.): its meaning therefore is that of brancher, branch-giver, or branch-leader. I read the legend No. 1, in English— of the header and branch-leader Kadphises. Before quitting the subject of this legend, I may quote a very curious passage in the elder Pliny (B. 17) which bears upon the Scythic use of the word Chorsus or Chorsas, as descriptive of the heads or * As authority for the absorption of a in a legend vowel, I cite from a fragment of Archilochus (apud Ammonium) given as follows in De la Roviere’s Greek Poets, (Ed. Colon® Allob™, 1614)— @s ap dAdmnt te ndetds Euvwvinv eevro M. Mure (Crit. Hist. Gr. Lit. v. III, 56,) quotes the line from Bergk’s Poett. Lyrr. 487, fig. 91, thus— @S ap ardmnt Kaerds Ke Te Ao As examples, both readings favour my hypothesis too plainly to need further exposition. Ls i hs + Scholars who might assign a derivation less complimentary to Kadphises, are requested to remember that that adjective is 6¢Ans. H. T. 1851.] . Indo-Scythian Princes. 149 leaders of a tribe. I need hardly remark that, chronologically speak- ing, there would have been ample time for the adoption of the (foreign) term as a national phrase before Pliny wrote of the Scythians ;—and I may mention that I believe the word, which occurs in no diction- aries (?), is not to be found elsewhere in any classic of authority. Should my Greek derivation be thought arbitrary, I have yet a mean- ing indigenous among the (Indo) Scythians for the first word in the legend in the passage as follows :—‘‘ Ultra sunt populi Scythorum : Persee illos Sacas universos appellavere aproxima gente; antiqui Are- meos; Sace ipsi Persas, Chorsaros.”’ The legend No. 2, occurs also on a coin of Kadphises, marking the commencement of the introduction of a Mithraic worship which became generally current in the time of Kanerkes, whose coins bear indiffer- ently the Greek 7Auos, or the Zend Greecised p6po. It is slightly barbarized by the omission of ane; or perhaps rather the use of v for v: it reads easily. dcov 7Avov—as great as the Sun. The legend, No. 3, I introduce, not to explain it, but to give such readers as are new to this branch of study a fair specimen of the unintelligible ; together with my assurance that there is infinitely more of the like found, and to be found, which patience, ingenuity, and the spread of intelligence will make patent to us; of course if labourers be found where the vineyard is so large and fruitful. The second word gives an idea of the Greek dyn. Legend No. 4 contains the three words, one of which I have explained, which constitute the despair of the author of Ariana Anti- qua. They are not the less Greek, very slightly barbarized. The use of the first however, as applied personally, argues the same corruption of language, traces of which have already met us ;—Cafos—afeos —divine, godlike, majestic ; ppvyav re Céfeor cehavan (Eurip. Troades, 1074.) being used by Homer (in the Iliad only) as also by Hesiod and Pindar as applicable to places and cities frequented by the gods, (in the same sense as 7yafeos in relation to dyafos). Here the rude dialect applies it to the king Kadaphes, who also assumes the dfwAos title, and adds as his sovereign designation, the Greek word, doubtless as it was barbarously pronounced,—xoupavos :— Koipavov—kopavo. When Mr, Masson vaguely guessed, the word 150 Translation of some Greek legends of the (No.2. meant “a military chief,” he was right. It occurs joined with yyewov (Il. 2, 487: also, Il. 7, 234, koipave Aawv), and joined with Bacireds (Il. 2, 204); but is ordinarily used as lord or master, in which sense the well known line of the Iliad, ov« ayafdv roAvKopavin, Eis Kolpavos éorw—gives two instances. It may be fairly taken on these authorities as ‘‘equivalent to king; and I read No. 4, in English therefore— Of the divine and branch-leading Kadaphes king.* Legend, No. 5, gives us the interesting spectacle of this pure Greek word in vernacular contact with one which still forms part of the spoken Hindee of this country— Of the king of kings Kanerkes king (or Lord). It is interesting as part of the speculation which represents the people over whom this dynasty ruled as being under military chiefs or * Prof. Wilson says (Ar, Ant. p. 358-9)—‘‘ With regard to the epithet, if it be an epithet, Korano, it has already been observed that Mr. Masson considers it as denoting ‘‘ chief’’ or ‘‘ military leader’’ at a time when Indo-Scythians had substi- tuted military chiefs for kings. No authority is given for the meaning, and it would be obviously incompatible with the use of the words Rao and Basileus with which Korano is associated.’’ This assertion the Professor makes, as he tells us in the title-page, “‘ under the authority of the Hon. the Court of Directors of the East India Company :’’ it is against that of Hesiod (Works and Days, 261) and of Homer as in the Hymn to Ceres, and of Herodotus and of Plutarch in their lives or notices of Homer (v. Mure’s Critical Hist. Gr. Lit. Vol. 2, appendix F.) ‘ The title Basileus frequently occurs in the Works and Days’’ says, Mr. M. ‘ but in the plural number and evidently denoting an aristocratical magistracy acting also as judges similar to the Archons of Athens, or the Prytanes of Corinth and Corcyra.’’ By historic analogy we thus arrive at an idea of the political character of these princes of Cabul and the Punjab who were civil judges (BdctAes) and military ieaders (xoipavor) or lords, the feminine of which title Aristophanes uses for lady. To put an end to all doubt as to the value of these several titles, I append Johannes Tzetzes the Grammarian’s remark on an Orphic distich which he quotes in his Commentary on Lycophron’s Cassandria 523, ‘‘ showing the difference of these.’” éorar & dv Ths avyp H Kolpavos HE TYPAVVOS }) Bacwdeds bs THuOs és Opavov iferar auTvv. (Apud Lobekii Aglaophamum, lib. II. Sec. 3.) 1851.) ~ Indo-Scythian Princes. 151 lords in the Punjab, and as having abolished royalty, to detect in one of the epithets of these potentates an indication of the leader of a sect or branch: and it is curious, as history is ever a repetition of herself, to discover in this rude community the prototype of the Sikhs, divided into their dfo1 or Missuls, before the dominant influence of the great and wise Runjeet had consolidated their power into the union of a monarchy. The last observation which I have to offer respecting these coins is a conjecture as to a very peculiar legend of Kadphises in which, in a very perfect silver specimen (the only Indo-Scythian silver coin yet (1841) found), there occurs after Bacuevs Bacirewv peyas the inex- plicable word OOHMO. A similar barbarism occurs on a large copper coin of this king after the words Bacirevs Bacircwv cwrnp peyas written @OMHN. It varies apparently on other coins to OOH, ®OK, OOHK, OOKM. Is not the first a barbarized effort to write 3 éuév—who (is) of me,i.e. my? And the second a like attempt to express 8 juw— who (is) to us, i. e. our? The reduplication of the o would express the aspirate, and even classical authority (otpos for 6 éuds being the Attic contraction ; found also Il. 8, 360,) admits the running of the words together. We thus have a curious and familiar legend in both cases, *1. King of Kings Great my (of me) Kadphises. 2. King of Kings Saviour Great to us Kadphises. The other barbarous legends are natural mistakes on the part of ignorant die-cutters directed to employ a new form of words. These, which are barbarisms of execution, are thus easily accounted for: the barbarisms of diction, I would submit, are no where so great in the legends of these coins, as in the barbarous, but still intelligible Greek of the Triballus of Aristophanes, who says (it is his longest speech) — KaAdve Kopavva Kaw meydrda Bacirwvad opviGe mapadidepe. + * The Pracrit-translated legend should assist us in both these instances, but the reading of the first is declared by Professor Wilson as doubtful, and the second is entered by him illegible at the very point in which we require it. HoT: + 114-115 lines of the last scene of ‘‘the Birds.” ocedwy, TpiBaddos. NpakAns, tmeicOeTaipos, H. T. 152 Translation of some Greek legends, &c. [No. 2. Indeed I rather think our Bactrian and Indo-Scythian barbarisms gain by the comparison. Our xopayvo is surely preferable to the drawle- ing feminised xopavva of Triballus; while the BaoiWwooa of Queen Agathokleia is so superior to the Triballic corruption of Bacwai, that one utterly forgives her the ungrammatical memory in which her name is perpetuated. It is a curious and not unvaluable coincidence that gives us in this one line, two of the words for comparison of our slender numismatic vocabulary. It now only remains to record one or two reflections which naturally ensue upon a review, such as has been here attempted, of indistinct and obscure material for history. The question that suggests itself is, —if the subject does not contain much in itself, to what does it point as a Subject for enquiry? ‘The exploration of Kafiristan is one point ; and the study of the immigration of nomad tribes into this country another. The first must of course depend upon far other than scientific authority : the second is in the power of any man reasonably familiar with the language and manners of the natives of Upper India. Passing by the latest colony that bas settled itself in the land, the Pathans of Rohilkhund, I would suggest the study of that singular race, the Goojurs stamped still with the type of nomads, so lately has their immigration been into Upper India, and from them to the Juts or Jats, the Thuggas, and other anomalous tribes. All have their traditions, and their simple records, and I suspect that it will be eventually from them, critically examined, that the real internal and popular history of the country will be, if it ever is to be, elicited. Numismaties are but partially available to this end; but their value is immense; and, with reference to dark portions of history in parti- cular, their study should never be remitted, nor discouraged. It is always unfortunate when any declaration is made ex cathedra in science to the effect that a thing is ‘‘ impossible :”’ it is equivalent to the act of the disappointed votary who would brick up the archway of the temple because it was not his fortune to make his entry into its penetralia. Much as we owe to Professor Wilson, we do not the less feel that the study of Indo-Bactrian numismatics sustained a check in his announcement that philological discovery was not to be thought of in some of the most salient points of our most interesting period.* * With reference to the march of discovery, I may mention that whereas in a 1851.J Mammalia and Birds of Ceylon. 153 When therefore, with all the reverence due to this eminent and respected man of letters, I venture at this particular time to prove that his assertion was erroneous, it is in the ardent hope of resuscitating among our countrymen in the east, and more particularly among the members of this Society, a study which the present position of our Anglo-Indian empire seems so peculiarly to favour. Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable species of Birds inha- biting Ceylon.— By HK. Buiytu. The following notices of the mammalia and birds of Ceylon are founded chiefly on two cases of specimens forwarded for examination by Dr. E. F. Kelaart, of the Ceylon Medical Service, and upon the former contributions of Dr. Templeton, E. L. Layard, Esq., and A. O. Brodie, Esq., but especially of Mr. Layard, who continues very zealously to investigate several branches of the zoology of the island. MAMMALIA. QuapRuMANA.—Of five species (or very distinct races) of Monkey in Ceylon, one only is known to inhabit the neighbouring mainland. This is PresByTIs PRIAMUS, Elliot, nobis (J. 4. S. XIII, 470, XVI, 732), the small crested Hinumdn of peninsular India, which is com- mon in the Jaffna peninsula at the extreme north of the island, and probably to some distance farther south : but generally over the low northern half of Ceylon, we have in its place the PR. THERSITES, Elliot, nobis (J. 4. S. XVI, 127, XVII, 248), a very similar race but recent paper in the Journal, I quoted Bunsen’s new Egyptian chronology, I have now lying before me (sent from England by our able friend, Mr, Laidlay) the thirteenth edition of Gliddon’s Ancient Aigypt, in the appendix to which he notes that the more recent discoveries of Lepsius and the Prussian literati ‘‘ will carry the age of Menes some centuries beyond B. C. 3643, back by the incontrovertible testimony of the Pyramidal monuments,”’ H. T. xX 154 Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable [No. 2. nearly as large and powerful as Pr. enTELLUs of Bengal, and which is further distinguished from Pr. priamus by having no abruptly rising compressed vertical crest, nor the radiating centre of hairs a little behind the brow seen in the various other entelloid Monkeys. Its white beard and whiskers are also more conspicuously developed, and contrast strongly with the black face and dark body. According to Dr. Kelaart, they are respectively known as the Maha or (‘ great’) Wanderoo, and the Sadoo (or ‘ white’) Wanderoo. The Pr. cernHa- LOPTERUS he indicates as the Kaloo (or ‘ black’) Wanderoo, and the Macacus sinicus as the Rildwa of the Cinghalese.* Mr. Layard states that Pr. CEPHALOPTERUS is ‘‘the common black Monkey of the maritime provinces, very common also in the Kandyan districts ; about Trincomali it is replaced by Pr. THErRsiTEs, and in the Jaffna peninsula by Pr. priamus, which last is particularly abundant about Point Pedro.”+ Dr. Kelaart, however, has now presented the Society with a fine adult male of the mountain or Kandyan representative of Pr. CEPHALOPTERUS from Newera Elia; and it is quite as different from the small animal of the coast as Pr. THERSITES is from PR. PRIAMUS. General aspect the same, but considerably larger and more powerful, with a much longer and very full coat, the piles on the sides measur- ing 4 to 5 in. long :{ colour nearly uniform greyish brown-black, with contrasting long white whiskers; the brows, hairs on cheeks, and those on the hands and feet, are deep black ; there are traces of a paler tinge just perceptible on the occiput and about the croup; and the terminal three-fourths of the tail are grey. Entire length of hand 5 in., and of foot 63 in. It is probable that this mountain animal varies in colour like Pr. CEPHALOPTERUS of the coast, to black, grey, grizzled, or light rufous-brown; but all we have seen of the latter race * Here it may be repeated that the name Wanderoo, as applied to Pr. cEPHA- LOPTERUS in particular, has been transferred by most writers to a widely different Monkey, of merely somewhat similar colouring,—the Macacus siLEnus, which inhabits Travancore and Cochin, but has not been observed wild in Ceylon. + According to a letter since received from Dr. Kelaart, Pr. pRiamus would seem also to inhabit the hilly country about Kandy. t In this it resembles the other mountain species of the genus, as the Himalayang Lungir, Pr. scuistaceus, Hodgson, (a very strongly marked race, for habits o which vide J. A. S. XIII, 472,) and in a less degree Pr. Jonni of the Nilgiris. 1851.] species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon. 155 have had the albescent hue of the croup strongly contrasting, much more so than in Pr. Jonni of the Nilgiris, and the head generally brown as in the latter species, contrasting (though less so than in Pr. Jounir) with the black of the body (vide J. 4. S. XVI, 1271). Should it be deemed worthy of a name, it might be designated Pr. uRsiINuS.* Other species nearly affined in all but colour to Pr. CEPHALOPTERUS, are PR. PILEATUS, nobis, from the Tippera, Sylhet, and Khasya hills, and Pr. maurus, (L.), from Java. In fact, most of the black and rufous species of Pressytis are very closely affined, and several that are undoubtedly distinct are only separable apart by what might be considered trivial and insufficient distinctions. Another quadrumanous inhabitant of Ceylon is the SreNops GRacrLis, which is also found on the Coromandel coast. CueErroprerRA.—The two common frugivorous Bats of India gene- rally, Pruropus EpuLIsS (vel Epwarpu, &c.), and CyNoprEeRus MARGINATUS, are equally abundant in Ceylon. Dr. Kelaart sends a third, which is probably Pr. Lescnenavuttii, Dumeril, though not completely according with the descriptions. This small Roussette (or ‘Flying Fox’) measures about 6 in. from muzzle to tail-tip, the tail being about 2 in., and having its basal third invested by the interfe- moral membrane. Expanse 19 or 20 in. Head 1# in. Ears 3 in. Radius 3 in. Tibia 1} in. Foot with claws 1 in. Upper-parts very thinly covered with short downy fur, of a dull brown colour ; lower- parts rather more densely covered with much paler brown fur. A specimen procured by Mr. Elliot somewhere on the Coromandel coast * « At Newera Elia, and scattered over the colder parts of the island, is a species of very large Monkey of a dark colour: some of those I saw were much bigger than the Wandura; and one that passed some distance before me, when resting on all four feet, looked so like a Ceylon Bear’? (Ursus labiatus), ‘‘ that I nearly took him for one.’’ Forbes’s ‘ Eleven Years in Ceylon,’ II, 144. Ina letter recently | received from Dr. Kelaart, he remarks that he has now several specimens of this Monkey, one procured within 20 miles of Kandy. ‘‘ Not one of them has the grey croup of Pr, CRPHALOPTERUS, and the hairs of the hands and feet are, in all, jet black, The ferruginous tinge of the hairs of the head and the grey of the occipital are present in all. The arms, too, are shorter than in Pk. CEPHALOPTERUS of the low country. So that we may now consider this animal as distinct and confined to the mountainous regions of Ceylon—only in the Newera Elia specimens, the fur is longer and the tail more albescent.”’ x2 156 Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable [No. 2. appears to be of the same species; but has the upper-parts much more fully covered with brown fur, darkest upon the crown, and a whitish collar round the lower part of the neck. The hair on the sides of the neck is longish and directed forward. Length of radius 33 in. The difference partly depends, no doubt, on the season in which the specimens were obtained: and the only other frugivorous Bat known to inhabit India is Pr. Dussumiery, Is. Geoff. (vide J. A. S. XII, 176). TAPHOZOUS LONGIMANUS, (Hardwicke), is a species and genus added by Dr. Kelaart to the fauna of Ceylen.* MEGADERMA LyRA, Geoff. (v. M. carnatica, Elliot, et M. schista- cea, Hodgson), appears to be common. The species of RH1INOLOPHINEZ would seem to be numerous. Of true Ruinotoryus, Mr. Waterhouse gives Ru. rnstenis, Horsfield, with a mark of doubt against the specific name, from Ceylon, in his Catalogue of Mammalia in the museum of the Zoological Society (1838) ; and we have seen no true RHINoLOPHUS from the peninsula of India, unless Ru. mirratus, nobis (J. A. S. XIII, 483), from Chaibasa be deemed an exception.t But of HiprosrpEros, Gray, there appear to be many species in Ceylon. Of the three noticed in Mr. Elliot’s Catalogue of the mammalia of the S. Mahratta country (Madr. Journ. X, 98), viz. H. sproris, H. murinus, and H. FuLvus (vide, J. 4. S. XIII, 489), the first two are common ; and H. ATER, Templeton, is a third described in J. 4. S. XVII, 252. The last we have not seen; and Dr. Kelaart now sends two species additional to a specimen of H. murinus. These are probably H. vutearis, (Horsf.), apud Gray, of India, and H. pustnuvs, (Tem.), of India, the specific name given with doubt by Mr. Waterhouse (Catal. Zool. Soe. Mus.). The first, though nearly affined to—is certainly not identical with— Ru. vutearis apud nos, J. A. S. XIII, 488, from Arakan. Length about 3 in., of which the tail is 5} in. ; expanse about 12 in., or nearly so; radius 2 in. ; tibia 4 m.; ear-conch } in. The membrane surmounting the frontal pits exhibits three distinct small longitudinal * T. BREVICAUDUS, nobis, J. A. S. X, 970, is another species likely to occur, as it was described from a specimen procured in Travancore. tT Ina letter, Dr. Kelaart informs us that he has now obtained a very large Hir- POSIDEROS, and likewise a RHINOLOPHUS as this genus is at. present restricted. 1851.] species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon. 157 ridges. Fur of the upper-parts pale greyish-brown at base, then dusky-brown which gives the prevailing hue of the surface, with very slight pale extreme tips. Lower-parts nearly uniform brown, with also slight hoary tips. Membranes dark. The other (H. arer ”) is smaller, and possibly a variety only of H. murinus, which (so far as can be traced in the dry skin) it resembles in structure. Colour whitish above, with blackish tips to the fur, the two colours being equally conspicuous; and below whitish-brown. These Bats cannot be pro- perly described unless when fresh or preserved in spirit. The genera Ru1nopoma and Dysorus have probably yet to be discovered in Ceylon. No doubt Ru. Harpwicxii and D. piicatus exist there. Of ordinary Bats (VEspeRTILIONIN#), the Nycricesus Heatuit, Horsfield, appears to be very common, as generally over the peninsula of India. In Bengal it is replaced by a smaller species of similar colouring.* N. BELANGERI, (Tem.), is common to India generally and the Burmese and Malay countries, being in Ceylon equally abundant. To these Dr. Kelaart adds another of about the same size, which was long ago forwarded from Chaibasa in Central India by Capt. S. R. Tickell, and may now be described as N. Ticke uw, nobis, n. s. Length 43 in., of which the tail measures = in.; expanse 16 in.; length of fore-arm 23 in.; of longest digit * N. Hearuu, Horsfield, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 113. Length (of an adult male, in spirit,) 6 in., of which the tail measures 33 in.; alar expanse 163 in. ; fore-arm 2g in. ; longest finger 43 in.; tibia 1§ in.; foot with claws =9,in. The difference of bulk and of size of the head, on comparison of this with the next species, exceeds that of the linear dimensions. The skull, also, with the teeth, is much larger in N. Hegarutt, measuring 13 in. in length, inclusive of the sagittal ridge and more protruding lower jaw; the upper canines project more than 3; in. from their bony sockets. Has. Central and S. India, and Ceylon. N. LuTeEvs, nobis, x. s. Length (of a large male) 52 in., of which the tail mea- sures 2} in. ; expanse 14% in.; fore-arm 2} in. ; longest finger 33 in.; tibia 28 in. ; foot and claws } in. The entire length of skull is barely 1 in., inclusive of the greatly developed sagittal ridge. Has. Bengal; Coromandel. In structure, both resemble N. Bextancert, and both have the uppereparts, when fresh, of a very rich tawny or golden-brown colour, having a slight greenish cast ; the lower parts fine yellow, more or less deep, and not unfrequently tinged with fulvous. By exposure to light, the colours fade much in both species, the rich yellow tinge gradually disappearing. 158 Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable [No. 2. 47 in.; tibia 33 in.; foot with claws } in.: ears anteally, from lower- most base, 3 in.; and externally hairy for the basal half. Fur mode- rately long, soft, and straight, or a little wavy; of a pale fulvescent or whitish-fulvous colour, more or less tinged with maronne or vinous on the back: the membranes dusky, marked along the digits as in KeERIVOULA Picta, but the brighter colour spreading less upon the membrane, though the interfemoral is chiefly or wholly of this hue. There is a considerable growth of hair upon the basal half of the inter- femoral membrane above, also along the tibia, and especially upon the toes: the face likewise is hairy around the eyes, and on the muzzle. Ears triangular and obtusely pointed: the tragus broad and semi-cir- cular, and suddenly narrowing at tip. Lastly, the dentition exhibits a peculiarity ; this animal having a short, flat, obtusely trilobate or quadrilobate second pair of upper incisors, situate posteriorly to the usual large pair, and immediately behind the contact of each of the latter and the canine of the same side. This we have seen in no other species. Has. Central India, Ceylon, and doubtless the intervening hilly country. | KERIVOULA PicTa, Gray; Vespertilio pictus, Pallas (originally described from Ceylon); V. kerivoula, Boddaert: Kehal voula, Cingh. (Kelaart). Specimens sent dry and in spirit by Dr. Templeton and Mr. Layard are perfectly identical in species with one received from Java; and Dr. Cantor met with this species also at Pinang. Schinz gives it from Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and, doubtfully, Ceylon. Mr. Layard says of it, “I have only met with this species about Colombo in any abundance, and I obtained one solitary specimen at Ambe- gamoa.” Mr. Gray notices a K. Syxest (we believe still undescribed), from “ India, Calcutta;’’ this we do not know: but in Lower Bengal (where apparently very rare) and in Central India, there is a fine species of nearly the same remarkable colouring, which is likely to be sometimes mistaken for K. prcra, though differing from it in many particulars. It appears to be VesperTILio rorMmosus, Hodgson, J. a. S. IV, 700, assigned by Mr. Gray to his Kerivouna, though impro- perly if it be the species here referred to, which accords in the number of its teeth with Mr. Hodgson’s description, supposing that its exceedingly minute second upper premolar was overlooked. This species and K. prcta and Nycricesus Tickuuzi present the same 1851.] species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon. 159 remarkable and beautiful style of colouring ; but the dentition and other characters differ.* The Nycricesus has the short and very broad muzzle, strongly developed sagittal, occipital, and parietal crests, and comparatively powerful teeth with the upper carnassiez adjoining the canine, which we observe in N. Hearuti and the species affined to it; and there are two premolars below, of which the second is the longer. VESPERTILIO FoRMOsUS (?) has three preemolars below, of which the medial (or that next to the carnassiez) is minute ; and the upper carnassiez is widely separated from the canine, and in the interval are one developed premolar, and posterior to this another which is ex- cessively minute and liable to be overlooked : there are no ridges to the skull, or the middle one is barely traceable ; the muzzle is compara- tively narrow; and there are two upper incisors on each side of equal size: chaffron a little concave. In Keritvoura picta the chaffron is highly concave, the muzzle again much narrower, and there are two pairs of upper incisors of which the inner are longer, and so placed that on a direct front view they are alone visible, the second pair being concealed behind them ; in V. rormosus (?) the four are equally visible on a front view. ‘There are two premolars of equal size between the upper canine and the carnassiez, and two below of scarcely inferior size to the third or lower carnassiez. Lastly, the ears of V. rormosus (?) are not those of a Ker1tvou.a (as exemplified by K. prcra), but are deeply emarginated externally at one-third of their length from the base, and above comparatively narrow and obtusely pointed: tragus also broader, shorter, and less attenuated at tip. The only other Bat we have yet seen from Ceylon, is a minute species which appears to be extremely common throughout India, and is also met with at Singapore. We believe it to be V. coromMAN- pELICUS, F. Cuv., and to be identical with V. 1rretirus, Cantor (Ann. Mag. N. H. 1X, 481), from Chusan; and V. minutus, Temminck, from the Cape of Good Hope, would seem to approximate, so far as can be judged from the brief description of Prof. Schinz. Size of the Pipistrelle,t or on the average somewhat shorter in the * We have since received another and remarkably handsome large species of NycricrEsus, with similar colouring of membranes, from the Khasya hills,—N, ORNATUS, nobis,—a description of which will appear in a subsequent article. + On comparison of British specimens of the Pipistrelle with an example in spirit sent by Mr. Hodgson from Nepal with the MS. name V. pallidiventris, we could 160 Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable [No. 2. fore-arm, which does not exceed 14 in. in length; longest digit 2 to 25 in. ; expanse rarely exceeding 73 in.* Total length 23 in., of which the tail measures 1} in. ; ears broad, exceeding + in. in length; tragus + in., appearing lanceolate in the dry specimen, but in the fresh animal somewhat lunate, or a little curved forward and obtuse at tip. The fur is short, as compared with that of the Pipistrelle, and dingy ful- vous-brown above at the surface, below paler and greyish-fulvous : membranes dusky. The skull rather exceeds } im. long: the upper carnassiez is all but contiguous to the canine, and there is a minute premolar situate internally and not visible externally ; and two lower preemolars, of which the second or carnassiez is longer by about a third than the first. This Bat belongs to that large division of Scoto- puiius, Leach (apud Gray), the species of which have permanently two pairs of small upper incisors of about equal size: to these we prefer to restrict the name ScoToruHi.us, reserving Nycricesus for those in which the adults have only one large incisor on each side. Accordingly, we term it (though somewhat doubtfully) ScoropHiius COROMANDELICUS. This diminutive species is remarkable for the extreme velocity of its flight, as particularly shewn when darting about a room after being molested ; and it is the most common of the small Bats about Calcutta. Mr. Hodgson did not meet with it in Nepal, and it probably does not inhabit the sub-Himalayas. It is the No. 12 of Mr. Elliot’s list in the ‘ Madras Journal of Literature and Science,’ X, 99: Carnivora.—Dr. Kelaart sent flat skins of what he considered to be two varieties of Jackals: but we regard them as mere individual variations of colour, such as are seen in all parts of India. No other wild canine animal has hitherto been discovered in the island. Of Viverrip#, the Civet of Ceylon is probably not ViveRRA ZIBETHA, L., as supposed by Mr. Layard, but of a race procured by Mr. Walter Elliot from Travancore, and of which a specimen exists in the museum of the Zoological Society, referred to V. zipeTHA in Mr. Waterhouse’s Catalogue of the mammalia in that collection (1838), No. discover no difference whatever. According to Schinz, the same species further inhabits Japan. * Dr. Cantor gives 8 in. as the expanse of his V. irretitus, but the other mea- surements sufficiently correspond. 1851.]} species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon. 3 161 252. In that Catalogue it is marked ‘ Sumatra, donor, Sir Stamford Raffles ;’’ but we are the more inclined to suspect a mistake, both as regards the donor and the habitat, from its being stated (formerly at least) on the label of the specimen to have been presented by the Duke of Northumberland. Both Mr. Elliot’s Travancore specimen and that in the Zoological Society’s museum exactly resemble the African V. cIvETTA, except that the dorsal mane ceases between the shoulders, instead of being continued forward to between the ears. VIVERRICULA MALACCENSIs, (Gm.), and ParapoxuRUS TYPUS, F. Cuv., sent by Dr. Kelaart, as previously by Mr. Layard, are per- fectly similar to: Bengal specimens. There is also in the island P. zeyLonicus, (Schreber), a very young example of which was formerly sent to the Society by Dr. Templeton, then of Colombo. This young animal is uniformly of the colour of the upper-parts of MusTELA VULGARIS, ‘merely a little paler below, and shewing no decided trace of the longitudinal dorsal stripes. A living pair was afterwards presented to us by A. O. Brodie, Esq., of Putlam. These were then not fully grown, and were paler than the last, with the limbs darker, and the three longitudinal dorsal streaks distinct. The female died in this colouring, and is now preserved in the Society’s museum ; but the male still lives, and has become considerably deeper in his general hue. Of two specimens now sent from Newera Elia by Dr. Kelaart, one is again deeper-coloured than the living male, except its tail which is paler, and the dorsal stripes are inconspicuous though distinctly traceable : the other is much darker, considerably more so indeed than Lurra vutearis, with remarkably handsome fur, and no trace of the dorsal streaks; the tail paler, with a subterminal yellowish-white ring,—exhibiting thus the tendency to partial albinism which is so often observable about the tail-tip, and sometimes the feet and even the body, of animals of this genus, as especially the common P. typus. We do not hesitate in considering all these varieties of colour in different specimens of P. zeyLonicus to have no specifical importance ; but upon present data it seems probable that those which inhabit high upon the mountains (P. montanus, Kelaart, ) have finer and darker-coloured fur than those of a lower region. There are four species of Mungoose (HrRprstes) in Ceylon: H. VITTICOLLIS, (Bennet), is not uncommon in the interior; and H. ¥ 162 Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable [No. 2. GRISEUS, (Geoffroy), appears identical with the race of Bengal, the nose and paws of the only specimen we have seen being, however, considerably darker. This specimen was sent by Mr. Layard from the Jaffna peninsula; and he remarks that there is ‘another variety at Trincomali which accords exactly with the Indian animal.” Dr. Kelaart states, in a recent communication, “I have now two other species of Hervesres besides the H. Grisrus and H. virrico.uis, —one like H. auropunctatus, Hodgson, but not it: it is very like H. erisevs, except that the grey of the hair is in this fulvous or yellow (if new, H. fulvescens, mihi): the other is of a dark ruby- red ; tip of tail and feet black; ferruginous-red face; and as large as H. virricouuts.”” The former of these is probably H. auropunc- TATUS ; and the latter, we have little doubt, is a very distinct species formerly sent on loan by Mr. Elliot, who procured it in the south of India, but has not yet given it a name, so far as we are aware. His specimens, however, were smaller than adult virricouuis, and more affined to GRISEUS in structure.* Fexip. Of Cats, there are, in Ceylon, F. pannus (vel leopardus) and its black variety, F. viverrinus, and F. cuaus. F. T1ier1s and F. suBatvus are unknown: and F, BENGALENSIS (var. wagati, Elliot), and F. rusiainosa, Is. Geoffroy, (both inhabitants of peninsular India,) remain probably to be discovered. MustE.ip&. The only Otter we have seen from the island is Lurra narr, F, Cuvier, which is not uncommon ; and it is also the only species which we have seen from the peninsula of India, unless a particularly large skin procured in Travancore and sent on loan by Mr. Elliot, may * The following notes were taken of them; and we may here characterize the species as— H. Extroti, nobis. Entire length 26 in., of which the tail measures half: length of fore-limb, to end of claws, 33 in.; and of hind-foot with claws 23 in. General colour as in H. Fuscus, Waterhouse, of the Nilgiris, but the pale portion of the annulated hairs whiter,—the four limbs blackish above,—and the tail (which is less bushy than in H. ruscvs) tipped with black for the terminal 23 or 33in. In this specimen there was an appearance of a collar, from the greater development of the blackish portion of the hairs and of the whitish portion lower down, in those forming a sort of nuchal ring. Another specimen had the general cast of colour redder,—a maronne-red prevailing, very bright on the four limbs above the black feet, and upon the tail where bordering on its. black tip, Has. S, India. 1851.] species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon. 163 prove to be that of another. This specimen is remarkable for having thé whole upper half of the head and body and of the basal moiety of the tail, covered only with the short and close downy fur common to the genus, with merely a very few scattered piles of the ordinary longer fur intermixed. The under half of the head and body and rest of the tail are clad as usual, precisely as in L. Narr and similarly coloured ; but what is remarkable, is the abrupt and well defined straight line of demarcation separating the upper and lower halves of the animal, and passing immediately below the ear-conch. We suspect, however, (in fact feel satisfied,) that the individual was killed while changing its coat ; but its size is still remarkable, being equal to that of the common Bengal Otter (L. cu1nensis, Gray, vel tarayensis, Hodgson, &c.). Never- theless, we consider it identical with L. Narr. : Ursipa. The Bear of Ceylon is the Ursus (vel Procuitvus) LABIATUS of all India southward of the Himalaya, and which is peculiar to this country. InsecTivora. Sorex is the only genus as yet ascertained; but the discovery of Tupara Exuioti, Waterhouse (Proc. Zool. Soc., July 24th, 1849), in the eastern ghats of peninsular India, renders it likely that this genus also may have its representative in Ceylon. Perhaps, also, the Hedgehog of the Nilgiris (ERINACEUS MICROPUS, nobis, J. A. S. XV, 170), or other species of this genus, may inhabit the island ; the more especially as Dr. Kelaart remarks that there are two species of Hedgehog preserved in the Medical Officer’s museum at Colombo, though whence brought is unknown. Sorex murRinvs, L. (apud Gray), the common Indian Musk Shrew, is mentioned both by Mr. Layard and Dr. Kelaart ; and the latter gentleman has forwarded two mountain species for examination, both of which we consider to be new and undescribed. S. Montanus, Kelaart, n. s. A typical Sorex, with dentition, &., asin S. Murinus. ‘Total length 6 in., of which the tail measures 2} In.: hind-foot, minus claws, 2 in. Colour uniform dusky or dusky- slate, with the tips of the fur rufescent. Dr. Kelaart sent two speci- mens from Newera Elia, which, most decidedly, are of the same species ; but one of these had a very powerful odour when fresh, and the other was inodorous, S. (?) Macropus, nobis, 7. s. General aspect of typical Sorex, Y 2 164 Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable [No. 2. with colourless teeth and scattered long hairs on the tail; the ears scarcely visible beyond the fur; and the feet remarkably large. Length about 63 in., of which the tail is 23 in.; hind-foot with claws nearly % in.; the fore-foot } in. broad, with long and but slightly curved claws, that of the middle digit + in. in length. Fur somewhat * long and very soft, uniform blackish, very faintly tinged rufescent ; the extreme tip of the tail dull white in the only specimen examined. Teeth small: the upper quasi-incisors shorter and less strongly hooked than in the typical Sorices, with the posterior spur large; the lower quasi-incisors serrated, shewing two depressions, and therefore a row of three coronal points. Behind the upper false incisors a series of four small premolars precedes the carnassiez, the two medial being of equal size, the first rather large, and the fourth smaller; and below are the usual two (inclusive of the curnassiez), as in the genus gene- rally. Accordingly, this species cannot be brought satisfactorily under any of the subdivisions of Sorex yet instituted ; and its very large feet, more especially, indicate thatit should form a particular subdivi- sion. Both this and the preceding species are found at Newera Elia and to 1000 ft. below.* In additon to S. MurinNus, 8S. MONTANUS, and S. MACROPUS in Ceylon, Dr. Kelaart writes that he has lately received two specimens of a large black Shrew double the size of the last, which he also consi- ders to be distinct and probably undescribed. * The Shrews have very anomalous dentition; and we consider their quasi- incisors above and below to be modified premolars. The upper canines appear to be wanting throughout the order, and the lower canines when present are generally small, the first premolar above and sometimes below being magnified to assume the form and fulfil the function of canines (vide XIX, p. 216). In the Shrews no intermaxillary bones have been traced at any age, and therefore the upper front teeth are decidedly ‘not incisors, as they are generally termed: if canines, they would be an anomaly throughout the order; and extracted from the socket they have more the character of premolars, exhibiting a second fang coalescent or imperfectly separated, (i. e. originally distinct, no doubt,) proceeding from the posterior spur or cusp. The lower front teeth have also two coalescent fangs, shewing a broad and deep median groove on the inner side, and a similar but less extended groove on the outer. Thus, at least, in S. murtNus. It is not unlikely that in some of the other species (or subgeneric forms) the two fangs may be per- manently separate. 1851.] species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon. 165 RopentiA. Scrurip#. Of this family, Dr. Kelaart sends two species of Flying Squirrels. One is Preromys orat, Tickell, found throughout the peninsula of India. The other is a magnificent Scru- ROPTERUS, which possibly may be a fine adult of the species described as Sc. FUSCOCAPILLUS, Jerdon, nobis, J. 4. S. XVI, 867, froma younger and comparatively inferior specimen. We incline, however, to the opinion that it is distinct ; and Dr. Kelaart terms it Scruroprervus Layarpt, Kelaart. Nearly affined to Sc. cANICEPS, Gray, of the S. EK. Himalaya, from which it differs in having the fur of its under-parts of a dull non-fulvescent white, the parachute membrane being margined with pure white fur, lengthened and conspicuous at the angle. Face grey, except the forehead which is rufous-brown, like the rest of the upper-parts. A dusky spot on the nose. Whis- kers long and black ; and there is a tuft of long soft hairs below the ears, and a smaller tuft before them. The ear-conch is 2 in. long posteriorly, ovate and somewhat narrow. Fur very dense, the basal three-fourths of the piles dusky, sinuous, and fine in texture; the tips coarser, and shining dull rufous-brown, forming the surface-colour. Tail flat and broad, above nigrescent, and below deeper blackish except at tip. Feet greyish, with a faint rufous tinge on the hind only. Length about 2 ft., of which the tail with hair measures half: hind-foot, from heel to tip of claws, 23 in.: fore-foot, to membrane, Ildin. Has. Mountains of Ceylon (Dimboola). The Scruri of Ceylon are treated of in J. 4. S. XVIII, 600 e¢ seq., where five species are enumerated, to which Dr. Kelaart has now added Sc. TRILINEATUS, Waterhouse (v. Delesserti, Is. Geoffroy), identical with the race of the Nilgiris and Malabar. He has also favored the Society with a fine example of Sc. TennentTII, Layard, loc. cit., perfectly similar to that sent by Mr. Layard ; and with a voung specimen of Sc. MAcRouRUS, remarkable for having the terminal three-fourths of its tail unmixed white or slightly yellowish white. ‘Tbe Sc. MACROURUS, he remarks, ‘‘I have seen of various colours; some black: and I am inclined to think the Sc. Tennent! only a large variety of it. Sc. MACROURUS even changes colour from brown to black.”” Mr. Layard, however, insists that “Sc. macrourus, the common large Squirrel of our western coast, never intrudes on the -haunts of Sc. TENNENTII, nor is intermingled with it in its own loca- 166 Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable [No. 2. lity.’ The two seem to hold, therefore, the same mutual relation as PRESBYTIS THERSITES and Pr. PRIAMUS, or PR. uRSINUS and PR. CEPHALOPTERUS.*: * The rufous-capped striped Squirrel noticed in a foot-note to J. A. S. XVIII, 602, Mr. Layard terms Sc. KeLaarti, Layard; but it does not appear sufficiently distinct from Sc. Bropre1. According to Mr. Layard, ‘‘Sc. rRistriatus is the common low country Squirrel’’ (of the island): ‘‘ Sc. Brop1e1 is common on the west coast from Point Pedro and Putlam ; replacing Sc. rristriatus, from which it is easily distinguishable by its pale colour and the long pencil-tuft at the extremity of the tail,—this, however, is often wanting in stuffed specimens, and indeed even in live ones, the hair being but slightly attached to the skin: Sc. Kr- LAARTI entirely replaces all the other small Scruri from Tangalle and Hambantotte, and I should fancy extends round to Trincomali. It may be described as very like Sc. pALMARUM of India, but the head is much redder, the halves of the back and belly are more blended, and the animal is altogether smaller.”” These three little Squirrels, if different, are exceedingly affined; and all have the rufous colouring under the tail which is never seen in Sc. PALMARUM. It would be interesting to ascertain if their voices differ, for that of Sc. TRistRIaATUs is remarkably unlike the voice of Sc. PALMARUM. In XVIII, 603, it is remarked that there are no Scrurt more difficult to un- derstand than the group exemplified by Sc. mopesrus, Miller, &c. The three Darjiling specimens there referred to, as having the thighs externally of a bright ferruginous colour, exemplify the Sc. Loxr1aH, Hodgson, apud Gray, who terms it the ‘‘ Red-thighed Squirrel’’ (vide Catal. Brit. Mus. Mammal.) ; and the Sc. LOKRIAH, H., apud nos (J. A. S. XVI, 873), Mr. Gray designates as Sc. suB- FLAVIVENTRIS, McClelland. In Dr. Cantor’s list of the mammalia of the Malayan peninsula, Sc. moprEstus, S. Miller, is cited as a doubtful synonyme of Sc. TENUIS, Horsfield, and the habitats given by Dr. Miiller (‘‘ Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Canton,’’) are transferred ; but Mr. G. Moxon has recently presented the Society with a specimen from Malacca, which we take to be the Malayan peninsula race referred to Sc. MODESTUS, and which is very distinct from Sc. tenuis of Java, and apparently differs also from the Sc. Mopestuvs figured by Dr. Solomon Miiller. Length about 8 in., of tail 9 in., its hair reaching 23 in. farther; hind-foot with claws 1} in. Colour of the upper parts grizzled black and golden-fulvous, deeply tinged with ferruginous on the croup and tail: under-parts pale ashy ; and limbs grizzled ashy externally : whiskers long and black: terminal two-thirds of the tail banded with black, the alternating fulvous bars whitish towards the end: no ferru- ginous on the face, sides and limbs, as in Dr. S. Miiller’s figure of Sc. MopEsTus. From Sc. niGrovitratus, it differs in having no lateral stripes, nor the rufous tinge about the muzzle and cheeks; also in the decided ferruginous tinge of its croup and tail, and the very distinct bands upon the latter. In the same collection were 1851.] species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon. 167 Muripv#.—Of the Rat tribe, Dr. Kelaart has forwarded 1. GERBILLUS INDICUS, F. Cuvier; from which we now doubt whether G. Cuviert, Waterhouse, and G. Hardwickii, Gray, differ constantly in any respect (vide J. d. S. XV, 138). At least, speci- mens are perfectly similar from different parts of Bengal, S. India, and Ceylon; but we have not yet examined the skull of a Cinghalese example. Dr. Kelaart remarks that Kandyan examples differ in no respect from the Gerbil of the plains of Ceylon. 2. Goxunpa Exuiotti, Gray, Mag. N. H. 1837, p. 586: Mus hirsutus, Elliot; M. coffeus, Kelaart. ‘The Coffee Rat of Ceylon, a very destructive species, rooting up the coffee trees, and nearly destroying whole plantations in one night, when some plant on which they generally live is scarce in the jungle.’ (Kelaart.) 3. G. MELTADA, Gray, ibid. : Mus lanuginosus, Elliot ; M. newera, Kelaart. We have little doubt about the correctness of the identifica- tion of this species, although there is no 8S. Indian specimen in the Society’s museum to compare with it. In this type, as in GERBILLUS, the upper rodential tusks are distinctly grooved. 4. Mus spanpicota, Bechstein: M. giganteus, Hardwicke; M. tkria, Buch. Ham.; M. nevorivagus, Hodgson, &e. ‘‘ Common in the paddy-fields round Cotta, doing great damage to the crops and embankments ; the natives consider them very good-eating.” (Layard). (Mr. Layard has also procured M. 1npicvus, Geoffroy, v. Arvicola indica, A. bengalensis, et Mus kok, Gray, M. providens, Elliot, and probably M? pyctoris, Hodgson, dnn. Mag. N. H. XV, 267, if not also Nesokia Hardwichii, Gray, ibid. X, 265. ‘* Not uncommon about Jaffna. The natives esteem them great delicacies, and they are much sought after.”’)* 5. M. pecumanus, L. (M. ratrus, L. Included by Mr. Layard. In Calcutta, we have only obtained this species from the shipping, and may remark that there is a brown variety of it so much resembling the M. sETrrEr, three specimens of Sc. naticaupartus, S. Miiller, apud Cantor, which is doubtless the Rhinosciurus tupaioides, Gray, from Singapore, and possibly distinct from true LATICAUDATUS. One of these has been presented for the Society’s museum. * From a recent letter from Dr. Kelaart, he also appears to have met with this species at Kandy. 168 Report on the Mammalia and more remarkable [No. 2. Horsfield,—an arboreal species which is very unlikely to be often conveyed about in ships,—that we cannot help strongly suspecting that the black and brownish specimens from Van Dieman’s Land assigned to M. setiger (setifer) in Mr. J. E. Gray’s catalogue of the mammalia in the British Museum, pertain really to the European Black Rat. Of this we have also fine examples from France). 6. M. nemoratts, nobis, x. s. (M. setifer apud Layard* ?) Very like M. setrirer, Horsfield, but with a considerably longer tail, exceed- ing the head and body in length in the proportion of five to four.t The whiskers are also blacker, at least than in what we take to be a half-grown specimen of M. setirer from Malacca. Dr. Kelaart sent an adult specimen and one two-thirds grown from Ceylon; and Mr. Frith lately obtained three young living examples from a huge nest placed among the branches of a dense mango tree, in the vicinity of Calcutta. Two of these soon after made their escape, and the third we possess in spirit. We have since ascertained its occurrence in the Botanic garden, and other likely sites in the neighbourhood of Calcutta; so that we hope soon to procure some recent examples, from which a proper description may be taken. 7. M.Rvrrscens, Gray: M. flavescens et M. rufus, Elliot (nec Waterhouse) ; MZ. arboreus, B. Hamilton, MS. This also is a tree Rat, keeping especially to the cocoa-nut palms, though by no means confined to them. According to Buchanan Hamilton, it nestles in the cavities of trees, and not (like the preceding species) among the branches. We have obtained a single individual variety, in which the white belly is much less abruptly defined than usual. One that escaped in our private residence took up his abode for some days (till we saw no more of him) on the top of a glass folding-door, not burrowing like the com- * Probably not, however, as Mr. Layard’s supposed M. setifer was ‘‘ procured in a paddy field near Galle.”’ tT In M. setiFeEr, the tail is shorter than the head and body. ¢ An adult procured since this was written was unfortunately carried off by a Kite. We had not the opportunity of actually comparing it with the Ceylon specimens, but it certainly appeared to be specifically identical with them; the belly being merely somewhat albescent. It exhibited a manifest affinity for M. RUFESCENS, but was much larger, less rufescent, and the belly dull whitish in- stead of pure white. Shot on the bough of a tree. 1851.] species of Birds inhabiting Ceylon. 169 mon house Rat. They do, however, as Buchanan Hamilton remarks, visit out-houses and similar places by night ; but pass the day on trees, chiefly cocoa-nuts (being very destructive to the young fruit), and bamboos. 8.(?) M. xanpranus, Kelaart, n.s. Very like the preceding species, but the fur softer and of finer texture, and less rufescent in colour. Whiskers very long, fine, and black. Peculiar to the mountains, and we strongly suspect it to be only a mountain variety of M. RUFESCENS; but require to examine more perfect specimens, and to compare the crania and dentition, before coming to a final decision. M. NIVIVENTER, Hodgson, would seem to be affined. Other species of Mus are enumerated by Dr. Kelaart, as inhabitants of Ceylon; but they require further examination. Hystricipa. s s 8 3 = : S Ble So Oats = > re Sys s as Oo 3 o~ 8 8 “2 9 S x > ss S = S 3 > = St) eS ae = So Ee tmes dis od. cevabs cies ak ee S ge a 2 x 5 a May, — 0.405 —— —— 0.23 2.03 —— —— — June, 22.80 9.055 11.16 8.63 5.45 4.16 50.00 59.90 —— July, 51.60 6.425 19.00 7.03 16.31 7.62 83.00 89.24 —— eS Se OE eT OE EeE—————————————SS Total, 74.40 15.885 30.16 15.66 21.99 13.75 133.00 149.14 11.95* At Calcutta the fall in April, was 1.25; May 6.00; June 13.00; July up to 24th, our latest returns, 8.25. Total 28.50. * Up to 1ldth July. 1851.] Floods in India of 1849. 189 Hail-storms usually occur in our dry—most frequently in our hot weather in India: the most severe hail-storm yet recorded for the year 1849, was that at Jaulnah on the 15th January, though many of much severity happened all over Lower Bengal in the months of April and May. Those of the 3rd of the month last named prevailed all over India, from Ootacamund to Peshawar. A very severe hail-storm occurred at Bassein on the 2nd June. The Malwa hail-storm of the 6th and 7th June, was unusually late for the season. We now find heavy hail falling at Mahabdleshwar for three days on end, on the 27th, 28th and 29th July—during the very wettest of the season—without thunder or lightning or storm. These results have been thrown together with a view of conveying all the information that can be collected from all parts of India over the heaviest of the rainy season: and imperfect as they are, compared to what they might readily be made, we venture to say that a much larger amount of information has been conveyed by them than is to be found in any single paper or in any similar space. Papers on similar subjects are now issued by the Greenwich Observatory, quarterly, like the Chancellor's Accounts; and the Government of India would be conferring a service on the public were the example set at home to be copied by them. The season along the North West Frontier from this time forward presented the most anomalous results. On the 3rd August the rain fell with the utmost violence all along the Malabar Coast, and another period of unusual and general disturbance now made its appearance just before the final drawing off of the rains—for at Bombay, on the 4th, just as the moon had attained its full, the barometer suddenly rose by a quarter of an inch in thirty-six hours’ time—the weather became showery and open: this state of matters extending at least a hundred miles into the interior. Onthe 3rd a severe storm occurred off the mouths of the Ganges, in which a large vessel belonging to the king of Burmah was lost. The next full moon and the weather all over the country was changed. Onthe 17th of August there seems to have been a general fall of rain all over the country, though much more moderate in amount, than many of those which had previously occurred. On the 27th July, violent rain began to fall at Simla, and so con- tinued almost without cessation up to the 7th August. On the 29th, 190 Floods in India of 1849. [No. 2. heavy rain fell at Wuzeerabéd and Lahore. At Delhi and so on to Benares after the first down-pour, the rains became light and irregular : at Almorah, during the first four days of August, a very heavy fall occurred. At Allahabad scarcely a shower fell betwixt the 24th June and 4th August, when on the 5th, a tremendous down-pour occurred, and so continued till the 15th. Up to the middle of August scarcely a drop had fallen since the end of June and commencement of July, and the crops were completely burnt up: the river Bheema was nearly dry, and at Jaunpore the cul- tivators were endeavouring to keep their cattle alive with sugarcane. While abundance of moisture was making its appearance on every side, at Ferozepore, and all along to the 8. KE. branch of the Sutlej, a few “casual showers were all that had occurred, the fear of famine beginning to become universal. Around Lahore and Mooltan, and so by the banks of the rivers, the country was completely inundated; while at Ferozepore the drought continued fierce and unmitigated. At Kurra- chee, in Lower Scinde, where rain rarely ever falls, a heavy shower fell, and some thunder occurred on the 4th August, and again on the 16th, the whole month of July having been thick and cloudy, with a few drops of fall every now and then. The month of August was generally open all over the country—from the 17th, indeed, along the Western Seaboard, the Monsoon appeared to have been over, when on the Ist September it rained with double fury, no less than ten inches having fallen at Bombay, in the course of the week—betwixt 20 and 30 inches fell on the Seaboard, and consider- ably above double this on the mountains in the course of the month— the fall along the Lowlands having been betwixt 130 and 150 for the Monsoon or double the average. On the Eastern Coast again from Lat. 15° S. showers fell during the season, usually fair with them, the dry weather on the Coromandel Coast corresponding with the rains in June, July, August and September in the other parts of India—their own rainy season in November, December and January, was one of the most deficient ever known within the Madras Presidency. At the beginning, and again near the middle of August, a tremend- ous fall appears to have occurred along the range of mountains border- ing the Western and North Western Frontier of the Punjab : the Indus, Jbelum, Chenab and Ravee, came down in irresistible fury, and burst 1851.] Floods in India of 1849. 191 through all their borders, deluging the country as they went. On the 3rd of August the cantonments of Wuzeerabad on the Chenab were entirely flooded, and the troops required to be moved. This however was a trifling matter in comparison to what followed a fortnight after- wards. ae ens me ical — ea aS e & o> 2375 4 Lo .w e ae Feu, 2 es nea e = ee 2 ger 3 > > - e ie os E Bi ese ois f HS Gisae ee e) a ‘Ss ‘ysaM WNOS | ‘skep : 2G § ‘yseq yynog | ‘skep : = El 8 "989\ WHION | = Ree Malis om MS 2 0) "SAB mils ae] WON | ‘shep = "yynos | ‘skep © ea = Oia ‘aunjelad wa J, “uo0u qyusirdde 1 apeul suOleAlas| O | G96°63) T10°0¢ IvIIO T8666 Apno[) 800'06 0131 696° ond RG’ ASSO q 1S6° ond GrG" Apnoj9 G66" ond CBs" 1B3|0 E28" Apnolp 69L° | Spnojo-porsje09 Gace Apnojg 9F6° oid CC6" oniqd 86" ond’ L88° ond 006° onIg SI6° OIG 193° IRIO L6G" oniqd Or6" ONG 886°6% ond rZ0' T[NWINI-O.L1D) Lz0° 1}81}S- OL cF0° ond 90° ontid 190° IvIIO 690° 1}B1}S-O1d19 FEO OS oniqd 666° IvI[O GS6'° 6S ASSO soyouy mz | “AAS JO yoodsy Q. "M°N'N "A\* NAA "MN “AA "N ‘aS a) “M S "MS °S “M‘S “MS ‘a 'S $ "M °S ‘M 'N M*N*M “N ‘ad ’S’S “MS "MS “M°N*M ‘M "N “M 'N “MN Zz ome Dene ls AZ, NH Ze *puULAA FOL 6'TL GGL OGL OSL Br Or. 6 OL PPL 8°0L T9L v'GL O'FL OGL 669 0°99 elo OSL PSL WLI GOL ¢°L9 9°99 0°99 $99 GVO €'o9 eo “| FEL SPL SPL O'rL oOL 6°SL ao co oD i~ “ITY JO | 0 SEL | 1686S; UOT O FL O°FL O'FL SOL BOL e ° OOM OORA*ROWORHOMS . SOOMOOONNS rr OT OF Or OF El “4I9TT JO | © *a1nj}e.1od Wd J, "aSlI-UNG 1B apBUl SUOBALASGO | 06° L06° 966° O16" G8" L06° 088" 698° Céz8" LEL° 80L° 608° 868° r16° 0cs" L6L 1¢8° 9F8° 008" IL8° L68° rE6° €o6° TL6° 086'6z 600° [00° S10'0¢g 196" 6E6° G88°6% seyouy Ig S08 6G i ii aaa aaa ae a a aa - mr eg ae Pe Se. Sa ee es COL | OO'L SUIT { L eL) Tes, F'%6 mua dente se8* | HEL) £98) 9'18/ 818°6S aicaatal see* | 8'°S1|9'16| S16 Z18'6% Solari “*** | 1°31) 8°16] L°06| 1e8 6z Ig : ** | GOTT | pFL| 8'%R, C16 IBID} MS §]8'FL) 798) 0°88) S88" 17B1}8-O119 |" AA S"S] 0'SL/3'06}S'06| SLB" | WBAIS-O[MUIND| “| °S | Z°S1| 0°06) Z°68 68 fits we ** IGLOI logs STs 926] YRAIS-OLNID) -*S | BSL) TSB) SFB) LPB" NWN] “A *S | BFL) S18) L798) SEB" YNUNd-O1t) “A |O FL) 98/ 9'P8) 998° 6%} | 200 | 90°0 | SOIT | #'FL) 2°83) O'T6 {83D} “A | 8'FL) G18) L 88] TPS" IVID| “A *S | O'SL| 0°06) T'06| SFB" IWITD|"M “S| BSL} 9°06) 6°68) O18" 482 * "- | e'SIl | o'91,F'S8/8 FG] WRuMd-o1Ny) "S | 8°69) S'8) 8°28) TES" HBI}S-OIND| "S| BLL) 0°86) F'S6| 9F8" I}BI}S-OLUID) |" AA “S| OGL) S G6) L°B6| 998" LZ se ** | O'PIT | 0°92} 8°98) 9°96 onid| “S |B°LL) 8°68) 0°16) £08" on'Ig| “S |0°SL) 9°96) %°S6) 162" Od) “S |Z'hL| 8°96) FFG! O18" 9% 7 ** | S'6IT | 0 91/828] &'86 OI} “S| FGL!S°68| 0'B6) 662" 0111 |"AAS'S| 9'FL| 9°L6| $°L6} 008" O71 |*AA'S*AN| ZH) 9°16] L°96 FT" ez ve ** | sprT loveziz1e) 2°96 oid!’ M ‘N/o*rZ) 2°88) ¢°16| Ses" ONICT\"M °N(O'TL) $96) 2°96) 128" ond) “M_ | o'TL} 4°96) 0°96) Tes" ri Dt °° ** lo-gtt | 9*92/ e798] 0 96 0331 |"AA S S| 0°82) 8°68] 0°16} ZBL" ONG |"MS'S) O'@L| L°G6) S°S6| BOL" OWI /A'N'AN QOL) 9°96] F'F6 | OGL" eZ ee * lottt |z-erl rpg) 0's onid|"M S S| #GL) CFR! 98 OLL" oniq| “S _|&'FL| ¢°%6| 6 Z6| SPL’ OnIg) “S| ¢g'1L/0 ¥6| 0°76) 992" 2 a *- | PLOT | o'6z| $°S8| 0'%6 189[D| M NN/0 89) ¢'98/ 2 88) 9TL" Te9[D| M NN 8'89) 9°16) 2°16; STL IIT) MN |Z TL|2'@6) S16 CeL" Tz a "* 1 O°SOT | #°LL16 €8) 8 06 £pno|D|"dys °§/ ¥°G1| eg) O'F8) ST9" yum} ‘S| 0°6L| 188) 188) 929 YNwWNAy|"A “S}g"61| ¥'68) 0°68 8¢9° 0@ ‘i ** | 9°60T | 0°92] 8°F8) 9°86 ond) “S| 9°gL/ 0°98) ¢ £8) LOL" Od] "S| ¥BL) L°16) o°%6| SOL" OIG) “S | 0°6L) 0°86) 26 Sen" 61 ag ** loerr | p62] 08) S86 onig| “S| FTL) 798) ¢°88) S6L" Ont |“M S'S) FEL! 0'%6| 0'G6| S84" ond) “S| 7G1}9°S6) 9°16 T18 cH es * | rert |eezlees| 9°86 OnId) “S| #'gL/ 9°98) 6°88) SE" O11 |" MS'S) 8°OL| G°S6) f'S6 | CSB" OIC |’ AA’SS| OTL} 9 B6| 8°16, 968" KC] Maas ** JOPIT | 6°TL| F898] 8°76 011d | "AA *N| ¢'69/ #'S8) 0°88] TO8" O31] |"ALN“AL) G°29) 9°S6/ G°S6)/ TEL’ O31 | MN*AN) 1°19) G6) ZS 808 oI 5. | SL JOSIT | ¥°S2/ 9'F8| £86 TRIO} “S| 9°89) G98) ¥°88] SEL" o1tq] | AA SAA 0°69] 1°36] ¥°29| BEL" oni 4°S'\|5°99/8'B6| 9°16 Z9L" CT ve © LO FTT le-GLle'7g|9 Fe] WAtUNI-O111D| “AA | F°L1) 6'BB C706] SIL" ond) “M_ | €'LL) '86/5'S6/ 9SL° ontd| “M |%°6L/6'E6, $°S6, FOL" FT FS ** legrr | e91/z98| 8°S6 ong) “A “S | 0°6L| 9°68) L°06| PEL" Ong) A'S'H| ULL) €°S6) ¢'F6) OGL Od!) “A |e LL/6°S6) °S6 ST8 a oe ** lotr |o'Fz| oF] 0'S6 1I1D| "AA “*S} ESL! #18) G68) FOL" 183//" MA *S| OTL] 0'F6) 9°E6) 792" Tea}O) VN" Z 01] 0'F6| B'S) 8B" IC} °° f° lopre | etel¢'18] 816 031 |"AV N°! Gre 1] #°C8) ¢'98| SEB" WBI}S-O1NID| MS M | 669) F°T6) F°06) SBB" OTIS“ OAT) | ANAL! 4 °01/0 16) 9°68] 788 Or ** 4°" 1g GOT | 0'SL| 0°28) 0°86 O11] | MAS AA] FTL] @°98) 8°28] TFS" oni MN! 0°69) F°16) 8°06) SPS" oniq] |" "N° | 7-69| 9°16 8°06 S98" 6 w ** |z-stt |ore9| e708] OTS] = HMWNI-O1ND| "AA | Z'TL) 8'e8) S°S8) P68" I[MUVUND-O1ND) “MA | L°69) 0°16) L°68/ G68" ynaume-oustt | AN 9'89| 6100) S 68 706° 8 2 ** 1 S'80T | 4°01] 3°18) 4°16 oigd| “N |0'GL|8'E8} $98) 828° 011d |"M *N| 0°69) 'T6| 8°06) E48" 1YBI}S-OLUD |°AL'S' ALG" G9) G06) S°68, 058" b a ** |e g0T | 9°99) L'6L/8'06G, —«EPAIS- OLLI | MS"S| STL! B68) 9 G8) T68" 1B1}S-04119|" MA * N| $°69/ 6°06) 8°68) F88" oq | N. N}g*69| 0°06| 8°88 908" a ** | O°80I | F'0L/ F'08) F'06 Ontd| “N | 0°62) B'g8) 8°S8| 806° onid| “N | 3°89) 6°06) 9 68) 606" onid| ‘N {9'89/0°06/ 2'88| Fe6 $ ** | ** J or60T | 6°89] 2'62| ¥'68 ontd| “N | 8°0L|s'e8) FSB] FSS" ong] “N |@'0L| F'68|8'88| 8I6" onid| “N | g°02)8°68) 0°88 TPG" P ae °* | FOTT | O'FL) 6°08) 8°28 1910 | “A °N/ O'S) 8°@8| O'S8/ 616" ong) “N | 9°32) 0°88) #18) 916" o1tqd| “M | ¢°€1)3°L8| F'98 Ses" ic i@| ** | e*Zor | 2°89] LL] 6°S8 YB1JS-OLLID | “A “S | B'SL| y°ze! 8 ZB} 006" 18319 |"A'S'°A| 0°92) 9°98) 0°S8) 688" lvajD| “S | FS1lo'Ss L’&8, G06" z 86°0 | #60 | 9°SOT | 6 aL) 6°6L) 8°98 ApnolD| “AH *S | SSL} O'F8)| 9'F8) 898" 0111 | A 'S'S| PSL) 9°S8) 8°S8) FSR" oniqd| “S | ¢°G21} 0°98) $°S8) FL8° I Ee -- |OZ0L |P eLi £:08 O'ga] HVNS-O;NWND] “gS | SL) FsBl O'R FSGS NVsIs-O[NUIND MA S S/S'9L/ S28) S18 ScB Oe) NeNs-o[nuny "S| ¥°9L/ 9°28) 9°98) Ses ‘youy | “yout | o | ol o one ee eee onl oro. aueed @ | os of 94a! = & =P fella el es) © & oS pee See Bele 2) S/S) #8 Ble = ee Sere: Pls) € | @ | EN |e |B |“ | kus joradsy wo) EE | eg | 44g 50 woadsy Ee | 2) E| og | ‘A1sjowedey Sis |B] as a” ee , ea pecan Set ep are Soa Broan al ee leer ot |: cael ost iz 5| 007 |yo07 | & S ae SOE : 5 d S “pur AA |'o4n}e1ed wa S *pUrAA |-aany eiad wa S 2 é 1} <3 | wnunuypy pue PUIAA |tarMywsaduay | © PUtAA L Pura il. g |'Seoney urey! * > WNUIX® [AT *ja8-UNS 7@ APB SUOTIBAIISYO, sw *d 7 1B pasAlosgo aunssod q WNUNUITYT “WOP “SUZ IB SpBU STOTPVALISYO [“panuequoa ‘uapsr.cagg 1091.50)0.109)0 7 {7 | / PLV. id ee a ig THE SIL HAKO, or Stone Bridge in ZILLAH KAMRUP. Drawn by Gaplain LT Dalton BNI Ass? Ornries Assan, JOURNAL ASTATIC SOCIETY. Lm" No. [V.—185l. Brief notice of the Sil Hiko or stone bridge in Zillah Kémrip.—By Major 8. T. Hannay. Communicated through Major F. Jenxins, Agent to the Governor General, by Captain E. T. Darton, B.N. I. Assistant Commissioner, Assam. This bridge, a remnant of ancient times in Kaémrip, is situated about eight miles N. W. of Northern Gowhatty, on the high alley which, no doubt, formed at one time the principal line of land commu- nication with ancient Gowhatty (Pragjyotisha) and Western Kamrip, and is built across what may have been a former bed of the Bor Nad- di, or at one particular season, a branch of the Brahmaputra; appear- ances now indicating a well-defined watercourse, through which, judg- ing from marks at the bridge, a considerable body of water must pass in the rains, and at that season from native accounts, the waters of the Brahmaputra still find access to it. The structure is of solid masonry, built without lime or mortar, of the same massive and enduring material (gneiss and granite) found in the neighbouring hills, and which appears to have been used so largely in the construction of the more ancient temples of central and lower Assam. There are no arches, the superstructure being a platform with a slight curve 140 feet long and 8 ft. in breadth, composed of slabs of stone, six feet nine inches long and ten inches thick, num- bering five in the whole breadth, resting on an understructure of six- teen pillars, three in a row, equally divided by three large solid but- tresses ; with a half buttress projecting from a circular mass of masonry forming the abutments at each end of the road, there being in the whole length 21 passages for the water. No. XLVII.—New Series. 2a 292 Brief notice of a stone bridge in Zillah Kémrip. No. 4. The buttresses are all after the same model, those in the centre measuring (at a level with the water and as near as I could ascertain one layer from the foundation) about sixteen feet ten inches in breadth by eight feet ten inches in thickness, tapering in regular layers of masonry with rounded corners to 3 feet thick and 8 feet broad at top ; on which is laid a slab of the same breadth supporting those of the platform. ‘The pillars spring from a base of very massive material and measure at a line with the water twelve feet four inches in breadth by 4 feet 4 inches in thickness, gradually diminishing in receding layers to the height of 3 feet 4 inches, from which rises the abasement of each pillar, the first stone being a squared block of 23 feet, upon which rests another block 2 feet square ; the average thickness of the shaft ; the remaining portion of which is octagonal shaped. The two first octagonal blocks have a large slab across them, and upon this rise two, three and four blocks according to their size and the difference in height towards the centre of the bridge, the upper one being formed into a round capital, and over the whole is placed a slab similar to that which covers the buttresses. The height at the centre of the bridge by measurement with a line to the level of the water is nearly 20 feet, there being a difference of 2 feet between this measurement and that of the spring of the platform at each end. From the great care taken in the chiselling, squaring and fitting up of the component parts of the whole, as well as the great size and weight, the work is one of great strength and solidity. And this accounts for the good state of preservation in which we find it in the present day : for with the exception of the masonry of the abutments at each end, in which large trees have taken root (one of them a tamarind tree the stem 16 feet in circumference) and displaced the stones, the rest of the structure may be said to be entire. From a fracture in one of the pillars, I observed that the upper blocks were kept in their places, by means of iron pins, firmly wedged into the lower ones ; four apparently through the centre and one on each side of the square of the shaft, and, although not visible, other portions of the work may be iron clamp- ed; the slabs of the platform were marked with clamping holes, and on the edge of the outside slabs are three square holes (3 inches square) which were no doubt intended for the wooden supports of a balustrade. Several freize-carved blocks are also lying near the end abutments, 1851.) Brief notice of a stone bridge in Zillah Kémrip. 293 from which I imagine the entrance of each may have been ornament- ed, or there may have been gateways. The design and style of architecture of this bridge, evidently belongs to a remote period in the annals of Kamrip, and in its original struc- ture at least must be co-eval with the erection of the ancient Brahmi- nical temples, the remains of which are found so widely scattered throughout the length and breadth of Assam ; the works of its former Brahminical kings, a race long ago extinct in the annals of modern Hinduism, and of whom the present race in Assam know nothing. That Kamrup had for a long period a dynasty of Brahminical kings there can be little doubt, on the authority of both Buchanan and the Chinese pilgrim Hwan Tshang who visited India in A. D. 629, 642. The former quoting the Yogini Tantra, a work which treats of ancient Assam, states under date that the worship of the Lingas com- menced in the 19th year of Saka, that at an indefinite period after- wards it was further extended by a Brahman of the Korotoya river who became king, by name Nogo Songkar and whose dynasty con- tinued probably until the time of Hwan Tshang’s visit as he mentions the name of the then reigning king a Brahman (Vide Captain Cunning- ham’s Itinerary of the Chinese Pilgrim Hwan Tshang in the J. A.S. B. for July, 1848, page 40), and that Buddism according to the doc- trines of Sakya or Guadama had not extended into Kamrip, the people of which were heretics, and possessed the doctrines of the Sutarus of the Vedas, by which it is presumed he means Brahmanism or more likely the worship of Iswara as the Supreme Lord, which in these remote times was adhered to by Brahmans, and who had not adopted the doc- trines of Gaudama. This Brahminical dynasty may have continued for a century longer, when the country was overrun, and became disorga- nised by the invasion of Lallitaditya king of Cashmere, and the ancient religion perhaps never got re-established, and about the year 840 according to the tradition of the Cassoris (the Racchas of the valley) that tribe assumed the government of the country, and held it until the 10th or 11th century, when they were drawn out by an invasion of a power from India, bringing in its footsteps that modern Brahmanism, which had a century before driven from India the doctrines of Sakya Muni. The accounts by Mohammedan writers of the earliest conquests of 2a 2 294 Brief notice of a stone bridge in Zillah Kamrip. {[No. 4. Kamrip by the subordinates of the Moslem kings, appear to be mixed up with so much of the fabulous (Vide the late Major Fisher’s account of Cachar, Sylhet, &c. No. 104, J. A. S. B.), that it is quite impossible to place much reliance on them as historical records ; if however, we could suppose that the expedition of 1205 to 6 as above quoted, came in sight of the Brahmaputra at Rangamati crossed the Monas and marched through Northern Kamrtp, the possession of which would oblige the Raja to submit, it is not impro- bable but this is the stone bridge over which Bactyar Khilji and his Tartar cavalry passed, previous to entering the outworks of the ancient city of Gowhatty (or Pragjyotisha), the bridge being but a short dis- tance from the line of hills bounding Gowhatty on the North N. W. and West, on which are still visible its line of defences extending for many miles on each side from the N. W. gate of entrance or pass through the hills. | The Mohammedan general is also said to have been obliged to retreat from an advanced position (perhaps Chardoar) hearing that the Raja of Kamrip had dismantled the stone bridge on his rear ; now it is quite evident from the marks on the stones of the platform, that they had been taken off and replaced somewhat irregularly. Note. The king in whose time the worship of the Linga com- menced was styled Devyswar, and by the Brahman who has compiled the Yogini Tantra, a modern work pretended to be the prophecies of the great Siva himself of events to come to pass in Kamrip, he is said to have been of the Sudra race, but it is likely he may have been of the ancient race of the Devas and Duttas who reigned supreme in ancient ‘* Mithila” of which kingdom Kamaripa was a dependency if not a portion, and his proper title Devasa as written in the old character of the inscription on certain coins found near Jyonpur, translations of which were published in No. 84, Vol. 7, Plate 60, J.B. S.; and this might account also for the Debasa or Devasa of the maps of India of the same century, the position appearing to correspond with our modern Kamrtip and Charidoér. Kamartpa at that period included the hills as far as Kaonjegiri now under the Deb Raja or Bootan. PLVI Cw, Pas) wea MK i a: I seg 8 ll ome i NAN Fc ce aif § f= me ag LAO = —— lt 4 ome Sy ee — re : >, w7) —— 1A2> GG cae 3 a pe AS pi 1851.] A sketch of the Behar Mica Mines. 295 A sketch of the Behar Mica Mines. By Capt. W.8. SHerwitt, Revenue Surveyor. The principal Mica mines of Behar, are situated on the Northern face of the Vindhya hills, where the three districts of Behar, Mon- ehyr and Ramghur meet. The most westerly-situated mine is thirty-seven miles in a south-easterly direction from Gya, and is in the district of Behar; the most easterly mine is about sixty miles distant in zillah Monghyr; the whole of the intermediate sixty miles being more or less productive of the mineral. The average distance from the Ganges of the whole aggregated group of mines is sixty miles. Those mines only which le within the boundary of the district of Behar are worked, those within the district of Monghyr, from some unknown reason, are neither worked nor regarded as of any value by the owners of the estates in which they lie. Rajowli, a small village, in Pargannah Jarrah, of Zillah Behar, is the great mart for the mineral, and the spot whence it is dispersed to all the great markets on the Ganges: this village is situated on the left bank of the Dhunarjeh Nallah, which stream, together with the Tillyaé Nallah, unite four miles south of Rajowli, flow from the southern hills in deeply wooded valleys, and completely intersect the mines. The beds of these streams, the roads through the passes, and valleys, and indeed the whole surface of the country around the mica formation, sparkles with the bright mineral. Leaving Rajowli and proceeding four miles in an easterly direction, a deep wooded valley is entered, situated amongst and surrounded by quartz hills ; through this valley, in the rainy season, a mountain torrent descends with great violence bringing with it great quantities of mica. After ascending the course of the torrent for about a mile, the valley terminates in an amphitheatre of low jungle-covered hills; the soil forming the superficial covering of the country is composed of a harsh dry gravel, composed of quartz, schorlaceous schist, detached and silvery mica; through which soil are seen protruding huge, naked masses of quartz and gneiss, the latter both plain and garnetiferous. In the beds of the torrents, bushels of minute garnets may be gathered 296 A sketch of the Behar Mica Mines. [No. 4. but from their very insignificant proportions, they are quite useless. A very beautiful schorlaceous schist, consisting of crystals of schorl of a delicate fineness, embedded in mica, as well as larger crystals of raven black schorl, varying in size from that of a finger to that of a man’s arm, embedded in a bright glassy quartz and affording by the contrast of the two minerals a very beautiful object, are found in great abundance; such is the nature of the minerals in the. im- mediate neighbourhood of the mines, which are always opened in low detached hills. The mica appears in amorphous masses varying from a few inches square, to four feet in length, embedded in an incoherent soil composed of schorl and comminuted silvery mica, the whole mass filling up extensive interstices between large and widely separated quartz rocks. The mode of opening a mine is as follows: a small and convenient hill having been chosen as the spot for commencing operations upon, a party of the wild hill tribes, named Bandathis, the members of which party have freely propitiated the local tutelary god or goddess, both by sacrifice and by getting very drunk, ascend to the top of the hill and commence sinking a series of pits, the whole way down the profile of the hill, about three feet in diameter each, and a few feet apart. These pits are not continued vertically downwards, but in a zig-zag shape, but nevertheless not somuch out of the vertical proper, as that a basket containing the mineral cannot be hauled up from the bottom of the pit to the top; the zig-zag shape of the shaft being formed by sinking the shaft, first inclining to the left a few feet and then to the right a few feet, the head of each cut or notch forming a landing-place or step, and thus the necessity of ladders is obviated ; the projecting of salient angles of the notches forming a perfect flight of steps from the top to the bottom of the pits, which seldom reaches to a greater depth than forty feet, when darkness interfering with the workman’s progress, the pit is forsaken and another commenced upon afew feet further down the hill. A slight frame-work of faggots cut from the neighbouring trees, is placed over the mouth of each pit, upon which a man sits, waiting till the signal from below is given to haul up the basket containing the mica and rubbish, which has been dug from the sides of the pit by the aid of a rude pick. On arrival at the surface the good and bad materials are separated, the earth and 1851.| A sketch of the Behar Mica Mines. 297 rubbish are shot down the precipitous side of the hill; the good mica which arrives at the surface of the pit in ragged masses about one foot six inches in length, six inches broad and three inches in thickness, after having its ragged edges trimmed off with a reaping-hook-looking instrument, is placed by itself in a heap, and the bad or refuse, that is the softer kind, is also placed aside in a heap by itself. The mica reacltes the surface in three different states, viz. the good, hard and seviceable mineral ; the soft, wet and flimsy mineral; and the chipped and powdered mineral. The tests as to whether the mica is good for any thing, or whether as the natives say ‘‘7¢ zs alive’ are its firmness, specific gravity, and the power of reflecting the countenance free of contortions ; the latter test I imagine showing the perfect parallelism of its individual plates, and consequent likelihood to split well; the heavier the mineral and the more perfect the reflection, the more valuable is the mineral consi- dered; all the plates not standing the necessary test, are of a soft and flimsy nature without any of the brilliant sparkle of the better sort, the natives call this the ‘dead mica,” and it appears to be in a state of decay. The plates of the superior kind are used in all the large gangetic cities and towns, by the native draftsmen, whose beautiful produc- tions in body colors, must be familiar to most people; by the lamp and toy makers ; by the Mohammedans for ornamenting their Taziahs ; as well as for ornamenting umbrellas, boats, and for making artificial flowers. The second and third kinds are pounded and used for ornamenting toys, pottery, the inside of houses, for sprinkling over clothes and turbans at feasts, the sparkle from which by torch light resembles diamonds ; but the great consumption of the inferior mineral takes place during the Hooli festival, during which period the ‘abeer’’ or pounded mica mixed with the flour of the small grain, ‘‘ Kodo” and colored with some red coloring matter, is freely sprinkled over the maddened and intoxicated votaries of those bacchanalian orgies. The mines are worked by Mahdajans or native merchants, who reside at Patna and depute agents to the spot to superintend the mining. The excavators or miners are Bandathis or inhabitants of the hills, a race allied to the Kols, Bheels and Sonthals ; they are a wild-looking 298 A sketch of the Behar Mica Mines. [No. 4. set of demi-savages, slightly clad, the forepart of their head shaved, the rest of their hair standing up in wild curls; they have the high cheek bones, thick lips and small eyes of the Vindhyan races; they are also a hard-working and merry race. The miners receive as month- ly wages one maund (80 ibs.) of rice, and a piece of cloth, the whole valued at two rupees. The mines are worked during the months of January, February and March only; for during the hot months or from the latter end of March or June the great heat dries up all the water for many miles around the mines, and during the rainy season the pits fill with water ; and subsequent to the rains the unhealthiness of the dense miasmatic jungles in the neighbourhood, prevent the work commencing before January. During the three working months, about four hundred maunds or fourteen tons of mica, yielding upon calculation 20,000,000 trans- parent plates of mica, each plate being about nine inches square, are conveyed away to Patna upon pad bullocks, the whole being valued at 4,000 Rs. (£400.) To obtain larger plates than are generally exported, does not seem to be an object with the agents, who by their constantly urging the miners to wrench out the mica from its matrix, whether in large or small pieces cause about three times the amount of mica actually carried away to be destroyed in the mines. The head Bandhati assured me that were time allowed him, he could produce plates of almost any size. The largest plates are dug from the Deilwar mine where the miners have hit upon a seam of mica, running along the base of one of the small hillocks ; it is thus worked in the open air only a few feet from the level of the country ; this seam however will be soon lost as the half wild miners have no idea of propping the roof of a mine which must very soon fall in by its own weight. 1851.] The Shalka Meteorite. 299 Examination and Analysis of the Suatxa Meteorite (Zillah West Burdwan). By Henry Pippineton, Curator Museum of Lco- nomic Geology. The following details are a proper introduction to an account of this valuable addition to our Museum. It was about the 15th January that Major Hannyngton, Agent for the Governor-General S. W. Frontier, called at the Museum with a very minute specimen of an ash-coloured mineral, which had all the appearance of a fragment of a Meteorite, and which I pronounced at a venture to be one, and he told me it was so, referring to Dr. Cheek of Bancoorah for further information. To Dr. Cheek, who has frequently obliged me with storm Reports, I wrote by the same evening’s dawk, requesting the favor of a larger piece of the stone with the crust ; and we shortly had a fine large speci- men sent by dawk, which fully shewed without the necessity of an analysis that it was a true Meteorite. Mr. Colvin was so good as to oblige me with a private letter to Mr. Mactier, and our late Secretary Capt. Hayes also wrote officially to that gentleman, to whom I took the liberty also of forwarding, with Mr. Colvin’s and the Secretary’s letters, a series of 22 queries for the examination of witnesses to the fall of the stone, embracing most of the points which, on so hurried a call, occurred to me as important, or likely to suggest others which might be so ; for there was, I knew, no time to be lost ; as the natives invariably carry off Meteorites for charms, objects of worship, &c. To Mr. Mactier the Society are greatly indebted, for he took the pains to go personally to Bishenpore, a distance of ten miles, and the results of the replies obtained will be seen following the different ques- tions framed by him upon my queries and forwarded to the Society in Bengalee, and in the letter from Mr. Mactier as printed below. Hxamination of witnesses before Mr. Macrier. Translated by Babu Rasenpra Lat Mitter, Librarian Asiatic Society. On the 24th of January, 1851. Bengali 1257, 12th Magh. Ramerra, son of Boxart of the Rajput caste ; inhabitant of Saluka, AKtat about 35 years, profession, formerly a peon of the Purulia collec- 2R 300 The Shalka Meteorite. (No. 4. torate, and Bhudan Bagdi, son of Kugan, of the Bagdi caste ; inhabi- tant of Pechnapur, AAitat about 60 years, by profession a Chowkidar. Question.—State what you know of the stone which fell from the sky ? Between the 10th and 20th of Agrahayana,* one night when about a fourth of the night had yet to elapse, I heard a rolling noise (gur gur) which awoke me from my sleep; but on my coming out and enquiring about the cause of it, I could ascertain nothing. The following morn- ing about an hour and half after day break, proceeding to superintend the reaping of my paddy, 1 found in the paddy field of Narayana Pala, to the South, and about 180 feet beyond the village of Saluka, (Shalka,) that a stone, about one cubit wide, had fallen and broken to pieces. Those who came from a distance to see the stone carried away fragments of it. It was first seen by Bhuban Bagdi, Chowkidar. Buusan Bidoot. I serve as a Chowkidar of the village of Saluka. Between the 10th and 15th Agrahayana of the current year, one night when two and half quarters (prahara) of it had passed when a quar- ter (’) of it had yet to elapse (i. e. at 1.4. M.)a stone fell crashing on the earth, with a crackling noise (char-char pur-pur) about 160 to 240 cubits to the south of the village. Not wishing to go during the night I proceeded the next morning to the place, and found that a pit had been formed there, and fragments of the stone were lying about it ; the stone was covered with earth, i. e. with loose earth. I called the people in the field and told them ‘* Look at this, it has not been dug by bears nor men.” The paddy-reapers, seeing the frag- ments and the large stone covered with earth, observed that the stone must have fallen when the sound was heard the night preceding, and went their way, some of them taking away the fragments, and stating this must be a Debta, do not (MS. uncertain). Q. to Bhubun.—When you heard the crackling noise, did you see any flame or lightning, and was any wind blowing at the time? A.—The sky was illuminated with lightning. Q. No. (10).—to Rambir.—Did you observe any light at the time? A.—Rambir. I observed none. — Q. to Bhuban.—How far were you from the pit when the stone fell ? A.—Bhuban.—Between 2 and 3 rosis (180 to 240 cubits). I ran towards the huts of the Mugs. * 25th Nov. to 5th Dec.: This.is a purely Indian notion of a date. 1851.] The Shalka Meteorite. 301 Q.—Rambir.—Was there only one stone or a number of stones ¢ A.—Rambir.—One stone fell and broke into many pieces. Q. (8).*—Were stars visible at the time when the stone fell? and what was the appearance of the sky ? A.—Rambir.—The sky appeared as usual and the stars were visible. A.—Bhuban.—The sky was as usual. Q.—(9).—What sort of noise did you hear? A.—Rambir.—Like the rolling of clouds. A. Bhuban.—A rolling noise (gur-gur). Q.—(12).—When you saw the stone first, was it hot or cold ? A.—Rambir.—Cold. A.—Bhuban.—lt was not hot, it was cold. Q. (13).—Did the stone burn the grass or anything else about the place where it fell? or dry up the ground about it ? A.—Rambir.—Neither grass or any thing else was burnt, nor did the ground dry up. Q. (15).— Was there any smell to the stone when you first saw it? A.—R. and B.—None. Q. (16).—How was the stone lying at the time when you first saw it,—lying flat? or in a slanting position ? A.—Rambir.—In a slanting position ; when the ground around was dug the stone appeared in a slanting position. It appeared as if it fell from the South (witness here described the angle made with the ground to be about 45°). A.—Bhuban.—lt was slanting, I think it came from the South. Q. (19)—Has the colour of the stone changed, since you first saw it ? A.—R. and B.—As it was then so is it now. No change of colour has taken place. Q. (20).—What was the state of the weather on or before the day the stone fell? A.—Rambir.—As usual. A.— Bhuban.—As now. Q. (21).—Did you ever hear of any stone of the kind having fallen before ? A.—Rambir.—Nothing of the kind has been heard. A,.—Bhuban.—I have heard nothing. * These numbers refer to those in my draft of queries. H. P. 2m .2 302 The Shalka Meteorite. [No, 4. Q. (22).—From which quarter was the wind blowing at the time ? A.—Rambir.—I took no notice of it. A.—Bhuban.—There was no remarkable wind at the time. Q. to Rambir.—When the Joint Magistrate of Gurbeta ordered to dig out the stone, how low did you dig? Rambir.—I dug two cubits, or one cubit and a half. To Bhuban.—How deep was the stone dug for ? Bhuban.—About two cubits. Q.—When you first saw the stone, how high was it from the ground ? Rambir.—On a level with the ground. Bhuban.—lIt had entered about a cubit and a half below the ground ; it was covered. with loose earth. Q.—When the stone was dug out, was it found in one entire piece ? or in several pieces ? A.—Rambir.—There were large and small pieces, but I was not present at the time; I went away to my work. A.—Bhuban. One entire piece was found. Q.—to Bhuban. Did any body else beside you see the stone fall ? A.—No body else was present : none saw it. Q.—When you saw the lightning was there any light on the ground ? A.—Bhuban. None. Q.—When the lightning appeared, why did you run away ? A.—Bhuban. The rolling noise frightened me, and dreading lest it should fall on me, I ran towards the village of Saluka. Q.—How did the lightning appear ? 4.—As usual. Q.—What was the weight of the stone, together with the fragments ? A.—The small fragments remained behind; the large mass was taken away by a Burkandaj from Bishenpur. I cannot say its weight. Q.—You have already said that there was no cloud, but only light- ning. Did you examine this carefully ? A.—Yes, I examined carefully and found no cloud. The following replies are in answer to Nos. 3, 4, 5and 7 of my queries, and are given in English by Mr. Mactier. 3. Where did it fall ? describe the spot exactly. In the middle of paddy fields surrounded by cultivation on all sides, the ground for some distance sloping down from N. to S. 1851.] The Shalka Meteorite. 303 4, What kind of ground did it fall upon (send a good specimen of the soil) and describe it particularly as to rocks, or stones or alluvial or arable land ? A specimen accompanies—no rocks or stones near; in the middle of paddy khets.* | 5. How far from any water ? 30 yards from a small tank (about 4 cottahs in extent.) 7. What became of the other pieces? (If any small ones can be found near the spot like it, or with a black crust, send them.) Carried off by persons from all parts of the country who came to see the stone. The following official letter from Mr. Mactier to the Secretary of the Society gives a summary of this evidence, and his own account of the locality and impressions on the subject. To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. From the Officiating Joint Magistrate of Zillah Bancoorah. Dated Bancoorah, 28th Jany. 1851. Srr,—Under orders from his Honor the Deputy Governor of Ben- gal, I have the honor to forward part of a meteoric stone which fell early in the morning of the 30th November, 1850, corresponding with 16th Aghran 1257, B.S. 2. I have the honor to forward two depositions given by persons residing near the spot, one, the chowkeedar, being the only person who was out of doors when the stone fell, and at the same time to add the result of my own enquiries among the inhabitants of the neigh- bouring villages and a description of the locality. 3. The hole from which the stone now sent was dug, is situated about eighty yards due south of the village of Shalka ;—immediately surrounding the spot are paddy fields and the spot itself is on the northern edge of a small paddy Ahet about 4 cottahs in extent. The village of Shalka contains about 20 houses and huts; 3 or 4 moderately sized trees grow close to it; beyond the village the paddy cultivation, with occasional tanks, stretches to the N. for about a mile and 3 till it is terminated by low jungle. About 30 yards to the north- east of the spot is a small tank (Beng-dhoba) about 4 cottahs in extent * Anglice, Rice fields. 304 The Shalka Meteorite. [No. 4. at the S. W. corner of which isa tamarind tree. To the east is paddy cultivation terminated by the houses of Bhorah-Dharmputr about 3 of a mile off. From east to S. W. is a large cultivated (rice) plain, bounded by the villages on the immediate bank of the Dalkisher river, which is distant from the spot 4 miles in direct line. About 4 of a mile to the S. W. is a tank, beyond which is low jungle extending W. b. N., and due W. distant 250 yards is the jungle abovementioned, and to the N. of W. distant 100 yards, is another small tank, between which and Shalkaé are paddy lands. The ground slopes downward consider- ably from N. to S.A specimen of the soil in which the stone fell is sent, the stone being embedded init. At the time of the fall it (the soil) was in the state of mud. I observed that the banks of tanks near the spot were composed of Kanker. I conclude therefore that the stratum immediately under the soil in cultivation is Kanker. 4. On the night on which the stone fell as well as for some days previous and subsequent thereto, there was nothing to be remarked in the state of the weather, the temperature was seasonable, very little wind and the sky clear, no clouds being visible. 5. About 3 hours before sunrise a clap of thunder was heard, ac- companied (Vide the Chowkeedar’s evidence) by a flash of lightning. Statements were at variance as to the nature of this noise, some persons saying, it in no ways differed from ordinary thunder, others, that they recognised with it, a whirling noise (gur-gur shabda. Beng.) The noise does not appear to have been extraordinarily loud, as persons in the village of Bhora about # mile off were not awakened by it. 6. The.ryots on going to their fields inthe morning, observed the earth ploughed up, they at first thought it had been made by a bear, or by some of the low castes in digging out grain from the rat-holes,* but on looking further they saw fragments of the stone scattered on all sides within a radius of about 20 feet, and the stone itself embedded in the soil, but with no part projecting therefrom. The color was then what it now is, it was cold to the touch and had no smell. The Chow- keedar it is to be observed, states that after the flash he saw nothing burning on the ground. The stubble and grass was not scorched nor the ground dried up. As with the specimen now sent is the earth in which it was embedded, the Society will be enabled to test these statements. * A common practice in India. 1851.] The Shalka Meteorite. 305 7. Allagreed in stating the stone to have come from the south, but the angle it made with the earth is variously stated, from 45° to 80°. This is easily accounted for, as no portion projected out of the earth. The Talookdar of the place, by name Gopal Mundle, the most intelligent of the observers had a tent peg driven in so as to represent the course of the stone in the earth (he having been present when the stone was dug out) from which, supposing the course of the stone not to have been altered after first contact with the earth, the angle made with the earth would be nearly 80°. 8. The greater portion of the stone having been carried off I was unable to obtain exact information as to its size; the portion now sent, and it is that furthest embedded, was dug 3 feet from the surface, and as pieces of the stone were dug out continuously from the surface, the stone itself being, though embedded, shattered, it must have been apparently upwards of 3 feet long. 9. No occurrence of the sort has ever happened in this part of the country. 10. Iregret I have been unable to send more numerous deposi- tions. I was pressed for time, and there is always great delay in such cases in distinguishing hearsay from direct evidence ; numerous persons presented themselves very willing to tell all they knew, but after a little questioning it appeared their knowledge was obtained from others. I took therefore the depositions of those apparently best informed. Any other particulars which may be required I shall be happy to do my best to obtain for the Society. 11. I may mention that the people on the spot said, that on the same night a stone had fallen at or near the village of Kuchat in the Burdwan district. (Signed) T. W. Mactier, Offg. Joint Magistrate. There are some points of resemblance between the circumstances attending the fall of this meteor, and that of the Cold Bokkevelde stone at the Cape, as described in the 82nd and 83rd vols. of the Philosophi- cal Transactions by Sir John Herschell’s correspondents, and which are also common to the few accounts we have of the falling of these stones by persons near the spot. We find that at Shalka as at the Cape, the air was calm and the sky clear, at the time of the fall of the 306 The Shalka Meteorite. [No. 4. stone; there was also a rolling noise,* sufficiently loud to alarm the witness who heard it though not amounting to the explosion which accompanied the Cape meteor.t It will subsequently be seen that, though the witnesses give us no evidence to that effect, the stone was doubtless hot when it fell. The angle of fall seems to have been be- tween 45° and 80 with the horizon. With regard to the second stone said to have fallen on the same night, I wrote to Mr. Patton, the Civil and Session Judge of Burdwan concerning it, and he has kindly caused every enquiry to be made, but cannot trace any truth in the report. It is not, however, improbable that the natives of the vicinity having carried off the whole of the stone may have leagued together to deny that any fall took place, fancying that they might be brought into some trouble now that the Hoozoort was enquiring about it. So far as to the circumstances attending the acquisition of the Meteorite and the evidence of the facts connected with its fall, I now proceed to describe what we have received, and to remark upon some physical peculiarities, reserving the description of the stone as a mineral for the chemical part of this report. We have received two large lumps of 2 or 31b. each, with 2 or 3 ibs. of smaller pieces and fragments, and perhaps half a pound more firmly embedded in the earth sent with the specimen. This is, of course, all Mr. Mactier could rescue from the natives who, it appears, have carried off the greater part of it, as they always do, for religious, medicinal and superstitious purposes. We were thus not an hour too soon in our * The imitative Bengalee word is such as would be used to express the loud rolling of heavy hail clouds, or something between distant musketry and low thun- der. : t+ I have not seen it noticed that one of the oldest and best detailed descriptions of the fall of a Meteorite, is found in Virgil ; Auneid B. II. 1. 692. I copy here the passage, which Virgil probably wrote from some account which was then extant. ‘* Vix ea fatus erat senior, subitoque fragore Intonuit levum, et de ccelo lapsa per umbras Stella facem ducens multé cum luce cucurrit. Illam, summa super labentem culmina tecti, Cernimus Idza claram se condere sylva, Signantemque vias ; tum longo limite sulcus Dat lucem, et laté circum loca sulfure fumant.’’ t Anglice. The chief authority. 1851.] The Shatka Meteorite. 307 claim for a share of it. Almost the whole of the pieces which formed any part of the exterior of the Meteorite (as known by the usual black crust) have surfaces more or less curved, shewing that it must have really been as described of very considerable size, though it evidently broke into pieces on reaching the earth. For, in compliance with my note to query No. 4, Mr. Mactier has most obligingly sent us a large mass of the earth in which the stone embedded itself on its fall, and this is almost as great a curiosity as the stone itself, as will presently be seen. This mass of earth in its extreme dimensions is about a foot long and a foot broad. It contains two cavities, being the marks of two large curvilinear masses (like great shells) having fallen close to each other ; and these are divided by a rough ridge about two inches across at its narrowest part. At the side of one of these spherical, or rather curved cavities, a mass of perhaps half a pound of the shattered stone, 7 inches long by 24 broad, is firmly embedded, and on examining the cavities themselves several black specks are seen here and there, which the mag- nifier shews to be parts of the external crust detached from the stone and adhering to the earth !* The question as to whether the stone was hot or cold at its falling seemed to me at first, as it will seem to every one, settled in the negative by the replies, but a close examination of the state of the earth in the cavities has induced me to change my opinion, and I feel now satisfied that the stone, if not red hot so as to burn and scorch the grass or other vegetation} was sufficiently hot to scorch slightly the soil on which it fell, for not only is the interior of the cavities slightly altered in colour, but upon examination with the magnifier at the edge it is seen to be burnt toa thin film of a yellowish white colour. The whole has exactly (and this to Indian readers will be a familiar comparison) the appearance of part of an old native chula.t * T need scarcely add that this invaluable specimen has been carefully preserved in a glass case made on purpose for it. + 1t seems to have fallen upon bare land of some sort, for there is not a trace of any grass, or of grass roots, about the large lump of earth we have. ¢ Earthen cooking place, portable or fixed, which by long use becomes of a dirty yellowish white colour where the fire is strong. 28 308 The Shalka Meteorite. (No. 4. II. MINERALOGICAL AND CHEMICAL EXAMINATION. Description. The stone is mainly composed of two distinct minerals, exclusive of the external crust. The first of these is a light, ash-grey, soft mass, very harsh and friable, like soft, friable ash-colourved sand-stove, or pumice, which sometimes runs in narrow whiter bands through the mass. This ash-grey mass is thickly studded with specks and masses of all sizes of a much darker greyish black mineral which has often a bright metallic glance, and sometimes on the polished surfaces a silvery lustre like some varieties of Diallage. Its powder is ofa very light ash- grey. Internally the darker mineral appears loosely aggregated, and some- times slightly striated on the smoother surfaces, like minute fragments of grey schorl ; and in the fractures fibrous and radiated like some varieties of hornblende or actinolite. Its powder exactly resembles that of the lighter coloured portions of the stone. The light, ash-grey mineral has also interspersed in it numerous black shining specks, which to the magnifier in a bright light have the bright glance of broken particles of black coal, or pitchstone; the black colour being somewhat bronzed in a strong light; these assume all shapes, and are sometimes partly globular like melanite garnets. They rarely exceed in size a hempseed, but have at times a semi-crystallised appearance and are sometimes agglomerated into minute carbonaceous looking nests. Minute masses, of a very pale green, like olivine, are seen imbedded in the dark grey masses above described, and some of these, particularly at those parts of the stone which are but loosely aggregated, are seen upon very close inspection by the magnifier to be a sort of olivine- looking slag ; that is the mineral runs into a pale olivine-like glass, as if it was in the act of crystallizing into olivine, or the olivine was in the act of fusing to a rock. It is not, however, olivine but merely silicate or silico-chromate of iron; the entire absence of magnesia wholly ex- cluding it from the class to which olivine belongs. The Crust. The black crust is in most parts closely adherent, but in some few 1851.] The Shalka Meteorite. 809 very loose,* and can easily be detached. It is sometimes, too, of the thickness of thick foolscap or thin drawing paper, which I do not re- collect to have seen before noted. It is of a dusky iron black with marks of fusion in many places, and of the black granules being fused into it. It also gives the usual metallic streak. When the internal part of a detached piece of the crust is examined by the magnifier it is seen to be rough and granulated, with some bright metallic-looking specks, but these not distinctly crystallized. Texture and Coherency. The state of aggregation of the different parts of the stone is curious, and, from the fragments we have, we may say, generally, that externally for two inches or more, and sometimes as much as three inches, it was in general tolerably compact, so as to bear such polishing as its pumice- like structure will take; bat that internally it runs to a coarse agglo- meration of small irregular fragments, such as one sometimes sees in coarse gravelly clays when dried. This part is so little coherent that fragments of the stone must be lifted and handled with the greatest precaution not to lose some grains of it, and some will even fall off when carrying a specimen gently from place to place. We may thus assume that the stone, as a mass in the atmosphere, was fused at its surface to a crust, with a coherent sandstone, or solid pumice-like shell, and internally was a mass of agglomerated grains only !+ and this accounts for the stone’s shivering itself to fragments by its fall. The loosely coherent state of the more central parts would seem to lend some corroboration of the hypothesis that these bodies are formed in the atmosphere and not ejected from, or the debris of other planets. Taste and Smell. It adheres strongly to the tongue, like pumice, in the grey ashy parts, but less so at the darker ones. Its smell when breathed upon is earthy and slightly bitter. It is harsh to handle, and excessively friable and grating when one piece touches another. * Perhaps from sudden cooling ? t+ Ifit were possible to get a section of these, or to grind down a surface of them, they would, I doubt not give a sort of Widmannstattenian lines like those shewn on meteoric iron; to judge at least by the fracture. 22 310 The Shalka Meteorite. [No. 4. Specific Gravity. The specific gravity of a fair average specimen, with some crust attached, and which was allowed to part with all its air bubbles was D100. Magnetism. The black crust only is magnetic. The ash-grey and darker masses are not so, nor do the black grains affect the magnet. Blowpipe. The ashy grey mass. In the forceps becomes ofa dark greenish brown colour, but does not fuse. Upon charcoal the same, but the colour is not so deep. With borax a small splinter partly dissolves, colouring the glass a light grass green colour, and leaving a small dark fragment which does not dissolve. The powder with borax on platina wire dissolves completely, giv- ing a pale or deep grass-green bead according to the quantity employ- ed. The powder of the darker black mineral is exactly of the colour of the light ash-grey parts. With borax on the platina wire gives a bright golden grass-green bead which by reflected light has somewhat of an emerald green tinge. Hence I presume that this part contains chromate of iron dispersed in it, in minute quantities, and indeed it appears in some places to run into the black shining specks of chromate of iron above described. Small pieces digested for a long time in Nitro-Hydrochloric acid. The solution becomes highly coloured with iron, and a little siliceous powder is detached ; but the mass undergoes no farther alteration at the time. After some days however the fragments, after being washed clean and exposed to the atmosphere, are covered with a light greenish yellow coating, shewing that the iron at the surface has passed into the state of the hydrated protoxide. The Black Grains. Examined by the magnifier, these are on the fractured surface of a greenish black colour, with a semi-metallic appearance like brilliant fragments of coal; some of the grains, none of which exceed a small 1851. | The Shalka Meteorite. 31] millet or hemp-seed in size, have an imperfect garnet-like (dodecahe- dra!) crystallization. The powder of them is a dull, ashy, reddish brown. The powder of crystallized chromate of iron from our collections, which on the frac- ture exactly resembles these grains, is of a Cull greenish black. Both powders preserve brilliant points in them, though rubbed to the utmost fineness. In the forceps, in both flames : becomes somewhat dull but does not alter. Fused with soda on charcoal, the powder gives only the traces of iron. When nitrate of potash is added to the bead on platinum wire a yellow greenish opaque bead is obtained. With phosphate of soda and ammonia a green bead. With borax on platinum wire a fine emerald green bead is obtained, with minute black grains, which seem infusible in it. When Nitrate of potash is added to the borax, the whole is fused to a clear dark bottle-green grass. When the powder was fused in a platina crucible with borax, to which nitrate of potash was gradually added, it slowly fused to a very pale yellow mass, which was mostly soluble in water ; alittle silica only remaining, and when filtered it gave a pale green yellow solution from which chromate of Jead was obtained by acetate of lead, but the preci- pitate by this process was at first of a lighter yellow than usual, and only assumed the usual bright yellow of chromate of lead on the filter. I am of opinion that these black grains are, like the residual ones noticed in my examination of Captain Sherwill’s Meteoric Iron (Journ, Vol. XVII. Part X. p. 549), a siliceous sub-chromate. The Crust. I collected by the help of a magnifier a few fragments of the black crust from amongst the fragments and dust, but it was very difficult to find any so completely detached from the grey mass as to be purely crust; one or two so found appeared crystallized in minute brilliant facets or needles on the inner surface; and I am inclined to think that the greater part of the crust is really crystallized on its inner surface though outwardly it only appears rough and as if semi-fused. Before the blowpipe.—Alone, infusible and unalterable. 312 Tha Shalka Meteorite. [No. 4. With borax on platinum wire, a minute fragment fused partially but very slowly. The glass was coloured of a pale green. When nitrate of potash is added to the bead of borax, it fuses quick- ly and entirely to a pale grass green. A portion of the crust, in powder, fused in a crucible with nitrate of potash gave only a pure white mass, which, dissolved in water leaves a dull red sediment and this by solution in muriatic acid is found to be iron with a little silex. No traces of chromium could be detected in these minute assays, but it would doubtless be found where the black grains appear fused irto the crust. Analysis. By a careful examination the complete absence of nickel, cobalt, and magnesia were established, and the results per cent. were as follows :— Waterp ad ete. Gattis Fest Ow SbRe Avseme: «ipdil. 20084 Ss) eee trace. Sulphur: L05es8 POEM RE! SERS POF ae Tron peroxide,..3...0.c.2006.0.2. 26. ‘SOP pipet 43t Silicailas a SC LR i. READ SRG PGR A laminas Bak 3. oo, GEES O50 HOE OsidletefiChrome,(.-44 998 204 OS 23) *003 Osu) 2 boes,/. 8. 88. 100. 00. The black grains are chromate or sub-chromate of iron, and hence a variable portion of the assay, depending on the quantity of these and probably of that of the darker portion of the Aerolite, will be always in the state of chromate of iron ; and the excessive friability of the mass is explained by the absence of alumina and the earthy state of the silica. Reviewing this paper: Every lover of science will join with me in repeating our obligations to Mr. Mactier for his active zeal in procur- ing for us this valuable specimen, and in regretting deeply that we have been unable to secure the entire stone, or at all events a good sectional fragment of it, by which we might have obtained some better insight into its state of aggregation at the centre, and hence have ascertained if it had any nucleus ; and I cannot close without earnestly impressing 1851.] The Shalka Meteorite. 313 on the minds of all who may read it, the great service which they can- not fail to render to the cause of science by securing immediately, and guarding with the utmost care, every stoae, known or repuied to be a meteoric one, so soon as information of it reaches them, if by any means this can be done; andit would seem that a formal notice to the nearest Thannah that such stones were the property of Government would not fail to insure due care being taken ofthem? I need hardly explain that these (fragments of other worlds ?) are perhaps not remote- ly connected with great questions of Astronomy and Cosmology, and that the labour of those who bring the materials to men like Herschell, Humboldi, Stritve and so many more, humble as it seems, is yet impor- tant and indispensable, and has its share of honor from every right- thinking mind. APPENDIX. I have thought it worth while reprinting at full length the queries sent by me to Mr. Mactier, to assist in obtaining for us good informa- tion on any future occasion. I have no doubt that many stones fall in India of which we never hear, but no opportunity should be lost of se- curing all we can obtain, both in the way of information and specimens. Queries to which it is desirable replies should be obtained from all persons near the spot where Meteorites fall—from separate witnesses, and as facts within their own knowledge ; not by hearsay. Name and profession of deponent. 2. Where was he when it fell and at what time did it fall? 3. Where did it fall? describe the spot exactly. 4. What kind of ground did it fall upon (send a good specimen of the soil) and describe it particularly as to rocks or stones, or alluvial or arable land? 5. How far from any water ? 6. How many pieces ? 7. What became of the other pieces? (If any small ones can be found near the spot like it, or with a black crust, send them). 8. How was the sky when it fell ? 9. What noise did it make ? 10. Was there any blaze of light with it, or any wind blowing at the time ? | 314 Translation of Vichitra-Ndtak. [No. 4. 11. When did you first see it ? 12. Was it hot or cold then ? 13. Did it seem to have burned any thing? or to have dried up the ground where it fell ? 14. Was the stone or the ground smoking when you first saw it? — 15. Was there any smell about it? 16. Howwas it lying when you first saw it? i. e. lying flat? or sticking up? If sticking up in the ground shew how, viz. if upright or at what angle nearly ?* 17. When dug out, was there any sign of burning or baking of the earth at the lower part? if so send some of that earth ; 3 or 4 seers at least. 18. Did it get warm, or hot, after it fell? 19. Did any change of its colour take place? and of what colour was it in a clear daylight when you first saw it ? 20. What kind of weather was there the day and night previous to the fall of the stone ? 21. Did you ever hear of any stones of the kind having fallen before. 22. Was any wind blowing; and from where ? Memorandum. Ii will be advisable to let each deponent tell his own story separately in the form of a narrative, and then cross question from these queries adding any other particulars. If sent in Bengalee or Hindustanee also, they will be welcome to us. The references to the queries and their replies should be distinguished by their numbers, and the more witnesses and information the better.—H. PrppineTon. Translation of Vichitra Nétak.—By Captain Sippons, 1st Cavalry. Chapter III. God pleased to promote anger and strife The best of men could not stand neutral, Lust and avarice were so potent * Witness should shew this which is very important by sticking a stone or brick or log into the ground. 1851.] Translation of the Vichittra Ndtak. 315 Mighty heroes could not avoid them. By these excited, madly they fought, And using their weapons in fierce strife They maimed and slaughter’d each other ; The devil rejoicing drumm’d merrily. Sheo* wore his necklace of human skulls, Imps rejoiced, and demons urged to war ; Vultures and hyzenas prowled about, And dead bodies thickly strewed the ground. Oh! there was hacking and many wounds, Hands grappling arms, beards with fury pulled! Ileads broken, sinewy arms lopped off, And many chettries} pierced with arrows. Wild beasts skulked on every side ; Animals of every kind were glad. And ogres mixed with the happy groups ; ’>Cause there were carcases enough. to eat, The shouts of heroes equalled the thunder ; They planted their fiags in deadly hatred ; Full of anger, they fought with sword and spear. Foot to foot on the ground, these heroes fought. The swords of the brave clashed fearfully ; Their iron weapons dealt destruction. Battle axes, spikes, and double-edged swords, Short swords and daggers, and forsooth weapous Of every kind and shape, were flashing Around, about, and simultaneously. By wrath excited, the men were reckless, And fearlessly they wielded their weapons. Mad with deadly hatred, they heeded nothing, But, hurling defiance, they cut and slash’d about ee Thousands of fairies came from heav’n to see The combat, vociferating “ Fight—Fight !”’ Some men lost limbs, many bandaged their wounds, * Sheo—Siva. + Chettries—men of the second or military caste. rR. 316 Translation of the Vichittra Ndtak. [No. 4. The flesh of others was hack’d to pieces, And warriors strewed the red ground in heaps. There was a clamour of shields, of loud drums, Mix’d with groans, as these heroes contended. Now they pause, but only to bend their bows And shoot their arrows. Then again with swords To wound,—wounds which are, nor felt, nor cared for. Phrenzied with rage, lo! neither party flies, The din of battle, mocks heaven’s thunder. They dare each other to single combat, And gladly yield their souls to paradise. Their angry blades flash sparks like lightning. Shouts rend the air. Death, death, the only ery ! They roll on the ground in deadly struggle And hurl defiance, even as they die. ) Blood flowed in streams, and fairies hover’d near. Kali applauded, evil imps rejoiced, ; And manly shouts, shamed the loud thunder. The armies engaged with a violence, And roar, like as the sound when oceans meet. Fiery coursers plough the soil. Dripping é With red blood, Devi, who knoweth all things, Gave encouragement, and fierce beasts who live | On bodies, howled with joy ; elephants and Horses cumber’d the earth, their carcases Mix’d in sad confusion with their riders ! Both sides claimed victory. If either were forced Back, it rallied, and fought more fiercely still. Blow after blow was dealt, quick as lightning ; And the arm of hatred was as active As larvee in the water ! The warriors were inflamed as warriors never were before, and the inspiriting kettle-drums roused them to deeds of daring and boldness. Cut to pieces and pierced with arrows, they still fought on. The youthful and the veteran alike fell in this great battle. And many reeled and staggered as if they were drunk with blood. Sounds of warlike instruments, mingled with the shouts of war. And clouds of | 1851.] Translation of the Vichittra Natak. 317 arrows obscured the golden sun ; the sight was awe inspiring, and the battle terrible as that which was fought between Indra and Britrasur ; the field of contest was crimsoned as though the Hooly had been cele- brated on it. Those who remain’d to fight, were all slaughter’d ; Who fied, for ever mourned their cowardice. Awful confusion prevailed everywhere, Armour and swords were scatter’d all about ; Heads with distorted faces, clotted beards And gory trunks, mix’d with dying horses. Kal spared not one of these mighty warriors who contended so fiercely in this terrible battle, all perished ; but their sins were forgiven them ; they were hewn in pieces and died the death of brave men. Earth recorded their fame, and their souls found rest and immortality in Paradise. This was indeed a terrible battle, and mighty were the heroes who fought in it, and are now in the ranks of the blessed. But I must not add more in their praise, for to do so would be like extolling my own excellence, since I am of them, and from them. Enough! the fol- lowers of Lav were victorious, and the army of Kush was defeated, the small remnant of the latter who escaped, fled to Kashi and studied the Véds. They remained there many years. This concludes the 3rd Chapter, describing the great battle between Lav and Kush. Chapter IV. Those who adopted the Véds were called Védis And walk’d in the paths of religion with zeal, The king of the Punjab sent messengers greeting, And begged them to return to friendship and love. The Raja’s messengers arrived at Benares And straightway told all that their master bid them say ; On which, the Védis went to Raj4 Madnedésh And bowing low, they humbly made obeisance. In open court, surrounded by his great chieftains And proud nobles, the Raja had the Veds read to him. He listened with great piety ; the Sam, Yajus And Righa Veéds, were fully explained to him. 27 2 318 Translation of the Vichittra Natak. [No. 4. And when his mind had comprehended well, the fourth, Or Atharv Véd, his sins instantly forsook him. Full of religion, he gave up his kingdom To the Védis, and sought the shelter of the woods. There to reflect, and make atonement for his crimes, His people all went with him, and remain’d content That he, their king, had giv’n up all for God. The Védis rejoiced to get the kingdom, And most diffusely scattered their alms ; They promised, in the iron age to come As Nanak, and take the king to heaven. The race of Lav dwelt in solitude and The Védis enjoyed their possessions. Oh king ! just as thou listenedst to three Véds in silence, but on hearing the fourth, gave up thy soul to penitence, and thy kingdom to us, so we shall pass through three stages of existence, and at our fourth coming, thou shalt be made a Girt. The Raja comforted with this assurance, arose and went to the forests, and the Védis were happy in the possession of their new king- dom. To what length shall I extend my narrative? I fear my volume will be a bulky one! This concludes the 4th Chapter which tells of the king of Lav and the Holy Véds. Chapter V. In the course of time, however, the Védis were subjected to feuds and animosities, which the wisest among them were unable to quell or avert, and after many struggles, their race became almost extinct, for Brahmans demeaning themselves, became almost as Stidras, Kshétris resembled Baishyas, whilst Baishyas were as Kshetris, and Stidras were exalted to Brahmans. The Védis retamed some twenty villages, the remnant of their large possessions, and became cultivators of the soil; they continued to be farmers for a long time, until at length Nanak appeared on earth. Nanak did not long remain with this remnant of his tribe, he wan- dered among the Sikhs, and imparted comfort to them and religious consolation. 1851. | Translation of the Vichittra Natak. 319 {In this iron age, he taught his doctrines And pointed out the true religion. Such as listen to his precepts and walk In his ways are free from sin, and happy, God put away the sins and cheered the hearts Of all those who became his disciples ; They suffered neither sorrow, nor hunger. *Nor were entrapped within the net of time. Nanak afterwards appeared as Angad, And lived religiously in the world ; Then, as one lamp receives its shining light From other lamp, he came as Amar-das ; Then as Ram-das, when, having quite fulfilled +His promise to the Raja, he went to heaven. These four were emanations of one spirit Which fools repudiate, but wisdom understands. Many believ’d they were distinct persons, Only a few acknowledg’d them as one. These latter reaped the reward of good faith, And unbelievers lost by their folly. Ram-das was absorbed in omnipotence, But the spirit of this Gurd once more Descended, and took the form of Arjun. When Arjun sought the realms of happiness Lo! he was succeeded by Hargovind, And after Hargovind, there came Himriai ; Har-kishn then, then follow’'d Tegh Bahadur Whose sacred cord the God of gods revered ; His fame was glorious in this iron age, For all his words were wise, his actions good ; tHe gave his life, a Martyr to his faith ! True to his creed, unflinching, lo! he died. * Which signifies ‘‘ They obtained their pardon.”’ t+ Vide 4th Chapter. + The great but bigoted Emperor Aurungzéb seized the reformer Tegh Bahadir, and having in vain endeavoured to make him forswear his religion, put him to death by skinning him alive, after which he was decapitated and his head exhibited publicly. 320 The adaptation of Aneroid for surveying in India. [No. 4. Hlis head they took, but could not turn his heart ; And thus it is, apostates are abhorred By living man, and scorned by the undying God. His death brought shame on the Muhammedan, Though his soul went to everlasting bliss. Dear is thy memory, Tegh Bahadur! Earth mourn’d its separation from thee, And heaven welcomed thee with shouts of joy. (To be continued.) Note.—The reader is requested to make the following corrections in the first two chapters of the Vichittra Natak published in the last volume of the Journal. In page 521 line 26 for ‘‘ second’ read sword. > — 9», 27 for ‘‘ Even’? read ever. » 522 ,, 8 for ‘‘ playing’? read blazing. »> = 9, 18 for ‘* desirest’’ read derivest. pon WSs, ay lr OuLOIees at,” read as. 99 Dol 4, 21 for = bad?” read had. 5 082. ,, 2 for ‘‘ Kapur!’ . read. Kassuri 9» — 9», 15 for “‘Sauand” read Sanoud. »» — 5, 27 for *‘houses’”’ read horses. — On the adaptation of the ANEROID for the purposes of surveying in India.—By G. Buist, LL. D., F. R.S., L. & C., F. GS. he. One of the greatest desiderata with travellers, is to be able to obtain an instrument for measuring elevations, of moderate size, considerable portability and immunity from injuries from the accidents apt to be encountered in journeying through new countries; a great degree of nicety or exactitude is rarely attainable on a first visit, and is willingly dispensed with in comparison to tolerable approximations when only attainable at the expense of much outlay, trouble and loss of time. The mountain barometer can be made tolerably portable so far as size and weight are concerned, but is in its strongest and most efficient form so extremely liable to accidents, so expensive, and so difficult in India to get repaired or replaced that few travellers in the Hast care to be en- cumbered with it at all. The Mountain Thermometer has done excel- lent barometric service in India; but it has seldom happened that instruments, cut finer than fifths of a degree, have been made use of— at moderate altitudes one degree corresponds with five hundred feet of elevation, so that even when degrees are cut to tenths, the smallest division will not indicate less than fifty feet. A good barometer read- 1851.] The adaptation of Aneroid for surveying in India. 321 ing to thousands will indicate ten feet. The Mountain Sympiesometer scarcely seems to have been made use of at all amongst us; wherefore I know not: the instrument is quite as portable as the Aneroid: it is much less susceptible of injury than the Mountain Thermometer, but is apt on being long used in this country to change its rating. Both the Aneroid and Sympiesometer in their best forms require to be verified by frequent reference to a standard barometer. 'The Mountain Thermometer has this advantage over both that once rated it runs little risk of going sensibly wrong. I say sensibly, for by a late paper of Mr. John Adie’s it appears that even Thermometers in the course of time alter their indications.* The Mountain Thermometer, portable as it is, is far from being exempt from accidents, and besides being apt to be broken in carrying about or in heedless handling while being boiled, the air is liable to get entangled with the mercury, an accident often occurring to such an extent as to occasion the risk or destruction of the instrument.t * Mr. John Adie of Edinburgh has published a very elaborate article in the Edinburgh Philosophical Journal of January, 1850, on the change which takes place in the starting points of Thermometers, often amounting td'no less than nine- tenths of a degree in a few months; this is equal to 450 feet in elevation, suppos- ing the thermometer to be cut to tenths, there being no means of detecting or re- medying the error. I do not think any Aneroid or Sympiesometer likely under any circumstances to go wrong to the extent of half an inch, nearly the equivalent of this, if they have been tolerably taken care of from the time of their last rating by the standard Barometer or reference to some point of known elevation. + The following description is given by Mr. Adie, of the Mountain Thermometer as supplied by him to the Bombay Geographical Society. ‘‘ The Thermometers for the determination of altitudes by the boiling point of water are constructed as follows: A piece of tube is selected of perfectly equal calibre throughout its length ; the section of the bore is round and fine, for the purpose of giving long degrees without having a very large bulb, which renders the carriage of such Ther- mometers, very dangerous for breakage ; the bulb is made of glass cylinder tube, which can be made more equal and stronger than a round bulb: and the proper size having been determined for each tube, the scales are determined by the follow- ing process: each tube with its finished bulb is weighed by a fine balance to 1.100th of a grain: they are then fitted with pure dry mercury and regulated so that 62° shall have the same position as 212° is to have when the Thermometer is finished. Temporary scales, divided into inch and decimal parts, are then fixed to each tube, and the point 32° obtained from melting ice, and 62° from a fine standard Thermometer, and carefully read off on these temporary scales. This gives the 322 The adaptation of Aneroid for surveying in India. No. 4. Under all these circumstances were the improvements of which the Aneroid is susceptible carried into effect, it is, taking it altogether, one of the most convenient instruments of which the traveller can make use within the limits to which it is trustworthy, whatever these may be. The following description of the Aneroid taken from Dr. Purdie (Thompson’s Manual) will make what is about to be stated more clear than it otherwise might have been. length of 30° at these temperatures. But it is evident that this length would be greater than 30° if we drive out a portion of the mercury, to make 212° stand at the point where 62° stood when the scales were measured. This is corrected by care- fully weighing the tubes before and after regulating them for 212°, and the propor- tion is stated: if the larger quantity of mercury give the length noted, the dimi- nished quantity of mercury from regulation to 212° will give a diminished scale, which scale is the true or corrected one, to be divided on the thermometer; each degree is subdivided into fifth or tenth parts and cut on the glass stem of the ther- mometer ; or may be laid down on an attached scale. When the thermometer is to be used, the bulb must be carefully inspected to see that there are no small detached globules of air attached to the interior of the bulb: should such be found they are to be removed by shaking in a larger globule from the contracted part of the bulb, and making it pass over the smaller globules, which it will take with it; it is then to be returned to the contracted part; and should any small portion of the mercury lodge in the tube, it is to be joined to the column by heating the bulb till it rise to the small bulb at the top of the thermo- meter, where the detached portions will unite. The best method of using these Thermometers is to have the bulb and column of mercury up to the reading point brought to the boiling temperature: this is best done by a boiler provided with telescope slide-tubes, which can be regulated to any required length; or where such an apparatus is not at hand, the same length of column, as nearly as possible, should be kept out of the water. Professor J. D. Forbes (Philosophical Transactions, Edinburgh, Vol. XV, page 409) has with great care determined the difference of altitude due to a change of 1° in the boiling point of water, and found it to be 549. 5° for each degree of Fahrenheit. Thermometers used for this purpose should be frequently compared one with another, and their differences noted ; or where one only is used, the instrument should be noted as frequently as possible, both for the purpose of obtaining more perfect results from a mean of the observations, and for correcting small changes in the indication which go on in course of time. For security in carriage, the Thermometer is enclosed in a brass case and sup- ported at all points by woollen stuffing, and is removed from its case by screwing off the top and bottom, and pushing out the bulb when the Thermometer may be drawn out.’’ 1851.}] The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 323 Aneroid Barometer.* ‘Since writing the preceding paragraph, the author has inspected this new and beautiful instrument, invented by M. Vidi. It was described by Professor Lloyd to the British Associa- tion,t and reported to have stood the test of being placed under the receiver of an air-pump, when the indications corresponded with those of the mercurial gauge to less than 0.01 inch. The principle upon which the instrument depends, is the pressure of the atmosphere upon a metallic chamber partially exhausted, and so constructed, that by a system of levers a motion is given to an index-hand which moves upon a dial. “The principle of the vacuum-case was formerly applied by M. Conte § in Egypt, but from the faulty mode of constructing his instru- ment, it was rejected and neglected. ““ Upon comparison of indications made with the Aneroid Barometer —not corrected for the particular temperature—and a very perfect mercurial barometer, given by Mr. Dent, we find that from forty-nine observations made between the 6th January and 23rd February, 1848, the mean difference was 0.037 inch, the aneroid being in excess: and from sixty similar observations made with a standard barometer, dur- ing December, 1848, and between the 3rd and 3lst January, 1849, the mean difference amounted to 0.026 inch, the mercurial being, in this case, in excess over the aneroid barometer. Combining these observa- tions (109 in number) a mean difference amounting to 0.0025 inch is found to exist, the indications of the aneroid being in excess. || For general use, the instrument is thus shewn to be well suited; for the measurement of heights it is peculiarly adapted, from its portability and comparative strength ; and for nautical purposes we know of no better instrument. * a privative, ynpds and efos—a form without moisture. See Dent on the Aneroid Barometer ; Mech. Mag. No. 1307. ’ t At Mr. Abraham’s, Lord Street, Liverpool. The price is £3. It is 43 inches in diameter, and 13 inches thick. The scale is divided to 0.025 inch. ~ At Swansea, in 1848. § Bulletin des Sciences. Floreal, An. 6, p. 106. || The sum of all these observations gave 3239. 712 inches for the aneroid, and 3239.44 inches for the mercurial barometer, the difference being 0.272 inch, which divided by 109,==0.00249. 2uU 324 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. [No. 4. “Fig. 1. represents the external appearance of the Aneroid Barome- ter: Fig. 2. its internal arrangement, where the dial is supposed to be removed and the index-hand retained ; and Fig. 3. a perspective view of the same.* In Fig, 2. ais the metallic chamber or vacuum-vase, which receives ac “An CKO * We beg to acknowledge the kindness of Mr. Dent, in permitting casts to be taken of Figs. 3, 4, and 5,—Aneroid Barometer. 1851.] The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 325 the atmospheric impressions ; it is corrugated in concentric circles, which increases its elasticity, and renders it more susceptible of atmo- spheric impressions ; 0 is the tube, hermetically sealed, through which the air in @ is exhausted. At the centre of a there is a solid cylindri- cal projection 2, to the top of which the chief lever c de is attached —this lever, which is of the second order, rests upon 2 fixed pins, or fulcra, placed vertically, and upon a spiral spring under d, but it is perfectly mobile. The extremity e of this lever is attached by a ver- tical rod and bow-shaped spring /, with another lever to which a watch- chain g is fastened and extended to h, where it works upon a drum fixed to the axis of the index-hand, connected with a delicate spring at h,—the vertical motion is thus changed to a horizontal one, and the hand, which is attached to the metallic plate 2, is thereby moved upon the dial. The movement originating in the vacuum-chamber is multi- plied by these levers, so that a change in the corrugated surfaces, amounting to 1-220th of an inch, carries the point of the index-hand through a space of three inches on the dial. “In Fig. 3. the vacuum-chamber is represented by D; the large lever by C, resting upon the fulcra B B and spiral spring S, and sup- porting the box D by the pin K. At the extremity of C is seen the vertical rod (1) connecting it with the levers (2 and 3) by the bow- shaped spring (4). The square-headed screws 0 e, by screwing or | 7a ae 4 326 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. [No. 4. unscrewing, admit an alteration in the distance of leverage, and there- by enable the index-hand to move over a space corresponding with the scale of a mercurial barometer, To the lever (3) is attached a light rod terminating with the watch-chain, which is attached to the drum fastened to the axis. The handle is kept firmly fixed, when not in motion, by a delicate flat spiral spring attached to the axis, acting against the force of the levers, and always in a state of tension. F is the exhausting tube ; and A, at the back of the instrument, is a screw, which upon being turned, alters the position of the index-hand, and thus enables the observer to adjust the aneroid to any mercurial baro - meter. The atmospheric pressure increasing on D, will cause a slight depression of the corrugated surface to which K is attached, and a corresponding inclination of the lever C; but as this lever is resting upon unmoveable fulcra at BB, the motion will take place chiefly over the spiral spring S, the increased distance of the lever being as six to one. The metallic chamber being 25 inches in diameter, the pressure of the atmosphere should be about 73 lbs. upon the corrugated diaphragms, but owing to various causes it is not more than 44 pounds. ‘‘ Figs. 4, and 5. represent the vacuum-case, separated from the levers. The former shows the case before exhaustion; the latter after the air has been withdrawn. a@ aaa indicate the lapping over of the thin corrugated metallic diaphragms, where they are soldered to the rim; Sosy Lig ’ A K La (04 ez, ZZ, MUM 7M rma smn YUU? GU (SA4LS Sd Zi ; WON ST 0 €60 6 WWW, AY bu j< a VL Ey} D is the vacuum chamber, with F the exhausting tube; and L the screw part fixing D to the metallic plate N below. In Fig. 5, the vacuum-case is in a state of compression after being exhausted, and M represents the socket, which being pulled by the pin K, places D ina 1851.] The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 327 state of tension. The dotted line marks the position of the diaphragms after the introduction of the gas, which effects compensation for changes in the capacity of the case by alterations of temperature. Without this gas the capacity of the case would be diminished by heat, and increased by cold, but the changes in the elasticity of the gaseous fluid by varying temperatures, effect compensation. In using the Aneroid Barometer for scientific purposes, a certain thermometrical correction is required. This is made by carefully noticing the indication of the instrument in the external atmosphere, then placing it before a fire till the thermometer indicates 100° F., and watching the change which has taken place. The variation of the hand, divided by the degrees of the thermometer, gives the quantity for each degree. The amount will be sometimes in excess, occasionally in defect.’’—Dr. D. P. Thom- son’s Introduction to Meteorology, pp. 447—452. The following are the readings of various comparisons taken by the Aneroid and Barometer made at different elevations up to 2000 feet above the level of the sea. Further than this I have not gone. The survey station at Neat’s Tongue, between Trombay and Mehal, exactly 1000.6 feet above the mean level of the sea, as ascertained by theodolite, afforded a very suitable place for experiment ; and the col- lection of instruments in possession of the Geographical Society offered a most convenient opportunity for determining the point. The beau- tiful standard barometers by Adie, 2, 3, and 5 were with three Ane- roids now selected for comparison. Barometer No. 4, was left at Baleairn, about seventy feet above the level of the sea, and No. 1 in the Geographical Society’s Rooms, thirty-five feet lower, for reference. The first observation was made at 5 p. m., about half way up the hill, where barometer No. 4, stood at 9,600, temperature 84°; at Bal- cairn it had stood at 29,874 at 3 p. M., temperature 86° : it had thus fallen 00.274. The three Aneroids stood as follows— No. 3187 No. 1942 No. 1737 Aneroid, 70 feet above sea, .... 29.945 29.860 29.850 ieat Ss” Toneue 6. 3. 28% 29.626 29.552 29.560 Difference 319 308 290 Mean. 306. There was no time to try more than one barometer here. On the top of the hill three barometers were made use of 328 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. [No. 4, exactly at the survey station, the cisterns were six inches above ground. The following is the result. No.2 ‘No:3 \'No. 5 Barometers at Balcairn at 3 p.m. ...... 29.882 29.849 29.874 Barometers at Survey Station at6 p.m... 28.966 28.986 28.984 Difference 916 .863 .890 Mean .889. The temperature at Balcairn was 5° higher than that above : no correction for this was at this stage made. 29.945 29.860 29.850 28.900 28.888 28.950 Aneroids as above, eseeeeeefFeeeeaeeeeeee Difference 1.045 972 -900 Mean .972. Difference from barometric mean .083 The following experiments were made at the level of the sea at half tide, and at Balcairn, on the summit of the rock close by ; No.2... Ne: Sie Now's Barometer, Lowers. o¢osincec/binlseia donee em, da 29.936, 20, 0ian 20-997 Barometer, UPPer nose. mancisaaine .860 836 856 Difference .076 .078 .070 AMOFOLA, LOWEN... S57, .120) Sil 7 10 As 0) OAM ean tas 6929 ae aes oO 7/0 ci DAT Pe ee ee (960) -k833ale: 127 ol ve 09 DOM Wi, sieves 595/| | .oe0 ~L2A4 87 37a wt2 DRUM hae sees Ae 844 is a) 70 Ost weer 1953| Ysaal 109] 387) 75 12 290th dey eas 30.003) .844) .159 .85 .30 05 SO tay ieee O15 2092) Leo 90 .80 10 DISE” (cc blair 29.994; .880| .114 90 80 10 1851.] The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 331 Barometer. Aneroid. Month. Range. Range. Max. Min. Max. Min. February, eee sa A bt 29.981) 29.865 .126 29.88 | 29.80 .08 2nd, 30.017} .850 .167 97 80 17 Meds. a2 ts 948 oo uns .89 fe mo, 2. 059}. .927 Wis? 30.00 89 11 5th, 050} .928 | .122 00} .88] .12 Mi eh... .026| .876 .150 29.99 085 14 7) a -027\.. .882 145 30.00 .89 ll ae iD ae 019 908 111 .00 .89 1] ee a 053} = .901 4 Ol 88 013 BOGS 6.20... ae 902 ; Wy 90 ise Pith; . 29.981 884 .097 29.96 .87 .09 Boe Awe... 30.015 .856 159 99 .86 1S EY heise s.« 013} .883 -130 98 .85 Lhe PAG. 23 Sie. 5s .002} .880 22 99 83 16 15th, 29.999| .852 nA7 .96 {82 14 16th, 994 .844 .150 94 80 14 7 aS an “Ne 863 vs be 83 ned 18th, : .976| .847 129 30.00 .83 iP 19th, A 997 875 LO? 29.95 93 02 ar 30.024 905 119 30.08 98 .10 21st, 29.997| .835 162 04 90 14 22nd, -936| .733 143 .00 88 12 23rd, .986 832 154 01 93 .08 24th, .971| .855 | .116 O2t) -..08.)). 00 Orth, Lk... See ce aan tbe Ae on ae 26th, .. .970| 847 S123 .02 93 09 S7th) be... 986] .837 | .149 02) 0.951.) oe 28th, ue 965) .830 135 01 92 09 March Ist, .980| .829 -D51 03 92 ll 2nd, 985} .821 164 -04 90 014 3rd, ste .844 of a 91 i iS 954, .823 | .131 OL 90) cathe 5th, 952) .820 S132 29.91 .80 11 ee 927; .800 | .127 90) |. 29/0 ema 7th, 988} .850 2138 95 81 14 7 ae .962| .818 | .144 92} .80| 12 9th, .972| .794 178 94 Whe: 16 10th, = Sepia) ; ve 85 DX 332 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. [No. 4. Barometer. Aneroid. Month. | Coe ee Max. Min. Max. | Min. March, . Lith, wie: 29.895) 29.864 2031 29.95 | 29.84 ell Ds) PR ec 979| 864 LID 95 .84 ott U3th, sae 925} .805 .120 90 /9 ell 1] a 925; .810 e115 90 .80 -10 PtH, | eres 948} .832 .116 91 80 a 16H ie, 936} .822 | 114 91). 28a alae Pye, RES, x 873 Ke 86 i TStihy ge. 971), 11828 843 94 ool 13 TOths 4 978] .844 0134 94 .84 10 1011 a a 942} .794 148 9) 80 imi 7 | a eae 922) .808 114 90 .80 10 PPG ie iets 941} .812 129 92 .80 oha Oe 3 Pie 2 991 .849 142 98 89 13 7. 1) an he 907 : 90 st C4 a ae 30.029 882 147 30.01 .90 ll 2Gtin, an. 29.973} .846 ek27 29.98 89 13 27h ae A -947| .844 103 95 .86 09 Btls ss lok 978} .836 142 98 .85 ek3 DSH» be -966) .816 150 95 84 A sich, ae. . ISIEY W765 |) | 14Gs Tale: Sawn DRS by fle tonnts a 193 : 92 April, Se a a , 80 ae 16th, sae 904} .779 125 30.01 .90 11 17th, ae: 8941) 1.780) | bla 01{> .9h)) Goa 1851.] The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 333 Barometer. | Aneroid. Sent, - ne agri | alse | po at eee Max. Min. Max. Min. April, or 29.883) 29.783 .100 30.00 | 29.91 .09 OR cee 903| .795 .108 .02 92 10 a : Oa saAE .118 01 91 10 BE os Behe ay 831 ve 3 88 ny Ody ss dais. 928} .800 .128 .07 94 13 / > a .942| .768 174 .08 91 Wy I 9071-4 730 171 .06 90 16 a hi 828) .688 .140 29.98 85 13 Bom ss ie.. .827| .679 .148 .98 .84 14 S| Sa “820).)'..707 113 97 .89 .08 Ok sia a 6/22 ye big .99 a ae 1849111) 425 .124 95 85 10 BOUNDS ies ole es ooh, sZ4l wlll 97 85 12 May, a .866| .768 .098 98 .88 10 tees .074| .946 .128 -80 83 02 Pr, . oceeed 051 897 154 .84 Ao) Ol Data Oe mS 908 si a Ol at Poth. 3d eke 047; .919 128 oa .80 .03 AN eS 050) .898 152 .85 .80 05 D7 ia ye ees 008; .893 {bLS .82 .80 02 98th, othe. 034) .891 143 .82 .80 02 PO ths iodine 5 042) .893 149 .82 .80 02 SOM, | cites 0 .026' .891 ~135 ol /9 02 December, WBE eck .035| = .885 .150 Ol .80 Ol Dd, Peeves a .876 aS Bie .80 die NO o. ONece's 29.939) .821 118 ol /9 02 Aghiic:' Steers .967 0853 114 80 19 OL Hil: daherevere 30.001; .908 .093 .80 .80 .00 6th; ).eee. 013; = .891 B22 .80 .80 .00 73 | as a eae 29.996 he es .80 uy cee Stl tnwiete cares Oe .837 A ae 718 ba. Oil 2 tees .998| .860 .138 ol 8l .00 Oth, 4) 8 see es 30.000) .876 .124 .80 80 .00 11th ee .028) .900 Jh280 4% ol 19 02 12th, teas 29.998} .878 | .120 801) ..79,) 0 Doth, Sieh 30.009} .896 PS .80 19 Ol 4th Sui ee 048 da ie 82 Bu x Botha, . Nike ei ges 932 i 2 81 ae 1851.] The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 339 Barometer. Aneroid. Month Range Range Max Min. Max Min December, LOpbys ye ds.-« 30.069| 29.934 0135 29.83 | 29.82 Ol Wie a pe ee -067 931 136 04 202 02 ie) 2025\"> 912 sks 83 .80 303 WeMeT Os, Js, 046], .933 | .113 84] .80 04 2 .064 923 141 .89 83 02 a 058 Ax ois) ae : i oy 951 ae 5 Koy ae Pera. sss. 061 924 0137 tos) ol 04 DAthee os)) 2 . 021 2s ava .84 bi dg oh, ...... eel ll pat gal nag acer aa oa. (. 018} .914 | .104 is) en Ga | .003; .889 114 .86 ol 05 2 041 aa Ke 85 o. be PStby yw. se a 914 oi ae 82 hie SOT of s. 051 917 134 Lon oe .06 5 aid 99.985| .852 5133 84 .80 04 —_—_—_— The following observations have been sent to me by Capt. Thuillier, Deputy Surveyor General of India. Comparison of an Aneroid Barometer, No. 3064, by Dent, with the standard in the Observatory at Calcutta. , Time of Observa-| Standard) Attached |No. 3064)Difference Days. tion. Bar. Ther. /An. Bar. | of Bar. March 23)|Sunset 30.070 88.8] 30.066 .004 » 24/Sunrise .096 69.3 .087 .009 9h. 50 m. 206 89.2 -200 006 Noon 184 O37 175 .009 2h. 40 m. -110 95.7 104 .006 4 P.M. .096 96.2 .087 .009 Sunset 080 90.2 .066 014 »» 2o|Sunrise .100 72.0 .092 .008 9h. 50m. 198 84.5 187 O1l Noon 178 OVS wee .006 2h. 40 m. .108 94.3 .100 .008 4PM. .082 95.2 .079 003 Sunset .066 90.0 .062 004 », 26)Sunrise .088 71.8 .087 001 9h. 50 m. .184 85.3 83 001 Noon. -166 92.7 -166 000 2h. 40m. .098 97.0: 1c neo .002 4p.nM. .084 97.3 .085* 001 ZY 340 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. [No. 4. _ The following observations were made at Poona in July and August. The Standard Barometers employed were Nos. 1 and 2, the finest sent out by Mr. Adie, the way they kept together was quite admirable. The Mountain Sympiesometer referred to was a very elegant instru- ment procured for Col. Campbell, whose indications were also very accurate, and in most perfect harmony with those of the other instru- ments. On comparing the instruments at Sewree, about 70 feet above the level of the sea, they stood on the 22nd July at 10 a. m. as under, the Thermometer being 84°, the correction for temperature of the Baro- meter here applied .149—the Standard at the Observatory at this date was 29.667, the instrument being 32 feet above the level of the sea. Barometers. ee baa Aneroids. ir. II. 5821 5822 2244 29.676 29.662 29.750 29.765 29.796 29.780 The following were the readings of the instruments respectively at Poona at 10 A. M. on the 27th—the Observatory Standard had be- twixt these two dates sunk from 29.667 to 29.587 or by 00.080 :— Temperature at Poona 76°—Barometer corrected I. J Symp. Aneroid. Aneroid. Aneroid. 27.713 {) (27.713 4° 27-830 27.800 27.802 27.650 Difference betwixt Poona and Bombay. 1.963 1.949 1.920 1.965 1.988 2.130 The coincidences here betwixt the barometer and mountain sympie- someters, and Mr. Treacher’s Aneroids, are as close as may be. These experiments were performed at Col. Grant’s at the extreme end of the Artillery lines, his house is pretty nearly on a level with the church, the top of the spire of which is set down in the Trigonometri- cal Survey at 2038 feet above the level of the sea. Mr. Treacher’s instruments were only cut to 27.5 mches, and that belonging to the Society cut to 23 was unserviceable. I took our own Aneroid to the top of Bap-dieu Ghat along with me—the following were the results ; but as already stated the instrument was unserviceable, so that no eon- clusion from its indications, can in this case be drawn—the perfection of the Mountain Sympiesometer is very remarkable : 1851.| The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India, 341 Bap-dieu Ghat, August 23rd. Barometer I. Symp. Ther. POOP A. BE Ok 27952 28.05 76 Bap-dieu Ghat, 9a.mM. .... 26.747 26.85 74 1.205 1.20 The Barometer is corrected for temperature to 320. The Barometer at the Colaba Observatory stood on the 23rd August at 29.845 or 1.893 higher than that at Poonah: if to this be added .030 for the difference betwixt 7 a. m. at which the upper instrument and 10 a. m. at which the lower one was read, we shall have a differ- ence of 1.923, or adding 3 for difference of elevation betwixt the Cola- ba and Sewree Standard, almost exactly the same as that originally set down as the result of the first comparison, At Poona the range be- twixt the 26th, and 31st July was about .040, that at Bombay about .070, that for the latter part of August at Bombay about .090: I have n0 note of the Poona range of this date, but assume it at 6, and have taken the half. While in Poona I took with me three Aneroids with a Sympiesome- ter into the carriage, and drove over the station to see with what faci- lity the instruments could be employed in flying surveys. I did this repeatedly. On one occasion I was accompanied by Col. Grant: on another by Captain Stoddart : it is needless to give details—compared with the barometer the coincidences were of course always wonderful : on one occasion we took a series of levelled stations, where the accu- racy was surprizing. The great recommendation, both in their case and that of the Sympiesometer, was the facility with which they could be observed: by pullmg up the horses for a couple of minutes the scale could be read and marked at once, and one hundredth of an inch being allowed for ten feet of change of level, which it is at this eleva- tion pretty nearly, no reductions of any sort were requisite—these could be performed at home afterwards. The following paper is by Professor Patton—it gives the merits of the experiments, with the Aneroid up to 4500 feet: it has been pub- lished in the Bombay Times and no where else that I am aware of. ** Considerable discussion has of late arisen on the subject of the Aneroid Barometer, and great uncertainty still exists im reference to 2x2 342 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. [No. 4. its utility. A letter from the eminent instrument-maker, Mr. Adie, read before a late meeting of the Society, has tended very much to increase previously existing doubts of its usefulness in ascertaining high altitudes, for which its portability and cheapness would have made it particularly suitable. This Society also having ordered a supply from England, it is of great importance not only to have those doubts set at rest, but also to have some means of testing their correctness in order to inform purchasers of the limits within which they can be trusted. In order to do so, I obtained two Aneroids, one belonging to Mr. Treacher, graduated to 27.5 inches, and one belonging to the Society, graduated to 23 inches, and subjected them to the following experiment. In the neck of a flask containing a small quantity of mercury, I inserted a small bent tube, and when the flask was inverted, the mercury of course stood at the same level in the flask and in the tube. ‘©The flask was properly supported on a small retort stand, and the Aneroids were then placed under the receiver of an air-pump, and a few strokes given to the pump. When the air became a little rarified in the receiver, the elastic force of the air in the flask pressed down the mercury, and the degree of exhaustion was measured by the alti- tude to which the mercury rose in the tube. Therefore, neglecting for the present the diminution of the elastic force of the air in the flask arising from the increase of volume and neglecting also the temperature under the receiver, the vise of mercury in the tube should be exactly equal to the fall indicated by the Aneroid, and vice versa. And this was the case in each of the experiments, as will be seen from the read- ings given below. ‘The air was first pumped out, and the receiver, not being perfectly air-tight, it re-entered gradually, and readings were taken at the same instant by myself and Mr. Ardaseer Framjee. ‘*Teacher’s Aneroid.—No. 1. Aneroid. Yeight of Mercury in tube. Inches. Inches. 27 °9 2.99 28 +0 2.25 28549 1°55 29 ‘0 1.05 29 °4 0°55 30°05 0.00 1851.] The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 343 s* Aneroid.— No. 2. ** 1st Experiment. 2nd Experiment. Aneroid. Height of Mercury in tube. Aneroid. Height of Mer. in tube. Inches. _ Inches. Inches. Inches, 26 .0 3 9 24 .5 4 73. 26 .5 3.35 25 .0 4 .25 57 .0 2 .8 25.5 oe ag 27 .D 2.39 26 .0 ae <2 28 .0 1.85 26 .5 BF 28 .D 1.35 27 .O 2 2 29 .0 0.85 27 .o ey 29.25 0 .6 28 .0 1 e622 28.25 0.975 28 .5 Oe 28.75 0.425 29 .0 Ou 72 29.7 Oiyes ** rom these experiments I felt satisfied that the Aneroid No. 2 would not differ from a mercurial barometer by more than one-tenth of an inch, if carried to a height of six thousand feet. Since these experi- ments were made, I have had an opportunity of taking it with me to Mahabaleshwar, and of comparing it with the Sympicsometer, and the results given below show how accurately my anticipations have been fulfilled,—at least as far as 4500 feet. Dr. Buist’s observations at Poona had already proved its correctness to the height of 2000 feet. Aneroid. Sympr. Ther. October 19.—29. 8 29.56 90.0 12 o’clock noon—level of sea. % tao —27./25 |, 29..5, 83.5; 3 Do. do. do. » 20.—29. 85 29.65 83.6 94.4.m. Mhar River. » 20.—29.155 28.93 85.5 5ip.. » 20.—25. 79 25.54 68.5 93. m. Monastery, Maha- baleshwar. “‘ The coincidence between the two instruments is seen to he very ex- act, the total fall of the Aneroid being 4.01, and of the Sympiesometer 4.02. «The following are the readings of the Aneroid and Thermometer at different places between Mahabaleshwar and Poona. 344 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. [No. 4. Aneroid Ther. October 21.—25.756 65.0 94.4. Mm. Monastery, Mahdbaleshwar. » 21.—25. 9 68.0 4 p.m. Top of Tai Ghaut. » 21.—27.175 72.0 5 p.m. Bottom of do. » 22.—27. 75 73.5 Top of Ghaut. » 22.—27. 88 75.5 Bottom of do. _9» . 22.—26.725 81.0 Top of Ghaut near Poona, 6 pv. mu. » 22.—27. 87 80.0 Poona lines. 10 P. om. 99» 2o.—2/. 77. 81.5: Do. do. 43.2. Mm. go: nee «O74 F8ia? Bow. do. 0. Asa ‘“* A very slight examination of these observations will show how sen. sibly the Aneroid is acted on by the smallest undulations of the ground, and that it acts as freely at 25 inches as at 30. “*They make no pretence to great accuracy, because most of them were taken when the palkee in which I was carried was in actual motion, but this only proves more strongly the value of the instrument for general purposes. ** When the merits of the Aneroid become known, and confidence is placed in its indications, it will probably supersede all other portable instruments for ascertaining the heights of mountains : I have there- fore prepared the following table, which will enable any one who can multiply and divide, to obtain altitudes with all the accuracy that is required for practical purposes. The formula used in the calculation is given by Poisson in the second volume of his Tratte de Mechanique : 2 (tobe tl) h Z = 18393.. (: + ) Log — 1000 hl ‘‘ Where é and ¢ are the temperatures of the air in degrees of the centigrade thermometer at the two places of observation, h and / the length of the barometric columns, and Z the height in Metres. “Table to facilitate calculations of heights of mountains. 32° 52416 47° 54163 62° 55911 77° 97658 33 92032 48 54280 63 56027 13 OFF 74 34 52649 49 54396 64 56143 79 57890 35 52765 90 54512 65 56260 80 58007 36 52882 91 54629 66 56376 81 958124 37 92998 92 94745 67 56493 82 .. 58240 38 53115 53 54862 68 56609 83 58356 1851.] The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 345 39 53231 54 54979 69 56726 84 58472 40 53348 55 55095 70 56842 85 58589 41 53464 56 55211 71 56959 86 58706 42 53581 57 55328 72 57075 87 58823 43 53697 58 55444 73 57192 88 58939 44 53814 59 55561 74 57308 89 59055 45 53930 60 55677 75 57424 90 59172 46 54046 61 55794 76 57541 91 59288 ** RuLte.— Multiply the number in the table opposite to the mean of the temperatures of the two places in degrees of Fahrenheit, by the difference of the barometric heights, and divide by theirsum. The quotient is the height in feet. ‘* ExamMPpLe.—On the 20th October, 1850, the barometer stood at 29.85 in the Mhar river near the sea, the thermometer indicating 83.5 ; and at the Monastery Mahabaleshwar it fell to 25.79, and the thermo- meter to 68.5. Required the height. Here the mean temperature is 76°, opposite to which in the table is found 57541, which being multiplied by 4.06, the difference, and divided by 55.64, the sum of the barometric heights, gives 4198 feet, the height required. ‘Table of Heights found by the Aneroid. Kenesore above the level of the sea, .......... feet 665 Monastery Mahabaleshwar, ......60s00s06s00> feet 4198 Mount Charlotte above the Monastery, ........ feet 324 Mount Charlotte above the level of the sea, .... feet 4527 Tai Ghaut,. eile da alahehelaitiele ee cune dy fleet l 362 Height of Chane ee “Bada See aaieed wel. hae iheety I QhG Poona above the level of the sea,.............. feet 2025 «These heights, as far as I have Hen slat to ascertain, coincide very nearly with the heights ascertained by other means. Indeed no single observation of the barometer at one of the places could be expected to give it more accurately. ‘* Leslie’s rule is very convenient, and sufficiently accurate ; but the correction for the temperature of the air at the two places is often neglected in practice,—and even in some scientific works the fact of a correction being required is not mentioned. But this correction can- not be omitted, because in the case of Mahabaleshwar it amounts to upwards of 400 feet, and in the case of Poona to about 180 feet. The 346 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. (No. 4. results, however, are always too small, because in his investigation, he was only anxious to obtain an approximation, and neglected systema- tically all but round numbers, and all the omissions tended to reduce the apparent height. Near the equator the diminution of the force of gravity is another source of error, which still more diminishes the height deduced from the usual formula. I have therefore used, in the formation of the table given above, the number 52416, deduced from Poisson’s formula, in preference to 52000 used by Leslie. Besides the thermometers in general use being graduated according to Fahrenheit’s scale, it is inconvenient to be obliged to convert the degrees into those of the centigrade. As some persons may prefer the use of his rule, I add it, with the example given above worked out. *Lesyie’s Rute.—As the sum of the mercurial columns is to their difference, so is the constant number 52000 feet to the approximate height. Correct the approximate elevation by shifting the decimal point three places back to the left, and multiply by twice the sum of the degrees of the detached centigrade thermometer; this product being now added, will give the true height. « Taking the former example, we have—55.64 : 4.06 : 52000: 3793, the approximate height and the correction is 3.798 ft. + 99.7 = 378, which gives for the true height, 4171, differing from the former by 27 feet. *“Of the more minute daily variations, and the corrections, if any, that are to be applied. I hope to be able to have some account for the next meeting of the Society. ** 21st November, 1850. JosEPH PaTToN.” It appears to me that at home the value of the Aneroid has been greatly underrated; and that it has been looked on notwithstanding all the noise that has been made about it, as little better than a house weather-glass fit enough to take the place of the wheel barometer, but fit for little more. Nothing certainly can be more ridiculous than the legends ‘‘SET FAIR,” ‘‘ CHANGE,” “ RAIN,” “MUCH RAIN,” “‘STOR- my,” &c., with which the instruments have been marked when they are meant to be employed for survey purposes. In the Dekhan or wherever an elevation of 2000 feet is obtained, the Aneroid indicates throughout the year, a state of perpetual tempest. And not only does this tend to bewilder and mislead, but it occasions the loss of 1851.| The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. 347 much valuable space on the dial-plate of the instrument, which might be valuably occupied otherwise. The brass index or register may be expedient at home where the Aneroid is used as a weather-glass merely, by people too indolent or slovenly to write down their obser- vations. Here it is an incumbrance constantly in the way, and liable to bring about the breaking of the glass, and ought, accordingly, to be discarded. ‘The Aneroid, as used at home, is generally cut from 27.5 to 31 inches, so that at altitudes above 2500 feet it is useless. It ought to be graduated all round the scale, or at least as low as 23 inches ; and in this case it would suit for the survey of the Neilgher- ries. The Dial, as I shall call it, or Index-plate of the Aneroid, is about 4 inches in diameter, the scale is engraven about half an inch from the edge of the dial, and is by consequence 9 inches in circumference. When engraven all around it reads from 23 to 31 or over a space of 8 inches, each space corresponding to a barometric inch, being therefore in reality 1.125 inches, this is divided into tenths, each tenth being sub- divided into quarters, so that the instrument reads to 0.025, it may be estimated to half this or 0.0125. The space between the present scale and the extreme edge of the dial is half an inch in breadth all around, and is occupied by the words ‘‘ stormy,” “‘ much rain,”’ &c., calculated, as already stated, only to mislead us in India. Were these to be omitted and the thermometer which at present occupies the other margin of the dial-plate to be sunk, so as not to interfere with this scale or sweep of the index, a large portion of valuable space would be gained. The scale might now be cut half an inch further out so that one inch of the barometer would be represented by 1.5 instead of by 1.125 as at present. ‘This may easily be subdivided into hundredth parts capable of being read to half this, or 0.005. Troughton’s Marine Barometers when meant to be read without vernier are cut to hundredth parts of an inch, each division being a third less than those recommended for the Aneroid. As already stated, the brass index is a mere encumbrance endangering the glass and constantly in the way ; and the steel index ought to be made very much finer than it is at present—as fine in fact ag the second hand of a stop-watch. Reducing its dimensions besides im- proving the delicacy of the reading diminishes the mass and momen- 22 348 The adaptation of the Aneroid for surveying in India. |No. 4. tum, and go rids us of the tremor and vibration to which it is liable when moved about. The improvements suggested are all too obvious to require to be more than mentioned. They can be carried out without in any way increasing the expense, size, or complexity of the instrument, and ought to be insisted on by all those ordering Aneroids for survey pur- poses or for service of any sort in India. Mr. Adie of Edinburgh states that below 28 inches he finds the Aneroid uncertain, and untrustworthy im its indications. Mr. Patton’s experience is at variance with this; but should Mr. Adie’s views prove correct, one set of instruments might be cut from 31 to 28; a second from 28 to 24, and so carrying down the series as far as might be considered desirable. The first set might serve for elevations under 3000 feet ; the second commencing at 3000 might carry us to 6000 and so on. The instruments might easily be tested under the receiver of an air-pump without any actual ascent, the barometer guage with a good scale answering as well as the barometer itself. The neatly-glued, leather-covered, velvet-lined box in which the Aneroid is enclosed is unsuited for India, a hot Dekhan wind will warp, twist and split it into pieces, a wet monsoon atmosphere liquify the glue, mould the cover and rot the lining. To meet the risks of climate and rough usage it ought to be provided with a strong case of copper, brass or zinc of nearly the form of the instrument. This should be stuffed with hair, with scraps of cork, India rubber, gutta percha, or fitted up with springs so as to diminish the risk of concus- sion or vibration. It should be then enclosed im strong leather like a powder flask or spyglass, with straps and buckles for convenient carriage. PLLPDDADADIVI DDN 1851.] Chronology of Makkah. 349 Chronology of Makkah and the Hyde before Mohammad chiefly founded upon Genealogy.—By Dr. A. Spruncer, Secretary of the Asiatic Society. The following genealogical tables intended to illustrate the chrono- logy of the chiefs of the Hijéz before Mohammad have been derived from the following authorities. The genealogies of the Amelekites and Jorhomites have been taken from the Kitab alaghany and Mas’udy the latter is also in Abt-lfeda but somewhat different and in Khoshaybary. ‘The latter author differs from both these authorities : according to his statement Lahy ust! was the leader of the Jorhomite colony which settled in the Hijaz, and he was the son of Obayy b. Jorhom II. b. al-Ghawth b. Shaddad b. Sa’d b. Jorhom I. b. Qahtan. The genealogy of the mother of Qogayy which appears to me very important and that of the Khoza’ahites from Abi Ghobshan up to Lohayy have been taken from Wagqidy and the Tarykh Khamys. I calculated three generations to one hundred years. This is some- what too high in ordinary cases but it was the only means to bring the synchronisms into harmony. From Qocayy to Mohammad [| calculated the generations even higher than at thirty-three years each for reasons stated in the table. Mohammad is five generations from Qocayy but Suwaybit a contemporary of Mohammad and some others were the seventh generation removed from him and Hamzah who was of the same age as Mohammad only four. ’Abd al-Moétalib the grand- father of Mohammad married at the age of upwards of seventy a young woman and she gave birth to Hamzah. This is therefore an excep- tional case. Taking the average of all the genealogies of the descendants of Qocayy, which we know, we find that six generations intervened between Qocayy and Mohammad or about two hundred years. Accord- ing to this calculation Qocayy was born about A. D. 370. at Ay? Chronology of Makkah. 350 *savIpZY 243 Jo 1opeory { <“AAeyory 07 potsseu *VAIDAVZO], UNY, SEM TOIYSNVp-Puresws SIFT ‘YHVSTY “YW YIN, ‘dAULIHD AVHLIYYH | "HLINYH-TY x 2UllET OUy WO soWyoouMy sayy sjjodxo $ zuliz7 ayy jo SULY ojIwMOysoOL 4SITy ‘T HAVHCIW x (4st Jo JUBAIOG *9'l) HASVIN (‘suo "MITY | 10 Lijeg ‘0 1) DAULIG SAVH-1TY YUNY | HVIAHDVN 40 VE "NYQV IN, agy, 10 #A0VY-1V I] WoHuor 10 WVHSUOL 10 YNVH ‘OqI1} OFM =| IATVY Gay, 10 LAaVN -uesseyx) oy} jo sory posoddns o13 ANYSSVHY) HVSV1,VHY, *Saq11} [v.loAas Jo Aoyyey posoddns 043 ‘uosiod e Jo you pure 9q113 94} JO oWeNy ‘WOHUOL ‘uosiod @ jo | *sainjdiiog jo uejoor jou pue equi} BJO omMeU ay} SI SIYZ,| 943 eq 0} posoddns NYLHV® *SaptUmoy ‘sagiyn vzoyy ay, fo fbojvauay -uor ay) fo Abojnauay aay, 10 dAVZ 10 UNY, “uN, ‘efibkezoy rue, yo £re10do1azu09 BSBA OY Jey} PleS ST 4Y ‘oyesopaz gD om Yrurary ©" 4 “Ope Pas, ‘q TAdrTe partes aqiy oy pourol oy, *AyIury quejzodui ue jo 1syjeg ‘HVW,OHLOL ‘£pibe A ur jou yng sku “ey yy YyAIBy, oy} Ut sand90 oweU Sify “MOMHSV *UIHSAOTA x "7 ‘gq savok #Z ynoqe oqeiyg Aq pouotjuam snt Te) SMITA Jo eur} 943 ye zeltEy 94} jo SUIY 9y} Jo oMBU 9} Sem snqes "ad Vou ‘NYNHO({x "zelipy ay} JO “MHOVN x SAQTNI 4Sot]1Va Ot} JO ‘NVUHVZ x ASoyesuas + sautmnues ‘a VU x @ JOJ yf aye} o10j | “HLIUVAT-~IVy ~9k0q} [ “Seqtty jo) “a. V Mx souevu oy} jou pue | ‘HV ITY dav, » suosiad Jo sowmeu ayy "MITYIN x oie 4quop ouaseyy, | “a dV Nx ‘uosied v Jo JOU pUe OqII} BJO OUWIVM qy- SI SIYT, "aZzy *HVNAVZdQ O0r *ermejodosayyy 04 Solljel pue Yyeyyeyy Soapop- eu" “perp “TIN, Aq poyeojop Surog * VOAVNYSy 99 ‘UVAMV Ey Ee *AMVIT T chey “Auvyseye qeyy If} 0 SUIP1ODNR Baqi} OY} JO oULeU OT} ST SIU, ‘YUaLve SE “Apy Seal 03 Surpi090e = aqiiy dy} JO SMV 93 SI SIU], ‘aVUUVY 99 ‘NVYUNVH 10 NYGNOG | QOL eeeeeeven es ee ee eevee ve OE esespeecde@se @©Oeseeesneeeaesee 99T ee@e@seeev eevee ee eee ee oe 002% eeoeetteoeavseoe ee se ee ere ECS eeees ee Be Ge ©8288 28 8 Ce 99% “piqgouaz fo pup zplyy ayy fo ‘sapiyay ‘hhnsog fo sayjou ayn fo fibojnauay \-aump ayp fo AGojpaur) | ‘ysilagsn up sr epliey ayp fo sfarya ayp auam oym uaut asoyz fo saunu ayz atofag —aj0NT F ro] 3 Chronology of Makkah. 1851.] . See 00€ 996 €&S 006 oo esl “yeq.eyy 943 Jo shox ay} STTAS ay moya 03 KAvso®m yt Axerodwayu0g ‘HSIUVLHOJ-1V NVHSHOHD Nd Vy e Ss eqqoT] 1234Snep sty polireu pey oy ‘KAvsoy JO Me]-Ul-IOqIeg ‘TAVIOLY "HV AAIHSSOff y “TATY Sx "(oot “d "JST Yezuezy) “ggg ‘d ‘V Jnoge pa -pasoons oy yerszy jo sury sfeQ-ye IWY 0} poLlivu sem pulpy Jazyyonep sly pue §£g9z% ‘G ‘Y 90014} 94} 07 papaeoons oym yeskzy JO SuLy Iu, 0} polivem sem yeAIMVyT 10}SIS SIP] “EY Mx ‘zeli7T OYy JO WOLSITII OY} pa -Suvyo savy 0} pres SE ‘somod pur aqhiy aslqy Yz0oyy ey} Jo sepunog “ANY. x “I UPVUPTIAL °O Weezy Te jO 1ajySnep-puris oy} sem Alwe, JO qa}ysnep ‘yerceyo,g asi sty yeyy skvs Aveqegz [je ye ASojeoues sty 9Ars JOU Op S1OYINe JsOU puR d1ay 9ATS I yorya AZopeoues ay} 9A1s s.isyq}0 ‘ye emey jo uos @ sem oy Aes smOG “UMOUY }OU 9.18 S1IOJSIOUS SIFT “AAVHO'T pol[eo HY Adve ‘Ime, wospuels sty Aq pozjod -xo 910M Ady} S1dq}O 03 SuIp1000% qnq ‘zeltzy oy} Wor sazmOyIoLr ey} poyjedxe pue “[] Ypeupl pe -jeojop oY SLOYINE BWIOS 0} SUIP1OIDY ‘HVHLIVVAT SVM aug “SLE "CG “V Moge YAIG 9A¥S ays MOYA 0} AAvSOW Jo 1syjOU e@e@eaeeveetseoveevpe eeeenevet se cece es cece er ecuves HVINILY Saeetae sais) vie eere ea simaken ‘avs Fo pede es veer vcenepes eesec ee oe est ev ee 68g 8# “IVAVS peT[eo aUAVAY eeoeeovee@eov see 88 © Be "096 “A *V mMoge yer “AFT jo Suty puooes oy AXpe, *q ame, fq UIv[S BIQOUIT Jo 194SIg eeosveeee ee 028086 88908 88 ‘“HVIVNVA *VadVZ7-1V *yerhpy Jo Bury ysig | oy3 yeudzer Aq utes ecoeeeteconse 8G 08 GH CH Oe "aMV, “aN, ‘zeltAT ayy JO 9qT44 SUI[NA VY} YAIOJIOUEY ale SayIpzY 94} OF pesuojeq om sagzite = ez0uy ayy, “etadg 0} solljat pue sazIp *Apibe Ay Ul jou yng -zy oy) Aq poyjadxa st] skuvyy yyArey, ayy ul st omeU SIT, ‘T] HAVAGII y ‘WNVHY) *AIUVL Tee Ons yeq ey oy} pepunodins oyM 4siy ayy sey ‘skuueyy qyAiey, oy} 03 Sulpioooe “] YPEYPLIAL “4 WINE -Te SUL op1WOYAOL oy} JO Jayysnep 944 paueyl “Aupybojo qniry ay} 04 Suipioooe zelizyT ay} saa0 Aowmord “NS SPIMOYIOL 94} SuLIMp poysIInopy ‘UNV, » "uI1dVe UINY, *"NYSSVH "plo w9Ty | | €&% 006 991 352 Literary Intelligence. [No. 4. Chronology from Qocayy to Mohammad founded on Genealogy. Probable date of birth A. D. FQOCAYY. 370 The founder of Makkah. His genealogy is uncertain. "App MonAr, 410 Second son of Qocayy ; his elder brother ’abd al-dar was grown up when Qocayy conquered the Ka’bah from the Khoza’ahites. HAsui, 442 Second son. Hashim was grey when he begat ’abd al-Moféalib and died soon after his birth (Waqidy.) But according to others (7a. Khamys) he died at the age of 20 or 25 years. I have shown in my Life of Mohammad, page 30, that this is anerror. The former account is confirmed by the fact that Hashim’s rivals were Omayyah the son of his younger brother and ’Amir (b. Hashim b. ’abd Manaf b. ’abd al-dar) the grandson of his uncle. We may therefore suppose that he was upwards of 50 years old when he begat ’App AL-MorTTALiB, 500 Died in A. D. 579 at an age of 82 /unar years and was therefore born in A. D. 500. ’abd al-Moééalib was 47 years old when he begat "Anp ALLAU, 546 Died in February, 571, before the birth of his son at an age of about 24 years. MouHAMMAD, 571 Born in A. D. 571. | a a rr ct te Iiterary Intelligence. De oy sags A treatise on agriculture in Urdu compiled by order of the Lieutenant-Governor of the North Western Provinces, by Kalee Ray, Deputy Collector of Futtehgurh, 2nd edition, Delhi, 1849, 8vo. 54 pp. (lithographed). It treats on the different kinds of soil, the tools used in agriculture, on the modes of watering the fields, &c. ; but the principal object of the book is to acquaint the agricultural popula- tion with the manner in which the revenue is collected and in which they can defend their rights. _ It is illustrated by coarse drawings and ereat attention is paid to the technical terms which are printed in the Nagree character as well as in the Persian, and carefully explained. I necd not say that few of them are to be found in dictionaries and therefore this little volume is yery useful. 1851.] Literary Intelligence. 353 2. swli xd3S 239 A statistical account of the zillah of Futtehgurh in Urdu by the same author, equally compiled by order of the Hon’ble J. Thomason, Delhi, 1849, large Svo. 204 pp. lithographed. ‘This is . an admirable work, besides a most elaborate statistical report, it contains a historical account of every village in the district, genealogical tables of distinguished families, &c. 3. ddoliai Lt A descriptive account of the antiquities of Delhi, in Urdu by Sayyid Ahmad, Moonsif of Delhi: Delhi, 1847, 8vo. litho- graphed. The book was undertaken at the suggestion of A. Sprenger. It contains a great number of lithographic drawings which though well drawn are very badly printed. Though it is not free from mistakes it may clear up many errors of even distinguished travellers and Geogra- phers. Balbi identifies the iron lat in the ruined mosque at the Qo¢b with Fyrozshah’s lat or pillar, and he says that old Delhi extends as far as the Qo¢b. Ritter is hardly more correct. He makes Diwan Kost of Diwani Khace Gel& wlio and Yamuna Masjid of Jami’ Masjid erle oe”, i. e., the principal mosque or Jum’ah Masjid on™ ds4m,i, e., Friday mosque. The natives give it the former name in writing and the latter in speaking, and the Europeans erroneously call it Jamnah Masjid, thinking that it is called so from the river Jamnah, but Yamuna Masjid I have never heard. THe identifies Fyrozshah’s K6tlah which is close to the walls of Shahjahanabad, or modern Delhi, with the Purdnd Qal’ah which is two miles farther south. The former is on the northern and the latter on the southern extremity of the ruins of old Delhi, and from the gate of the one to that of the other you can still trace the chauk or corso of the ruined city. The Qo¢b Minar has not its name from Qo¢b aldyn Aybak as Ritter supposes but from the Saint Qo¢b aldyn Baktyar Kaky whois buried not far from it. 4. The Bostan of Sa’dy lithographed in Mofammad Mostata Khan’s press, Lucknow, A. H. 1265, 2nd edition of the same press. I mention this edition on account of the great care which has been bestowed in correcting the text and fixing the vowels of doubtful words. This edition has marginal notes some of which are useful. This is one of the few specimens of native criticism which has been awakened by the progress of printing among them. A learned man thinks it well worth his while to bestow his time on the edition of a correct text though he might not feel inclined to waste it in correcting a single manuscript, 354 Interary Intelligence. [No. 4. and the competition of the Printers renders it necessary that they should publish good texts. 5. The Bostan of Sa’dy printed in types at Hooghly, A. H. 1264, Not much pain has been bestowed on this edition. On the 30th July, died at Calcutta, Mowlawy Abdur Rahym, who is the author of several works, the method of which approaches to the Huropean taste. His principal performance is the eyxJjwla)_soy3l age Caleutta A. H. 1257, 4 vols. 4to. This is a translation of the Qamtis made by Mohammad Habyb Allah who preserved the arrange- ment which is in the Arabic original and gave it the title of Qabts. Mowlawy ’Abdur Rahym has arranged the roots according to the first letter of the alphabet and he enumerates the derivatives of every root in systematic order, and made many other useful alterations and improvements. This book does not render the original text of the Qamts superfluous, but it contains a greater number of proper names than the original which renders it very useful for reference. Other works of the late Mowlawy are an Arabic grammar explained in Persian called wu! &l¢ Calcutta 1828, 4to. oal,iJiUa Calcutta A. H. 1236, 8vo. 119 pp. This is chiefly derived from Razy’s Commentary on the Shafiah. It contains an explanation of the examples contained in the Sharh Mollé. The seven Mo’allagats with an Arabic commen- tary, Calcutta 1823, 8vo. the commentary is chiefly derived from Zauzany. He may also be considered as the editor of a Persian Tazkirah called Jleisi,© by Shyr Khan Lédy though it bears the name of his son Ahmad. It was compiled in A. H. 1102 and published in A. D. 1831. A new edition of the Raghuvansa with the commentary of Malli- nadtha will, we are informed, shortly issue from the Sanskrita Press of Calcutta. This press from its foundation has been very usefully employed in printing some of the standard works of the Brahmanic literature, and among those already published we find the Kumdra Sambhava and Meghaduta of Kalidasa, the Kddambari of Banabhatta, the Stsupdla- Badha of Sri Harsa, the Dasakumara charita of Dandi, the dnumina- chintémant of Raghunatha Siromani, the Zattvakaumudi of Vachaspati Mis'ra, and the Sdbda-s'aktiprakds'tké of Jagadis'a Tarkdlankara. The name of Professor Madanamohaua Tarkalankara on the title page is 1851. | Interary Intelligence. 355 a sufficient guarantee that the works are correctly printed, but we must observe that in Kurope these editions will not be considered to have been ‘‘ edited :”? indeed they have no pretension whatever to be so called. None of them have any preface, and their readers are left entirely in the dark as to the authenticity of the MSS. from which they have been printed—the history of those MSS.—the names of those who wrote them—the age in which they appeared—the place whence they were procured—and every thing else connected with their literary fidelity and worth. We allude to this subject the more parti- cularly as we find that no attention has been paid to note down the variants which are always met with in collating MSS., and the first chapter of one of the works, the Dasakumara, has been omitted without giving any reason for such omission. Professor Wilson, we know, has expressed some doubts regarding the authenticity of the chapter in question, but he has nevertheless retained it in his edition of the work, thinking it better that his readers should have the doubtful chapter, and with it an opportunity to judge for them- selves, than be deprived of the introduction to a romance. In editing oriental classics, we wish that sufficient regard be shewn to obtain the use, and to point out the peculiarities, of good and ancient MSS., and that our Calcutta Schultenses and Erpeniuses may more carefully follow the footsteps of their European prototypes. There is a strong current setting in, favourable to Bengali Literature, which augurs well as to the future prospects of Sanskrita lore, for the Sadhu Basha or classical Bengali is so identified with the Sanskrita, that the students of the former are naturally disposed to cultivate the latter. We hear then with great pleasure that the principal of the Sanskrita College, Isvarachandra Vidyasagara is preparing a Sanskrita Grammar in Bengali, which will be adapted to late improvements in philological science, and is designed to smooth the path to this difficult language, but which has been made more intricate by the mystifications and scholasticisms of pandits. Along with this grammar a series of selections from Sanskrit writers will be given. We hope one day to see the Sanskrita College of Calcutta, a fount for a useful Vernacular Literature—and a model for an improved mode of learning Sanskrit. A publication presenting quite a novelty in Bengali Literature has lately made its appearance, the Satyarnab, a monthly Magazine of 3A 356 Literary Intelligence. [No. 4. twelve pages Quarto with two wood-cuts. The Journal is designed, like the Penny and Saturday Magazines in England to impart through the Vernacular tongue interesting and useful information, to combine the utile cum dulct. The work is printed at the Encyclopedia Press in Calcutta conducted by native Christians, and the price is only one rupee eight annas a year. Besides papers on practical religious subjects, the Magazine is designed to contain a series of articles on Natural History, Mohammadan history, biographies of eminent English- men in India, sketches of Hinduism, and Christian biography. The present number contains a very good article on Caste, which is to be continued. A translation into Bengali of an excellent work, Chamber’s Moral Class Book has just appeared ; the style is good, and by the illustrative anecdotes it is well adapted for school and general reading. A Ben- gali Dictionary on the plan of Haughton’s with all the meanings in Bengali is passing through the Purnachandrodaya press, compiled by the Editor of the Purnachandrodaya, who has rendered much benefit to his countrymen by the well executed useful works that have at vari- ous times issued from his press. Robinson Crusoe in Bengali, and the lives of Columbus and Peter the Great, will shortly be published under the auspices of the Vernacular Translation Society. We hope the same Society will also shortly issue under their patronage a Penny Magazine in Bengali. To the kindness of the Hon’ble J. D. Bethune and of Knight, the London Publisher, Bengali Vernacular Literature is deeply indebted for the valuable supply of type-metal cuts which have been furnished to illustrate Bengali publications. We have received from Mr. F. EK. Hall, of Benares, the following list of books lately published at that city. List of works published by order of Government, North Western Provinces, for the use of the Benares College. 1. Elements of English Grammar, Sanskrit and English, .. 1847 2. Outlines of Sanskrit Grammar in Hindi, ............. SING sites 3. Vidya Chakra, or Lectures : : on the relations of knowledge. No. 1, English and Sanskrit, 1848 99 No. 2 ” 3 1849 ss No. 3, aA Pe 1849 99 No. 4, 9 9 1849 1851.] Literary Intelligence. 357 4. Laghu Kaumudi in Hindi, Part I,. hile ia hehe eee eh Bia9 5. Tarka Sangraha. Text, Translation ny Original Coe 1849 Geettewa Samasa, GittoO distojerss we ees hace ve de o's sv epetetan 1850 7. Nyaya Sutra Vritti, Part I, ditto ditto,.......... 1850 8. Reprints for the Pandits, Ne. I, containing me S nie meteorite Introduction, 72.) 84 geese eee ce case 1850 9. Reprints for the Pandits, No. II., containing Introduction to the Philosophy of Induction, following the order of Mr. J.S. Mill’s System of Logic, Ratiocinative and Inductive,.. 1851 10. Vedanta Sutra, Part I. Text, Translation and Original Comment, ...... Riera d tear aren esate Mrlneummitenatinls 8 38 2) 2 EB 11. Kanada Siatra, Port:T, CLUO: CUEUO Mees a) aaleiecs wk Sig de ci wa Sieh ALON hose eauata Sara, ditto ditto, ...e6.c 66 eee bake Fo 1851 13. Bhasha Parichecheda and Sidhanta Mukiévals, pee L ati 1851 14. Laghu Kaumudi. Text and Translation with Elucidations and References, ...... Se eet oles EGE et @ Ua ee ae ne SO 1851 15. Algebra in Hindi, Vol. I. By Bapu Deva,............ 1851 In Preparation. 1. Synopsis of Science, being an Encyclopedic View of Human ’ knowledge, moulded on the Sdtras of Gotama, English and Sanskrit. 2. Sanskrit First Lessons, on the Method of Ollendorf. 3. Yoga Sutra. Text, Translation and Original Comment. 4. Miméansa Sttra, ditto ditto. 5. Anumana Khanda of the Chintamani. 6. Mahabhashya, with its Commentaries, the Kaiyyata and Vivae rana. Sanskrit text. 7. The Sequels to the Part I. of the Nydya Sutra Vritti, &c. &ec. Works Published in Sanskrita. waa Teahs | GACHIN TH faqatea witaa UFR veTErtaray fraeira wa aTHey afuafuaisaar famavaata % aq Wat faqutisan oA 2 358 Iiterary Intelligence. aaga velar RE ARTES VEtH ACAEA UTATHA STAT fauna afea ea Herat In Press. BACH Carseat Star viva = | Ta weta Works Published in Hindi. HTETHT TAR | GaUtsa caTsy q-agiaraat Tatar Gat aeg CATV SSCS FT HY | CrarsaHaTT sy2q Suu WH Vaal yeaa g . aware frat WAUCI FS FRAC A Alay HUTA at GIT faaaufaat fafzaial gaa LLDLDPLPP LPL PIII PISS PAI LILI [No. 4. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ASTATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL For Apri, 1851. The Society met on the 2nd instant at half-past 8 p. M. The Hon’ble Str James Couvite, President, in the Chair. The proceedings of the meeting for the month of March were read and confirmed. Bébu Jédavakrishna Sinha, duly proposed and seconded at the pre- ceding meeting, was balloted for and elected an ordinary member. The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting. H. Woodrow, Esq. M. A. ; proposed by the President and seconded by Mr. C. Beadon. Joseph Fayrer, Esq. M. D. ; proposed by Mr. Frith and seconded by the President. Read letters— lst. From Mauluvi Mohi-ud-din Ahmed, forwarding copies of the Kholésat-ul-Hiséb and Tafsir Ahmadi, for sale to the Society. On the recommendation of Dr. Sprenger, it was determined that the last named work be purchased. 2nd. From E. A. Samuells, Esq., presenting on behalf of A. Spiers, Esq. C. S., the following coins to the Society. 3 Scotch coins of 1570—1582 and 1602. 1 of Sigismund III., king of Poland. 1 of the Free City of Hamburg, 1671. 1 of Charles the Ist (without date). 3rd. From Captain W. Sherwill, submitting a paper descriptive of a Colossal statue near Mandar in Rajmahal, and offering to the Society a History of the Rajmahal hills for publication in the Journal. 360 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4. The paper was referred for publication, and the offer was thankfully received. 4th. From W. Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Govern- ment of Bengal, forwarding a coloured map of the Midnapur district, for the Museum of Economic Geology. 5th. From Major M. Kittoe, Benares, regarding his archzeologi- cal researches in Sarnath, and requesting for the loan of the copper- plate grants in the Museum (one set at a time) for examination. After some conversation on the subject it was agreed that Major Kittoe should be informed that the Society will gladly assist his re- searches with regard to the copper-plates in the way he desires; and will with pleasure receive any accounts he can from time to time afford of his progress in the archeological arrangements of ancient sculptures. 6th. From Captain Siddons, enclosing the 3rd chapter of his Translation of the Vichittra Natak. 7th. From Dr. A. Campbell, Darjeling, presenting skins of the wild goat of Sikim, Himalaya, and a civet. ‘“‘ The (first named) animal’ says Dr. C. “was killed at Younger, 14,000 feet, at the base of Kunchinjh- inga, and the civet is sent merely to shew that the animal inhabits that part of the world unknown to our Zoologists.” 8th. From Dr. A. Sprenger, enclosing a paper on the initial letters of the 19th Surah of the Quran. 9th. From W. Earle, Esq., presenting three copper coins and a signet found seven or eight years ago, about 2 miles N. E. of Shahpur, Oondie, on ploughing up the ground, inthe neighbourhood of which mounds and tumuli are seen. 10th. From Sir H. M. Elliot, Secretary to the Government of India, announcing that Dr. Andrew Fleming has been directed to fur- nish specimens of minerals from the Panjab for the Society’s Museum. llth. From Dr. E. Roer, submitting the subjoined extract from a letter from Dr. Goldstiicker. Extract from a letter from Dr. Goldstiicker, dated London, 18th Jan. 1851. “Dr. Miller has communicated to me, that the Asiatic Society has done me the favour to subscribe for 10 copies* of the works to be published by me. I owe my sincerest thanks to the Society, which I think, I cannot * This is an error. The Asiatic Society has subscribed for 5 copies only.—E. R. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 361 show ina more suitable manner than by informing you of the aim of my literary pursuits and the manner in which I hope to attain it. One of my chief objects, which since 1836, when I commenced my Indian studies, con- stantly engaged my attention, has been to trace the religious and philoso- phical development of the Hindus, and to lay the results of my researches before the public. Of the close connexion of religion and philosophy among the Hindus, I became aware only in the course of my studies, and the necessity of such a work, as I intend to publish, has forced itself the more upon me, as I find, that a separate treatment of the history of religion and philosophy would in most instances lead to hypotheses and doubtful results. The same difficulty obtained for both of them, viz., that the materials were either scanty or not yet accessible. When therefore the Vedas were pub- lished by competent scholars and translations of them promised, I resolved to commence a translation of the Mahabharata, in order to obtain a uniform basis for quoting references for the more modern history of religion. For this purpose a revision of the often suspicious text of the Calcutta edition was necessary. I therefore compared the first books with the best appli- ances in Europe, and copied the commentaries of Nilakantha, Chaturbhuja, Arjuna Mis’ra, &c. for the whole Mahabharata, in such a manner, that after another comparison with the MSS. at London, they are ready for the press. The first volume of my (German) translation which has been made with reference to those collations, is nearly completed. In respect to the colla- tions I have to observe, that the various readings are considerable and of much more importance than I had reason to suspect, as the Calcutta edition is on the whole a careful one, and I am of opinion, that without these ardu- ous and tedious preliminary labours, the translation could be but uncritical. I would take this opportunity to express a wish that the Pandits might be induced to lay before the public, the various readings which they collect in their editions. I do not think, that I myself shall be able to publish these philological researches and the commentaries as I am not supplied with the means for so great an undertaking. ** With reference to Indian philosophy, the want of the necessary appliances compelled me to publish the principal works of each period with their phi- lological apparatus, before giving the result of my own critical and histori- cal researches. I therefore intend, in accordance with the division of the orthodox philosophy into six principal schools, to publish the most impor- tant works of each division, which are not yet edited, and independent of the commentary, which I must add myself, to append to each division a history of its philosophy. How far I shall be able to follow out my plan, depends not only upon fayourable external circumstances, but also upon the 362 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4. sources which may be accessible to me in Europe, and upon the assistance of the learned in India in finding out the most important ancient works. I venture to hope, if the interest for this branch of the development of the Hindus is resuscitated in accordance to a systematical plan, that we shall in course of time receive from India those appliances the want of which we feel now so keenly. *‘ Permit me to mention more specially for what the first is wanted. I have of course to commence with the Mimansa, of which the study the more requires renovation, as this commentary to the Vedas is closely connected with another, which my friends M. Muller and A. Weber are now publish- ing. I have commenced with the publication of the Jaiminiya-nyaya-mdld- vistara by Madhava, partly because, in want of other appliances I was com- pelled to begin with it, partly because I wholly concur in Colebrooke’s opinion, that among all Mimansa works this is the most simple and there- fore best fitted for the commencement of its study. By the appliances I[ have met with at Paris, London and Oxford (there are none at Berlin) I trust, I shall be able to prepare a critical text. To this would be joined in the first volume the Jaimini-sitras, for which I have procured sufficient material. The next volumes of the Mim4ansa division are to contain the extensive Sdbara-bhashya and the important Vartikas of Kumérila-svémin For the former I have three MSS., but on account of their great extent, I do not yet exactly know whether they will be safe guides through the whole detail of my labours. For the Vértikas, however, the prospect is yet very unsatisfactory, as in Europe, viz. in London and Oxford, there are only two MSS., and both of them quite incomplete. An edition of this im- portant work will therefore depend upon the success of my solicitations in various quarters for getting MSS., and 1 hope you will allow me also to request your mediation of procuring for me a MS. of the Vartikas of Ku- médrila (12 Adhyayas of 4 Padas each, with the exception of the 3rd, 6th and 10th Adhyayas each of which contains 8 Padas.) It would also be very important, if commentaries previous to Sahara could be discovered, especially the work, the author of which (in accordance with the designation of his disciples ‘‘ Prabhakaras”) must have had the name of Prabhdkara :-— also Guru. Jaimini’s Satras among others make a special mention of Bada- ri, but I have not been fortunate enough to trace a work of an author of this name, and I shall feel much obliged, if you can give me information about him. Is there any Tantrika work and a commentary to it by Bhavadeva in India? And may I take the liberty of asking another question, are there commentaries on Sabara’s commentary, and which? In this case also is the Mimansa literature in the East India House, ill-furnished; for it con- tains only a small fragment of such a commentary by Salikandtha. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 363 “The complete success of all these literary undertakings will of course depend upon the interest which learned institutions take in the publication of these works, as I can but little rely upon any assistance from booksellers. “The publication of those works, the printing of which has not been com- menced yet, will be interrupted for a time by a labour in which I have been lately engaged ; for I have accepted of a proposal to prepare jointly with the venerable and revered Wilson a third edition of his Sanscrit dictionary. Jt is to contain an index to Panini, all my philosophical and musical indices, and beside Wilson’s materials, all that is available in the glossaries (Bopp, Johnson and Lassen, &c. &c.) and lastly, alterations in single points. To give more, is unfortunately not possible, as the book is for a long time out of print, and as it is first necessary, within two or three years to prepare a work, corresponding as much as possible to the present wants. The print- ing will commence after six or eight weeks. *‘T conclude this long letter with a question, which I hope, you will not consider indiscreet, as it is a new request for the liberality of the Asiatic Society. *“* Some of my friends have given me hopes, that the Asiatic Society would perhaps favour me with a copy of the Bibliotheca Indica, if I sent them in return a copy of the works which I am publishing. That this will be done on my part, 1 hope, I need not assure you, and I only add, that I should feel extremely indebted to the Society, if they could join my name to those who receive from the liberality of the Society those editions, so important and so rare in Europe.” The President gave notice of a motion for the next general meet- ing, that the council be authorised to expend, out of the Oriental Fund, a sum not exceeding Rs. 500, in getting such of the Persian, Arabic and Urdu MSS. as require to be newly bound, rebound, and also in getting such of them as require transcription, transcribed. The President also read such of the new rules as had been amended in the course of the discussions at the special meetings, and on his pro- posal they were confirmed and ordered to be printed. He also announced to the Society that one of their Members, Mr. B. H. Hodgson, has been elected a corresponding Member of the Academie des Inscriptions et belles lettres. The Librarian and the Curator in the Geological Department having submitted their usual monthly reports the meeting adjourned. Confirmed, May 7th, 1851. J. CoLvite. 3 B 364 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4. Report of the Curator, Museum of Economic Geology. GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. Mr. J. Weaver has sent us a specimen of an Asbestiform Chlorite Schist from New Zealand. This rock isa soft Chlorite Schist which crumbles between the fingers but which on the fracture is decidedly fibrous, and in appearance might be taken for petrified wood. From H. Torrens, Esq. C. S. we have received a small collection of 12 Specimens of fossils and rocks from the Mootee Jhurna Falls, of which some will be additions to our cabinets. He has also sent us three baskets of coal from the same locality which I have referred to in the next section. From Mr. Theobald, Junior, we have also a few select specimens of rocks of which_some will add to our collections. From Lt. Fell, I. N. commanding the H. C. Survey Brig Krishna, we have received a few specimens of calcareous rock and clay slate with imbedded shale and indurated lignite, with coal, from Diamond Island. These, though mere shore specimens, are of interest if they shew that the Arracan coal formations extend along the coast of Pegu towards Moulmein, though they may be mere detritus brought to this point by the varying currents, and washed up by the sea. I have also put into the form of a paper for the Journal an account of a very interesting series of Calderite rocks, shewing the formation of this rock, as in the granites, by the gradual mixture and more perfect (apparent) semi-fusion of its constituent ingredients. Economic GrouoeGy. I have forwarded to Government, and have also put into the form of a paper for the Journal my detailed Report on the Deoghur copper ores and on the extraction of the silver from two of those which contain it by the beautiful Spanish amalgamation process. It is not therefore necessary farther to refer to them here than to say that I have completely demonstrated the practicability and efficiency of the process in India even at an unfavourable season of the year. I regret to add that we are even yet in spite of my best efforts deficient in supplies of ores from this very interesting locality !* Captain Sherwill having proceeded on duty, and Mr. Vincent from the * Tt is worth noting here how remarkable an instance this is of the difficulties in collecting minerals in India. There are six classes of the ores containing silver and as yet I have been able to obtain only a scanty supply of two of them, sufficient to afford experiments of a pound weight only, when could I have obtained 20 or even 50 lbs. I would have worked that quantity! Of the remaining four we have too little to attempt an amalgamation with them. We want on such an occasion a maund, and we obtain but an ounce or two of each sort ; not for want of zeal and good will, but simply from the difficulties of distance, roads, climate, jungle and the want of Europeans on the spot. And yet this is within 200 miles of Calcutta. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 365 nature of his public duties being unwilling to meddle with the mine. I learn, however, that Mr. G. Barnes has obtained a pottah of the mine, and his brother, Mr. Charles Barnes, called at the Museum for information and advice, which I. of course have given to the best of my ability ; and I trust that before the rains some samples of the ores will be sent to England to ascertain their fair commercial value. Captain Sherwill has also sent us from the bed of the Adji River not far from Deoghur, some new samples of copper ore, which are the common sulphuret of copper. He states these were found in the bed of a dry nullah by a gentleman of the survey service. At present we have no farther information of this locality, and this ore is the poorest kind of copper ore, but it is of importance that we should know as many of the localities in which copper exists as possible. Captain Sherwill has also sent us from Afzulpoor a specimen of coal of which he says,— “T send you a box of the coal and Pyrites from near Afzulpoor on the banks of the Adji Nullah, 16 miles north of the Ranigunge collieries ; it is no new discovery but the specimens may be of interest to the Museum.” Specimen No. 1. Red sandy soil, ....ccusveccccvescscees S Seid eee: No. 2. Grey clay with minute veins of carbonate of lime, 2. 1. No. 3. A loose, incoherent carbonaceous stratum,...... Il. I. és No. 4). Bituminous ‘Shale, oa ietecie sic owes ines u wlntee wots ys pe! 4 » No.5. Bituminous coal with Pyrites ; the depth of the Coal ampknowin, o/046:6 a) Geass nie ne ae ge bie hes es ae 2 (Signed) W. S. SHERWILL. 27th June, 1850, Berhampore. As this coal was of a brighter appearance than any Burdwan coal which I have seen, I have analysed it and the result is that it contains in 100 parts— BMISEGUSCINAGLER,< 1c clcele atone Oe Oe ciclcndlicwedecce)) aoe Om Cannes), ig). ha'a'e Stns ads ies ees Meee BD 60. 15. rey ashy yg cies). BAT Ge Sis eRovaleat etckerh. octal Mag ty hoe MESS CW AGEY 2)" o's snd erate o qateraate SA eater eaetscle save 8 e's 45. 100. 00. The pulverised coal cakes into a single puffy mass of fine coke, very po- rous and metallic in the fracture, and burning very slowly while reducing it to ash. The ash is of a whitish grey colour and contains minute granules of a white colour. It does not effervesce with Muriatic Acid and thus con- tains no Carbonate of lime. A lump of this coal burnt in a close crucible gave 71 per cent. of coke, and as this coke would contain the 7.15 of ash, 100 parts of the coke would thus contain 10.07 of ash—in round numbers 11 3B 2 366 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4. per cent. or 60 per cent. of pure coke. From its slow combustion it might not answer for steam purposes, but for smelting and other work it would no doubt suit. I find that this coal approaches within 1 per cent. of its consti- tuents to the Chinakuri coal No. 6 analysed by Mr. James Prinsep in his table given at p. 197 of Vol. VII. of the Journal (1838) which gives 52 per cent. of pure coke, Newcastle coal giving 65 per cent. of coke. Mr. Torrens’ specimen of coal from the Mootee Jhurna Falls mentioned above was also examined, It is a bright jet coal decomposing very rapidly in the air and separating into small parallelopipeds. It burns in the forceps with a steady glowing combustion leaving a white ash. It gives no visible smoke from the closed crucible but a sickly disagreeable smell. The constituent parts are, WY QUCIIMEMECY, 01s) o.0 a as 0 nichie Shobe CUINGID -ojcleiennlace «card ie\ss0ct «1c ean Gasoms matters Ts ok. ee seks sic ap eieiele ca kaise oelee 1Ue emer Carbon, 2).is s sie «cies en winin (et = 7h ee, wittainje’» eip'oiaie init eee eee ASlisvens © syeie.e ns vieK0 v0 » e/aeysinis 9,0’ sisieysiv wis) etgiejele siaie Aap cee 100. 00. The ash is of a pale brown colour and like the foregoing contains minute little white granules. It also contains no lime as a carbonate. We have also received from Major Jenkins two specimens of coal from Namsang Cahing and Barjan, in Assam. The last is labelled “ Barjan Steam Coal’ and some fine coke made from it has been sent down with it. From the pressure of other researches on hand, I have not been able yet to examine these specimens, but will do so on an early day. Major Jenkins has also for- warded a specimen of the supposed argentiferous lead ore from the Bhor Kamptee country, but upon examination it does not contain any appreciable quantity of silver. The following letters refer to this ore. No. 118. From the Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal, To H. Pippincton, Esq. Curator of Economic Geology, dated Fort William, the 28th February, 1851. Sir,—The Agent to the Governor General, North East Frontier, having re- ported to Government that he has forwarded to you, by Dawk banghy, a spe- cimen of argentiferous lead found in Bor Kamptee in upper Assam, I am directed by the Deputy Governor of Bengal to request that you will submit * By an independent experiment. It is probable that on being freshly mined it may not contain by a great deal so large a proportion of water the absorption of which, when it is exposed to the air, is probably the cause of itsrapid decomposition which, with its large proportion of ash, wholly unfits it for a useful coal except on the spot. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 367 a report of the result of any analysis of the ore in question which you may make, for the information of his Honor. I have the honor to be, &c. | (Signed) W. Seton Karr, Under Secretary to the Govt. of Bengal. From H. PrppineTron, Esq. Curator Museum Economic Geology. To W.Sretron Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal. S1tr,—In reply to your letter No. 118 of the 28th ultimo, I have the honor to report that the specimen of lead ore forwarded by Major Jenkins contains no silver, or so minute a portion as not to be detected by examina- tion of such small quantities, and certainly none to render it worth working. It contains 3 or 4 per cent. of Antimony. 2. I fear Major Jenkins has been imposed upon, for his specimen is no- thing more than a rolled lump of common galena probably picked from some torrent, and certainly not one from any wrought vein or bed. From the dread which natives entertain of Europeans obtaining any knowledge of their mines you are doubtless, Sir, aware, that nothing is more common, espe- cially with native chiefs of all ranks, than to give, purposely, worthless spe- cimens analogous in appearance to those of any value; and their followers dare not act otherwise. A notable instance or two has occurred of this within my own knowledge, and particularly one with the late Major Ouseley, in which smelted copper was given as the produce, and a red iron ore which did not contain a particle of copper, as the ore from which it was obtained ! I have the honor to be, &c. (Signed) H. PippINGToN, Curator, Museum Economic Geology. Calcutta, 11th March, 1851. Messrs. Robinson and Balfour have sent to the Museum some specimens of Turquoises with the following letter. No. 1671. H. Pippineton, Ksa. Dear Sir,—At the request of W. J. H. Money, Esq., C. S. we beg to send herewith a parcel brought by him from Captain Lindquist, P. and O. Company’s Agent at Suez, containing Turquoises picked up on Mount Serebat. Captain L. would be glad to be informed whether they are of any value. . Yours, &e. (Signed) Rosinson, BAutFour & Co. These gentlemen have been informed that the specimens sent are no far- ther of value than as indicating the probability of a vein of these stones, 368 Proceedings of the Asiatic Soctety. [No. 4. which, if good, might be well worth working, since good specimens sell at high prices in eastern countries, where the stone is supposed to possess peculiar virtues and is therefore held in high estimation. H. PippineTon, Curator, Museum Economic Geology. LIBRARY. The following books have been received into the Library during the month of March, 1851. PRESENTED. A Synopsis of the characters of the carboniferous Limestone Fossils of Ireland. By Mr. Frederick M’Coy. Dublin, 1846, 4to. PrEsENTED BY RIcHARD GRIFFITH, Esa. A Synopsis of the Silurian Fossils of Ireland collected by R. Griffith, Esq.—By F. M’Coy, Esq. Dublin 1846, 4to.—By THE SAME. Astronomical observations made at the Observatory of Cambridge, by the Rev. James Challis. Vol. XVI. for the years 1844-5. Cambridge, 1850.— PRESENTED BY THE SYNDICATE OF THE CAMBRIDGE OBSERVATORY. Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government. No I. on the Poppy Cultivation and the Benares Opium Agency. By Dr. W. C. B. Eatwell. Calcutta, 1851. Pamphlet.—By tHe GoveRNMENT oF BENGAL. Tattwabodhini Patrika. No. 91.—By THe TaTTWABODHINI SaBHa’. Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the month of February, 1851.—By THe Deputy Surveyor GENERAL. Satyarnaba, No. 9.—By THE Rev. J. Lone. The Journal of the Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, for January, and February, 1851. ‘Two copies each. By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL. List of Articles contributed from Bengal to the Great Exhibition of 1851. ~——By Dr. J. M’CLELLAND. The Oriental Christian Spectator, February, 1851.—By tue Epiror. The Calcutta Christian Observer, April, 1851.—By Tue Eprrors. The Citizen; for March, 1851.—By tue Epiror. Upadeshaka, No. 52.—By tHe Eptror. The Oriental Baptist, No. 52.—By tue Epitor. The Purnachandrodaya newspaper for March, 1851—By tue Epiror. EXCHANGED. Athenzum, Nos. 1208—12. PURCHASED. Layard’s Nineveh, 2 vols. 8vo. Humboldt’s Cosmos. Translated by Otté, 2 vols. Journal des Savants. Novembre, 1850. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for December, 1850, and January, 1851. The French in India.—By Ligut. Laurtirz, Comptes Rendus, Nos. 22 to 25, for Dec. 1850, onid) "MA *S Ong) 3S Ieajg)daeys *sS VBI}s-oyNwND|"ds *A1's*s Ua | oid a ond aA *S yedys-opnwNyg) "s yawn) os THBI4S-OLND} = “AA YAwWNdI-OID] "AA WB1jS-OMID| “AA *S oniq; ‘Ss HBAjs-O]NWUND)"M *S "S ond)’ MA *S ‘S Iea[D/"M 'S “8 8 8 ong) | yawn} 1B1js-O1ID| “AA “N IvwajQ} ‘A'S oniqd "Ss onig) “M°S 1BUjS-O1NID| “AA °S OwWG$ “MS °S Ie3jD dueys *s tnuny) ’S leat} “AL'S ynwnD) “A ‘Ss 183[9| “M 'S Tye1}s-oOjNUIND |’ AA NAA "AAS Jo yoodsy "PULA "IGSI ‘udp fo yzuopy ay2 wof ‘n2anajvQ ‘aff Squsauay sohaaing ay, ap aday wazsibay 1090h010.L00,0 Fy qi" “MM *a1nye1ad ws J, ‘u00N JUoIeddy 38 speuUl suOI}BAIISqG Dies ni) £@ | CGE = ES. oyiq|'ds *aes's TEND Ss Apnoj)| ‘a *N onig! ‘Ss Tjb1}S-O7 NWN) °S TynuwuNy) ‘Ss IvVI]D} “MA *S T[NWNI-O1I1F "M Apnojd} “MS onig; ‘Ss 118145-O]nUIN?) °S 17¥1]8-OLID| “AN oId)"M S°S onid) ‘°S yawn) "Ss oid) “M °S TBD) “MS oq) “MA ’S 1781}S*O1LI9] “AANA oid!) “MAM °S oniq| *“M °S ojg| “ds “AA's ond) “M°S oid!’ AA’ N*M oI) AA "S °S Te)" M“S °S 1}81jS-O]NWND| “AA "AG Jo yoodsy “PULA L°08 P18 818 E18 FI8 G68 98 C08 218 PS) OSL COL 9°6L 8°08 Lb O'18 €'08 0'%8 86h @8L SSL e “LL Orrmotnooo SCOnDMr-amoNRnotXore ler ep ie ole olfe oe ole ole ole oie ofle ole .6) $8 | 128°62 *ailnye1ed us J, "WIOS ‘YG 1 paAsosqo ainssalq WNUWIxe] 6F9° FSl Chl’ Gg9° LL9* GS’ 919° OL’ LG. BBL" $S8° G98" 68° PPS" $98" r06' P26" 128° GL’ r6L° 068° L16° Cr6’ F68° 8s8" 008° 0S8" LI6°6% ZI0° 170°0€ soyouy yAwuWNnD 19B14S-O1.11Z ond nwnd IvaO ond Apnol) ont IBID onid, OVC Apnojg BIO OWI 1Y814S- OL ouNG IBID T]NUINI-O.LII, 1}B1}S- OLD OIC, IvIoO ynwung Apnojg BIO ond Apnojo OIG IvIO "MS °S aaa ce! a = Vg; . > ts NAN Ba mass . « is Se > NNNA™ SF tM n ie eae a op) DD 178.1]8-O]NWIND| “AA “N Apno[D} “MN ‘AIS jo yoodsy “pULA | o'6L PSL 88h S°6L 0°08 LLL 9°92 StL O'LL 8°0L ROL aa 8 ie ZBL 9°0L VSL Z'6L @'8L 6°64 ¢ OL PIL SLL 8°9L 9 OL PLL €'BL *alnyBiad ula | cL | SSL ) | 618 | 8'T8 | S09 8°08 | 808 | 169° 8°08 | 8°08 | 689° V'I8 | S18 | 809" O18 | SI8 | ro O'6L | 362 | 969° 9°64 | G6L | FED WSL | GGL | SLI 98L | LBL | 699° OLL | OLL | S9L° OGL | SL | S08" SGL | SSL | 618" VSL | OSL | LBL" 8°62 | 0°08 | 208° GOL | SLL | 008° 6'SL | SSL | SSB" S18 | LI8 | FL8 F'08 | £08 |cSL" L'18 | 218 | &L9° G6L | F6L | PPL" 9°8L | OBL | 99L" 008 | 8°62 | 998° v6L | S6L | SS G’6L | S61 | P&B" b6L | G'6L | S8L° €08 | 0°08 | SFL" GLL | OLL | S6L* B'9L | 8°91 | 268 6'9L | BOL | 996° O'9L | OSL | SL6°6S% ° o |seyouy “A oGE pot “dee O}° ‘OSLI-UNG 1B APB SUOIBA.LaSqQ | QL 8926s] Uvary O& 6G 8% “SLE 9G GG FG &@ GG Ig *S0G 6T St LT 9T MIAO HiGgwir OD ‘aed GL’ Og ae ee (14 ee ee 8% ee eo LZ 3 ae 9z ee eo Gz ee ee SG ee en 8%] )| 62'0 | 2'0 GG 90'E5|..00°T 1z ne ee 0z ee ee 61 OL'T | FOT ST ¥9'0 | 09°0 LI 990 | 69°0 IT1© ee se CI ee eos al eo ee SI ee es ral eo ae Il ee ee OI ee ese 6 r( ee ee 8 ee ee 1 eo ee 9 ee ee g ep ee P ee ee g ee ee z 8 oo ee I ee ee ‘ia *youy o!o aj mie eS ‘09 = Oo 7 °j990 7 ® ‘SO.6NBL) arey See ED L’60T C601 Sell *sABI SUNG Ul “WIT, Xe] WNUILX® JAT “0G'S | CZIL | PBL) 9°9818'26 < ‘° ae, ea — mt at ON o * e oO 68 16 fey) ANAnHSaHOoOrKr Oro an oO HFOrHOOD ae oe So RS eae eal a . (© 00 HO 0D 0 + oo for) ~~ D S9OMmOCwMrmAOA a4 een) ° ) NADOMDM QW A © IQA OO Ono joj or ISBbEKKODROWDDAHASKON ~ by & e~ CO Rr COMmMm~E~ OO Or; Conn 1S er) HAW ODWOWNNDNDNHNDNDNMDMDOW WO D 6 1916 ARWS e ° Sig @rorrnrras le oe oe oe oie oe oe oe ore oe one.2) SOWNMDOOCNOMOCONDMDADYON AANA a or) ° . ~o aR 19.16 +H DAG . ° ~ D 69 03 lor er me?) WNOCWORrMDOOCOCMNONr fe) “UryAT "Uva | ° *XBIN | ° *1A}IWOULLIY, | WNUIUI;, pue a ee eel SS SS ee Od) ‘S |¢ 62) 6°18) 1°68) $99" *M 07 Apnojo G'6L| $18) 1°88] L6S" YedS-OLN | "S| Z'GL| ¥°98) S88) Z19" Apno[D| °S | ¢'Tg] F248) 8°88) 99° TYBlqS-OL.ID| “HS | 1°08] S18) 8°88) 9S" ond) ‘“S | 9°18) $°28/8'88|8z9" IID]! “A *S | g"S8| 9°18) 0°68/ 869" Apnolp| “S| ¢'08/8°rg] 0'S8) 499" Suey ANG | @°6k| L'6h, 8°92) £89" IVIID} °S | 9°08| 8°18) $68] 609" Apnoip| “S| ¥'62/ 8'E8)| 8'S8| BSL WeIIS-O11| "| 9°08) CGR OrLg] BSL" ON | US'S} 9'6L/ 8°98] ¥ 18) GEL", £pnojg| *S |z'61| or9g| 9°18] FL9%> NHRNS-OMID) “§ | Zz) F 98| 9°88] F9L" OIG! “S |g'08/0'88) 0°06) BFL" Apnol) "S| 9°61! 6°98) 3°68) SOL" "S 84} 03 Apno[y/dys *g} z*0g| o' 18] 0'68/ SL" Od) "S PF Pz| 9'%6] ¥'F6) 609" ONIT |" MSS! zg] O'e6| S'F6| TS9° OWI |"AAS*S| ¢°LL) #68) O'16| 799" WYVI}S-O1IIT)|" AA S°S| 302) 0°06) 8'SE| BSL yung) “N | 9°32} 3'06| 0' 16] ses" Od) “S| 0°08] 4°28] 0°68) 642" NBAS-OLT)| “S| 9*ez| $28] F BBi TOL" onId) “S| Ig} 0°68) 8°06) F29° 0331 |"MS8'S! 0 08) 0°06) 0°%6} S69" OI |"M SS] #21) 1°18] F 06) SSL" OnId) “S| O°SL] 0°98] 8°48) SEs" IBID} “A *S | 8'SL| °28] 0°88] $68'6% 5 o | o jseyouy =) 2/3) ef *Ayg Jo oodsy P| EB) B | sg Sal” ed os *pUrAA | *ounzered wa J, 3 398-UN 18 apBUt suOTIBAIOSGO G'RL, £18, 6 88/9696, @eeese oop 6 Z6|& 6 ynwuny) “S | 8°I8| e"s6) 4°66 ONIG! “S |8'8L\8°Z6)s°ss 191/448 “S| ¢'08| ZG O°S6 0331q | "4Ys “S| ¢°28] ZT] 8°16 yawung| *S | T'%8}0'16| 0'%6 OnIg) ‘S| F'S8) 0°%6) 9°36 Weljs-o]nwny| “S | F8/0'16|/ S16 og]! “S | ¢'%8 8°88} G68 Apnoj)/MS'S/8 62/16] 0°66 yeljs-OynuinDg| “S | Z°18)s'e6\0'S6 Apnorg| ‘S| #08) 0'99| 7°98 onig|"a S'S) S°%s} F'6g| 9°68 yNuny|"M $ §$/ 08} 06) F°06 Heas-ojnung| S§ | g'08/%'z6|0'S6 1891) |MS‘S| 0'LL/ 9°%6| 9°S6 ynwny) “S |0%e| 0'g6| 'S6 IBV, S| %'18) 9°%6) 9°S6 ynwng| “§ | ¢'e8)¢'¢6) 9:96 1WB1}S-ONID| "AA “S) FS!) &'44| S86 IBID} “S | e'SL/G 269 86 onig| ‘S| S*08|%'G6| 9°96 ontd)’M °S|8°SL| 6°96) 9°96 NB1}S-O11D | "AA “S| O'SL| O' FG) F'S6 OIG] “S| $°08| F'16|3's6 onig| “S |G'08/%'z6| 0'S6 og] “S |%'08| F'¢6| r'S6 oniq) “S |4°4L)/8°¢6| 3°96 IBID | MS M| LL] $96) L°S6 Tyedzs-opnwNn Dy |" M S'S) SSL! 1°26) FSS yNuND|"M *S| 9°S1| E'26| ¢'S6 °o ° ° 2/2] °9 "AS Jo yoodsy 2 | 5 . ie ete, "wt “df 18 — cf WUT “purAA | 'eunjyvsoedwea 7 [ "panurquod “109805927 7 1091.50]0. soaja yy | T39'6z1 LYS" L6S° 109° 98¢° ogg" G6¢° Pog" 669° ggg" 609° 962° 192° SGL° 6L9° LEL* LVL" Sor, SIL" 119: 699° L99° GOL" 618° SLL" vEL° yo" ¢69° LYL’ res" P88" 6% soyouy @eoeceer nun?) al VID 1781}S-o;nwWND Rung onIq ong Ty@1js-o]ntmND IVI nuns Apno[g PNUIND-OLIIZ) nung HB1]S-O;NUIND 1vIIO ong ong TWN, 1VBI}S-OLNG | Ieapg oi OG 178.1}$-0019 ond IBID 178.1}S-O]nWINnG og HOTS) oniq "4 1y81]S-oTRwWND “AY Jo yOadsy L6L 6°86) FE ‘90L 6z4 ‘S | G8} ¢'F6l F'F6] GLE" dys *§) ¥'81/'S6/0'S6! ceo" "S |G'%8is'F6 O'F6| QF" “ds "a8s) 5°98) 1°%6) 2°26) 109" 'S | ¥'S8]3 $6) 9°26! cic "S| 9°€8| 636) %'%6| ozo" ‘S |PP8/SZ6O16 Tec" "S [0°S8/9 16 9°06) 91¢° "M ‘S/@'6L! 1°86) 0°86) F9¢° M § §|0'61|*'86|¢°26 Sco *S |¥'61L/9°L812'88 FeL° "S| 0°G8/3°88) P68 ZBL" "S| 08/¥'06| 1°06 FEL S |¥'68/9S6/%°s6 gtz "S |O'LL)0°S6) 3'F6 BGz" ‘M'SS|S 68/2 F610 F6 OLE "S |3'18)0 6,266 O18" "SS |G'08/8°96/¢°S4 9zz° M °N|0¥%1/8'66) #26, 8¢9" ‘HA | PSL) 9°86) F 16 619" S |Z 18/F16/9°L6, 169° _ MA |9°91) 0°26! 8°96 CBZ" M °S|/8'8L| F'76) 9'6 Seg; 7 5 | 9°38] 8°S6) F° £6 cgL* dys “S| 0°61/ 0°86 8'¢6 OTL: ss S 10°18) ¢'S6) ¢"¢6 199° M "S"AN TEE 1|9°96/ 8°S6! LTL" iM ¢ TL]/Z'96/0°S6 TRL" AMSA) OGL! G6) F°S6) BEB" iA *N| ¥'9L| 9°%6) 9°16, LOG Gad Olle ° sayouy4 SOS Ooo e Lear) -~ we 4 Go jee |= te See tet coe a Ne = *puUlAA | adnjyeusdmay) SF | | } "WOF "SYZ IV OpVU SUOTVALASYO JOURNAL ASTATIC SOCIETY. Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. By Capt. Drury, communicated by General Cutuien, H. C. Resident, Tra- vancore, through the Hon ble W. Evwuiotr. A most interesting discovery of a large quantity of Ancient Roman Gold Coins has lately been made in the neighbourhood of Cannanore on the Malabar Coast, not only remarkable for the numbers found (amounting to some hundreds) but also for their wonderful state of preservation. Many appear almost as fresh as on the day they were struck: the outline of the figures is so sharp and distinct, and the inscriptions so clear and legible. With very few exceptions they are all of gold, and of the age of Imperial Rome from Augustus down- wards; several of them being coéval with the earliest days of the Christian era. From what we have been able to learn regarding their first appearance, it seems that a few were brought into the town of Calicut and offered for sale in the Bazaar by some poor natives who naturally supposing from their shining appearance that they were worth perhaps some trifle, gladly bartered them away for a day’s feed of rice. The Coins however speedily found their way among those who were not long in estimating their real value, and the natives find- ing that some importance was attached to the glittering metal began to rise in their demands, and at length sold them for one, five, ten and subsequently for fourteen rupees the coin. The purity of the gold especially attracted the notice of the Jewellers and the wealthier natives, No. XLVIII.—New Series. 3.C 372 Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. (No. 5. who purchased them for the purpose of having them melted down for trinkets and ornaments—and many, it is to be regretted, have been irretrievably lost in this way. The secrecy at first so carefully main- tained by the natives in respect to the spot whence they brought them rose in proportion to the eagerness with which the coins were bought up, and for a long time all endeavours proved fruitless in ascertaining the precise locality wherein they were found. It now appears that they were accidentally discovered in the search for gold dust by the gradual clearing away of the soil on the slope ofa small hill in the neighbourhood of Kottayem, a village about ten miles to the east- ward of Cannanore. A brass vessel was also found in which many of the coins were deposited. Fora length of time the numbers appear to have been very great, and it has been stated that no less than five cooly loads of gold coins were dug out of the same spot. Neither will this startling assertion be so incredible after all, when we have it on record that upwards of five hundred coins were discovered in the Coimbatore district in 1842; a short but interesting account of which is given in the volume of the Madras Journal of Science and Litera- ture, for 1844. Other discoveries have also been made at various inter- vals in the Deccan, the S. Mahratta country, Cuddapah, Nellore, Madura, and in various places in 8S. India. But in no instance has such a large quantity of coins almost exclusively gold been hitherto discovered, and all at the same time in such perfect preservation. It is impossible to make any correct calculation as to the numbers which have actually been found, but it might be mentioned that about eighty or ninety have come into the possession of His Highness the Rajah of Travancore—and still a greater quantity has been collected and preserved by General Cullen, Resident in Travancore, while even after the lapse of more than a year from their first discovery they are still procurable from the natives in the neighbourhood of Tellicherry and Calicut. The most numerous examples which occur are those of the reign of Tiberius, and next to that Emperor, those of Nero. It is not a little remarkable that both among these Aurei as well as among the Denarii alluded to as discovered at Coimbatore, 1842, the examples of coins of the Emperor Tiberius should in both instances have been more frequent than any other, although this may in some manner be accounted for when we consider that the reign of Tiberius extended 1851.] Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. 373 over a period of 23 years—a long time in comparison with that of the other Emperors excepting Augustus. In other respects the coins are of similar dates with an occasional difference of the types on the reverse of a few of them. No attempt appears hitherto to have been made to investigate if possible in what manner these relics of an age so long passed by, and of a people so interesting as the Romans from their distant conquests and foreign commerce, happened to be con- veyed to these countries, where they are again brought to light after having been concealed for so many hundred years. Before entering upon the subject of the earlier communication which the Romans had with India, a few words upon the history and pro- gress of the later coinage of that people may not be altogether out of place while treating of a matter fraught with so much interest as the present. Omitting purposely to say any thing about the coinage of the ** Kingly period”’ it might be merely mentioned that the first gold coin that was struck at Rome was in the year 546 A. U. C. or about two hundred and six years before the birth of Christ—the silver coin- age having been introduced about sixty years previously. In order to distinguish and separate more clearly the coins of the Republic from those of the Empire, the former have been termed ‘‘ Consular” and the latter ‘Imperial’? coins. Under the Empire the coinage both of gold and silver money was a privilege exclusively reserved for the Emperors themselves, and during the first Ceesars this was rigidly maintained, while to the senate was entrusted the superintendence of those of cop- per and other materials. The largest gold coins were called “ Aurei,” there being, besides these, coins of silver (Argentei), also brass and copper. The mint (Moneta) was a large building set apart for the purpose on the Capitoline hill, and it is a singular fact that the earliest coins of Rome were cast ina mould and not struck off in the customary manner. These moulds (formee) were made of stone and some have been preserved to the present day. During the Republic the mint was under the superintendence of certain officers nominated for that pur- pose, but beyond this, very little is known regarding the internal management of that department. Every citizen, however, had the right of having his own money coined in the public mint and not only was there no reservation for the state for an exclusive coinage but there 3 C2 374 Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. (No. 5. were provincial and colonial mints established in various parts of the Roman dominions. This system was however greatly modified under the Emperors and even those who were permitted to coin their own money were obliged to have the head of some Emperor or some member of his family stamped upon the coin and never their own images. Julius Ceesar was the first person whose actual portrait while living was stamped upon the public money and from his time the practice became general. Thus it will be seen that the Romans had established a regular system for the coinage and necessary circulation of gold, silver and other monies as extensive as the bounds of the empire itself, and destin- ed to carry this distinctive mark of wealth and civilization to the remotest limits of the known world. We will now consider, in a brief and somewhat imperfect sketch, to what extent and in what manner the Roman trade first arose and was subsequently carried on with the countries of the East, and more espe- cially with that part of India, to which we would more exclusively refer—the Malabar Coast: and also what degree of information the Romans actually possessed of this part of the country, and what kind of commodities were chiefly sought after for their luxury or use. Previous to their conquest of Egypt the Romans derived the benefits of Eastern commerce indirectly from the merchants of that country, who under the reign of Alexander and the Ptolemies monopolized the entire trade of India and the adjacent countries. Besides this route, the articles of Indian produce and manufacture were imported into Europe by a longer and more tedious way than that of the Red sea. Being brought in vessels up the Persian Gulf and Euphrates, they were conveyed thence across land to Palmyra, then the grand Emporium of Eastern commerce, and which in its central position became an impor- tant place from its flourishing and prosperous trade. From Palmyra the goods were carried to the different ports of Syria, and thence dis- tributed to the various countries bordering on the Mediterranean sea. At last the Romans, having subjected Greece and Syria to their sway, and overcome the Republic of Carthage, made a descent upon Egypt, which soon yielded to the force of their arms, and from this time that rich and celebrated country was transformed into a Roman province. This happened during the reign of Augustus, and about thirty years before the birth of Christ. 1851.] Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. 375 From this time we may conclude that all direct intercourse of the Romans with the East commenced. They followed up their victories with that characteristic energy for an increased trade, which they ever displayed after the subjection of a foreign people, and the glorious prospect of an undivided command of the Eastern trade added an unusual degree of vigor to their subsequent proceedings. ll the luxuries of the known world had hitherto been poured with a ceaseless flow into the opulent markets of Rome, and the opening of a new channel for the speedier importation of the rare commodities of the East, then so little known, was hailed with delight by the luxurious inhabitants of the Imperial city. Although the occupation of Egypt by the Romans offered them a far greater facility of communicating with India, yet their progress in this respect appears to have been slow and gradual, Augustus probably being more desirous of firmly establishing his authority in that country than of extending his views to the conquest of remoter lands. No expedition to the countries bordering on the Red sea appears to have been meditated till some seventy or eighty years after the Egyptian conquest. During all this time the trade had been carried on by Greek or Egyptian vessels. Without venturing far to sea the commanders of these ships, starting from the port of Berenice (which still retains its ancient name) were in the habit of creeping slowly along the Arabian coast up the Persian Gulf, and never perhaps reaching farther than the mouths of the Indus, till at last, a certain commander more venturesome than his predecessors, boldly pushed across the ocean, and favoured by the Monsoon, safely reached the port of Musiris on the Malabar coast.* This successful voyage was but the prelude to other more fortunate enterprises, and so rapid became the increase of communica- * It is not exactly known where the present position of Musiris lies, or even of Barace, another port which was not far from it. Robertson adopting the opinion of Major Rennell is inclined to fix them both between the modern towns of Goa and Tellicherry relying on a remark of Pliny that ‘‘ they were not far distant from Cottonara, a country where pepper is produced in great abundance.’’ In this case Barace might be the present Barcoor, as generally supposed, and Musiris in all pro- bability Mangalore. The author of the Periplus remarks that ‘‘at all seasons a number of country ships were to be found in the harbour of Musiris,’’ an observa- tion very applicable to that place. 376 Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. {No. 5. tion, that not long afterwards a fleet of one hundred and twenty sail was annually wafted by the assistance of the Monsoon from the Red sea to the coast of Malabar, from which time a regular trade was esta- blished between the ports of Egypt and the Red sea, and those of the Western coast of India. From the death of Augustus to the elevation of Trajan to the Impe- rial throne no important additions had been made to the limits of the empire, with the exception of Britain. Trajan soon began to entertain the idea of carrying the Roman arms to the Kast, and circumnavigating the coast of Arabia, vainly hoped at length to reach the shores of India: but the expedition was so far unsuccessful, and the death of that Emperor soon after taking place, the project was entirely aban- doned by his successor Hadrian. The attempt of Trajan, who died 117, A. D., was never repeated by his successors, nor does there appear to have been any fresh acquisition made to the knowledge hitherto obtained of the western part of India until the reign of Justinian, when owing to the increase of the silk trade, the rival power of the Persians sprang up; the empire was even then in its decline, and the traffic and consequently the dominion over these seas being successfully disputed by a maritime people, the Romans were soon compelled to share and finally to abandon the pro- fits of their commercial dealings with India, which had hitherto been crowned with such advantage and success. Even the information which the most celebrated writers of the first and second centuries had obtained of India was most inaccurate and imperfect, and Strabo, Ptolemy, Pliny and others equally acknowledge and regret the scanty materials which they possessed regarding the true position and places of the Indian continent. Yet Cape Comorin was even then celebrated for its pearl fisheries, and Ceylon, discovered under the reign of the Emperor Claudius, had already sent an embassy to Rome.* Indeed Arrian himself, who flourished in the second cen- tury after Christ, and who might have been expected to have thrown more light upon this subject than either his predecessors or contempo- raries appears to dismiss the subject in a hasty and summary manner, * Pliny gives us the name of the Ambassador (Rachias) who was sent on this occasion. Previous accounts of Ceylon, as found in the ancient writers, were entirely fabulous and devoid of any correct information whatever. 1851.] Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. 377 which goes far to prove that his knowledge of the countries beyond the Indus was extremely limited.* It is most probable that the Romans never exerted themselves to penetrate to any great distance for the commodities they procured from the East, being contented to carry on their trade at those markets on the Malabar coast, which were easiest of access and sufficient for the purposes required. ne or more ports such as Musiris or Barace were most likely the chosen spots to which were gathered the necessary products of the Indian countries from whatever side they were brought, and from thence they were shipped to Egypt and thence to the shores of Italy. Merchandize was also conveyed, and perhaps still more fre- quently than by sea, across the country, enriching several towns and cities on the route which became the Emporia of such commercial goods as were despatched from the Kastern to the Western coast. Thus the modern town of Arambooly, called Arguropolis by the Greeks, was celebrated in those days for its extent and for the busy trade carried on there. Ptolemy also and Pliny mention Kotar oF Nagercoil, under the names of Cottiara and Cottora Metropolis, while the Greek and Egyptian mariners being afraid of doubling Cape Comorin, used to find a safe anchorage for their vessels in the little harbours of Covalum and Colachull to the northern part of that Cape, and which were called in those days the former Colis or Colias and the latter Cojaci.+ The chief articles of export from India during the time of the occu- pation of Egypt by the Romans were spices of various kinds. Dia- monds and other precious stones, ivory, pearls, silk, &c. the latter probably brought from China only. Cinnamon was perhaps more extensively imported from Arabia or the Eastern coast of Africa, in al- lusion to which a modern writer has remarked that the seaport of Aden, * The passage in Arrian to which I allude is the following 7d 5& mpds vétov Te avewor Kal peonuBpins, kde avTH y MeydAn OdAacoa amelpyer Thy “lvddv viv, Kal TA Tpos ew avTy 7 OdAacoa ameipye:, a‘'vague remark which shows that Arrian was not the author of the ‘‘ Periplus Maris Erythrei’’ wherein the coast of India and especi- ally the Western part of it, is so minutely described.— Arriani Hist. Ind. Cap. II. tT Robertson affirms on the authority of the author of the ‘ Periplus of the Ery- threan sea,’ that the inhabitants of the Coromandel coast traded in vessels of their own with those of the Malabar coast, a fact which may account for the discovery of coins on the Eastern side of the Continent. 378 Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. [{No. 5. was in those days used by the Romans as an entrepét for the merchan- dize passing from India to Egypt. ‘‘ That seaport was apparently the same place which Ptolemy named ‘Arabiee Emporium’* and the author of the Periplus tells us that a little before his time it was destroyed by the Romans. But it is to be presumed that the Romans followed up their victory by occupation, for the position assigned in the Periplus to Arabia Felix together with the principle that it is nature which chiefly determines the site of a great maritime Emporium proves that the place in question was no other than Aden, which in the fifth century was the Roman Emporium of the Indian trade.” Pepper was entirely supplied from the Malabar coast, and large quan- tities were shipped every season for the markets at Rome, where it was esteemed one of the greatest luxuries of the day. When Alaric was besieging Rome in the fifth century and condescended to accept a ran- som for the city, he expressly stipulated for the deliverance ‘of 3000 Ibs. weight of pepper,” so much value was attached to that commodity. All sorts of precious stones were eagerly sought after by the wealthier inhabitants, though it is singular that the Romans set a higher value on pearls than they did on diamonds. The former were procured as at the present day near Ceylon and Cape Comorin, and the mines at Sumbhalapura, in Bengal, are probably the same which yielded their trea- sures for the Roman merchants some twenty centuries ago. Lastly, ivory, ebony,t and a few commodities of minor importance completed the list of useful or luxurious articles which were transmitted from this country. * Cooley on the Regio Cinnamonifera of the Ancients. + Virgil says, India mittit ebur. But Africa must also have furnished ivory and perhaps in greater abundance, and again Sola India nigrum Fert Ebenum, but itis a mistake of Virgil’s to suppose that India alone produces ebony, for A“thio- pia is famous for it according to both Pliny and Herodotus. Lucan says, it is an Egyptian plant : Ebenus Mareotica vastos Non operit postes, sed stat pro robore vili Auxilium Virgil followed Theophrastus who fell into the same error. “Idioy 5¢ Kai n EBEevy THS IvdiKAS Xopas. 1851.] Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. 379 From the above brief sketch of the communication which the Romans had with the Western coast of India, and the enumeration of the chief articles of commerce which attracted their merchants hither for the purposes of trade, we have little occasion to be surprised at the discovery of such coins as have from time to time been found in this country ; the great difficulty lies in determining by whom and how they were actually brought here and how many centuries may have passed away since they were either lost or deposited in those spots whence they are now taken. The oldest coins in the present col- lection are those of Augustus and the latest those of Antoninus Pius, embracing a period of about one hundred and forty years. We must therefore conclude that they were all brought here subsequent to or during the reign of the last mentioned Emperor while the very remarkable state of preservation in which they exist would lead us to suppose that they had never been in extensive circulation or use previ- ously. It can be no matter of surprise that no other memorials of those times are found upon this coast, such as buildings, &c, &c., for the ancients obtained no footing in the country, but merely came and returned with their ships laden with merchandize.* In the absence of all direct testimony as to the probable fact of these coins having been conveyed here by the Romo-Egyptian traders, there is another supposition worthy of taking mto consideration, whether they may not have been brought here by those Jewish refugees who ‘emigrating from Palestine about the year 68, A. D. spread themselves over this part of the continent at that early period. That country was then a Roman province and consequently Roman money was there in circulation. At that time ten thousand Jews with their families came and settled on the coast of Malabar and dispersed themselves in various places chiefly on the sea-coast. Now supposing several emigrations of the kind to have succeeded each other and taken place during the third and fourth centuries, (Palestine did not cease to be a Roman provincé until the beginning of the seventh century,) it is not unlikely that these coins may have been brought by them, and either from suffering perse- cution or oppression at the hands of the natives they may have buried these treasures for greater security or concealment. But besides the * Remains of Roman buildings as well as coins have been discovered in Ceylon. In one instance of the latter they were mostly of the age of Antoninus. 3D 380 Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. [No. 5. Jews the Nestorian Christians may have been instrumental in convey- ing foreign coins to these countries. In 485, A. D. they obtained a footing in Persia whence they spread into almost every country of the East. But Ido not consider this theory entitled to so much consideration from the fact of the coins being found in greater number on or near to the sea-coast, on which account it would assuredly be more plausible to support the idea of their having been brought by the Romans from Egypt, or the Jews from Palestine, presuming the latter people in their emigration came either by the way of the Red sea or the Persian Gulf.* But in whatever manner these coins originally found their way to this country, their discovery after the lapse of so many centuries can- not fail to awaken the interest of all who appreciate in whatsoever degree the curious relics of antiquity. The contemplation of the Rise and Decay of the Roman empire is of itself a pleasing and instructive occupation. Our feelings are excited with admiration and surprise when we reflect on its unparalleled extent and magnificence; how nation after nation was subdued by its powerful arms—how its vessels sought every known harbour in the world ; how its brave and well-dis- ciplined armies humbled the haughtier republics of Greece and Car- thage ; how Egypt, Syria, and Arabia fell in successive conquests to the superior valour of its soldiery, and how even those distant countries, where the ocean, or the dread of hostile barbarians, opposed the progress of their arms, afforded their products of use or luxury for the gratifica- tion of the Roman citizen. The ‘inhospitable shores’ of Britain were sought for the more useful commodities of lead, tin, and even pearls, while every country of the East, including even China, was rifled of the more luxurious treasures of silk, spices, and precious stones. That glorious empire is now dissolved, but we possess ample and abundant testimony of its wealth, its energy and magnificence in such * Humphrey in his recent work on ‘ Ancient Coins,’ remarks, ‘‘ that it was pos- sibly of a Denarius of Tiberius, the then reigning Emperor, concerning which, the question ‘ Whose image and superscription is this ?’’’ was asked. Whether such was the case or not, there is no doubt but that the coins of that Emperor were in extensive circulation in Judea, both during the lifetime of our Saviour, and at a subsequent period—a consideration which will be duly weighed by those who would support the hypothesis of Roman coins having been brought here by the Jews in their emigrations from Palestine. 1851.] Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. 381 memorials as have escaped the wreck of time. To the elucidation of history, and the more remarkable events of those earlier ages, there can be few more valuable memorials than coins or medals. The very image of those great personages who acted such conspicuous parts in the Drama of History are here brought at once to the eye and it ought to form the study and desire of every one to preserve, if possible, such interesting records, which so faithfully illustrate the events and lives of persons long passed away. To us who are in so unexampled a position with respect to India, the discovery of any Roman relic here is a matter of no ordinary interest—more especially when we find in this country coins which commemorate the expedition of a Roman Emperor into Britain some seventeen centuries ago! Britain was styled ‘the inhospitable’’—‘* the barbarous country’ and one “ divided from the rest of the World’? and was eventually abandoned by the Emperor Honorius, 420, A. D. as a colony not worth retaining possession of.* Records which attest to such facts must possess a delightful interest for every one who reflects for one moment on the position of England at the present day and the fallen Roman empire. “If all our histo- rians were lost’” says Gibbon, ‘‘ medals, inscriptions and other monu- ments would be sufficient to record the travels of Hadrian,” and the same author elsewhere remarks, alluding to a virtuous action of Antoni- nus Pius, (one of whose coins is in the present collection) wherein he displays a remarkable instance of his regard for the welfare of Rome: “Without the help of medals and inscriptions we should be ignorant of this fact so honourable to the memory of Pius.”’ We should be more fortunate were we in possession of a greater mass of materials than those left us by the labours of the Greek and * See the curious passage in Plutarch relating to Cesar’s expedition into Britain. “‘ But his expedition into Britain discovered the most daring spirit of enterprize. For he was the first who entered the Western ocean with a fleet, and embarking his troops on the Atlantic, carried war into an island whose very existence was doubted. Some writers had represented it so incredibly large that others contested its being, and considered both the name and the thing asa fiction. Yet Cesar attempted to conquer it, and to extend the Roman empire beyond the bounds of the habitable world. He sailed thither twice from the opposite coast in Gaul, and fought many battles, by which the Britons suffered more than the Romans gained ; for there was nothing worth taking from a people who were so poor, and lived in s0 much wretchedness,’’—Plut. Life of Cesar. Lang. Trans. a D?2 382 Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. [No. 5. Roman Geographers in respect to this country and its former commer- cial transactions, but I cannot help thinking that the diligent research of the antiquarian scholar would be amply rewarded by a more close investigation of the subject of the connexion of the Romans with the countries of the East. The trade by Egypt and the Red sea was carried on with the nations of Europe until the discovery of the Cape of Good Hope by the Portuguese, for upwards of fifteen hundred years : —Egyptians, Romans, Greeks, Persians and Arabians all successfully enjoyed and participated in the benefits of that route for the purposes of traffic. At length the transport of goods became diverted to ano- ther channel by a more tedious but perhaps in many respects a more advantageous passage, and it is not unworthy of reflection to consider the probability of a return to the first and earliest passage by the Red sea—which would appear destined after nearly four centuries have elapsed, to be adopted once more as the line of communication between the distant countries of the East and the European world. Translation of a native letter descriptive of the locality and first discovery of the Coins. Tellicherry, December 16th, 1850. ** Aoreeably to my last note, I now beg to furnish you with the in- formation of the discovery of gold coins here. About three years ago certain Syrians residing at Keelaloor Dashom in Palashy Amsham of the Cotiacum talook were in the habit of collecting gold from the bed of the river Vaniencudavoo (by taking the sand and sifting it), which was between Keelaloor Dashom and Vengador. One day whilst they were engaged in digging the bed of the river a number of gold coins was found in a part where there was a mixture of sand and mud. These were lying buried in the ground but not ina vessel. A great quantity was taken but nobody knows how many. Some suppose that these might have been buried here in bags, which have been destroyed. At a distance of ten koles east of this, there is a garden belonging to a Maplay in which are situated a small shop and two houses belonging to some low caste people who always reside there. During the hot season there is water to a man’s depth whilst in the Monsoon there is depth equal to four or five men. The stream runs through one side of the dry bed of the river, whilst the other is so filled up with sand 1851.] Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. 383 that it is like an island. Below this island on the other side there is another current resembling a small canal which is the place whence the coins are taken. Certain Maplamars of Curvoye Talook hearing of the discovery of gold at this canal proceeded thither and tried to collect some, and it is said, that they also got some coins. Although what these people got, is not so much as taken formerly by others, nobody knows what was the exact quantity. About the year 964,* it is supposed that certain Gentoo inhabitants of Coorg or My- sore, were in the habit of trading in these parts. This being the time of war some wealthy merchants might have from competent reasons cast their gold coins into the river. There is no story of a wealthy man having ever resided in any of the adjacent villages. Subjoined is a sketch of the locality which I think is not more than twenty-four miles from Tellicherry.”’ Description of the Coins. - Augustus born 63, B. C. died A. D. 14. Reigned 58 years. 1. Obdverse. AVGVSTVS. DIVI. F. Head of Emperor. Reverse. IMP. XIII. Two figures, one seated. 2. Obv. Head of Emperor. No Inscription. Rev. CMSAR AVGVS. Triumphal Quadriga. 3. Obv. AVGVSTVS. DIVI. F. Head of Emperor. Rev. AVGVS. rest illegible. Equestrian figure galloping. 4. Obdv. CHSAR. AVGVSTVS. DIVI. F. PATER PATRIA. Head of Emperor. Rey. AVGVSTI. F. COS. DESIG. PRINC. IVVENT. L. C&- SARIS. Two figures of Caius and Lucius ; standing between them are two shields on the ground. The inscription on the reverse of this coin would run thus: Caius et Lucius Cesares Augusti fil Consules designati principes juventutis. Caius and Lucius were the grandsons of Augustus upon whom was bestowed the title of Principes juventutis, and it was subsequently conferred upon the probable successor to the throne when he first entered public life. ‘Tacitus explains this when he says ‘‘ Nam genitos Agrippa, Caium ac Lucium, in familiam Czesarum induxerat ; nec dum posita puerili preetexta, Principes juventutis appellri, destinari Con- sules,’ &c. &c. Tac. Ann. 1, 3. See also Suet. in Aug. Cap, 64 et seqq. * Corresponding to our era 1788, A. D. 384 Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. [No. 5. The origin of the designation ‘ Pater Patric’ given to Augustus by universal consent is thus described by Suetonius, (in Aug. C. 58,) Valerius Messala leaving the Senate house said ‘ bonum faustumque sit tibi, domuique tuee, Caesar Auguste, Senatus te consentiens cum populo Romano consalutat Patrize Patrem.”’ | Tiberius born 42, B. C. died 38, A. D. Reigned 23 years. >. Obv. TI. CAS. DIVI. AVG. F. AVGVSTVS. PONTIF. MAX. Head of Emperor. Rev. Figure of Clemency. A spear in one hand, and olive branch in the other. 6. Obv. TI. CHSAR. DIVI. AVG. F. AVGVSTVS. Head of Emperor. Rev. DIVOS. AVGVST. DIVI. F. Head of Emperor surmounted with a star. The star was used as a symbol of the protection of heaven. Claudius born 10, B. C. died 54, A. D. Reigned 14 years. 7. Obv. DIVVS. CLAVDIVS. AVGVSTVS. Head of Emperor. Rev. EX.S.C. A triumphal quadriga. 8. Obv. TI. CLAVD. CHSAR. AVG. GERM. P. M. TRIB. POT. P. F. Head of Emperor. Rev. AGRIPPINA. AVGVSTZ. Head of Agrippina, repre- senting a young female. In beautiful preservation. The inscription on the obverse would run thus. ‘ Tiberius, Claudius Ceesar, Augustus, Germanicus, Pontifex Maximus, Tribunitie potes- tate. Pater Patriz.’’ ‘There were two celebrated persons bearing the name of Agrippina, one was niece of Tiberius and mother of Caligula. The other was mother of Nero. The image on this coin is that of the former. 9. Obv. TI. CLAVD. CHSAR. AVG. P. M. TR. P. IV: Head of Emperor. Rev. IM. rest illegible. A bridge and figure seated. May not this coin commemorate the building of the celebrated Claus dian Aqueduct which bears the Emperor’s name to this day and ig yet in use at Rome, though partly in ruins ? 1851.] Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. 385 10. Odv, TI. CLAVD. CAISAR. AVG. P. M. TR. P. XI. IMP. P. P. COS. V. Head of Emperor. Rev. 8. P.Q. R. P. P. ob. C. S. the foregoing is enclosed in a wreath or garland. This would run. ‘“ Tiberius, Claudius, Ceesar, Augustus, Pontifex Maximus, Tribunitiz potestatis undecimo (anno) Imperator, Pater Patrize, consulatiis quinto (anno). Senatus, populusque Romanus, Patri Patrize ob cives servatos.”” The device of a civic crown is very fre- quently met with. This was usually bestowed upon those who had saved the life of a Roman citizen. The Senate in bestowing honours upon Augustus decreed that a civic crown should be hung from the top of his house, and this honour having been assumed by the later Emperors a crown of oak leaves with 0d cives servatos in the centre is often found on the reverse of coins in those Imperial times. 11]. Ov. TI. CLAVD. CAHSAR. AVG. GERM. P. M. T. Rk. P. Head of Emperor. Rev. “EX. 8S. C. ob. Cives Servatos.. Enclosed in wreath as above. Ex Senatus consulto began to be invariably used on coins in the reign of Augustus. A few Republican coins are found with the same initials. 12. Obv. TI. CLAVD. CAISAR. AVG. P. M. TR. PVI. IMP. XI. Head of Emperor. Rev. 8. P. Q. KR. P. P. ob. C.S. encircled with wreath. 13. Obv. TI. CLAVD. CHSAR. AVG. P. M. TR. P. X. IMP. P. P. Head of Emperor. Rev. PACI. AVGVSTA. Winged figure of Victory. 14. Obv. TI. CLAVD. CAISAR. AVG. P. M. TR. P. Head of Emperor. Rev. PRATOR RECEPT. Emblem of Concord representing two figures joining hands. 15. Obv. TI. CLAVD. CAISAR. AVG. P. M. TR. PVI. IMP. XI. Head of Emperor. Rev. DE. BRITANNI. Triumphal arch. Emperor mounted—with trophies. A most interesting coin—representing the arch erected by a decree of the Senate to the Emperor Claudius on the final subjugation of Britain. It was in the year 43, A. D. that the Emperor Clandius sent over a large force to conquer the island, which he subsequently joined himself, Vespasian, afterwards Emperor, being his second in com- 386 Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. |No. 5. mand, This triumphal arch no longer exists, and were it not for the representation of it on coins we should have remained in ignorance of its ever having been erected. Caligula born A. D. 12, died A. D.41. Reigned 3 years 10 months. 16. Obv. C. CASAR. AVG. GERM. P.M. TR. POT. Head of Emperor. Rev. AGRIPPINA. MAT. C. CAS. AVG. GER. M. Head of Agrippina. The name of Caligula never appears on his coins and Caius is always expressed by C. The above coin was struck in honour of his mother Agrippina. 17. Obv. C. CHSAR. AVG. PON. M. TR. POT. III. COS. III. Head of Emperor. Rev. GERMANICVS. CAS. P. C. CHS. AVG. GERM. Head of Germanicus. A coin struck in honour of his father Germanicus. Drusus born 38, B. C. died 8 B. C. 18. Obv. NERO. CLAVDIVS. DRVSVS. GERM. AVGVSTVS. IMP. Head of Drusus. Rev. DE. GERMANI. Triumphal arch—surmounted with equestrian figure commemorative of the victories of Drusus in Germany. 19. Ov. NERONI. CLAVDIO. DRVSO. GERM. COS. DE- SIGN. Head of the Young Drusus. Rev. EQVESTER. ORDO. PRINCIPI. IVVENT. Drusus ‘was made Consul 9, B.C. The ‘ Ordo Equestris’ establish- ed 123, B. C. Those who were admitted into the Equestrian order enjoyed several privileges apart from the rest of the citizens. Such as their distinction of seats in public assemblies, &c. &e. Nero born A. D. 37, died A. D. 68. Reigned 14 years. 20. Obv. NERO. CASSAR. AVG. IMP. Head of Emperor. Rev. PONTIF. MAX. TR. POT....... IV. P. Pa Exe Se. Figure holding a spear. 21. Obv. NERO. CASSAR. AVG. IMP. Head of Emperor. Rev. » PONTIF. MAX. TR. PB. X., COS. IV..P. BR. iis. C, Armed Warrior. 1851.] Remarks on some lately-discovered Roman Gold Coins. 387 22. Obv. NERO. CASSAR. AVG. IMP. Head of Emperor. Rev. PONTIF. MAX. TR. POT. IV. P. P. EX. 8. C. encir- cled in wreath. 23. Obv. NERO. CASSAR. AVG. IMP. Head of Emperor. fee.” PONTIF. MAX./TR.'P. V.TV. COS; IV: P..P. EX. S.C. Armed Warrior. 24. Obv. NERONI. CLAVD. DIVI. F. CAS. AVG. GERM. IMP. TR. POT. EX. S. C. encircled in wreath. Rev. AGRIPP. AVG. DIVI. CLAVD. NERONIS. CAS. MAT. rest illegible. Two heads, male and female. 25. Obv. ANTONIA. AVGVSTA. Head of Antonia. Rev. SACERDOS. DIVI. AVGVSTI. Two torches in upright position. Antonia, daughter of Marc Antony was born 38, B. C. and was married to Drusus Nero. The inscription on the reverse of this coin may allude to the custom of priestesses (Sacerdotes) or flamens being appointed after the deification of the Emperors to superintend their worship at Rome and elsewhere. | Antoninus Pius born A. D. 86, died A. D. 161. Reigned 23 years. 26. Obv. ANTONINVS. PIVS. AVG. GERM. Head of Em- peror. Rev. P. M. TR. P. XVIII. COS. IV. P. P. a temple. This temple may perhaps bear some allusion to that decreed by the Senate to Antoninus’ wife Faustina after her death. Additional. 27. Obv. CHSAR. AVGVSTVS. DIVI. F. PATER PATRLA. Head of Emperor. Rev. Ti. CASAR. AVG. F. TR. POT. XV. Triumphal Qua- driga. 28. Obv. TI. CESAR. DIVI. AVG. F. AVGVSTVS. Head of Emperor. Rev. IMP. VII. TR. POT. XVII. Triumphal Quadriga. 29. Obv. TI. CLAVD. CHSAR. AVG. GERM. PM. Head of Emperor. Rev. CONSTANTIA. AVGVSTA. Female figure seated. PLLOLPL VIL ILRI NIIP API IND IPP IPD P PPL 3 E 388 On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. [No. 5. On the Shou or Tibetan Stag, Cervus Affinis,* mhi. (With two Plates.) By B. H. Hopneson, £sq. Since my imperfect accounts of the Shou were published in the Journal (Nos. 6 and 7 of 1850) abundant supplies of the spoils of the species exhibiting both sexes in various states of maturity have been received by Dr. Campbell through Cheba Lama, the Sikim Vakil; and, as Dr. Campbell has kindly placed these spoils at my disposal for examination, I now proceed to describe this magnificent Stag from unusually copious and adequate materials, the sculls and leg bones being attached to the majority of the specimens. I have now examin- ed nine samples, including my own original one which was described in the Journal, No. 117 of 1841, where the scull and horns, deposited since in the British Museum, are delineated. The Shou is from eight and a half to nine feet in length and from four and a half to five feet high at the shoulder. The head is twenty- two inches long, nine deep and seven and three quarters wide. The ears are eleven inches long. The tail, less the hair, is three to four inches. The fore leg, from mid flexure downwards, is eighteen inches ; and the hind leg, nineteen inches and more. The fore hoof is four and half inches long, three and three-eighths wide, and three high. The hind hoof, four and one quarter inches long, three in width and the same in height or depth. The horns are five feet long, three to four in spread between the tips, and ten to eleven inches thick at base. The general form of the animal is full of grace and vigour; assimi- lated to that of the European Stag, but with greater strength of limbs and broader hoofs. The head is finely shaped with broad flat forehead a little depressed before the horns, a slightly arched chaffron and graceful termination forwards, not actually thickened, as I had sup- posed, though less attenuated than in Hippelaphus, Elaphoides and Axis, or the tropical Deer ; and the mufle or nude extremity of the nose is decidedly smaller than in them, perhaps even more so than in the Stag of Europe. The suborbital sinus is likewise conspicuously smaller, in skin and in scull, than in the tropical Deer just cited, or in the Muntjacs, though not inferior in size to the same organ in our * Dr. Campbell, Superintendent of Darjeeling has presented to the Society the horns and skin of a very fine specimen in beautiful preservation.—Ep. Tue SHou OF TIBET. Cervus Atbenis reobw. i : ‘ ¥ na m ment bred ~~ a i4s¥ 1851.] On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. 389 Red Deer, I apprehend. In the feet there are no interdigital pores, before or behind ; nor are there apparently any calcic tufts or glands ; though in one sample a nudity appears on the os calcis which has somewhat the semblance of this latter organ. The graceful and majestic horns are inserted on the summit of the frontals but much before the occipital crest, upon a moderate foot_ stalk which reclines considerably and is surmounted by a moderate- sized burr. The horns have an ample sweep and curve, both spread- ing and reclining much, and then approximating more or less, and for the most part greatly so, towards their tips, thus forming large seg- ments of circles. They are usually a good deal embrowned and more or less rough or _ pearled on the surface ; but frequently are pale in colour and nearly smooth. The beam reclines greatly at first in the manner of the Axines, but about the centre of length it ascends rapidly with a lu- nate sweep. There are, uniformly in all otherwise diverse specimens, two basal tines, one central, and one apical to each horn. The basal tines or snags are inserted proximately, but not in contact, on the external anteal face of the beam, and are directed forwards with the tips turned upwards ; the lower ones leaning over the eyes, the upper, running nearly parallel, outside of them. ‘The upper basal tine or bez of each horn is the larger of the two, nay, it is the largest of the whole, and that invariably. The central tine is inserted rather more externally and rises some- what more than the basal ones ; but still this snag also may be said to have an antero-external insertion and a forward direction. In size it is always the least of the tines and its position is very near the centre of the horn’s length. The upper tine has very little of forward direc- tion or insertion but radiates from the beam sideways, so as to form a simply furcate summit to each horn; its insertion being lateral and external, and its direction ascendant with moderate divergency from the beam. This apical snag is in size always superior to the central snag and often to the lower brow snag, but generally is as large as the latter though never so large as the upper brow snag or bez. Relatively to the end of the beam it is usually very distinctly smaller, but not invariably so. The tail is very short, and the caudal disc remarkably small, but conspicuous from strong contrast of colours. The limbs are 3 E 2 ~ 390 On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. [No. 5. sufficiently fine, though remarkable for strength, and they are terminat- ed by hoofs yet more noticeable for their breadth. The false hoofs are well developed and obtusely conoid in shape. The pointed narrow ears have no strize within, but are filled with soft hair abundantly—a peculiarity which we may, no doubt, refer, like the contracted nudity of the muzzle and of the larmiers, to the coldness of the animal’s habitat. The pelage is of two sorts, a very fine wool next the skin, and a harsh, quill-like, porrect hair; whereof the latter is inserted in the skin by a slender pedicle or neck and is elsewhere throughout com- pressed but not wavy. The pelage is abundant and pretty equable in length, the cervine mane being by no means conspicuous and being proper rather to the lower than upper surface of the neck. It is chiefly developed about the gullet and that part of the abdominal sur- face of the neck which is next the gullet. But there is more or less of mane also on the dorsal surface of the neck ; the samples before me being those of the winter dress of the species. The longest cer- vical and gular hair is from five to six inches; that of the body gene- rally is not above two to two and half inches. The general colour is earthy brown more or less lutescent, the head and neck being concolorous with the back ; but the flanks are conspi- cuously paled, and the belly as conspicuously darkened. There are no fixed marks on the head, even the dark patch below the gape being sometimes wanting, and the neck, though paler below than above, is not very noticeably so. But the paling of the flanks is as decidedly soas the nigrescence of the belly; the white and black forming a conspicuous contrast on those parts. More or less of the albescence of the flanks is communicated to the abdominal surface of the neck, and very noticeably to the hinder margin of the buttocks which is whitened confluently with the small caudal disc. The limbs are paler than the back, darker than the flanks, and they have an earthy brown list down the their external and anterior aspect. The internal and prevalent colour of the pelage is purpurescent slaty of a more or less embrowned tinge ; the colours above noted being, for the most part, only the superficial ones, though the albescent and nigrescent parts have the pelage wholly of a whitish or of black brown hue. 1851.] On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. 391 The little tail is white, like its disc, a darker mesial line dividing the latter along the culmenal line of the tail. The lining of the ears is always white or whitish, and so sometimes are the orbits and lips, but not uniformly. Some of the pale hairs of the body exhibit curious dots of a dark colour at intervals in their length ; not rings but dots merely. The hoofs and muzzle are black, and the horns, pale brown or full brown. The females are smaller than the males. Their teats are four. They are less maned than the males, and they lack the conspicuous nigres- cence of the belly in the males; their abdomen being whitish like most part of the inferior surface. The brown earthy colour of the upper surface is likewise paler in the females. I have above described the general and normal character of the horns; but the ample assort- ment of specimens before me, whilst it stabilitates beyond question that character, affords several subordinate variations too valuable to be omitted, which are as follow. Both the length and thickness of the horns in animals of the same or nearly the same age and size, differ very much ; as much almost as 2to1l. Next may be noted that the spread of the horns is very diverse, being much greater in some than in others ; or rather perhaps I should say that the sideway curvature varies much, and, as it is more or less, so are the tips of the horns brought near together or kept wide apart. Thirdly, the upper brow or bez antler is apt to have its tip reverted downwards and backwards, instead of being turned normally upwards. Fourthly, the distance of the two basal antlers from each other is liable to vary considerably, or from two inches to more than four. But, that the greater interval is abnormal is shown, as well by its existing only in one horn of the pair sometimes, as, and at all events, by not characterising the pair generally. These basal snags are never in contact at their bases but very seldom above two inches apart. Comparing the scull of this typical stag (Elaphus) with that of the devious tropical stags of Asia (or, to be more precise, Hippelaphus) we may remark, that in the former the face is longer and the head shorter ; that is, that the molar, intermaxillar, and nasal bones are as much longer as the frontal and parietal bones are shorter. We may secondly remark that in the former the nasals are somewhat arched 392 On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. [No. 5. lengthwise, but not so inthe latter ; and, thirdly, that there is less compression of these bones in our animal than in Hippelaphus, or, to speak more generally, in the tropical Deer. A fourth conspicuous point of difference from Hippelaphus and the rest (including Stylo- cerus) is the greatly less development of the cavity for holding the larmier, to all which distinctions we may perbaps add the greater de- clination of the encephalon from the base of the horns to the occipital crest ; and, lastly, the somewhat ampler width of the occipital plane. I have no longer any doubt that the Shou is the same species as that described by me under the name of Affinis in the Journal, ten years back. I got that splendid sample in the Tarai; but it had, I now conclude, been carried there from the Himalaya or from Tibet. The Shou inhabits a wide extent of country in Tibet, but is rarely if ever found in Chimbi, and not at all in the Juxtanivean districts of Bhiitan, as priorly affirmed. Wherefore it cannot be classed as Hima- layan as well as Tibetan. Capt. Cunningham assures me that the Stag of Cashmir is the same animal; but Mr. Gray and Dr. Falconer judge otherwise ; and, as it now appears that the Shou is zoé found in any cis-Himalayan district, nor even in Chimbi with its half Hima- layan and half Tibetan climate, I think this identity very question- able, as also that with the Maral or Stag of Persia. But I am strong- ly inclined to the conjecture that the Stags of Mongolia, of Mant- churia, and of Southern Siberia, are all identical in species with the Shou ; and I am almost satisfied that the Stag of Tibet is specifically the same with the Wapiti of North America, especially that of Canada or the Canadian variety, called often the North-western Stag. Besides the ample spoils of the Shou, I have now before me a Stag’s horn from Ladak which may possibly belong to this species, though, being that of a young animal, I cannot say. It is anomalous if appertaining to the Shou by the extreme remoteness from each other of the two basal tines, which in a horn of but 34 inches long is above 4 inches (47), whilst the next snag above may be the central, or it may be the apical, one. Its position is about half way between the upper brow snag or bez and the tip of the horn with which it makes a very un- equal fork, and it is about the size of the (supposed) bez, but is less than the brow snag. All three tines, moreover, have a less anteal and more laterally external insertion and more upward direction than in ah iF aaah, AP iy Ae Ih Fe Pen pian ihc ‘ety ; Wy ; Ww . et t CTA SY pee Od) ‘ a - a “ ’ woh t % ‘, 1 %) 4 u nyi4 dite df Wd : ; PACOPG) em 8 Danan ui] ate 13) ~ (EL ae * i d eh. Oe P| ig 1 a Riar i +) ae i TCM aioe’ eee i eal Tom an it j t i } gt he it tT ‘ » it 5 ‘ € a ty ehteg ‘ Mey ee 108) 4-98 9.) OR Ae Avesta ‘ if Ye te A lt iy ve Ri ee aan KH Parked ll DORA Cs) ‘sd Biiah 3) hint 9 wake an ai wi \ We | | ( on, j ry ah i 4 7 ; ' Ne ie ‘ s , ancayy ; ‘7 | “a : Jee er «al hee mbia’ ai j i he Wier te 4 Beas wi { ay mar! \ x r, . MV tO Lagl | NY318aM 40 OVS ‘THAT 1851.| On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. | 393 the Shou. The Bhotiahs, who brought this horn, say it belonged to a very young animal, and that the species which is proper to Gnari or Western Tibet, is larger than the Shou. This horn is figured herewith. (Plate ix). It as little agrees with Wallichii as with Shou, though borne by an animal of precisely the alleged age (3rd year) of the only sample extant of Wallichii. One of the six mature samples of the male Shou now before me agrees with this anomalous and immature horn, pretty nearly, in the great separation of the pair of basal antlers, so that we may perhaps have in this young Stag of Ladak only an unusual specimen of a young Shou; and, should that prove to be the case, we might reasonably become move inclined to admit that no specific distinction between the Gydana (Wal- lichii) and the Shou is maintainable. At present I think otherwise, and apprehend that the alleged identity of species between the Shou and Wallichii (as well as the Ladak Stag now spoken of) is more than doubtful, and, at all events is neither demonstrated nor demonstrable from existing materials.* Capt. Cunningham tells me that the Cashmir Stag has sometimes a double fork at the top of his horns, thus making that animal a twelve tiner or Bara-singha. The like is sometimes true of the Wapiti and is alleged to be so of the Shou, though the normal form in Wapiti is the same (I conceive) as in Shou, viz. a simply and singly forked sum- mit. Relative to the manners and habitat of the Shou the following is the substance of my information. The spoils sent in were procured in the beginning of February at Lingmu, which lies beyond the snows and a little south of Phari, be- tween it and Chimbi. The species is said to be very generally spread over the wide extent of Tibet, particularly Utsang and Kham. Of its existence in Gnari or Western Tibet my informants cannot speak so confidently, nor from personal knowledge, though they believe it to be found in that province also. Its existence on this side of the Hima- * It may surprise those who hear so much inconsistency upon the species called Wallichii by Cuvier to learn that this species was established solely upon a native drawing, and that it neither has been nor can be further confirmed than by refer- ence to a single pair of horns declaredly not exhibiting the character of the spe- cies, whether from old age or youth, as is diversely affirmed. Nat. Libr. IIT. 161, and Regne Animal of Griffith TV. 104. 394 On the Shou or Tibetan Stag. | No. 5. laya, in Bhutan, or even in Chimbi, is still more questionable, though priorly reported, so that it must be considered a Tibetan species only, and not a Himalayan also. Open plains it avoids, frequenting districts more or less mountainous and provided with cover of trees. It is most common at the bases of the loftier ranges, and in summer, when pasture is scarce below and the snows are melted above, the Shou ascends to the immediate vici- nity of the snows, and descends again in winter to the lower levels. It is shy and avoids the neighbourhood of villages or houses, but depre- dates by night upon the outlying crops of barley and wheat. The species is gregarious, but not very greatly so, though herds of forty to fifty are usual, and more commonly met with than much smaller num- bers, such as six or eight or a dozen, except at night when the herds are said to break up into families of the latter amounts, which families collect again into the larger herds in the day time. When the animals migrate, or move from one district to another, their herds are always seen in fullest force. The rutting season is the autumn, and then the herds are broken up, and two or three grown males may be observed following and contending for each female, though she be for the most part appropriated by the strongest of those males which thus attach themselves to her. The breeding season is the spring, and one only is produced at a birth, in places carefully selected as favouring con- cealment. The flesh is much esteemed for eating, and the skin and horns also are much prized for economic uses; the immature horns, whilst yet full of blood, being deemed so highly medicinal that they sell for their weight in silver ; and the mature horns, ground to powder and taken with mint, being likewise in use by the physicians of Tibet in cases of cholera, vomiting and such like. July, 1851. LO LOLOLOPPLEEEILL SOOO 1851.) On the earliest Biography of Mohammad. 395 On the earliest Biography of Mohammad. By Dr. A. Seruncer, Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. In comparing the different accounts regarding Mohammad we fiad that all authors agree on certain points (more particularly on his mili- tary expeditions) not only in the sense but even in the expressions. These accounts must therefore be derived from one common soutce. It appears on further enquiry that this source is a work of Zohry, I have therefore collected passages bearing on this subject. «‘Zohry said, The study of the military career of the prophet is con- ducive to the good of this world and of the world to come. Zohry was the first man who wrote a work on the Biography of the prophet. Some authors say, The first Biography of Mohammad written in the Islam is that of Zohry.”’ These are the words of the author of the Insan al oyun. They run in the original gJled aU! oa! sy 25{ Js res prerany J yaet og 5 LI wo fol 99 BySM yg sot yas (sje ple o? (sry i B phve edbend Ney bi SIy ey Wrghon| Jls Wy lena cy Je Sla lo WSSS Jas Js Jaoy bale “sly| ihe st ASS poly ntSs (fF SiS Uo dims cpoad Uy OIF JF Kine SID Kl] U5 Calih b. Kaysain died shortly after A. H. 140. He is a great authority in the Biography of Mofammad and frequently quoted by Wagqidy and others. Ibn Qotaybah says of Zohry “ His name was Mig fanart b. Moslim b. ’obayd Allah b. ’abd Allah b. Shahab b. ’abd Allah b. al-Harith b. Zohrah b. Kilab. His great grandfather ’abd Allah b. Shahab fought at Badr, on the side of the enemies of the prophet and he was one of those 3°*F a} we Slaxlo Wass Jls Epon 396 On the earliest Biography of Mohammad. [No. 5 men who agreed in the battle of Ohad, to kill the prophet if they were to see him, or they would die themselves. The men who thus united themselves were ’abd Allah b. Shahab, Obay b. Khalaf, Ibn Qamyyah and ’otbah b. Aby Waqqag. Zohry’s father Moslim b. ’obayd Allah followed the standard of Ibn al-Zobayr. Zohry lived at the court of the Khalif’abd al-Malik b. Marwan and of his son and _ successor, Hisham, Yazyd b. ’abd al-Malik gave him the appointment of Qadhy. He died in Ramadhan, A. H. 124.’ He was then 72 years old. He may therefore have begun his literary career about sixty years after the death of the prophet, when several of those men who had known him were still alive. Notwithstanding the testimony of the author of the Insan al’oytin I doubt very much whether Zohry has written a history of the prophet in a connected form, excepting perhaps of his military expeditions, osj*e =We find no such book mentioned even by ancient authors, such as Ibn Aby Ya’qib Nadym or the Sayyid alnas, and compar- ing traditions quoted by different writers on the authority of Zohry, it appears that it frequently happens that what one author gives as two traditions is mentioned as one by another. I am, therefore, inclined to suppose that Zobry merely took memoranda of the traditions which he heard and encouraged his numerous pupils to do the same. This opinion seems to be confirmed by Nawawy (Biogr. Dict. p. 119). <* Malik relates, Zohry one day told mea very long tradition, I requested him to repeat as much of it as he thought necessary, that I might impress it on my memory. He refused to repeat it, but when I request- ed him to write it, he put it to paper for me.” In this manner it would appear traditions were at the time of Zohry preserved in writing, but it was left for the following generation to compile them in systema- tic works. Besides Zohry two other early works on the Biography of Moham- mad deserve mention and may possibly still be extant, viz. Abt Ma’shar and Misa Ibn ’oqbah. Of the latter I have not been able to find any account. It appears, however, from an isnad in Ibn Sa’d who died in A. H. 230, that he flourished early in the second or towards the end of the first century of the Hijrah, for this author did not know Ibn ’oqbah himself but he was instructed in his work by Isma’yil b. ’abd Allah b. Aby Oways of Madynah, who had been instructed in 1851.] Review of “ A Lecture on the Sinkhya Philosophy.” 397 it by a nephew of Ibn ’oqbah whose name was Isma’yil b. Ibrahym b. ’oqbah. The same Ibn Sa’d had been instructed in Abii Ma’shar’s work by al-Hosayn b. Mohammad who had been instructed in it by the author. It would therefore appear that Abi Ma’shar flourished after Ibn ?oqbah. Abt Ma’shar is one of those from whom Tabary has derived his history. Sayyid alnds had both the work of Ibn ’oqbah and of Abu Ma’shar. Ibn Qotaybah contains the following short notice of Abi. Ma’shar “ His name is Ziydd b. Kolayb. He belonged to the tribe of Malik b. Zayd-Monah b. Tamym. Some say his name was Zayd b. Kolayb. He died during the administration of Yusof b. ’omar of the "iraq. + Ytisof b. omar was governor of the ’iréq in A. H. 123. (See Abulfeda I. p. 455.) For an account of other early works on the History of Mohammad, I refer the reader to my Life of Mohammad, p. 62 e¢ seqq. Review of “ A Lecture on the Sénkhya Philosophy, embracing the text of the Tattwa Samdsa,” by Dr. J. R. Ballantyne. Mirzapore, 1850. By Dr. KE. Rogr. There does not exist even now, nearly thirty years after the publi- cation of the first of Colebrooke’s celebrated essays on Hindu philo- sophy (1823), a correct estimate of the merits of it among European philosophers ; this, however, is not owing to any remissness on their part,—they show, on the contrary, a commendable spirit of patience and fairness in their researches on this subject,—but rather to the insufficiency of the materials upon which they founded their opinion. The means at their command were Colebrooke’s essays, the Upani- shads, the Bhagavadgité and ['swara Krishta’s Kdrika with some of its commentaries. Colebrooke’s essays are, for the scholar who is able to study the philosophical systems of the Hindus in their originals, invalu- able ; forming, as they do, the best introduction to their study by the wonted precision of his treatment ; but for the philosopher they do not suffice, as they were not intended to show the systematical connexion of the principal notions occurring in them, but rather to give a succint account of their doctrines, without entering into a discussion of the reasons which led to them. Such works, as the Upanishads and the Bhagavadgita conceal the philosophical thought under a symbolical and oF 2 398 Review of “ A Lecture on the Sankhya Philosophy.” [No. 5. poetical garb, and give therefore as much space to fancy as to strict research. The Bhagavadgita especially is more an attempt to fuse the ideas of several systems into one, than the precise exposition of any of them. The Sankhya Kanika, no doubt, is able to open a correct view into the system of the Sankhya, and if it has not done so, we must take into account the difficulties of a first attempt to understand the intricacies of a metaphysical system, unconnected with the development of philosophy in Europe. There are, however, already now many more materials, which might have led to a more complete insight into the peculiarities of Hindu philosophy, viz. the S‘aririka Sutras (the Stitras of the Védanta) the San- khya Sitras, the Nyaya Sitras, the Bhashaparich’ héda, and the Védanta Sara, which works have been published a long time ago. But, with the exception of the Vedanta Sara, they remained inaccessible to European philosophers, as no translations of them had appeared. There exists, to our knowledge, no account, for instance, of the Saririka Sutras or the Sankhyapravachana Sutras, independent of what Colebrooke has given in his essays.* The first and indispensable condition to form a correct idea of Hin- du philosophy, is a knowledge of the Sutras or aphorisms which are considered as the original expositions of the reputed founders of those systems, and which certainly are the first systematical expositions of it which are still extant. They consist in short sentences, gener- ally containing the doctrines of the system together with the reasons for them, although they sometimes refute the tenets of other systems or the prejudices of common belief about certain topics. There is no want of systematical connexion between them; but the intermediate links of thought between one Stitra and another are often omitted, which gives them frequently an abrupt appearance, and it must there- fore be borne in mind, that aphorism, which is the common rendering of Siitra, means here a short, concise sentence, but not an unconnected one. * Of philosophical works which have been lately published in Calcutta, we may mention: 1. The Tattwakaumudi, by Sriv4chaspati Mis’ra (this is a commentary to Iwara Krishta’s Karika). 2. The Paribhdsha, by Dharmarajadhwarindra. 3. The Panchadasi by Vidyaranyaswami, with commentary by Rémakrisht’a. 4. The S‘abdas‘aktiprakas‘ika by Srijagadwis’a Tarkdlankara Bhattacharya. 5, Kusumanjali by Srimadudayanacharya with a commentary by Haridasa Bhattacharya. 1851.] Review of ‘A Lecture on the Sdnkhya Philosophy.” 399 The high antiquity, ascribed to the Sutras by the commentators, who refer them to the inspired sages of the mythological era, may justly be questioned. They are acquainted with the other systems, sometimes quote each other, and refer to previous or later works. Hence we are compelled to conclude, either that the Stitras are not those of the reputed founders, or that they sprung all up at the same time, and that their founders made several additions to them, em- bodying in them the references to other systems. This is an absur- dity which cannot be admitted by any one who is acquainted with the gradual development of any science.* At any rate, the Sutras in their present form are not the original expositions of the founders of those systems, but the revisions of a later time, perhaps of different ages, and there is no means to recover the Sutras in their original form. Nor is it possible to ascertain by the sole evidence of the Stitras of the several schools, which of them are more ancient than the others, for the reason above adduced, that they presuppose an acquaintance with each other. The Sutras of all the systems are posterior to Buddha, as they dis- pute against the tenets of the different philosophical schools of the Bauddhas, the final revision of which was made in the collection, known by the name of Abhidharma, at the third Buddhist synod, 246 B. C.+ It is therefore most probable that none of the collections of Sutras in their present form existed before 300 B. C. In this admission, however, it is not included, that the commence- ment of those systems does not reach to a much higher antiquity ; on the contrary, it appears reasonable to suppose, that at least the Vé- danta, the Sankhya, and probably also the Yoga systems existed ante- rior to Buddha. * Or he must, like the Hindu commentators, ascribe to the founders an intuitive knowledge of the future; but this would be also of no avail, since the Sutras furnish no evidence, that they are composed by their reputed founders. tT Lassen’s ‘‘ Indische Alterthumskunde.”’ Vol. II. p. 259. «* All of them (the founders of philosophical systems among the Buddhists) are, in fact, mentioned as cotemporaries of their master, which, however, cannot be true with regard totwo of them. It must, therefore, be admitted, that in the collec- tion, bearing the name of Abhidharma, works of different ages were comprehended, although all must have existed previously to the time of the third synod.” (246 B. C.) 400 Review of “ dA Lecture on the Sinkhya Philosophy.’ |No. 5. First, we find in the Upanishads the seeds of these three systems. The Sankhya and Védanta are the theoretical expositions of the doc- trine contained in the Upanishads. The Védanta system, especially, in its essential parts, is already met with in those works, which are only distinguished from the compositions of a later time by a less strict arrangement and method. And already at the time of the com- position of the Upanishads the science of Brahma or the supreme being, had been taught by a succession of teachers; and although the form in which it was represented, was not that of a regular system, yet all the materials for it were present, and it did not require any great effort or a further development to give a methodical form to those doctrines. These general considerations are confirmed by historical data. In the Mahabharata the Védanta is mentioned as a distinct system ;* in Manu also a certain doctrine is denoted by this name, and Manu is, in all probability, more ancient than the Buddhist era.t It appears, therefore, right to assume, that the doctrine of Brahma as the abso- lute substance, the source of all creation, was produced previous to Buddha. | The Sankhya also must have preceded his period. It is evidently the philosophical theory of the author of Manu, as we find therein for instance the name of Avyakta for the creative principle, the name of Mahat (the great one) for its first production (intellect), which terms in this sense are only used by the Sankhya.t Further the Saénkhya appears to have been the foundation of Bud- dhism by its assuming knowledge alone as the cause of liberation from pain, by its tenet of the three qualities (goodness, passion and darkness) as constituting the real being of nature, and by a reserrblance of opinion in many minor points which this is not the place to state.§ * M. B. xii. 312, ILl. p. 771. This quotation I owe to Lassen, I. A. Vol. I. p- 834. + L. J. A. Vol. I. p. 800. ‘‘ As S‘iva is mentioned in the most ancient Buddhist Sutras, but not yet in Manu, where, of the three great gods, Brahma alone is men- tioned, we may assume Manu’s Code to have existed in the age before Buddha.” ~ Vid. Manu. S. Ist. Adh. 7 and 15. § L. I. A. Vol. I. p. 530. ‘‘ Buddha’s doctrine is an amplification and realization of the Sankhya. Kapila rejected the merit of the pious works prescribed by the 1851.] Review of ‘A Lecture on the Sdnkhya Philosophy.” 401 From all this it appears evident, that at least two of the Hindu sys- tems preceded Buddha, and we shall probably be nearly correct, if we assign their commencement to the century before him. Of the Siitras we found it probable, that they were composed within the last three centuries B. C. although some parts may afterwards have been added to them. The speculative genius of the Hindus would accordingly be enclosed within a period of about 600 or 700 years. After the time of the Siitras there was not made any great progress in philosophical think- ing. The commentaries on them commenced about the fifth century A.D. Hence the development of the systems is clear. Some of the commentaries changed the system itself which they professed to ex- pound. There were different explanations of the same doctrine, by which the doctrine itself became modified, and it is for the history of philoso- phy to show the differences of conception in one and the same school.* If we now turn our attention to the Sutras of the Sankhya, we find a double set of them, either ascribed to Kapila, the one known by the name of Sénkhya Pravachana Sutra, which was published in 1821, at Serampore, together with a commentary of Vijnanachanya.+ Colebrooke Védas, and taught, that absolute liberation from transmigration was only possible by knowledge. Buddha taught the liberation from the infinite succession of births by the nirvana (extinction of existence.) A sign of it is infinite knowledge. An essential element of the Sankhya, the doctrine of the three qualities, is also ante- rior to Buddha, as it is not only found in Manu, but is also mentioned in the last chapter of the Nirukta.’’ (Manu S. 12, 24, Nir. 14, 3.) * There originated for instance a difference in the Védanta, as the modern Védan- tists introduced the Maya, or illusive power, by which the whole creation turns out to be only an illusion, which notion took its rise evidently from the attempt to ac- count for the variety of phenomena, independent of the one eternal and identical substance,—further the amalgamation of the Nyaya and the Vais’éshika systems, or rather the adoption of the latter by the former with some modifications which belong rather to detail than to difference of view ; for the Nyaya Sutras do not give a me- taphysical system of their own; they contain nothing else but logic with an appen- dix, showing the mode of conducting a scientific dispute,—further in all the schoels modifications of some parts of the doctrine, and a more comprehensive and exact deduction of their tenets. tT The full title is: Kapilacharya pranitadhyatma vidya pratipadaka Sdtrasami- hatmaka Sdnkhyapravachananamaka grantha: Tadbhashyam Vijnaracharya virae chitam. 402 Review of “ A Lecture on the Sinkhya Philosophy.” [No. 5. made ample use of them in his essay ‘‘On the Sankhya philosophy.” Of the other, bearing the title : “‘ Sankhya Tattwa Samasa Siitra,” Cole- brooke was not aware whether it still existed or not, and this is the same work which has been published by Dr. Ballantyne. The former, which is a full exposition of the system, consists of six chapters or lectures, the latter is a very compendious treatise and does not occupy more space than a page. Colebrooke thought, that this collection was probably the original text, because the Sdénkhya Pravachana contained many repetitions ;* but he had not the Tattwa Samdsa be- fore him, or he might have altered his opinion. The Tattwa Samasa is apparently not the original ; for it is not given inthe usual form of Sttras,—viz. of concise sentences, which, however, give always the reason for what they assume,—but the whole is comprised in one sentence, containing only the names of the principal notions or divi- sions of the system, and appears to have been composed merely for the sake of calling to memory the topics treated in the more extensive Sutras. The Sankhya Pravachana is ascribed to Kapila, the founder of the Sankhya; but this is impossible, the Sankhya being more ancient than Buddhism, and the Siitras belonging to a much more recent time. This is evident from the Siitras themselves ; for they quote the opinion of Panchas‘ikha (SAnkhya P. 8. p. 216, Cap. 6. 8. 68) who is the dis- ciple of Kapila’s disciple Atri, and refer also to other teachers (1. c. p. 205). The Sutras further refer to the tenets of four of the Buddhist * Col. M. E. Vol. I. p. 231. ‘‘ It appears from the preface of tke Kapila- bhashya, that a more compendious tract, in the same form of Sutras or aphorisms, bears the title of Tattwa-samasa, and is ascribed to the same author, Kapila. The scholiast intimates that both are of equal authority, and in no respect discor- dant: one being a summary of the greater work, or else this an amplification of the conciser one. The latter was probably the case; for there is much repetition in the Sankhya Pravachana.’”’ And he gives afterwards (p. 232) as another reason the authority of the commentator: ‘‘If the authority of the scholiast may be trusted, the Tattwa-samasa is the proper text of the Sankhya, and its doctrine is more fully, but separately set forth, by the two ampler treatises, entitled Sankhya Pravachana, which contain a fuller exposition of what had been succinctly deliver- ed ;’’ but this is a misapprehension ; the scholiast does only say: ‘‘ they are of equal authority, one being a summary of the greater work, or else this an amplifi- cation of the conciser one,’ Vid. Sankhya Pr. Bha. p. 6. 1851.] Review of “A Lecture on the Sinkhya Philosophy.” 403 sects (for instance, Ist Adh. Sti. 20 to 40), which, according to the above mentioned reasons, would bring their composition down to the third century B.C. Moreover, Pataliputtra is referred to therein. This was, according to Lassen, built by the king Ajatas‘atru a short time before the death of Buddha, and it became the royal residence of Asoka, who is named Kéldsoka, 100 years after Buddha’s Nirvana (about 440 B.C.) It was in ruins, when Hiuan Tshang visited India (A. D. 632).* The Saénkhya Pravachana, although not named, is also referred to by 'swara Krisht’a, in his Karikat+ which was commented on by Gaudapada, the teacher of Govinda, whose disciple S'ankardcharya lived probably at the close of the eighth century, so that ’'swara Krishta must have lived latest at the beginning of the eighth or at the close of the seventh century, and the latest date of the Sankhya Pravachana is therefore the seventh century. Hence it is evident, thatthe composition of this work falls within the space between 250 B. C. and 600 A. C. The period, in which we have included those Stitras, is certainly very long; but limited as this determination is, it prevents a number of serious errors in our view of the development of Hindu philosophy. All further information we must expect from the publication of other works, especially of Patanjali’s commentary to the grammar of Panini. With regard to the second set of Sitras, the Sankhya Tattwa Samasa, we are left quite in the dark, as there are no materials to decide its * Lassen I. A. Vol. II. p. 81. ‘‘ Ajatas’atru appears to have long time had the intention of conquering Vaisali; for it is recorded, that his two ministers Sunitha and Vasyakara founded in the village PAtali, a fortress against the Vrigi; this took place a short time before the death of Buddha. Itis, no doubt, the place, where the town Patali-puttra, afterwards so famous, arose ; its situation is distinct- ly defined by the circumstance, that Buddha on his tour from Nalanda to Vaishali came to that place.’’ l.c. p. 84. ‘‘ Kaélasoka transferred his residence to Patali- puttra.’’ + Col. M.E. Vol. I. p. 233. ‘* The author (f'swara Krishta) must have had before him the same collection of Sitras, or one similarly arranged. His scholiast (Narayana Tirtha) expressly refers to the number of the chapters.’”’ Wils. Sankhya K. p. 192. ‘The Kérik4 must consequently (because inthe 724 Kariké the author says, that he treats of the whole science, exclusive of the illustrative tales, and omit-— ting controversional questions) refer to the collection of Kapila’s aphorisms, called: Sankhya Pravachana’’ (the 4th and Sth chapter of which contain such tales and’ questions. ) 3G 404 Review of ‘ dA Lecture on the Sinkhya Philosophy.” [No. 5. date. It is not referred to in the Karika or in Gaudapada’s commen- tary. It is noticed, indeed, in Vijnanacharya’s Bhashya in the manner above stated; but this work is much later than Gaudapada. Who is the author of its (the Sankhya Tattwa Samasa) commentary, bear- ing the title “ Tattwasamasasutravritti, we do not learn from the com- mentary itself, as the author has not named himself at the end of it, as is usually the case. There is, however, an interesting notice on the Tattwa- samasastitras and its Vritti ina commentary of the Karika, entitled *« Sankhyatattwavilasa,” by Raghunatha Tarkavagis'a Bhattacharya,* where at its commencement the traditional belief is given asto the origin of this collection of Sutras, and of the author of the commentary of them, together with the Stitras themselves, and a short explanation of them. We think this tradition very curious, and do therefore not hesitate to transcribe the whole passage relating to the traditional account of the school.+ * This work was not known to Colebrooke ; at least it is not mentioned by him in his essay. A MS. of it is in the Library of the Asiatic Society. + WU fae aire BISICaTaT aeEaTTe aren faratizatfa- arugfamtaafatarg:e aqqum USQiga awaey RCUATAM- Wal AAA ATA WATarsS | ana atvaaesy fafaz _ Tae fe aa aaa: aitate | ad afte vars | | wuaifa |< Besaaa | RBIS H Taare | Faw 8 Sau | ¥ Vat! ¢ sfawET | 9 Wana | c sifryd | ¢ ate eaae | "te WZ qaa: | Ql We AMSTAT | WY Te aqyai | 2a HMaa | ws we vasa ww wefantaras- wit | t¢ aaat qf: 1 wea fafa: 1 ws ewer aferaren: | te Wa- Qeaai: | et aqextaar wae: 1 20 fafaart arqea: | ee fafaet aaa 22 fafaer ara 1 ee fates ware | wa tafae Sra | taat areraey LACAA WAT AAV UTA! FT wafatsa Sreatiaaa 2H) PUe MUNISTy OF MSTA ZCTt “1x 98eg “TOA *[BO1S0[OI4) *[80190]0]U0@eg *[BOLSO[BIUI TAT a en ree ee eee ae ee ‘ALTINOG O1LVISY GHL JO TYNUnoL 4\1 1851.} “wophurpprd "Hy ‘Burpaelreq wos auojsourq| **°* °° “sash teuy ‘and ‘gnavy ‘SIME eISey 9q3 Jo Uory "alaayuamasy, “2dv9 ‘MS19JA[ JOULT, U0 yA0day puodeg ‘aa ‘igh "ynavT ‘yoeyng jo jOLISIC, JO sjeliaye Surpying “bs ‘fh])00 FT 7. 9) xs] “7 ‘ON ‘elpuy jo sad1mosoy jeqsulyy Jo Juomdojoaop ayy jo A10381FY B 072 SUOTINqIIQUOD *JeorSofoyuoNeg *[BOLSOTRIOUI IA ‘ALGIOOG OMLVISY THL 40 TyNunogr e@@evee @eeoe es eceevesn ecs eewon os 6¢8 ee ees 9¢8 @eee@er Its ‘finsfuor ‘f ‘Kee A yepoomumed oy} JO pled [%90) 32 eeaoese IZ? “mDpP ‘*f ‘ug ‘erodinqqnes pue punyjpung jo Asojoaxy ‘Vd ‘pavsay ‘gnarT ‘oxdiys 0} OOYIeqoog wo AsuINnOr| ¢9e "TX *[eo1soTOaxn) ‘988g “JOA H 19 } Z — *[20180[0} U0] eg 412 *ataay -uama4y “ydog ‘krepunog WIG ‘LIAIY Wee IY} 0} JISTA *shog ‘3dng ‘sosseg 90}09N pue yemor uo a30N "9° ‘bse ‘uopburysnT ‘'S ‘9 ‘yemanyy) ul sa1yog jo sour, aoddog uo j10day]**s*°° ee eeee ee ees “SUDA Jotopy ‘osejadiyoiy eqnpey) puvjsy punoy uo saig aoddog}+**°*t eecsee we cece ‘amoH *jdng ‘ookyg yooAyy Jo ouvojo, pny “ploqnan, *ydvg ‘{neuIny Wojf [los U03}09 ‘plogmanr ‘4dng “iy Stu -uey wa asodelig 0331p 0331q oN. ‘W ‘prognany *zdvg ‘a1rodelig 63S 16¢ €oP SES 946 vG6 1¥6 0} Axreypog ‘SeJON [eI1S0][02e4H) G26 we *[ROLSO[VAIUTIAT *[@9190]094) "ALAINOG OILVISY HHL AO IVNUnor "aseq "JOA 413 1851.] *hpuuv ey ‘messy aoddq ut soyenbyyieq! £06 ‘Avusoyy ‘purysy punoy wWOIy raddog OAlQUN eecece @e2e 208 ee ee ecj oe ve00e eoaneee @e0 eo ee} ©Of oe ce eoee ee @6 eo oe 06 = “uopburp ss) “pig ‘aayor1iny wody inydyng e@ee a6 e@e203 08 e@eoeoee eri egones eo20e82 868 @ee@ee eeeeese @eee0d @eeee ee FS8s oD "hipaa ‘ydpg ‘s0oRIIn yy woody amydjng eo ee ae @eseteoe e@eonesr £8 ‘sunNUM Lolo ‘ueoelly ‘OuBd[OA daUIIepy-qus| Z¢8 ‘uayng ‘wanesnyy 910d -oopeg ‘odojajuy [IssOW ® uO eeeoe ee @eee 080 @e ee ee eeeoee8 eeee 08 @esee ee 69£ “uopbur -YsnT ‘ax1y0q jo soutum sod -dog uo jsodey 03 yuomajddng} **** °° aa oper 69% “wopburpprd ‘gi0dsenNV BjoyDQ wor euayey}:s** °° SeceSaee oe Ss eM -Qer “AqgoarT “TT “ON ‘erpuy jo SodImosey eloUly, 943 j0 AIOSIFZ @ 0} SUOTJNQIIIUOD]*° °° °° eee Se ee Opes LLG *sask[euy *TRO1sO[OJUONRT *[ROLSOTRIIUIJAT *[BO1d0[O9x) "ase "OA “ALGINO§ JILVISY AHL JO TVNUNOL [No. 5. 414 "UDY “fwmuung ‘Cd “f ‘vT ‘uoem : “Ny S,pietey pue yyepeyT ut ‘uopbuippig ‘seuojg wuanpuni0y S[OaBA], §,JJOLIOOP. UO Sa30N ZT *£IAING §,4.10q4 -I9FT ‘ydeq jo deyq [ea1sopoox| [ZT ‘P12YP1O ‘ydvg ‘sdIQ) UOIT v10deavaqzq] “+ °° °° ores oemis/e TA OO1g ThE *Sol0j}g orydersoqqry uvipuy seeece eceece ee ces 0zZ1 I *“yassnay *2d09 ‘saodoy «=pue ‘uozbuppig ‘adnoixy eqoopeyg oy} Sur -4ISIA J9MUBI}G IO) SUOIJONAISUT| FILT ‘a ‘Ww ‘hssauybnvys O° “M ‘YN PLwg IT ‘Nol uo J9}e M-BIS jo spoUT seceece ee a oo ve orl] ev eee e@evecce eo eece ‘saqenby}iegq UeIpuy uo J1OW 6201 -Aouapisaig Aeqmog ay} WO suomloods jo aNso[eIB eeeece eeevee ee oceos CZOL ‘SQ ‘Osa ‘suawtoZ “FF “yuou ~U1AAOL) 0} 19949] PUL 0771p 0331G| FIOT *uojp burp “pig ‘uedVlly ‘puB[sy punoy jo uoreutwexe pesodoig) F16 “IX exe eres weet SEEN eos mes SEE ee ee = Sey wee | ee oo . ‘sosh[euy *yeo1s0;0JUOBleg *[BOSOTRAIUI IAL *[eolso[Oe4) _ 98egq “TOA “ALEIOOG OILVISY AHL 40 TYNUNOL 1c “Aaungsjrdg _ ‘s]ISSOq Yepprgiony uo SoJON, eo @@e8 eeoes en ee eee eeeeee e@eesce@ @eeeeeae col "TT1X ‘SO ‘vag “Hf ‘eamyy pue uoremny Yysnoiy) yeiou TW Woy in0} Sjlaqiozy “ydeg) pez “ploqmany *zdvg ‘erp | "uy WisyNOg ‘uNns1008 eIIIG jo z1sodeq pur viove1g snoasscQ “qunma}y ‘2dp9 ‘auojg o1ydeasoqqy ee ecose ecVeeee eecces ‘XI ‘uoghuppig ‘elpuy wisyynog “sooury Wwody} duo pues pe eeoeaoeeeo @G@eanee @eeseeeveo;ee 080 eee 00 ee@eone e©e2et 08 @eeon00 seee oe 9g¢ *hjaroy hoquog ‘eipuy U19}s9\\ Woz suawtoedg [B01 s0[0045) ancojezeVg *HAXXX ‘ajbog sot “py ‘UBIVAILY ‘pues, o1URd][OA *IAXXX °P109 -Nany 2dng9 ‘eipuy UloyyNog jo ainjerodwiay, [eoLjowmow Joy, pues ‘aequny ‘y1sodeq |Issog] ¢1¢ "TA*OO1g “TITX ssoshpeuy *[BOISO[OJ UO eg *[ROLSOTeAOUI AT *[BO1LdO]OIL aSeq [OA oa is po ‘ALDIOOG OILVISY DHL 40 IvNuaor “SUD ‘uBoelly ‘ouRd[OA auliemqnsg [No. 5. *aour ‘Su0Sej1yQ Jo ssutids 407] ‘smnyyiM Lolo py (‘au03g Aweg) ‘azlpoyeuesy oe ecce eosece eecoces "yinsays ‘manpuni04y ee esece eaeees ee eeee “11m -lay ‘suomoads [e09 yerieley eeeeoe evcceceee eecveee : *plogmany ‘931194 “VT puy insoy uo pure ‘evox 0} wezedinsepy WoIy sojOoN YPM puwg ‘sayenbyyeq uerpuy uO “Uo, burp pr —1109 “QV ‘ysiopuey woud SoI[O1OY eose 086 eaeeo ee @e ee 08 eeee e8 eevee od @eeevoeej joes 00 @eeeoeene ees@e@es “Noy “EZ ‘ug ‘siodyovieg 0} Soleusg wWoiJ syieUey [eo1sojoax) ‘T ‘ON ‘sTeusnor 8 fashog “MG WOIy szoeIyXY ‘uogbuippid ‘aqI[Opleyor"y ‘uo, buippid ‘ay1[opleyory ee ce ee es ecee ee eevecsc|/eveees eoee ce eeecces *saskTeuy *[BI1SO[OJMONe *[COISOTCAIUIIAT *Teo1 30094) 416 “ALHIOOS OILVISY SHL JO TYNUNOL 596 088 €¢8 *TIAXO "aseq “[OA 417 1851] "imuayy ‘peqey -BYyS Ul Welasseg je sUOJsSpuLS ‘fsopuayIay “6 ‘SAULT toaddoy osodueyg pue se1yog{***"es oo coee co cees "UapIN) *7UaH ‘AIODUBARLT, WOaziqdesryg] “2 °° °° pia. Serio “7409 -qp ‘suotjeuI0y inyUuny uC *eddns “ed JO S][ey pue inmeu0dpy 0} WezedeuysIy WoIy SoJON ‘fjasng ‘dew qjIM eppnqgidN 94} UO sojz0N -aaay -UaMady ‘NSAI JO B1Q. uly) **** *° aietnenate ee "progmany ‘Kayunod €}4e1 “ye, UsayINOG V4} UO SajI0N PISTON ‘eIpuy ULIYNOg Ul Sol1o0ay J, c6P LP “AIX Od 86E Late 6c¢ 896 “AIX AVM PUR B19qQ-99J ABVL[H| £17 *[RoISO[OJUOReq *[POLsOTeLOUT TAL *[BO1dO[0O4) ‘85g ‘JOA *‘ALGIOOS OILVISY AHL 40 TYNYN0L¢ [No. 5. 418 "220997 ‘eppnq | “I9NT 94} JO pag 94} UL oyIUBIN 128 "hou -uney ‘spag wnejo1jog Wessy| £18 "uaqyng ‘quay ‘ump “UAT, ye yisodaq guoysauIT) *JAXD ‘ppogmany ‘ssed Arrayoyes eg ayy Aq farodokg 03 Aasayorp -u0g ‘eIpuy UleyNOG UO S9}0NV "22999 “eppuqioN at) Jo syueg ay} uo siajuidg ajeSy) 9¢2 ‘9 ‘Oo ‘bsy ‘uosyave hqjan | wOoOoYygsaag jo SYAOM uody oe¢ @ece eeoeene eeoece FC ‘plogmany ‘sep “CJA, 0} B1OTVSULyY WLOAJ SOIONT] LEO ‘yng pulog ‘soxyenby31eg O1yBISY puke UIPUT JO Jo4SIS0Y] FOO “AIX “uoghuip “pid ‘TAeSSY WOAy ozs] seeese @eet od @e®oce vel ce oa 0@ ee @8@ eco eoeeeer) ee eevee e@eeeeen ee ee or “AXXX "ploqgmany ‘ON ‘eOr) 0} SvIpeyy, Wolj sajoN *soshTeuy ‘TROLS OO} UOBeg *[BOLZO]VAOULIA "TROIS OTOIx) "28Rg “TOA “ALGINOS AILVISY FHL FO TVYNANOL 419 1851.] ‘uopbuppig *ayIOOYUIUII |, oe 00 008 eeceecne eveees| cecsee @eccce oesece|coee ve eoevece ee voter "21099P ‘ssekog oy4 Jo spues oy} wou SSUIYSE AA ploy socece ec eece eoeecens T1UN40y 8) “peqeyeqs §=yeyIZ uo s8930N ‘uappoyy * 1319 “e[ ddIPULg 94} 0} UOTsANDXG ‘uopbupprg “sey -Sueyg wo ‘ysnq oweydsowyy eecece eoevce eceeece| ce eece ec ccve ee ee ee}es ecoee eeseee @roeves ‘uojbuipprtg °03e “SIEy wo Auomnuy pue peo] ee ceee eeoeoee ecoce oo) se eees Cece oe ee ee eseeee e@everer "uopburpprg *eipuy ulayyNnosg WO wniay JO 319 ee eoee e@eeenee eeeeors|se eee eeovece @eeees| ee eene eeceeove weet ee “‘pjogmapry *1009}14Q pur wing “ung 0} ejdmooy wo1y —— "P10qQNaN ‘arouvuues 03 ‘ssed e[[nsazy ay} Aq weyedeSutzag wo.y “plogmany ‘eipuy UleyyNog jO 4seod Ula}S9A\ 94} UO “‘pjogmayy *Aarayorp -U0g 0} AmeUuEg Wo1 saj}0N TLMNADYS “WYO Yey['z JO soinjeay [ed1Sooox) “suOT}BUIMIeXG pue sosh{[euy *[ROls0TOJUOBeg “TBO sOTeIOUT IA *[RO1SO[Oa4) ‘ALAINOG OILVISY FHL JO TvNuooe 69€ 996 6L2 936 SOL. “IA “AIT ‘IIT 08¢ cI¢ F336 402 cS “AX ‘o5eq “"lOA I “a ‘Gg ‘hayovs9 9T “(Z00T a ‘dem) ‘ekepeutzy uoLlUN yy ‘Inpulg 343 JO S1o19eTD| FL [No. 5. “sobuag fo quaus “ULOQUOE) ‘uojAosyune WoO. [eog eceecee eo eece eevee: LIZ “uopbuip “pid “mUBssS jo soouuo py -09q eoe@e0 @eeeecee @eee ee eseeoon 08 @eeee 0@ ees ee eseeedo eeee e686 eeeeeae SIZ ‘wopburppig ‘punoeipung mo} safnsaydg snoulsnti3g eeetoe eceecee eves ovj re veee eeccece @ececer| os ceen eevee aletateve:s IZ ‘aw ‘bsy ‘unboT £99 ‘YW ‘£ ‘ai1odesuig jo AZojoay| | 619 ‘uopbupprd *8GL{ fo sajsibay jonuup “yseogQ japueu0i0,) 94} UO PUR[S] D1ULI[O Ae JOID1I90N] 66F “P10QMaN “peg -eipAH 03 Ayooxyy WoL saj0N| LLP ‘U0SADId “A ‘FE) “AT °898 DIUM) Z8E *shbisg “77 ‘eppnqion ay} jO syueg 94} Uo uoNdnigq] oge *uophurpprd “UBIBIIV wody 1809 DIUBI[OA “@et 680 @eeeead e@eeeeoe eeo0e 08 eeeeesd @eee oe eeoeae @vweeoes eeeees tZ§ “IAX *SUOIJVUIMBX GY pue sosdleuy *[Polso[0JUO Reg *[BOISOTRAOUITAT *[BOIZOTOON) ‘osBq “OA ON, 420 “ALAINOG OILVISY AHL 40 IVNUNOL 421 “wopGurpprg ; “WIBZIN] 943 JO UoIssassod oy} Ul puowWIg 7BaI4) 9q} JO 901JON ee e008 @eeeogee @eenvere Ist ‘d 'W ‘au *A cy ‘svdvyemipy-qus ay} ul zisod “Op SNOigsIT[BI2IY BTQeqoid uO] LET "NT ‘staboy “gq “¢ *3d0g 68F “STI Aesuen 043 ul speg 1809) 168 *uogburpprd *9013 “ON 381 ‘avaping Jo [809 1[eq ee@e2e0008@ @e808 e080 @e oe eof ©@e@8 os ®8 eee @eetesteenvee8 eere80@ @eener 6¢ "Sasso yy ‘MA Cf SIH B8eN tuesuy]) se JAX "havrra ‘ooyyeqns IBodUu souog TIssoq eeooe@ @eese6e0 ae ee eer} ee 2800 Ce ee ee ) e@eeeonece 9921 "pjogman "yaks ‘yhayeg jo SOULJA pleiouly eosne co ee svee ee neee ScIl °920Q9V °4911} “SIU d01eZNFT ‘suoneasssqg [ealso]etoulpy pues [eo1s0j0ax) re | “uopbutppig ‘O}IplOGMaN ee@eacee eeeoe oe eeovever}ee 8008 eeseo0c0 se eenaejesnvece eeeeee @eeeee 6211 ‘TAX “suoIjBUlMEeXxy pue sasdjeuy *[BO1S0[O,UOmTeg "ROI SO] RLIUIIAL *[B01d0T0ax) ‘oseq “TOA ee 1851.] *ALHIN0G OILVISY AHL 40 IVNUQOL I [No. 5. 422 ‘uayng Lolo *|nSunyW ing ye ssutids-30}] 94} Jo o1njerodmay, *hayavug ‘Il weg “Aaoe[y) AMputg 94} JO UOjOW) 10S ‘IIAX ‘sploqungy vekeye “UIF] 94} UI SAIISqG 03 3eY MA] PZE Ver ‘Yslod “HM ‘?T ‘qvoq Jepunyng oy jo uvysiqoy| 19z "7409 “IV “supuy oY} JO Uorepunuy) Y¢z “mny Guu “unY “[nYeT pue eyny 0} diy) 10% *u0} -burppig ‘toodak¢ wor yyeqop|***° °° ast Seats ae es P| ine Sa bribe oes BG ‘uopbuippid “suryaq : 9291004 243 wooly [e09 jeuuey eeeoeeeo eeeee@ @eeseeri se ee oe eeseoe @eoee ert en ne 0@ ~ @@ ee ee eeoeeoe SOI 7, °C ‘T ‘inu -unAy wotopy “wmessy ‘190A ‘I weg Suryaq ee10og 94} uo yeop) LLZOL“ITAX *‘suoljeulMmexy pue sosfeuy *[BOLSO[OJUOBeg *[ROLSOT BAU IAT *[B01S0]09x) "as¥q ‘[OA “ALHIIOS OILVISY FHL AO TYNUNOL 423 1851.] ‘yYstuDg “lapuni[ne 944 jo ueysiyoy ay} Yysnosy} diy) 09¢ "haya -vigg “seXeleulpy ouITyT MoUs] 18Z *sulyuar 4ovopy “wessy ul soyenbyyieq) ZL ‘uopburpprd ‘Udly =OWONJITTS,[[TM1EqS ‘deg uo 330N Aveyaamatddns eoecves eevee ce evener|ceecoer eoove se exec Cc] cove 20 ecoeee eeceee ZI ‘uojbuipprgd ‘soteAy *S ‘410d 7 ata “MON 4g OOslIg 34} WOdj [BOF eeeeeo @eoee 80 eoee oe eo ee e8 eeoe0e 00 @eeaoe ee) e800780 eeeee0ed @eee ee OLTITIAX "holt “wor *f ‘{e0D Teg Uo sysvmMey eeoeseeod @eovreesm @eeeoese ee @@ ee eoveeee @@eoeooe esooeed eoee 88 eeeeseane col ‘hag uvhyayyaHy ‘ydk3q jo yo1siq Uieyseq| PEC ‘uojbupprd ‘Si{t~T e1odyona -INY 943 mods uoly OL109}9 IN eo ce 08 e©e@ee 88 ee @@ee e@epeese eeeoee eeov evojeseee o8 eoveee eeeses 8g¢ ‘a ‘WwW ‘bumayz ‘p ‘asuey 4yeg 243 uo y10day| 0G ‘ad ‘W ‘“ayooH °d ‘ff ‘peoy yuniy, puvis) 043 UO suoljeAIesqgO] CC¢g ‘suoljeuimexg pue sosf{jeuy *[BOISO[OJUOMeq *[BOLSO[BAOUT IAT *[BO1SO[OIN ‘adeq ‘JOA “ALAINOG§ OILVISY AHL AO TYNUNOL a - [hayovaggy ‘“S8Bq YIN 24} 03 diay, 2 *“SUudslOT, {Cease SITTH AByevunygd 3q} jo uoly eeoe ee eeese od es oe eoe "uopbuppid’ *20140N PAI, [809 ed jo sosdjeuy eveeseo eaorece eeeeerleoveve esevce @eeerve|/ cence eeoece eeenee "u0pburp Pid “99OVON pay “sours ueMpINng 33 jo [809 We? eoeoee eeaeoeve @ @@ ee *UOjIN FT “ehelemify oy} JO oul Moug ‘uosbpory ‘*seXe[eulyy ey} jo Aydeasoax yeorsdyg ‘moybuuung ‘QUIT MOUg Jenjedi9g UO 930N “Gurmarg ug ‘asuery ayes 9q3 uo ueyy unpeg pulg 0} diy ‘uopbuipprg ‘{BOd xi} “BI. “80190N puodsg ‘soulpy uss PING ou} jo ere) Tl®?d Or POO SOT) LORRI ECVE VC) oeeeee ee ve or} ee ce eeceeee ee eevee "uopburp “pig ‘“punosjpung ‘1o0sneg ieau sseduio, 943 JO UOT}RIANG ‘suoljeuIMeXY pus sosfjeuy ‘[ed130/0;UOBeg *[BOLsO]e.LOUT ee, lea. 5 a aie eae a = *ALGIN0G OILVISY AHL 40 IVNuOOL 62 LL Lk G4 ‘XIX vS6 19Z r69 199 ol¥ ‘T ued OP ‘IITAX ‘a8eg “JOA 425 1851.] "uop burp “pid “aforqiy pue wiapunsoy) **** °° “uo buippid *‘[eroUIp, MOU B ‘azlUOZYyonePy] “°° ° °° "uojGuippid ‘ueoqge'y WOl [eoD|***" °° °u02 -buipptg *3001 mou faytiappeg| °° °° ‘uopbuippid “WIAs Wolly Yeq Molex -9suBIQ|** °° °° *suOTjRUIMUeXT pue Saskieay eo eee @eeecorsi eco ee oe @eeec a6 @eeeo ors ee ee oe @eeos ee @eoo ee SSP eevee oo @eeseor;/ ee eeee @esee ae @oeeaej ee ee 0 @ eseoon ee @e ee eae ocr ‘ho 0 °*M ‘7d09 ‘Koyea wyidg oy uo ysodoy| 6ZF sing ‘Huq ‘araydsiwmayzy WidyION 94} Ur Teavaydya pue juaosoq: [etouex) 943 UC! ZOE ‘TIT “ON ‘[euanog ajealig 8 fashog ‘dq Wosjy $j0V1XXY] 692 ‘hag uvhy so %orT “Yayerioy ~ 13 ={!qo x JO SOULJA pay pue suOT}EULIOT] £1Z *ayOOug ‘OD "ydng ‘IBMBE JO SOULJA JUIZ ee eeoe eoce ve ee ce oe Zz “II ‘ON ‘Teusmor ayeatig s fashog “dq WoO szoVIyxXW] OT @e@eoeeae eeoeoe} *@ ee ee eeeo0e0008 @eoeee e@er ee ee ee ee @eeoeer 9C[ eeoo ee @eeeeeoe ee@eaoeree eoeeeae @eeeortrsce ©¢08 @eeeo ee @eeeeer CFI @eeoeee eseeeeso}*e# eee0 @ooe eo @2 @e @e »2e©e0e08 @e0oe0 @@ e@eee oe Crt ‘hag uvhyayyazry ydh8q ura -jseq ‘equiy IpeAd Jo ejye195 [POD] GET ‘uopbuipprg 8p “d osje 99g) “a Cg ‘ShauunmuUo ‘ydng ‘slopjnog evujeg UO 9}0N] OFT *[eosO[OJUOBeg *[RO1SOTBAOULTAT *[BOIS OOO) ‘ode “[OA “ALAINOOS OILVISY AHL 40 TYNUNOLS 426 The Zafarndmah. [No. 5. The Zafarndmah : a Dialogue between Aristotle and Buzurjumihr.— Translated from the Persian by Baébu Narasinua Datta. Buzurjumihr.—How should one’s life be spent? Aristotle.—In endeavouring to gratify the hearts of others ; ; for God is pleased with him, who endeavours to please others. B.—How can one be said to please another’s heart? 4.—By submitting one’s self to the will of God; as one cannot please a king without obtaining the good opinion of his dependents, § so God is not pleased with one unless he be good to his creatures. B.—What should one’s occupation be? .4.—The acquisition of knowledge. B.—What is the effect of the acquisition of knowledge? 4.—The acquisition of knowledge makes mean, great ; poor, rich ; stupid, acute. B.—How can the right path be known? 4.—By the light of knowledge. B.—How is the way to heaven secured? .4.—By conquering one’s passions. B.—How can one conquer them? 4.—By eating little. B.—How can one live by eating little? .4.—By lessening one’s food by degrees every day. B.—What is meant by the world? 4.—All that is fleeting and useless for the future. B.—How can one procure honor? 4.—By eating little, talking little, and injuring little ; for the wise have said, ‘ Little eaters are less injurious than much eaters.” B.—Upon whom is hardship to be imposed? .4.—Upon one’s ownself. B.—What is that thing which being sown in one place is reaped at another? .4.—Doing good in this world, of which the fruit is enjoyed in the next. B.—How can one please God? 4.—By pleasing his parents. B.—Whom should one consult? .4.—The wise. B.—Who is wise? 4A.—He who, after hearing much and thinking judiciously, says little. B.—When should one speak? .4.—When no one else is speaking. 1851.| The Zafarnimah. 427 B.—How can a virtuous person be known? 4.—By three things: learning, munificence and a smiling countenance. B.—Who is munificent? .4.—The donor of a ready gift. B.—What is the utmost extent of generosity? 4.—The giving away of all that is in one’s possession. B.—What is the worst of actions? .4.—Absenting one’s self from the assembly of the learned. B.—What is the best of actions? .4.—To be present at the meeting of the learned, and assisting the infirm and the necessitous. B.—Who are learned? 4.—They who know what God is. B.—Who are they that know what God is? .4.—Those who injure no one. | B.—Who are those that injure no one? 4.—Those who think themselves inferior to others. B.—How can one attain this? .4.—By frequenting the society of sages, B.—What should one learn from the wise? 4.—To please God. B.—What should one do to please God? + .4.—Obey his will. B.—What are the marks of obedience? 4.—Resignation and thanksgiving. B.—Who is worthless? .4.—A loquacious fellow. B.—Who is disappointed? .4.—He who is deficient in adoration. B.—What is intellectual light? .4.—The remembering of death. B.—What is intellectual darkness? .4.—Devotion to eating and sleeping, and gold and silver, B.—How should one consider himself in the world? 4.—Like a traveller in his way. B.—How can one reach his journey’s end? 4.—By being himself unencumbered. B.—What is dearer to one than life? .4.—Religion to the faithful ; wealth to the impious. B.—How can one be known? 4.—By his works. B.—When does truth resemble falsehood ? 4.—When an old man recites the valorous feats of his youth, or a pauper relates the liberal actions of his better days. B.—How can one avoid a bad friend? 4.—By asking what is wanted, 3K 428 The Zafarnimah. [No. 5. B.—What governs a woman? 4.—Compulsion. B.—What does a degenerate son resemble? .4.—A_ superfluous finger, which, if lopped off, gives pain, if suffered to grow, becomes a blemish. . B.—What augments friendship? 4.—Inquiring about one in his absence. B.—What withholds friendship? .4.—Borrowing money ; for the wise have said, ‘‘ Borrowing is to friendship, what a pair of scissors is to a piece of cloth.” B.—¥ow should one drink? .4.—Slowly and in small draughts. B.—How should one rise from his meals? 4.—With some remains of appetite. B.—What beside aliment preserves health? .4.—Three things: viz. wearing clean apparel, perfuming one’s self, and seeing one’s friends. B.—What is the cause of the immutability of speech? 4.—Veracity. B.—Who is agreeable to all persons? .—He who speaks the truth. B.—Who is a speaker of truth? .4.—He who does not tell a lie. B.—Whether is truth or gratitude to be preferred? .4,—There is no gratitude without truth. B.—Who is patient? .4.—He who has forbearance in anger. B.—What makes one righteous? .4.—Good and lawful food. B.—What is good and lawful food? 4.—That which is earned by an honourable profession. B.—What is the best of professions? .4.—Agriculture. B.—What is the worst of professions? .4.—The selling of wine. B.—What is the distinction between man and woman? 4.—The same as between heaven and earth, for unless the former rain, the latter cannot prove fruitful. B.— What makes one free from the love of the world? 4.—Resigna- tion and thanksgiving. B.—What does association produce? 4.—A good or bad impres- sion on one’s mind. B.—How should one receive a guest? .4.—With kindness ; that is, one should first welcome and then entertain him. B.—What is the antidote of sin? .4.—Repentance. B.—What should be the constant duty of one who is wealthy ? A,—The distribution of food to the hungry. 1851.] The Zafarnamah. 429 B.—What should a beggar do? .4.—Be patient and grateful. B.—What should a farmer’s business be? .4.—To depend entirely upon God and relinquish difficulties. B.—What is fortune? 4.—It is that from which proceeds all that one receives. B.—What is fate? .4.—It is that which deprives one of what he needs. | B.—Who is intelligent ? .4.—A seeker of the true purport of things. B.—Who is unintelligent? .4.—He who is inattentive to the true purport of things. B.—What is youth? 4.—Health. B.—What is age? .d.—Weakness or inactivity. B.—What befits youth? .4.—Modesty and intrepidity. B.—What befits age? 4.—Deliberation. B.—Who holds intercourse with God? 4.—He who is constantly occupied in devout meditation. B.—Who is esteemed by all? 4.—He who distributes justice impartially. B.—What is love? A.—Love is a pearl. B.—What isa lover? 4A.—A lover is a diver. B.—Should a guest sleep or wake? .4.—He should wake : for sleep is the brother of death. B.—What improves comprehension! 4.—Disquisition. _B.—What begets heart-break 2? 4.—Disappointment. B.—What is the fruit of virtue? 4.—The attainment of one’s wishes. B.—What ennobles one? .4.—Continence. B.—What is continence? .4.—The knowledge of the pure esculent. B.—-What leads to the knowledge of the pure esculent? .4.—The internal eye. B.—What is the internal eye? .4.—The eye of the mind. B.—How can one see with the eye of his mind? 4.—By being perfect. ) B.—What makes one perfect? .4.—Maturity. B.—How is maturity acquired? 4.—By erudition and discrimination. B.—What is erudition? d4.—A consummate knowledge of the _ precepts of religion. o kK 2 430 Interary Intelligence. [No. 5. B.—In what does discrimination consist? 4.—In leading a virtuous life. B.—What is the height of ignorance? 4.—Injustice. B.—What is injustice? .4.—Acting unworthily of one’s self. B.—What pleases one? .4.—His own offspring. B.—What displeases one? .4.—Death. LLLDILOLOLOLOL_LLPPOFOLWYFOFJOPLOLYLYLL LPO =>_ Literary Intelligence. Mr. N. Bland of Randell’s Park is preparing for publication a new edition of the Dywan of Hafiz, with the Life of the poet in Persian. No man, either in India or in Europe, is better able to give us a correct edition of the greatest of the lyrical poets of the Persians than Mr. Bland ; he possesses a most profound knowledge of the Persian language and has ampler materials for correcting the text at his command than any body else. The same gentleman anticipates that he will be able next winter to lay the first volume of his history of the Persian poets before the public. It will contain a resumé of all available Tazkirahs, and the number of poets of whose lives and writings it will give an account, must therefore far exceed five thousand. Mr. E. Hall of the Benares College, intends to compile a Hindus- tani and Hindi Dictionary. With due respect for the excellent work of Mr. Shakespear, I am certainly of opinion that such a work is needed, Shakespear’s book, being a work of learning, is particularly poor in idioms and local terms. Many things have different names in differ- ent places. Thus at Lucknow the convex tile which in roofing is placed upon two concave tiles !,ag5'to connect them, is called [gh gg5 and at Delhi, it is called 4 55!. In reference to the want of idiom, Iam convinced that not even a good Hindustani scholar could, with the help of Shakespear, read the Dywan of Myr Yar ’Alyy, it being written in the language of ladies. Native literature offers us unfortunately very few materials towards Dictionary, they are the Nafayis alloghat, compiled by Awhad aldyn 1851. | Interary Intelligence. 431 Ahmad Belgramy in A. H. 1253, and printed in the Moctafa Press at Lucknow in A. H. 1257. It is a quarto volume of 940 pages, and contains chiefly Hindi words with their meaning in Persian and Arabic and with illustrations from poets. So great is the demand for a work of the kind, that this book has been for several years out of print, and two abridgments have been printed of it; one the Anfas alnafayis in A. H. 1263, and the other the Montakhab alnafayis in A. H. 1264. Makhzan alfawayid a collection of Hindustani idioms illustrated by passages from poets, compiled by Irshad, and lithographed at Delhi, in 1845, fol. 357 pages. This is a very valuable book. Grammar of the Urdoo language explained in Urdoo by Mawlawy Imam Bakhsh, lithographed at Delhi, 1845, 8vo. 295 pages. The third chapter of this book contains a collection of words, and the fourth, pro- verbs and idioms. Tohfat al-Hind by Myrza Khan, a son of Fakhr aldyn Modammad. It is divided into a preface, which treats on the letters of the Hindus (the Devanagary alphabet), seven chapters and a conclusion ; the first five chapters treat on the metre, rhyme, rhetoric, loves and music of the Hindus. The sixth treats on the science called Kok. This chapter is a Persian translation of a well known Sanscrit work. The eighth chapter treats on physiognomics according to the Hindus, and the appendix on lexicography; but the preceding chapters contain the explanation of a very great number of Hindi terms. This book has never been printed and MSS. are rare, but it seems that Mr. Shakespear has carefully used it. The whole work is to be considered a free translation from the Sanscrit and Hindi into Persian. Ghardayib alloghat, Hindi terms explained in Persian by ?Abd al-Wasy of Hansy. This book has not been printed: there exist MSS. of it which contain merely an abstract, and have sometimes a different title. It is very desirable that a Hindustani Dictionary should contain those English terms of which the orthography has been fixed in Hindustani such as ‘‘inch’”’ “feet”? the names of the months, &c. also that it should be to some extent encyclopeediacal, that is to say, contain not only explanations of words but also of things. Mr. Hall will find the Kachshaf ictilazat alfonin, or explanation of the terms used in 432 Literary Intelligence. [No. 5. sciences, invaluable for this purpose, though it contains merely Arabic terms. It is the work of Mofammad A’la of Saharanpore, who was engaged on it sixty years, and completed it in A. H. 1158. He is dead. The Arabic and Persian medical terms are in the Bahr aljawahir. Hindi technical terms are in Persian translations of Sanscrit, and Hindi works which are rather numerous, and treat on various subjects, such as cookery, the occult sciences, the manners of the Jogies, songs, medicine, the veterinary art, &c. and they are intended by the trans- lators to illustrate the manners and sciences of the Hmdus. In the last number of the Journal, when writing about the Satyarnab, we expressed a wish, that the Vernacular Literature Committee of Calcutta should publish an illustrated Bengali periodical in the plan of the Penny Magazine. We have since heard that such a work is already in the press, and will be published early in October next. The Purnachandrodaya press has lately issued an edition of Sir William Jones’s translation of the Hitopadesha. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. For May, 1851. The Monthly General Meeting of the Society, took place on the 7th May at the usual hour and place, Hon’ble Sir James Cotviue, President, in the chair. The proceedings of the previous Meeting were read and confirmed. The Librarian submitted a list of Books presented to the Society since its last Meeting. A letter was read from Prince Gholam Mohammad, presenting a copy of the Wellesley Despatches, for the Library. From Babu Peary Chand Mittra, Librarian, Calcutta Public Library, forwarding a copy of a Persian Book entitled Hadyqat al Alam, pre- sented to the Society by Nawab Seraj al Mulk Bahadur, of Hydarabad. The following gentlemen, proposed and seconded at the April Meet- ing, were balloted for and elected ordinary Members :— H.. Woodrow, Esq. M. A. Joseph Fayrer, Esq. M. D. Candidates for election. Col. P. B. Cautley ; proposed by A. Grote, Esq. seconded by Major Baker. F. Oldham, Esq. ; proposed by B. J. Colvin, Esq., and seconded by A. Grote, Esq. Notes were received from Andrew Hay, Esq., Dr. R. Young, and Major H. M. Durand, intimating their desire to withdraw from the Society. The President proposed for the sanction of the Society, in accordance with the notice given at the last Meeting, that the Council be authorised 434 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5. to expend from the Oriental Fund, a sum not exceeding five hundred, Rs. (500), in getting such of the Persian, Arabic, and Urdu, Manu- scripts as require to be newly bound—rebound, also in getting such of them as require transcription—transeribed. The proposition was agreed to. He next laid on the table a letter from Capt. Hayes resigning the office of Secretary to the Society, and proposed that the Society ex- press their grateful sense of the services which, in the capacity of Secretary, Capt. Hayes has rendered to the Society. The motion having been seconded by J. R. Colvin, Esq., was carried unanimously. The President then stated that Dr. A. Sprenger having expressed his willingness to accept the office of Secretary, the Council had ap- pointed that gentleman a Member of Council and Secretary in the room of Captain Hayes, subject to the confirmation of the Society, and moved that that appointment be confirmed. The motion was confirmed. An order of the Council granting leave of absence for six months to the House Sergeant, F. Halligan, on medical certificate, was announc- ed for confirmation by the Society. Ordered that the leave granted to the House Sergeant be confirmed. In consideration of the changes which the new Code of Bye Laws, and in particular Bye Law (52, has made in the organization of the Council, the President tendered on behalf of himself and his col- leagues in the Council, their resignation to the Society, and proposed that the June Meeting be made special for the election of a new Council. The proposal was adopted, and the Council was requested to continue in office until the election of their successors. Mr. Mitchell gave notice that he will, at the next Meeting, call the attention of the Society to the foilowing passage in the last number of the Journal, and move that Mr. Piddington be called upon to withdraw or explain it. ‘“It may be proper, specially in reference to certain insinuations, which I refrain from qualifying, made at the July Meeting of the Asiatic Society, regarding the Museum of Economic Geology, to preface this report with the following letter, &c.”’ The following communications were then laid before the Society. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 435 Ist. An inscription of a decayed Mosque, from Mr. Beaufort. Mr. C. Beadon supplied the following details regarding it: ‘ The inscrip- tion is taken from a decayed Mosque at Burh, in the district of Patna ; the stone in which it is carved might easily be obtained at no other cost than the expence of carriage from Burh to Calcutta.” 2nd. The President stated the substance of a private letter which he had received from Major Lang, with a drawing of the Gate of the Adynah Mosque at Gour, taken under the superintendence of Captain Layard, Executive Officer at Berhampore, and recommended that a letter be addressed to the Government of Bengal, expressing the hope of the Society that the Government will give permission to Captain Layard to visit Gour, whenever -he can do so consistently with the perform- ance of his official duties, for the purpose of prosecuting his researches amongst the ruins, and procure drawings of the same. Resolved ac- cordingly. 3rd. From W. Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Govern- ment of Bengal, a letter enclosing, for such use as the Society may think proper, a paper in original, entitled ‘‘ Notes on the sits and the peculiarities of their language.”’ 4th. From Capt. Drury, communicated by Major General Cullen, Travancore, through the Hon’ble W. Elliott, a paper on Roman Coins discovered in Cannanore, on the Malabar coast. Resolved—that the thanks of the Society be conveyed to the Major General, and the Hon’ble W. Elliott, and that he be requested to favor the Society with as complete a series of the coins as may be convenient, and to allow the loan of a complete series to have a set of electrotype casts made of them. 5th. From Dr. Bedford, Rampur Bauleah, a valuable paper entitled, Suggestion for the extension, and perfection of vaccination simultane- ously with a systematic study of epedemic and endemic diseases in India. Thanks were voted to Dr. Bedford, and his paper was referred to the Council. 6th. From E. Blyth, Esq., Notice of a collection of mammalia, birds and reptiles, procured at or near the station of Cherrapunji, in the Khasia Hills, north of Sylhet. Confirmed, June 4th, 1851, J. R. Couvin. 5 436 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5. For June, 1851. The Society met ou the 4th instant at half past 8 p. M. J. R. Corvin, Esq., Senior member of the Council present, in the Chair. The proceedings of the previous meeting were read and confirmed. Read a letter from Captain Skinner, presenting 12 copper Coins found at Ambugamma, on the south of Adam’s Peak, forwarded through Mr. Beadon. Mr. Skinner observes that ‘‘ they were discovered in cutting a very high bank, fora road. A few coins of the same character were a short time ago discovered in Jaffna.’ These coins appear to belong to ancient Hindu Dynasties of Ceylon and their counterparts have been published in Marsden’s Numismata Orientalia, but without any clue to their exact date. Mr. Beadon presented a Bactrian silver coin, stating that it had been received from central India. Ordered that this coin be placed in the Museum of the Society, and further enquiry be made as to the place in which it was found. The Librarian submitted a list of presentations to the library. The following gentlemen, proposed for election at the last meeting, were balloted for and elected ordinary members. Tieut.-Col. P. B. Cautley. Professor F. Oldham. Mr. Mitchell called the attention of the Society, according to notice given at the last meeting, to the following passage in the Journal for January last, and moved, that Mr. Piddington be called upon to with- draw or explain it. “It may be proper, especially in reference to certain insinuations, which I refrain from qualifying, made at the July meeting of the Asiatic Society, regarding the Museum of Economic Geology, to preface this report with the following letter.” It was explained by the Chairman on the part of the Council, that they regretted the appearance of the expression objected to, in the Jour- nal of the Society, and that they would certainly have struck them out, had their attention been called to them before publication. 1851.]| Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 437 Mr. Piddington expressed his regret for the inadvertent and hasty use of such expressions. Upon these explanations Mr. Mitchell withdrew his motion. The Council submitted to the favorable consideration of the Society, an application from Babu Rajendralal Mittra for the employment of a Pandit at Rs. 20 per mensem, payable out of the Oriental Fund, to copy the Lalita Vistara and to assist him in preparing that work for the press ; the allowance to be continued for one year. Sanctioned on the proposal of the Chairman, seconded by Dr. A. Sprenger. Notice was given of a motion, for consideration at the next meeting, by Rev. J. Long, that a report be rendered to the Scciety of the sum expended during the last three years out of the Oriental Fund on the following objects :— The pay of the Editor or Editors ; allowance granted to Pandits; the sum appropriated to printing ; works printed; and the amount rea- lized by sale of the publications. Reports from the Curators were laid on the table. The following communications were laid before the Society— 1st.—On the adaptation of the Aneroid for the purposes of surveying in India, by Dr. G. Buist, Bombay. 2nd.—On the influence of the Moon on the weather, by J. Middle- ton, Esq. 3rd.—An English translation of the Vichitra Natak, by Capt. G. Siddons. 4th.—A Conspectus of the Ornithology of India, Burma and the Malayan peninsula, inclusive of Sindh, Asam, Ceylon and the Nicobar Island, by Mr. EK. Blyth. 5th.—A translation of the Zafarnamah: a Dialogue between Aris- totle and Buzurjumihr ; by Babu Narasinha Datta. 6th.—A notice of the Manda Cave Temples, by W. Roberts, Esq. Joint-magistrate of Mirzapur. Ordered that the Secretary refer to the Secretary to the Goverment of India, Home Department, and to the Secretary to the Government of the North Western Provinces, if necessary, for the drawings alluded to by Mr. Roberts. 7th.—Extract from a Journal up the Koladyn-river, Zillah Akyab, Arracan, in February, 1851, by Captain 8. R. Tickell, B. N. I. 3 L 2 438 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5. The meeting was now declared special for the election of a new Council and Office-Bearers, and Rev, W. Kay and Mr. Grote, were ap- pointed scrutineers. The followimg was the result of the ballot. President, Sir James Colvile. Vice-Presidents, Sir H. M. Elliott, K. C. B. Dr. W. B. O’Shaugh- nessy, and Welby Jackson, Esq. Secretary, Dr. A. Sprenger. Council, Sir James Colvile, Kt., Sir H. M. Elliot, Dr. W. B. O’Shaughnessy, Welby Jackson, Esq., J. R. Colvin, Esq., Rev. Principal Kay, C. Beadon, Esq., A. Grote, Esq., Babu Ramgopaul Ghose, S. G. T, Heatly, Esq., A. J. M. Mills, Esq., Dr. A. Sprenger, Major W. Baker, Capt. W. H. L. Thuillier, and H. Walker, Esq. Confirmed, 2nd July, 1851. J. W. CotviLe. Report of the Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology for June. GEOLOGY AND MINERALOGY. I have put into the form of a paper for the Journal my report on the Shalka Meteorite, which has the peculiarity of being one of those in which no Nickel is to be found, and but a small portion of Chromate of Iron. As we possess however, very complete details of its fall, and its structure and composition are very remarkable, the aequisition of this valuable specimen adds something to our knowledge of those wonderful and mysteri- ous bodies. Captain W. S. Sherwill, Revenue Survey, has sent us some very hand- some specimens of the Natrolite variety of Zeolite, im very fine acicular crystals in trap rock, from the Rajmahal Hills. T have handed to our Secretary for publication a continuation to the pre- sent day of my Index to the Geological, Mineralogical and Paleontological papers and Analyses from Vol. XI. of our Journal which was there brought down to the close of Vol. X. As affording at once a condensed view of the Society’s labours in these great branches of its pursuits, and to the student and speculator immediate reference to every paper on the subject which engages their attention, these papers are found alike curious and useful. I have also put into the form of a paper for the Journal, the description and examination of Hircine, a new resin, which may be recent or mineral ; 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatre Society. 439 for all our information regarding it amounts to this, that I have received it from Mr. Theobald, Senr. who informs me it comes from Ava, He is in hopes of procuring more for us and full information of the locality. The peculiar properties which distinguish it from all other resins are its remark- able goat-like odour when heated, and a sort of double combustion, this last is a highly curious property which I have fully described in the paper. Economic GEOLOGY. Captain Haughton of the S. W. Frontier Agency, has sent us a very good specimen of surface coal from a new locality, which he calls Gomeah, near Hazareebagh, accompanied by some of the rocks which are analogous to those of the Burdwan mines. He has also sent us some common rocks and iron ores from a place called Koberma (or Hurruma by Tassin’s Map) and with these, three specimens of Mica, white, brown and red; the two last are particularly fine specimens. Captain Haughton states them to be from mines on a forfeited estate which is annually rented, and the tenant “is bound to present yearly to Government one piece of good shape on renewal of his lease as a specimen of the quality produced.” Captain Wallage of the H. C. Steamer Nemesis, has sent us some very fine specimens of Fibrous Antimony from the Sarawak mines, MADVADALPILLDPLPLROP LPL IOI For Juty, 1851. The monthly General Meeting of the Asiatic Society for July, 1851, was held on the evening of Wednesday the 2nd instant. Sir James Couvite, President, in the Chair. The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed. A letter was read from Messrs. Allen and Co., London, presenting, on behalf of Major Abbott, a copy of his Journey to Khiva. The President of the Natural History Society of Batavia, presented a copy of the Transactions of that Society. Chevalier Casella, Consul General of his Majesty the King of Sardinia, presented in the name of his Majesty, 3 vols. of engrav- ings representing the paintings and pictures in the Royal Collection at Turin. Resolved that the Secretary be directed to return thanks, through 440 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5. the Consul, to his Majesty the King of Sardinia, for the valuable pre- sent, and to enquire to which of the public institutions of Turin, the Society can appropriately offer its publications. The Librarian submitted a list of presentations to his department. Rev. J. Long moved, according to notice given at the last Meeting, that a report be rendered to the Society of the sum expended dur- ing the last three years, out of the Oriental Fund on the following ob- jects: viz. The pay of an Editor or Editors; the allowance granted to Pandits ; the sum appropriated to printing ; works printed ; and the amount realized by sale of the publications. The motion having been seconded by the President was carried nem. con. The President announced that the Council have appointed the fol- lowing Committees, viz. 1st.—Committee of Finance, to consist of Messrs. A. J. M. Mills, A. Grote, and 8. G. T. Heatly. 2nd.—Committee of Library and Journal, to consist of Rev. W. Kay, Captain Thuillier, Mr. J. R. Colvin, Mr. Heatly and Dr. Walker. 3rd.—Committee of Oriental Literature, to consist of Messrs. J. R. Colvin, Dr. Roer, Mr. C. Beadon, Rev. J. Long, Rev. W. Kay and Babu Ramgopaul Ghose. Ath.—Committee of Natural History, to consist of Dr. Falconer, Dr. Walker, Major W. C. Baker, Mr. A. Grote and Mr. A. Mitchell. Communications were read— Ist.—From H. Cope, Esq., announcing the formation of an Agri- Horticultural Society, in the Panjab. Ordered that the future publications of the Society, viz. the Journal, and the Bibliotheca Indica be sent to it. 2nd.—From W. Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Govern- ment of Bengal, intimating that his Honor the Deputy Governor of Bengal has been pleased, in compliance with the wish of the Society, to permit Captain Layard, to prosecute his researches amongst the ruins of Gour. 3rd.—From Bharatachandra Siromani, Professor of Law, in the San- scrit College of Calcutta, soliciting patronage to an edition of the Dayabhaga published by him. 4th.—From Mr. F. E. Hall, submitting a list of works lately published in Benares. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 441 5th.—From Captain Sherwill, enclosing two papers for the Journal, one entitled, ‘‘ Notes of a Tour through the Rajmahal Hills,” and the other “ A sketch of the Behar Mica Mines.” Ordered for publication in the Journal. 6th.—From Major Hannay, Asim, submitting a brief notice of the Sil Hako, or stone Bridge, in zillah Kamrup, with a drawing. Referred to the Committee of Journal and Library. 7th.—From Captain Dalton, Gauhatty, forwarding a paper entitled ** Notes on the Mahapurushyas or a sect of Vaishnavas, in Asam.” Referred to the same. Sth.—From Captain Siddons, continuation of his translation of the Vichitra Nataka. 9th.—From Captain Fytche, a short description of the site and of the circumstances under which he found the slab of stone with an in- scription in the Chandra Gupta (?) character, presented by him to the Society, in November last. Referred to the Journal Committee. 10th.—A Memorandum from the Librarian suggesting that an origi- nal Map of Sikim by Dr. Hooker, a reduced copy of which has been offered to the Society by Captain Thuillier, be printed in the Journal. Ordered for publication. Thanks were voted for the above donations and communications and the meeting adjourned. Confirmed with the exception of the resolution proposed by the Rev. J. Long and seconded by the President, which, in consequence of an informality, ts not confirmed. (Signed) Jas. CoLviLe. 3rd August, 1851. ae ~~ PLL LDL ILL LIDS For Aveust, 1851. The Society met on the evening of the 6th instant, at the usual hour. Sir JAMES Co.uvite, President, in the Chair. The proceedings of the previous meeting were read and confirmed with the exception of the Resolution proposed by the Rev. J. Long and seconded by the President, which in consequence of an informality was not confirmed, but the Council, having adopted it as a motion of 442 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. {No. 5. their own, brought it forward and it was confirmed as a motion of the Council. The returns required by that resolution were accordingly ordered to be submitted to the next meeting. Donations were received :— Ist. From Babu Prassanakumar kaha A table of succession according to Hindu Law. 2nd. From Dr. Mann, through Captain Thuillier. A map of Canton and its environs, in Chinese, found in the Bogue Forts. It was proposed by the President, seconded by Major Baker, and resolved, that the thanks of the Society be conveyed to Dr. Mann, for the present. 38rd. From Lieut. E.G. Pearse. Fac-simile of an antique relic found in a tope on the banks of the Hunnu river in the Hazara country. 4th. From General Cullen, Travancore, through the Hon’ble W. Elhott. Eight Roman gold coins. General C. also submitted fifteen other Roman gold coins for the inspection of the Society and in order to enable them to secure electrotype casts of the same. The President proposed that the best thanks of the Society be conveyed to the General and to the Hon’ble W. Elliott, for this handsome donation. The motion, having been seconded by Mr. C. Beadon, was carried nem. con. 5th. From Raja Pratapchand Sinha. A whip snake. The Librarian submitted a list of books presented to the Society during the month of July last. The Zoological Curator’s Report for the last month was received. Lieut. Faithful was named for ballot at the next meeting : proposed by Mr. J. R. Colvin, and seconded by the President. Communications were received :— Ist. From B. H. Hodgson, Esq. Darjiling, enclosing a Supple- mentary notice of the Shou. Ordered to be printed in the Journal. 2nd. From Captain G. Siddons, forwarding continuation of his translation of the Vichitra Nataka. 3rd. From Dr. E. Roer, remarks on the Nyaya Philosophy. 4th. From R. N. C. Hamilton, Esq., Resident at Indore, a report on the Turan Mull hill. Referred to the Journal Committee. 5th. From Chevalicr Joseph Cassella, Consul General of His 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 445 Majesty the King of Sardinia, in reply to the Society’s resolution of July last, regarding the King of Sardinia’s present. The President proposed that the publications of the Society be presented, through Mr. Chevalier Cassella, to the Accademia Reale delle Scienze in Turin. The motion was seconded by Mr. Beadon and carried. 6th. A letter from Dr. Wilson to Dr. Roer, regarding the Biblio- theca Indica, was read and ordered to be referred to the Philological Committee. Confirmed, 3rd Sept., 1851. (Signed) J. R. Corvin. Zoological Curator’s Report for August Meeting. Since the publication of my last Report (p. 213, anée,) the following speci- mens have been presented for the Society’s museum. 1. From R. W. G. Frith, Esq. Selections from a collection of skins and entire specimens in spirié, procured at Cherra Punji in the Khasya hills; an account of which is given in a paper submitted to the Society at a previous meeting. Also a pair of Platydactylus gecko, procured at Dacca. 2. From Capt. Barry, of the Arracan Local Battalion. Askin of Sciurus bicolor, peculiar in its colouring. 3. W. Robinson, Esq., Assam. A specimen of Pteromys magnificus, and various shells, comprising Anodonda soleniformis. 4. From Capt. W. S. Sherwill. Specimens of shells collected on the summit of the Rajmahal hills, comprising an Achatina, new to the Society’s collection, and, subsequently, another collection from Darjiling, comprising a Cyclostoma which also is new to our Museum. 5. From Capt. Croker, H. M. 24th Regiment. Selections from a col- lection of bird-skins procured at Wuzirabad, supplying the Society with good specimens of certain species of which we previously possessed but very inferior examples. 6. From the Barrackpore Menagerie. Two dead examples of Felis ben- galensis. 7. From C. S. Bonnevie, Esq., Christiania. A few Norwegian speci- mens, consisting of the skin of a young kitten of Feliz lynz,—a fine example of Nyctea nivea (the great Snowy Owl), ina different phase of plumage from the specimen previously in the museum,—Athene passerina (vera),—Philo- machus pugnax,—Podiceps cristatus, winter dress,—Uria troille, do.,.—Grylle grenlandica, young,—and Mergellus albellus. 3 M 444 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5. 8. From myself. A remarkable crab (apparently a new species of Halimus), and specimens of an Echinus from the Arakan coast. 9. From Babu Rajendra Mallika. A fine adult male of Gazella subgut- turosa, the Ahu of Persia and Afghanistan, in its short summer pelage,—a phase in which I recognize the G. Christi, Gray, stated to be from the Scindian deserts. This animal was received from Bussora when young, together with a young female which at its death was also presented for the museum by Babu Rajendra Mallika. KE. BiytH. Asiatic Society’s Museum, August 2nd, 1851. ; LIBRARY. The following books have been added to the Library during the months of April, May, June and July last. Presented. The Palms of British East India, by the late William Griffith, Esq. arrang- ed by John McClelland, Esq. Caleutta, 1850, fol. (2 copies) —-PRESENTED BY THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL. The World as it is, shewing the Territories, Colonies, Dependencies, Popu- lation, Revenues and Resources of the Principal nations of the Earth. Ar- ranged from several sources and translated by Dr. E. Balfour.—By THE Go- VERNMENT OF BENGAL. A Table of succession, according to the Hindu Law as prevalent in Ben- gal. Compiled by Babu Prassanna Kumar Tagore—By THE COMPILER. The Oriental Baptist, Nos. £4, 55, 56.—By rus Epiror. The Calcutta Christian Observer, for May, June, July and August, 1851. —By tue Epirors. The Upadeshaka, Nos. 53, 54, 55-6.—By THE Eprror. The Oriental Christian Spectator for March, April, May, June and July, 1851.—By THE Epiror. Letter to the Secretary to the Government of Bengal, from J. McClelland Esq. Secretary, Central Committee of Art and Industry, on the Indian Con- tribution to the Great Exhibition—By J. McCLELuanp, Esa. Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for the months of March, April, May, June and July, 1851.—By tur Deputy SURVEYOR GENERAL. Tattwabodhini Patrika, Nos, 93, 94, 95, and 96.—By Tue TatTrwa- BODHINi SABHA’. History of Bengal, from the accession of Seraj-ud-dowlah to the Vice- Regalty of Bengal to the time of Lord William Bentinck, translated into 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 445 Bengali from Marshman’s History of Bengal. By Pandit Iswarachandra Sarma.—By THE TRANSLATOR. Journal of the Indian Archipelago for February, March, April, May, June and July, 1850.—By Tue Epiror. Ditto ditto for May and June, 2 copies—-By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL, Narrative of a Journey from Heraut to Khiva, Moscow and St. Petersburgh during the late Russian invasion of Khiva. By Capt. James Abbott, 2 vols. London, 1843, 8vo.—By tue AUTHOR. La Reale Gallaria di Tormo illustrata da Roberto D’Azeghio Direttore, della Medesimma, Dedicata A. S. M. il Re Carlo Alberto. Torino, 1836, 3 vols. RI. fol. and faseiculi 31, 32, 33.—By His Masesty, THE KING OF SARDINIA. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie. Jaargang I. Bata- via, 1851, 8vo.—By tue NAaTUURKUNDIG VEREENIGING IN NEDER- LANDSCH INDIE. Relation des Voyages faits par les Arabes et les Persians dans |’Inde et ala Chine dans le [Xe siecle de ére Chretiénne Par M. Reinaud.—By THE AUTHOR. : Géographie d’Abulféda, traduite de VArabe en Francois par M. Reinaud. Paris, 1848, 4to. 2 vols: —By THE TRANSLATOR. Invasions des Sarrazins en France et de France en Savoie, en Piémont et dans la Suisse, pendant les 8e Ye et 10e siccles de notre ére. Par M. Reinaud. Paris, 1836, 8vo.—By THe AUTHOR. Etudes sur la langue et sur les textes Zends par E. Burnouf. Tome I. Paris, 1850. 8vo.—By THE AUTHOR. Selections from Public Correspondence, published by Authority, North Western Provinces, Parts III. @ IX. Agra, 1846, 8vo.—By tur Govern- MENT OF THE NortH WESTERN PROVINCES. Montgomery’s Statistics of Cawnpur. Calcutta, 1849, 4to.—By THE SAME. Sketch of Mairwara, giving a brief account of the origin and habits of the Mairs, their subjugation by a British Force; their civilization, and con- version into an industrious Peasantry. By Lieut.-Col. C. J. Dixon. London 1850, 4to.— By THE SAME. Statistical Report on the district of Goorgaon; compiled by Alexander Fraser, Esq, Agra, 1849, 8vo.—By THE SAME. Analyse d’un Monologue Dramatique Indien, par M. Garcin de Tassy. Paris, 1850, (extracted from the Journal Asiatique).—By Tur AUTHOR. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, Vol. I. Parts 3 and 4, and Vol. IV. Part, 1.—By Tue Sociery. 3M 2 446 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, for 1834-5 and 1849.— By THE SAME. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Vol. XIX. Part II. and XX. Part I.—By THE Society. Report to General Sir Thomas M. Brisbane; on the completion of the publication, in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, of the observations made in his Observatory at Makerstown. By John Allan Bonn, Edinburgh, 1850.—By True Roya. Society or EDINBURGH. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edimburgh. Nos. 35 to 39.—By THE SAME. Reasons for Returning the Gold Medal of the Geographical Society of France and for withdrawing from its membership: in. a letter to M de la Roquette from Charles T. Beke. London, 1851.—By tue Autuor. Ueber die angebliche Abstammung des normannischen Konigs Gesch- echtes Siziliens von den Herzogen der Normandie, von EK. T. Mooyer. Minden, 1850, 4to,—By THe AUTHOR. Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenlandischen Gesellschaft. Vierter Band IV. Heft, 1850.—By THe GerMAN ORIENTAL SOCIETY. Journal Asiatique, Nos. 75—78.—By THE Socin’tH’ ASIATIQUE. Journal of the Agri-Horticultural Society of India, Vol. VII. Part I1.— By THE SociEty. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London. Nos, 24-5.—By THE SOCIETY. Annual Report of the Tattwabodhini Sabha for the Bengali year 1772.— By THE SAME. Grammatica Lingue Thai, auctore D. J. Bapt. Pallegoix Episcopo Mallensi Vicario Apostolico Siamensi. Bangkok, 1850, 4to.—PREsENTED BY THE Rev. P. Bare. A practical Treatise on the management of the Diseases of the Heart and of Aortic Aneurism, with special references to the treatment of those Diseases in India. By Norman Chevers, M. D. Calcutta, 1851, Svo. (two copies). —By THE AUTHOR. The Citizen Newspaper, for March, April, May and June, 1851.—By THE EpitTor. The Purnachandrodoya, 1851.—By THE Eptror. Observations on days of unusual Magnetic Disturbance, made at the British Colonial Magnetic Observatories, under the Departments of the Ordnance and Admiralty.—Printed under the superintendence of Lieut.-Col. Ep- WARD SABINE. Vol. I. Part II. for 1842-44. London, 1851, 4to.—Prr- SENTED BY DIRECTION OF THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT. 1851. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 447 Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. New Series, Vol. 2, Part I—By true ACADEMY, THROUGH Proressor H. H. WILson, F. R. S. Fallow’s Cape Observations reprinted from the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Astronomical Society, for 1851—By rHr Roya. AsTRoNo- MICAL SOCIETY. Résumé des Observations sur la Metéorologie et sur la Température et le Magnetisme de la Terre. By A. Quetélet—By THe AcADEMIC RoYALE DE BELGIQUE. Philosophical Almanac in Chinese, (with a treatise on the Electric Telegraph.) By Dr. J. Macgowan.— By THe AUTHOR. The Despatches of the Marquis of Wellesley, 5 vols—By Prince GoLa’m MoHAMMAD. Hadygat-ui Aalam. (Persian.)\—By Nawa’s Sera’s ut Mux Bana’- DUR OF HyDRABaD. Exchanged. The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, Nos. 98, 99. The Philosophical Magazme, 3rd series, Nos. 250-1-2-3, and 4th series, Nos. 1-2. The Athenzum, Nos. 12 @ 16 and 18-20-26-27-28-29-30-32 and 33. Calcutta Review, No. 30. Purchased. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for February and March, 1851. The Bengal Army List for April, 1851. Journal Des Savants, for December, 1850. Comptes Rendus, Nos. 1 to 21 of 1851. North British Review, Nos. XXIX. Makamat Hariri, translated into English by T. Preston. London, 1850, RI. 8vo. Journal des Savants for January, February, March and April of 1851. Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. Nos. 40, 41, 42. Humboldt’s Cosmos, Vol. III. Index to the Edinburgh Reyiew, 2 vols. ADADRAADADRAADA AAD DA DADNAN i ie = eit ie le ws ie sens ane aah} ch PNT ; jig FAH, ssi pag fies hy th be wids yy pay ey HY cue open se I Mae wis aie hie au ace ia ot ati | ; Rice ant We mrs: aah eee a “i: trees ‘itil mee tet S OCMC Liat Bah A eee aye Keg sho nN ‘AS heen KS Reps o | COO a om “tn "e galas Se Mean bs in BSH, ive ee pad ee ‘gf titel biayiarety : -. see Ths pee! doom oe a a ae wha a act se vn my past | ay: ait MeN et “Tad Ky i ta : ons ie a Ah we bit e by ; ret ih wad i ek oprah . LOR NS) tree Re Seay: a ty a igen ae rl | | cei Giant Regd Bs Sars ce x saaiewls 2 as PT heh as i na ae i itis er a ; ; ; ears, VE i Cea , ere nn re Wee oe tig eyy laeaeT nee PoE es fe MR ty vot - ae Pe, { 7 x 4 ’ Us r a hp f , 1A ehh y rt veoh ‘ 2 ery Ue) i] y , ayer ay De eae a ! j ‘ Wy TAL nie i gi BP Uh et ae a Mebane yen my : | : a Z Ue 1 hy ee rt . gaps a pant aaa ’ 4 . | fi it A ri ‘ t « ‘4 roa i" » s } int ’ i \ why } He a o aiaeieleia eovs0e 9°28 C'96 L't6 199°6% eseece eevee SZ [26 ; 0°06 2696S! eoesen eaee 0°28 0'g8 TEs CEO'GS uvot YBIYS-OLND}) "AA 8'Z8 | SOOT! 0°86 | SSF NBI}s-O1D) “YT °S | OSB | SSG | O'S6 | BF OIG | "A S'S} 88 | S'S8 | SS8 | SFr 1g IeafQ|"M *S “S| S'S8 | S66 | 9°26 | OTS’ qezjO}, *S L838 | 6 | 8°26 | 9E9° onIg| "A *S°S| 9°38 | 9°G8 | L°S8 | 60S" OS OIq| “MN | 2°18 | STOT] 0°66 | FSS" TTQUINI-OLUID} “AK “S | 8'E8 | S96 | &'S6 | 809° TWIS-OLND | "AT "S*S | SSB | Vs | GSB | 79S" 6% Tedys-0lD| = AA 1°18 | Z'TOT| 8°26 | #09" ‘THBIYS*OINID |" *S*AA| 9°8L | O'SG | FOG | ZS9° FANON oy.0IApID; =“ $08 | ZF8 | SFB | ZI9" 8% i 6) a) GPs | 8°96 | FS6 | FOL" Si) Fe) ‘Ss L'18 | O'S6 | 8°06 | SSL" OId|"M °S °S| S'6L | S'S8 | FES 10GL" LZ oniq; °S 238 | $96 | SE | SLL" OI] *M “S °S/ 4°38 | O86 | 8°06 | GTS TBI}S-OLNID| = *S o'6L | LI8 | O'ZB | BSL" 9% Heys-ojnwunyg| “A °S | 9IS | O96 | 9°86 | TBL° 138.138-oTNwNnd ‘9 rI8 | O26 | S68 | S28" ynung Ss O64 | LT8 | 9T8 | T9L° "SSS ynung| “A °S | 86, | 8°86 | S16 | 192° Apno[p] “A°s {2°08 | oss | O'S8 | 208" Apno[D| “AN | 8°62 | S88 | BEB | BL" ¥G iezqD} «= °S P'6L | 9°96 | O°S6 | 669° wD} Ss SSL | 226 | G06 | FZ’ oniqd] “AN } 9°82 | 98 | OTB | 699" &% onig) °S G8 | O'F6 | O'S6 | G99" oniqd] “dS | S18 | oO'06 | S88 | OTL’ J SPNO[I-pors}jeog S 08 | L°S8 | ses | 199° GS eIs-oTNwND|*AA °S °S| 948 | F°S6 | O'FE | 989° eIys-o[NwWND/*AA °S °S} O'SB | T'I6 | 4°68 | TTL’ Apno[O|'a *S ‘a} 3°08 | O'S8 | O'EB | 169° IZ onIq|"M *S °S| O'F8 | 3°96 | O'FE | OTL’ ontd) °S o's8 | 9°%6 | 9°06 | SEL’ qegyD} °S Z'08 | 638 | O'S8 | T89° 0Z ond] “M“S | $’S8 | 8°96 | 3°S6 | 689° ong; °S ZFS | se6 | O16 | FOL’ | SPNOPP-potoywog; °S 9°08 | FFB | FFB | R99" 6I oniqg| “Ss 8°S8 | 0°96 | 0'S6 | OF9" oniqd; “Ss 8'F8 | ore6 | STIG | TL9° oniq) ‘Ss g'rg | 98 | 9'E8 | 99° SST og) “MS | O°S8 | #16 | L°S6 | £99" oniqd) °S rP8 | o'e6 | FTG | S69 IBaJD|"M “S °S} 08 | ZE8 | SEB | S99" LT oniq| ‘Ss Z°6L | 0°66 | O°L6 | 069° ond Ss ZEB | O'F6 | STE | OSL" Heys-ouip} = —*S O's | F'S8 | S°E8 | P89" 9T oniq) °S FS8 | F66 | 8°96 | 199° OnId|’M “S °S} 8°ss | e'e6 | 9°06 | $69" wD} °S 108 | @S8 | 2°e8 | TS9° ST oniq| “MM “N | 9°84 | 6°86 | 3°96 | 199° On'd!| “M “S | G'6L | 8'%6 | S06 | 189° A880,7|"T°S*°S | FIS | 8'%8 | SEB | Sed" iat oniq|MA*N‘'N| ¥°6L | Z'66 | 0°96 | 689° OIG) “M°S | O°I8 | o'e6 | &'06 | FTO" vp} = *S 8°08 | $'Z8 | B'Zs | OFS I onIG °S 0'Z8 | 0°66 | 9°96 | ogg" old); °S r'S8 | 8°26 | OTE | s8c° YNUINI-O.LIIF) ’s PIs | 68 | O'S | SF" él onig| ‘Ss L°S8 | $'S6 | S'F6 | 86° ONIT|’M °S “S| S'F8 | O'Z6 | 9°06 | LE9 oniq| dys °s| 708 | StS | SFB | SBS" “SIT onid),, “Ss oS8 | 8°96 | S°S6 | 189° O}IC| ds *a's's! peg | Z'e6 | O16 | 399° wayo} = *S 9°08 | #'S8 | $68 | L6S° or Att) sdaeys *S| 9'°€8 | O'F6 | O'S6 | 6G9° Iea[p| ‘daeys °s| z’eg | e'16 | 2°68 | 789° TPNUIND-O1Z Ss Z'08 | O'€8 | L'ZB | SFO" 6 ong | dieys *s) 9'eg8 | G'e6 | $°Z6 | E19" ontg|‘daeys *S} Z'18 | O06 | 888 | 169 owiq)‘deys *s} g°44 | SBS | 6'TS | PFI 8 WBIS-O1ID|"M *S "S| FSB | 96 | SFG | 6E9" NBAjS-OINIQ| "dS *AA*S| SIE | e'16 | 668 | SL9° TH81}8-O1N1D|"MA “S “S} 6'BL | OSB | 8B'GB | IPI" L Nevijs-oynund| “MM *S | 918 | Z6 | S°S6 | 901" od] “S | 9'T8 | ¢706 | 0°68 | OFL° ynuno-o11p} = “S L'8L | O'&8 | O'S8 | SOL" 9 ynung) “AM “S | O18 | BG | O'S6 | 169° yerys-ornuinD| = °s rIg | 268 | 888 | ZSL° yung) °S ¢'6L | S18 | 918 | 699° ¢ ong) ‘Ss C18 | 8°S6 | 8°26 | FOL’ ynuND} = °s 918 | ¢'06 | S88 | ZFrL° 1B1jS-O1NIQ| = *S e'6L | SI8 | sts | 089° *S¥ Heljs-ojnuND; °S €'%8 | O'F6 | 9°S6 | STL’ 1)814s-O] nun "S FIRS | 2°68 | SLB | BrL’ ynung| °S O'6L | 9°08 | 2°08 | L89° € oniqd) ‘Ss V8 | S'S6 | BSZ6 | SIL yawuny) “MS | LT8 | #68 | OBB | SFL° ong) ‘Ss $6, | O18 | O18 | T89 G hung) “M’°S | Vis | $°S6 | 616 | 269'6z 1781}s-O7nWIND|"AA 'S°S| GIS | £68 | S88 | 8OL'6z% 17BI]S-O0111D) Ss Z'6L | SI8 | FI8 | 06962 if © ° o = |sayouy = 3S o |sayouy o ° a Ugg g sles tie. | AE Sh Sida ie ae ) coh eeiele "AIS Jo yoodsy ee 5 rt | “AqS Jo joodsy | Bae era nose any P| FB Ss | aes o e = = e ba e s > FS. *PULAA *91n}B19d Wa J, S *puULAA *aunye19d ud J, S *PULAA *aanyeroduia J, o yuoieddy 18 peu suoneasasqg "WQS "UG 18 poaslasqgo ainssal gq UWINUIXB IAT *9SLI-UNG 18 APBVUI SUOIWBAIOSAGC "ISst ‘Avy fo yquopy ay? sof “vz3nIvQ “oO syvuauay Lohaaing ay, yo aday saysibay 70916010.000,0 AC HID OM™ OD s) i=} [onal ie) ® o S) 5, w ue > = Q @ 800 { SOO | L°STT | 0'S8| T'T6/T°66 L°LIT F'OIl PIst 9°EsT L vit Port ¢sit ert O'SIT Stl St SIT O'FIT OSI Crit LIT 6°06T 0'G2L G'FZI O'S SII VIIT O'SIT O'SIT SIT roll "ULIIY,L, XB IAL —— F'SOL 9°ZOT 0°SOT ysl Z'66 ae Z G8] 8°S6 SS O'F6 G8) 1°96 ¥°S8) F'F6 SEB o “16 L'T8 8°86 ZR $'86 3S '6L| S°88|8" ‘16 *1A}IWOWLLOY F, WNUNUI, pus WNUIXBIAT WYyBI}S-OMID| “| °S Apno[D| “a 1yB1}8-OLND] “WT °S qn) Sa a Od |*M S'S WRI}S-OLUID| “S IE T}BI]S-O.LD Oe Te) od "M 0} Apno[9 IeVaO T}.YS-O11ID|* AAS" oid ond ond ond owld) °S onIq AN N old) “Ss ayo} ° Telys-O111Q |"dys *g 11D} *S od) $ ontqd) ‘Ss yeI}s-O111 |"dys *g T]NWNI-OMID{ °S *Sp[9-P,19}189S IVI ond 19V1}S* O11) 2) MN sche cho 8 S 'S s) "AAS Jo yodsY *purAA | °ainyeiod wa J, *jas-UNG 1B apVUl SUOTJBALOSG OC [-panwezuos ‘uaqsrcaxg 7091.50]0.00079 7 | ris 0'F8 6°6L 0'S8 9°Z8 0°68 P'6L 618 9°8L F'08 €'6L O18 r'I8 8} 8°08 08 b'S8 PSS 9°§8 v'E8 0°08 8°S8 0°€8 8°Z8 6°18 L°08 [08 ¥'08 L’6L G'6L G’6L ¥°08 ¥'08 “L'06) G'S6 V'L8 0°S6 G86 G16 v6 $16 9°06 v'68 P88 6°68 6°68 v68 0°S6 $66 0'S6 ¥°6| 08S'°6S| G'P6| S88" 8°06 ISP’ O'L6\SL¥" G66) LIS" L°%6| F09° 0°S6| GL9° 0°86) $89" §'G6| 189° 0°16} #89" 0°06) G09" r'16| 669° 0'16| FF9° 9°16} 609° 0°E6| PLS" 1°86| FS¢" 8'r6| 969" 0'F6| 06S" z'96| P9G" 0°L6{ 669" Z'S6| GLP G'Z6| L6P° z'06| TS" ¥'06) OLS’ 9°06) L6S° &'69| GLS° 9°88{ L09° 0°06| 679" 9°68! L89° 0'G6| GS9° 0°06] 289° Z'06) L69°6% soyouy Se ond | “A *S ontd | "HS 1}81}S-OL1I)| “AA N*M aun) aN od) "MS'S YeIs-O1IDg] *g Wels-o]NWND| *s ontd|; “Ss yawn} °s yeIys-ojnung| *¢ TAWA MSS ontq; ‘Ss wgyo| °S.., TPNUINI-O1ND} °S og} “S 1e31D}"MS'S HQ) eee) onId) “A “Ss od; ‘N O71 | AS M ong) ‘Ss onld, “Ss ond; ‘S Ray] “Ss 178.1]8-O1.11)|'ds* Mss ieaqg "dys "gs wdjs-oynuNnDg| °S T,QUIND-OL1IT) ‘Ss yawn) °S ond |-MSS 13D} ‘8 ‘AYS Jo yoodsy “Pulm “ul *d p18 padAdosqo ounssod J UNUUT IT HIBS LE |W L6 Z'G8iS'66 2°66 9'F8|8 66 |F'O0T €°9L|0'SOT\O'FOI O'8L|9' FOT|S FOL PV'ZRiP'LG |6°L6 O'T8|9'96 |S°L6 S'ZB\S 9G |L°96 €'8L\9'96 |9°96 O'TBIF'S6 |6'96 ¥'18|S'S6 |0'F6 'S'PR|O'F6 |F°96 G'ggi0°96 |F°96 P'PBiS 96 (8°96 0°¢8/0'96 |0°L6 F'PFZ/0'L6 |9°L6 G'6L|L OOT|F00I1 0°6L\E TOTO TOT GPL) PF SOT|L TOL 0°LL/0°SOT/O°ZOL 6°LL|0°SOT |G‘ TOT F°GRIO'LE 11°96 OGRE 96 | L°S6 O'FRIE' FE [9°96 T'ggis°S6 |¢°96 $°g8|9 6 |9'F6 O'ZR\P'S6 \e°S6 F'08|0' 76 |S +6 0'Z8/9 G6 |S°S6 T’1gi8'S6 |o°o6 S'IBiGS6 |F'S6 F'ISIO F6 |S'F6 o | Oo | o Sees wl S ee es Se = ‘ain} VIIA Wd J, g9G"6% L9S° L6e° cor 88r’ ces" rL9° 619° 999" 669° 6LS EBS" rZ9° L09° 69S° LOG" r09° ggg" Ire" Ors" scr cor" 9g¢* eeoeeer e@oee ZG 2°86 L'L6 C6S'6% 1}781}S-O1ILD| *F] °S | 8°S8/0°OOT\S’O0T!L68"° VID} “S | PF FRISTOT/O'IOL] Ler’ TJBI}S-O11ID |" *N | F°6LIO'FOT(Z%°SOT| S6F° TNWND| “N | O'6LI6'SOT/S FOL! LTS" 1781}8-O1NID | °F °S | F F8I9'BE |0'86 | $z9" yawng! “S | 9 1gie'86 |F'L6 | 269° yeajs-OjnWIND|) "*S | O'T8IS°96 ($96 |ZTL° OWId| °S | F'BLIFLE |O'L6 | 289° NUN! “S | PFIBIPLE |L'L6 | 6z9" Wetys-oinwnD| “S | O'Z8I8'F6 I%'S6 | 86c° ynwNnD}| “S |g sgi9g'96 j9°G6 |OTO"- oid! “S | 8'F8/9°96 |9°96 | 8G9° IBzJD| °S ¢" PSIF'LE |F'L6 | FEO TAWNI-OMID) “S | e'osig'lé |FL6 | OBS’ ong; ‘Ss 3 G8l0°86 |0'86 | 009° TIO} "S |S 08/L°TOT|9°OOT| 1e9" yNwWND}| “S | O'esiF’ZOTiS' OT) F09" old] “A | F'PLlo'sOTS* TOT, 89S" oniqd) “N | #'9L/¢"€0T|\S TOT! ces* onid| “A | 9°8L/8°LOT|S"OOT) O6¥* OWI S |2S8|0'L6 |F'96 | Gz¢° oid} *S | 9°F8/F'96 [9°96 | BLS" IID} “S| o's/8"S6 |8°G6 | 919° onid| “S | F'gsi9°S6 jo°S6 | O19" ye1}S-O11G |'AYs *S| g'FRlP°CE 10796 | 69S" oid |M °S|0'z8!8°S6 |0°S6 | 969° Hes-onUND| "S | Fesig $6 |e°96 | 9F9° YNWNI-OLNID} "S |S sips |e°r6 ynuny| “S 1ezgi,'s6 |¢'S6 ond |"M’°SSI/O'T816'S6 |Z°S6 1VIID} “S {OT8IO'S6 9 F6 ° ° ° 4 = Oo, 2 "AAG Jo yoodsy y e. = oe fs *puraa| *ainjyeded ua |, "WOOF “SUZ IB AIPVUL STOTVAIOSGO Z'06 | $68 | Lo9°6% mains sss> (| zg | T'88 | 9°98 | 089'62 arusiaises sees 1 6L | LTS | PIB 1 1S9°63/ UPON £68 ong; ° ZE8 | BSE | O'T6 | 8Z9" ONIT|"M °S “S} LTS | S68 | 0°88 | 099° ond) °s Z'08 | S28 | GIB | 969° 0€ YVAs-o]NUIND|*M °S*S| BV | S06 | 0°68 | PPI 1ye1}s-OTNUIN’) ‘Ss P28 | F'68 | BL8 | 299° BNS-O1ND] “A'S | Z6L | 8’08 | 908 | STI *S6Z ond) a 'S “A| 86L | SIs | zB | 89S OIG |"M “S °S} O'S | FSB | O'SB | 189° onid) “A ‘*S | 0O'6L | O08 | O08 | 86r" BZ OI|*AA “S°S| EB | B06 | 006 | BBP" Apnoig| = *S | HSB} SLB | 2°98 | HIS OIC |"AA'S “S] SE8 | 88 | FEB | SLh LZ Apnojp|"M ‘S “S| O'S | 0°88 | 0°88 | LOS" ong) “S | Bz%s | 0°98 | OSB | sco Apno])| “M ‘S | O'T8 | 28 | SIs | TOS 9% yeys-ojnmng| “MM | 2 F8 | 1°06 | 06 | OTS TBIIS*OLND |" AA NAA] FPSB | F'6R | VB | LPS WeIjS-OLNIDQ) —*S $08 | 8°I8 | ss | 909° GZ IquN| “AA *N | G28 | O'88 | 2°28 | GLS ond) “Ss 8°08 | O18 | SS8 | FO9 IO} “AS | BL | L°6L | 0°08 | OLS" ¥Z ong) °S 9'TR | 0°06 | 268 | 969° onid| ‘AS | 08 | 628 | 7:98 | 962" B1jS-O1NID| “AS |} O'BL | SL | F'6L | 189 8% nens-ojnung| "A'S | SIS | 918 | 888 | 6EL° neys-ojauny| “YT °S | OTS | S48 | PSB | ALL ynway) a LL | OBL | BLL | LeL° “S&s Apnojp) = “M $08 | ¢$'S8 | B°L8 | 869° Tawny “a S18 | r98 | FFB | LOL OnId) “a WPL | O'OL | BSL | 989° 1Z og) ‘Ss f°S8 | O'S6 | 8°86 | FPO" yAUNI-OMID) =°S | SFB} STG | 0°06 | S89 IBID} = *S 918 | B88 | O'E8 | 61H 0z ynunD} *“M “S | 9°88 | $96 | S'S6 | Ted" OWIG|"M “S *S} OSB | FOG | F'8B | GTI ONIG|M “S*S} 0°08 | 98 | GzB | 069" 61 V1IS-OLID) "AAS “S| BSB | SE | O16 | LLS YEIS-OlND!) “AS | STB } 2°88 | OL | LL OIG) “M “S | B'9L | OTS | GOB | TFS SI onid|M‘S °S| 2°08 | 88 | 6 FB | SLs OIG|"M “S “S| 8°6L | GeB | GSB | Gz9" ONId| “M “S | F8L | OBB | GIs | 4s LI ong) °S O'F8 | O'T6 | 6°68 | STO OnNId|"M *S *S| O'% | O'98 | O'S8 | OI onid| “M °S | G08 | Zes | L'%B | SL" 91 ong) ‘Ss 268 | L16 | 006 | $8¢ OI] “M*S | 0'F8 | L'88 | 8S8 | TOI ond) ‘Ss 1°08 | S18 | Zs | Sos "SST ong! ‘Ss 6'8L | G08 | 8°6L | 98g" ond) °S G’6L | 9'T8 | 4°08 | S69" ond) “Ss G'8L | 0°08 | L'°6L | OFS FI Apno[D! “AA *S | G08 | O'S8 | O°S8 | SLE onid| °S C6L | B18 | 608 | 619° OIG | A “S ‘*aA} 708 | S18 | 9°08 | STS et Spnopd-pasanevog| =“ O'%8 | O48 | T’98 | 98°" ould) “Ss Z08 | OF8 | Y'%B | 16S" oniqd; ‘Ss PLL | LBL | 8L | 699° él ond) “Ss S68 | 8°68 | F°88 | 66r Apno[p] *M *S | 2°28 | 698 | S98 | LOS" OIG )"M *S *S| PBL | O'O8 | FEL | SEF ai OnIq|’AA °S “S| S'%8 | 628} G48 | Sap | SPNO[D-persyywos) = * AA C'6L | L778 | LEB | oF OniIgd) M'N'M| 984 | 2708 | S61 | TOP ol ond] “AA ‘N | 8°64 | O'S8 | $'08 | SBF" ond) “MN | G'08 | SEB | BBB | S6P Apno[D|"M'N'N| SLL | S'6L | Z'6L | 68h" 6 ond) “a G18 | $°06 | 8°06 | LEr OnIG|"A 'S “A|} 968 | G68 | 898 | 66F ond ‘a z6L | OT8 | 8°08 | SFr *S8 Apno[) "a "N‘N| O94 | 68 | O98 | LH onda “N“N| 8'S8 | 8°06 | 206 | 0S YeNs-OlD| “AS | OSB | O'S8 | O'SB | LEP L ong) “aA 6°88 | 696 | S'F6 | OLF Apnolp| "a GPs | G16 | 206 | S6r ApnojD| "A “SS | O'SBql L°S8 | S°Ss | SBF" 9 HeNs-onwnyg "AT *S ‘T| SEs | S16 | 0°96 | ZoM | SPNOTO-parenHog/"| “S “| O'SB | O'S6 | 6:06 | SEF" od) “A'S | LIS RUMP | OF8 | PLP S reaja-ynue7z "divys "S| Z'%8 | O'L6 | G6 | OLS" 1yBijs-O]NWINT)| “MS | 6B | S's6 | 006 | GPS BIYS-OLI)| “8 cog | ss | oss | 809" v snjnung| “A°S | 88 | 96 | G6 | Z9G" Apno[D| = *s o's | 268 | OLB | SB ond) “a L'8L | £08 | 0°08 | OTS g yung) ‘T'S | rs | SZOT| 8°66 | TLPr IBD} °S Fs | O16 | VE | S6r Apnojd| “A'S | sre | OLB | B98 | OFF 4 YRAIS-OLND A “S “A| O'SB | F'66 | SLE | Gar'6z YV1s-OlID} = "S | GHB | SHG | FEE | PSF'EZ HeNs-OMD| "S | FB | V8 | HSB | PIF 6S “ST ° ° ° sayouy o ° eo |seyouy Ps ° o (Seyouy a eeu aS || sae o | sell ee o | ee “A SU Be Sais Feta al

| oToT | e'e8! OL8/6°T6 AIZ2UT| “F *S | E°6L| O'S) O°S8) ELF" oid| “S | 2°38] 9°88] e°68) TIF 0310} “S |O'FSIO'I6 [2°16 | GIF 9 “ ** | oes | 9°61! 1°F8/6'68 01 |"MS'S) $88] 8°98) 6 98) 99%" OIG) °S | F'F8} 0°88] 6°18 LFF Apno[D| “S | #'r8iz°88 ites | T8F* Gz | GS'O | 9F'O | O'SOT | a TR/2°L8;2'°S6 ApnojD} "M “S| ¢ BL] 1°%8| 8°98} 68F" Apnojp} “S| ¥°Sg] g°16) 3's6| LSP" OIG] “S |g 98l"'s6 [0's | LFF FG} | OST | SIT | SZOT | s6L/ S'F8iF'68 0110} “S| 9°08] L'F8| SFB] SP 0311, | AAS MA | 9°28] 9°28] 5'88] 68F° OIG) “M | L°Z8iP'L8 |G°18 | zs" €z| | 90'0 | ¥0'0 | Z'OIT | 9°82] L°98\8°%6 BS-OLND) —*S | B'O8) O'L8] 1°88) 16S" ond! “S |e T1glo%6)o'e| 989° | Neys-ojNWND | T'S'S) 2°T8l0'S6 IFT | 129° Boly| - | Sgor Ie Ll ess'¢'06 | BBNS-O1RWND| “A “S | 0'@8| F:98) 8°98) TL9 1YV1}S-O/NWND| “WT *S | FT) 0°98) 8°S8/ LG9° OIG |" A"S'S| O'18/0'98 16°48 | 89" IZ evo | 80'0 | o'90t | 2°z| 9°za1¢°06 ontqd) “A |9°LL)8°6L| 0°08) 289° OC) “A *S | 2°44] 0°18} 0°%8) 069" Apnolo “H'S'S| F 62/8°%B |8'%sB | GOL" OZ} | PST | OFT | O'GOT | 392} 0°98/8'S6 Apno[D| “A *S | 4°SL) 0°94) O'LL) SLO" Surmey|"A'S'A) O'GL) SLL) 9° LL) SL9° Sululey "A" N | S'PLIOLL (28h | $89" 6I oe -- | oor lezgle-eRie'96 Od| “S |0°S8| ¥°68) 0°06) LLS° WeIs-OLNID| °S | g°E8) 1°26! 0'S6| FOS" OIG) “S | zs 98/L°F6 j0'S6 | 08S" ST ee “> | eZOT | z’O8! L°98IT'S6 TYWI}S-OLTD| “AA *S | GTB] Z'S8) 6°98) LES YAWN! "S| PFs) S06) F'16|se9" yawn)! *S | F F819 [F's | 68S" LY ze ** | 0°96 | 608) z'F8/9'L8 old) “S | 4°18} 0'S8| e748) SEs" onlgd!) “S| $08) 8'F8/ 0'F8/ SES" 0311 | M‘SS| 0 O8|/T'F8 jO'FS | 69S" OT oo ** | root | £°08] 2°9816'T6 onigd! °"S |¢%8l T'L8) o'28| LFS" OnId| “S | O'F8)Z'68) 1°68) 66S" OIC | AA'SS| G'F8) 2°68 (6°68 | TSS" cI L9°0 | 09°O | g°OIT | 4°62] T'88)9°96 Apnojp; “S | 2°62) 9°18] °18] 8Es" ON!d| “S | 1°6L| 0°28] e'Gg| Iss 031 | M “S| 08/86 (F'S6 | Zao" tT ST'O | FIO | #96 |Z°6L/9°F8/0'06 YeIjs-OLNI| "S| O'T8| O'F8) 6°38) 60S" 01314} °S |0'08| $'T8} L°08| FOS" onid; “S | 6'8L\F'08 (¢'08 | Zes" etl@| oso | oro | e'ttr | 9°8z| 2-98/8"F6 Old) °S | ¢°6L/ 8°18) 818) 629" O11] “S | 0°62 8°%8] T'FR) FEF" Apno[p} °S | 9°08/¢°S8 |¢°98 | SIS" Z| | 86° | 020 | O'ROT | FLL) S'F8/C'16 OnId) “AX | S'08) 0'F8) FSB) 8ZS" ong] * C°6L| L'28/ OSs ITS’ | “SPI9-Pe407V80S| “A | O'%s6°06 |S'06 | STS" Il FOL | 86°O | O'EOT |Z'6L| 9'F8\6 68 OnId|'A'S'A| F°6L) 0'G8| 8°18) SEF" Apno]D|'a'S’S| 1°6L| 6°18) T°zg! SSF" OIG | A'S'S| BBLS 18 |0°FS | Shr Ot; | 920 | 1Z'0 | O'TOT |Z'6L| T'S8/0'T6 oniq| °S | #29) 2°88| 0'68| 19S" | WeNs-oynwND|"A°S*S| o'F8) S06) O'06) 6EE" 0131 /'AA"SS) 0°F8/8°06 |¢'88 | SLE" 6 9E'T | 8ZT | O'LOT | 9°9L| 6°S8/3'T6 0331 | “A 'N | '82) 0°08) 8°6L| 268: ond |’ M *N| 9°) 8°6L| 8° 18] 907" Ontd| "A “S| G'T80F8 [¢'08 | SIF 3 ee -+ | sor | 2'08! 1'8819°S6 OWI |’ M “N}8°LL| $°6L| 3°64] GPF Ont | “A "S | 0°84] $08) G°08) SOF” ONIGTAN A! S'8LiP' 18 [O'S | PEF L 1 ee oe UOT | L°F8! 6°28) T'16 Apno[d| “@ | 9°LL| S°%8) L°38) 68S" Apno[p aNN @LL| ZEB! O' FR] FOF’ Apno|D/'A'S'H| 6° LL/0°S6 GFR | FFP 9 - + | corr | ees! o'ze.¢'86 YeNs-o1ig| °S | 9'%g\Z'z6|S's6; SOF’ fF Wesrs-ojnwny) “S | BGs! 8°96| 0°16) O88" O11) “HA /0'F80'86 [6°26 | Z6E" g ios °° | O'SIT | 4°88] 8°16/S°66 Apno[D| “S| 0°28} S°86| G6) OIP” lea]o-ysuaZ} "S| $°g8) G"26| 6°96) 068" | WeNs-opnwND | “A °S | T'EBiG-L6 /BL6 | SIF” r ee -- | @ Trt! ozele'ogie's6 | “S oF APROID) “A *S | F198) 0'G6| S°S6) TZ" | "S OU} OF "AP[O| “A “S | $°%8) S16) G*16/ OSPF" | “SPIO-Pe19HBOG) “A “S| TSB 0'86 [A'L6 | LEP g os "* | O'FIT | 3°6L] 9°88] 6'26 YVIIS-O1ND| "S | 4°18] S'z6| SFG] O8F’ | “SPIP-PeIEnwOS| "S| G'GBi B°L6| 01.6) OLF" snjNwWNy|"A°S'A| 6'e8/8'L6 [0°96 | IBF" z 8r'0 | ZrO | L°9IT| 2°98) L'76/9°ZOT ontd| “S| ¢°L| 9°6L| 8°08) Fr IqUUNT| “A “S | "eR ¢'e6| F'g6] 99h" | WeNS-o[nUIND| "A “S [o'gs|g'FG |G"F6 | LIP’ I on *- | OPIT | s°¢g| 9°E6/0'ZOT Apno]D|"A'S'H| SFB! F'S6| F'F6| L8C'6S YBIYS-O1II | “A “S | 8°S8! 9°86) 0'66| 698 6G 1y8I}S-O1IID [ASH] 9°98/8°O0L |S OOT| T68'6z% PUTS HOUT |e 5) © =| © 16 or) Foul 6 se U2U ojo fo Seqeur o fd; fo. ReueaT S| s/2| 2 4/9/2] oP 4/2) 9} of 2/9] | eP Aedes sue bed ds wr S| Sa des d SD) ele) on | d SE a - 5 |? 4g Jo 00dsy Beal |e | raege| As domoadsy 2] S| S| og | Aissoroodsy ce | &| Sle 4 = : ies | * eee x Ss = > | AAaJWOUSY J —— — ee oe ——_ ~ 3 cINUMOTT pur *purAA! *o1njesed wa J, ° *purAA| ‘einjerodwa y, ° "pura | “aanyesed wo J, ° ; WNUWIIX® IAT *J9S-UNS JB SPBUI SUOITAIOSGO ‘ul ‘*d F 1 paaAsasqo ainssod q WNUIULTY “WOOF "SUZ IB spsUl suOIBAlIsSgO [“panurgquoa ‘sajsesarg poorsojo..oaja yy | Apno[y, ond ONT 1ye1j}s-o]NWND, SULUIvY ond ong NeIjs-opNWND SUUIeYY hae Gl onl oni OCT OIC, 1}81}S-O7NUINT) Apnojg yawn?) IPNUINI-O.1119 1781}s-O]NUIND | oni old Apnoj9 SULULE YT AG | “AQ JO yoodsy = ° OLS’ 889° ScL° 0¢9" 689° 809° 619° FBS'6S soyouy FES 62; [RUIN -O.L ond ong ong ond “THB1}S-opNWND Apnojg SULUIBYT|° Ong Apno[g SUIUILY Apnojg TQ UL NT Apnoly a "N. “AANA ‘a oniq| ‘dteys "q ond! “d “N OG ok Sd Ty@.1)S-oO;NWND TY@1}S-O1D ond onig og 178.1]S-oTNWND T[NWIND-O1UID ‘$$ “al acy “M ‘'$ “AS 'S ‘S'S “a Na SS T}BL}S-O1UID] “AA °C 11814s-0] AWN ‘S$ ONd|’M *S °S onig| “AA ’S Apnoly| = °s SUIUIBYT| "AAS °S Apnojp] =°s *AYS JO yoodsy “pul 1 £08. Tr8 SLL | 8'6L | 6'8L 0'%8 | 1°98 | F'S8 $18 | 998 | 998 908 | 1°98 | ors FOS | Es | VS Z18 | 8'F8 | O'S8 OSL | OSB | 928 T'6L | S28 | ST8 98L | 6L | G'6L 8°08 | O'F8 | O'F8 OB | SFB | 98 6 | P08 | 918 €08 | 88 | SF 918 | S18 | 98 Z18 | 9°68 | O°S8 Z18 | 98 | 8h8 228 | O18 | S98 SB | P88 | SLB 918 | 6°88 | 088 ZB | 288 | G98 VIS | 798 | SB 618 | SL8 | 9S8 F'08 | $98 | L'F8 068 | 9°88 | O18 8'6L | 8'S8 | SSB $08 | €98 | oS8 Z'08 | 9I8 | 908 cis | 2°98 | 898 G08 | ats | 18 9'LL | SSL | VBL S18 | S18 | SLs ° ° ° lela > *ainje1od ula J, 10z9'6a} 68g" $79" 989° [69° L89° €&$9° Lo’ mg ecg’ 669° 919" LEL* 1s¢° oy" “WO “YG IB paasasqo ainssed qT WNUIXe TAT Se 1q Wt NT ong IPNUINI-O1.UD, OIC, 1} B1]S-O1L1 ond Apno|g A[zzuq OVI oyId OI Apnoj[g TJB1]S- OULD, Apnolg A|ZZuq OWI OWI, og ond OVW OG OCT oWIG 031d TYVI]S- O11 IBIIO ong Apno[9 AZZ ond eee “a "M 'S ‘a S$ ac Sa aS x ‘S "MS °S ‘S "MS 'S ‘S$ ‘a ‘S a ) 0) fea] ee va Ea aie: Tes SS Apnea "AWS Jo yoodsy “PUM [St 64 | > 08 O'LL | 0°08 | 818 O18 | B28 | LT8 G08 | S°6L | f08 O'6L | 8GL | F'6L €8L | O'6L | O'6L BLL | BBL | LBL SLL | O6L | BBL Z9L | OLL | B'9L eel | V6L | O'6L S18 | $68 | 068 Z08 | S18 | OT8 r6L | ST8 | OTS 9°6L | SI8 | FT8 08 | VI8 | OT8 0°08 | 4°08 | 9°08 e'6L | VO8 | F°08 $08 | S18 | ats $08 | 618 | 818 S'6L | S18 | SIs $6L | G08 | 0:08 ¢'6L | 0°08 | 8'6L SeL | V6L | F6L ZBL | S6L | O'6L S08 | @¢8 | 98 g'8L | S08 | Z'08 SLL | S8L | SL O'6L | & 08 | 008 8BL | 608 | 8°08 PLL | V6L | S6L r6L | VI8 | 608 ¢'08 | 98 | FSB G ° ° Sicleaene eke, Ss Esai oa ° *ainyeiadwa J, “QSI1-UNG 1B aPBU SUONBALASGC 6¢¢" 669° CF9" 669° GPO c6¢° RSG" ats Sig" T¢gs° 199° T99° L6P* GLY 6SP° CRF vig’ SSo" Try’ r09° 199° 669° 9LG° 66S SSL’ GEL" 809° cog’ 969° 699° ear ee, OT "SLZ io 1g 0& 6G Bz 9% GZ ¥G SG - 7 tts — SS Ae = ’ ee — a t at i? riz |< ey fas, | e P Ex ‘em ~ : ‘ a. : = : ~ 4 pe 68ST | LLL, L'TOT C6l 'F8| 068 seeees esa O08 GER, rre ore “*** | e-T8/ 1°98) Z'98) 0S" 6z est **" (¢'T8| 9°98) 1°98) TFS" Tg a °* | BS6 |¥'92/6'08| FSB} WMWUNO-ONI} "S| $08) O'F8)/ 6'F8] TLF’ NUINI-OLIT| =—*S | 8'08) 8°S8) B°F8| LIF APNO[D) ‘A"S"A| $1080" SB] 8'F8| 16F Og} | 88'0 | 080 | BOIT | 4°18/0°L8) $26 young) *N | °g8} ¢°68) 0'06| Sao" yNUAD) *N | O°F8| 9°%6| 16/00" OWN | "HN | $8] 0°36) F' 16] PFS" 6Zig| 90°0 | S0°0 | 8°6OT | 9°6L/ T'¢8} 9°06 OMT | “A "S |6 08] 6°28) ¢ 88) Bg" OnI | “A *S | $'18| #68) S06) LES" 011d | “A ‘S | S18] 8°68) 0°68) FBS" . Bz s lai 901 682) 9'F8] S706 OIG) “S |9°08) 9°Sg! G'L8) TLS" OIG] “H *S | L708] 9°88) 0°68) 9GG° | Neays-ojnuinD| “| | g-Tel eg g'4gi GLE LZ} | 80:0 | 90:0 | $90T | F'82/9°¢8/ 8°88] Nes-opnmNg) “Ss | ¢'61| Fg G'Ee8\ eRgr | BeAIs-ofNUIND | AA SS] GTR) FFB) O'S8) 6S" ONT) “A “S | 0'%8) 6°S8| S°S8| Fes" 9@| | SIO | 80°0 | O'gOT | 82) g°E8] F°88 HBI}E-OWD) "S| FBL1S'18] $8] BS¢" ApnolD| “Al *S | 08] S'F8] 6'F8| TFS" OIG | A"S"S| 8°08] BSB) $98) TSS" GZ} | 9T'O | SLO | SOT | $81) 6'S8| 318 Od) “S| 6°8L/%'%g) SB] GFS" NVIIS- O41) ASS] B°08) SSB] O'S8| STS" Apnojd| *S |eosiessiessioss | ' FZ i "* | O'OOT | 9°9Z] 9°18] 9°98 ApNo[D! “AA "S| ¢°08) 9'FR/s'eBl FIG? | VeUS-onuMD| “sg loTgig'cgig’ss| TOP J VENS-opnuND| +g | z-Tg] F-98/B°¢g! ORT z| | 99°0 | 6F'0 | ©'@B | 6°LL) F°6L) 8°08 Al221(T|"MAS’S| §°LL| ¥8L| F'BL| BEF" Apnold|" AAS"S/ 0°82) 9°08) 0°08) 99%" APNOID|"M SS] F111 B°GL| O'GL| GLE Gz|_ | 880 | Z8'0 | ¢'38 | 9 O8|0"s8| F°S8 2 OMG) “AM | S'FL}e°08/ 3°08] 08S" 2, OMG|'M *S 0°62) O'T8] 8°18) LTS" Sualurey|"AASS| O°6L| 9°18) 8°@8) OZ" 1@| D} os'0 | FF'0 | O'OOT |Z 08/ 0°S8| 1°68 ourdrRey| "AL | 2°18) 0°E8] S'S8] 68S" oulmted | “HS | S's] 9'F8/ 8°98] GLS" QUIN | AS”S] 2°68] 9°88] €°88) 81S" OZ} | FIO { OT'O | 9°98 |21°6L| 6°18 0'°F8 OMT) "S| O°T8| G’%e] 8'T8/ 8e9" WOIOAQ! "S| B08) 8°18) e°18| SSI" WSVOI9AQ! "S | g-62/ 1g! CTR OO 61 9L°0 | 89°0 | 8°46 | 8°08/F'¢8| 0°98 ApnojD| S| z'0s] 2°z8| 0'e8| 9%" ONG | “A “S | S18] 9° F8) O'F8/ GLP" Apno})| “A "S | 6°08 g'¢8] 9°E8| SLF" 8; | 810 | FIO | SLOT | Z°08| 3°98] 2°26 Old) “A | $'%8} 6'68/ 0°06) OFF" Apnol)} A’S"A 0°28) 9°06] Z°16| 668" youn)! “A 0's] sae] P16) FIP AT; | TSO | 9F'O | SOT (0°08) 9'F8/ T6Rf = BLIS-OLNT DI NA] S18) Teg] SFR! OVP" oN | aN Gl) 0:28) 3'F8/ 0'F8/ 81" Apno[)) “H “S | #18] $*F8| S°S8| Sar" oT &PO | 860 | 8°90T | 1°08] 9°S8) T'16 SULUIBY] “A Lg" te SSB] 6'F8| TIP euruleTd |" NG) 3'Z8| 2°68) 0°06} FOP” fF BAYS-OTNUIND |" NG! E°Zgl G06] G'06 BEF GI LI'O | GT'0 | F°90T | 8-08) #98) 6°16 NB49S-OLTO AN NT} 8°08] #98] 0°28] OOF" OIC) “ANN | £18] #48! 0°L8) 9FF* QUIN | “A *S |0°%8) 9°S8! 9°S8 9BF" PT 80 | 86°T | F'OTT | 3°18] 1°28] 0'S6 sululey|) *s "08 0'€8| 0°F8/ OTS" Apno|D/"'S'S| $'1g| 0°88) ¢°88| 89F" ApnoiD| "A “S| ¢'zs| 2°18) S'68 €1/©} 800 | 90°0 | z°60T | o'T8/ e°28) 9°e6 OMT) “S | 8°18! g'z9] 8°88] L8r" WBIIS-OLND) "S| 9°98] 8°88/0'06/ 897" | Weus-ojnmnDO) “Ss |o-esiz'e6| 1°36 31 = “* {| 9°90T | L°64| 0°98} & &6 HBS-O1ML} "S| B'08} $'98] 18] BOS OIG) "S| 0%} $16) 0°S6| O6F" AUN! M “S| 9°%8| 0'S6| F'16 FSS" It} | 40°0 | £0°O | ¢TOL | 9°62) ¢°F8] O68} HENSON) "S| TOs) greg 3:98) alg" | Wetys-ojnwND) °S | O'Tg) 28) 9°28) 999" VEIIS-OAND | AASS| $18) 0°18) S18) OT; | 890 | G90 | 8 FOr | 1°64) o'r8/ 8°68 eulmley| "S| ¥°6L) S'18| 0°S8| 899" Apno[D) “A | 8°18] ¢'F8| ¢'e8) 629" Od | AN “| F821! #18] f'e8 6 9T'0 | ZO | O'OOT | 6'82| FEB! 8°18 OI | “A “S | €°6L| 9°18] 2°18] LE9° A[Z211¢q |"A'S"S| 08] FSB BEB} 009" Ont |" A"S’S| #08] 6'%8/ SB 8 G6T | 88°T | FFOT | 0°08] 1°98] S66 Apno[D| “A | sz] cog] 1°08] rS¢° Surrey) “N | 9°22) 9°64) 3'%8| 1S" ApNolD|' M *S/g'zB| 0°68} 0°06 L nS "* | PLOT | 9°62] L°S8| 8°16 OI! “S| 0°18) 9°G8) $°88/ 009" ynwnD; “S| F'gg! 4°16| 0'16| 689° AUNP-OLN), “S |6°18| 0' 14) $'06 =) (Gara "* | FOOT OBL L'FR) P16) =—BBS-OLID| «S| 008) 9 Gg] L°98\ 619° WeAjs-O1ID |" AA “S| S'ZB! S16) 806] S69" HV1js-O1NT| “S _|0'S8| 8'06| $06) P19 ¢ Ss ** | ororl eezl z-zal 2°¢R yung) *s | 2°82! p29 F 8! ogo" Yeljs-o]nwND| “S | $'1e\8'F8) o'F8) S99" Hyeays-op AMA |A'S"S| 9:08) 1°48] F $8, 88S 7 89'°0 | PSO | STOT | 9°08] T°S8} 9°68 OIC |" AA “S | $'08) ZEB] 8°S8} OLS" otd| “S| $08) 9°28) g°e8| LoS OWId; “S_ |e 18) 27GB) e'98) FES" g i "* | FOOT | 6°82] 8'F8} 9°06 OIG) “S | ¢$'%8!ls'Gg! SSB} L9¢° o11q| “S| $'¢8| 9°18) p98] seo" Apno[D | MSS] 9°eg] 8°88 ¥'68) 699" z FTO | O10 | 9°68 | L°9L/ 9°08) S°F8 Apno1d| 'S_ | ¢ 18] 0°r8| £°28| 6FS" onig|; “S| 9°18) 0'€8) 8°18) 17S" Al2z11q}| *S | 8°61| 9°08) 8°62 I 98°T | BLT | 6°96 | 'E8] 0°98] 8°88 Aj2z1q| “A “S | ¢'44| ¢°61| 8°18) Ses ‘6z Apnojp) “S | 3'g8|0°L8| 6°98) SOS '6z Apno|D] “S08 0°28/8"98) STS"6z "youy ;°youy | 6. O41 ca ° o | o \seyouy o | o oy PeHeul o]/o |/o {seyouy Fee |S | Fel ele e 2/2/92 | oF Z|) 2] 9 # |e) 2 o j i] . 4 1B) S$ | B ES |S LE | | sag sorvadsy 2) |S | ssa | fis Jo yedsy 2) E | B| 22 | igyoroadsy Flee Be. 9 ODS} ee *1AJIWIOWIOY | eaetelpede See = ja Jie Biel ce LEE ae = S 199.7 | 007 a: uINWTUITAY pue “puta! *aunyesed ula J, S "pul AA |ounyeiedwie |, 3 *puUrAA | *ainjesed wa J, ¢ | 'saoney arey! # © j UNUIXEy # SS "308-UNS JB OpPEUL suoljvadesqO ‘ud 718 postosqo vinssot q WAWIUT TAT [WOOF SUZ IB IPBUI SUOTBALISG GQ — [*paniaquoa ‘19960.5927 9090.50]0.10072 If | JOURNAL OF THE ASLATIC. SOCIETY. DVDVEPOL_P®LADALPLLLLDDOLLLOILOLPLLOOIOIIIOO™ No. VI.—I1851. Notes on the ‘* Mahdpurushyas,” a sect of Vaishnavas in Asdm.—By Capt. EK. T. Darton, Political Assistant Commissioner, Asam, in charge of Kdmrup. Amongst various tribes of Vaishnavas in Asam, distinguished from each other by differences in doctrinal or ceremonial points of more or less importance, I know of none that for the general respectability and intelligence of the disciples, their number and their success in making proselytes, are more deserving of attention than the Mahapurushyas or votaries of the Borpetah Shostro, a religious community widely spread throughout lower Asam, and extending into Cooch-Behar and N. E. Rungpore. The word Borpetah is variously derived. Some say it is a corrup- tion for Borpata and means the great throne, great altar, or with refer- ence to the grant of lands conferred on this institution, it may signify great endowment. The sect have many monasteries in different parts of Kamrup and elsewhere, but they are all regarded as subordinate to the great establishment at Borpetah, which is situated in north- western Kamrup, and gives the name to a large Pergunnah, and also to a subdivision of the district and to the station of the Joint Magis- trate and Deputy Collector, in charge of this subdivision. The Pergunnah of Borpetah and others contiguous to it are com- posed of low alluvial lands liable to periodical inundation. The sites of the villages are all artificially raised, and in the rains the whole country presents the appearance of a vast lake, the raised villages with No. XLIX.—New Series. 3.N 456 Notes on the ** Mahdpurushyas.” (No. 6, their groves of trees forming so many islands; the communication between them, being at this period entirely by water. The retiring floods leave these plains in excellent condition for the cultivation of mustard seed, which in rotation with Aussa dhan, or summer rice, is the staple produce of this part of the country. Borpetah is by far the largest and most densely populated of these villages. By a census made in 1847-48, that portion of it considered as belonging exclusively to the Shostro and comprising an area of 175 acres, contained 7,368 souls, all of them Bhakats or attachdas of the Shostro. From the necessity of economizing space, where raised sites are so scarce, and raising them so expensive, the huts are more closely clubbed together than they generally are in Asdmese villages, still they have a rural rather than a town appearance, being, built without much attention to order, and the huts as well as the roads and path- ways, that connect the different portions of the thickly populated grove, being all shaded by noble old trees. To the south of the grove a large and well raised enclosure contains the great Namghar Shostro, or chief place of worship, and all the other sacred edifices of the institution. The Shostro is a large build- ing with a thatched roof supported on huge posts of the most durable timber procurable. All the Vaishnavas in Asém have similar build- ings for religious meetings, but this one at Borpetah is a chef d’ceuvre of its kind and merits description. This section will shew z the plan of its construction. A, B and C are centre and side aisles . forming the interior of the edifice; D. and E are open verandahs, 1851.] Notes on the ‘‘ Mahdpurushyas.” 457 embracing three sides of the building; the fourth is finished off with an open gable across which, and contiguous to the Namghar, there is another smaller building on posts in which is contained a stone image of Vishnu and ‘‘ Sala’grams.”’ The Shostro is one hundred and eighty feet long by sixty in breadth supported on fourteen rows of posts. ‘The altar, covered over with red silk, on which the Bhagavat and other sacred books are deposited under square frames of talc, is placed in the centre aisle in the south portion of the building ; and receives light from the open gable above it. There are two entrances, one from the east near the altar, the other from the north facing it, besides which and the gable there is no opening for the admission of light except from spaces cut out in the ornamental carv- ing of a cornice of wood which encircles three sides of the building under the verandah, and through which spaces the portion of the congregation, who not being admitted into the interior of the building, are obliged to confine themselves to the verandah, can see what is going on inside. Near the northern entrance to the right there is a colossal figure of Hanuman and to the left a similar image of Garir supported on massive frames of timber and painted in bright colours. These images are not worshipped, which, indeed, might be inferred from their position between the congregation and the altar. Down the centre aisle there are two rows of large candelabra of wrought iron each capable of hold- ing some hundreds of small oil burners to illumine the building for the evening service. It is only on great occasions that they are all used, a few near the altar being sufficient for the ordinary services. To give me a better view of the interior of the building they were all lighted for me in the day time, the morning service was then being celebrated and the vista of these pyramids of light with numerous white draped figures to assist in distributing it through the vast gloomy building had a most imposing effect. There is nothing else in the interior of the building worth noticing. The outer or verandah posts are all elaborately but rudely carved, every second or third being a caryatid representing one of the incarnations of Vishnu. None but Bhakats, or disciples, after purification and change of raiment are admitted into the interior of the Shostro. Women are excluded but may sit in the Verandah, and at certain periods join in the spiritual songs. anh 2 458 Notes on the “ Mahdpurushyas.” [No. 6. To the east of the Namghar and at a distance of about twelve feet from it is asmall brick temple with a dome, occupying an area of thirty- eight square feet, enshrined in which is a stone about half a cubit long bearing an impression said to be the foot print of Madhab one of the founders of the Shostro. This is revered as a most sacred relic, and ° when cholera or other epidemic rages in the village and a time is in con- sequence appointed for solemn prayer to avert the calamity, this stone is then placed on the altar beside the Bhagavat in the Namghar, and the people on such occasions worship fasting and in wet garments. In front of this temple there is a well, protected by a copper canopy, supported on four light pillars of the same metal, the water of which is considered very holy. To the north of the enclosure containing these buildings, is the principal entrance, a covered structure of timber grotesquely carved and gaily painted. To the south a flight of rough stone steps conducts to the bed of a nullah and also to a small tank ; to the east and west are the cloisters of the monks whom I shall now proceed to describe. The Mahapurushyas recognize two orders of their sect, the ‘“*Udasins’” or monks who have renounced the world, and devoted themselves to celibacy ; and the ‘‘ Grihist’’ or family men, or as they are also called, ‘‘ Grihi,”” laymen. | Any Bhakat that pleases may become a Udasin or monk, on his doing so he occupies or shares with another one of the small cells or divisions of the cloisters. He lives on alms going daily his rounds to collect from his friends ; and during the remainder of the day and part of the night, he should devote himself to reading or hearing read the history of the two Mahapurushyas, founders of the sect, S’ankar and Madhab, called the ‘‘ Lil4 Charitra ;’ practising the three ‘‘ Veds” ‘hearing, singing and remembering,’ contemplating and realizing to himself the attributes and form of the deity, for idols he is not allowed to worship. , Each of these monks acts as immediate spiritual adviser or confes- sor to one or more families of Grihis. It is said they are allowed access at all times to all parts of the house and to all members of the family, and that if the good man of the house observe the monk’s long staff with brazen knob (the symbol by which they are known as Udasins in their peregrinations) planted at the entrance of his zenanah, he may 1851.] Notes on the “ Mahdpurushyas.” 459 not himself go in till the holy visitor comes out; but this account, suggestive as it is of somewhat too intimate a connection between the spiritual guide and his fair penitents, was not given to me by any member of the sect, though it is very generally asserted. In the cloisters to the east and west of the Namghar, there are at present one hundred and fifty-seven monks. Long sheds substantially built and enclosed, with front Verandahs from end to end, about six feet in breadth, are divided into apartments, sixteen or twenty feet square, opening out on the verandah by one double door to each. In these apartments the monks live sometimes two together, sometimes one alone. They exercise considerable ingenuity in making their cells commodious, the simple materials of which they are composed do not give much scope for their skill and taste, but the doors and lintels are elaborate- ly carved and the door fastenings, all different, are so many inven- tions for which each originator might take out a patent. The cloisters and every place connected with the Shostro, are kept scrupulously clean and neat. ‘The monks have a small flower garden in which they cul- tivate flowers and flowering shrubs used in the religious ceremonies. In the dress and appearance of these monks there is nothing peculiar to distinguish them from ordinary mortals, with the exception of the long staffalready alluded to. For raiment, however, they are required to confine themselves to the simple waistcloth and a small white *‘chadder” or scarf, and to keep the cloths they wear at worship and at meals exclusively for those occasions, Detached in other parts of the village there are two other sets of cloisters containing the one fifty-five, the other twenty-six monks. In one of these there is a particular seat from which the head monk reads and expounds. In consequence of a dispute there are at present two who by turns occupy this seat. The old monks are called Ata and Atoi as marks of respect. There are in the Kamrup district one hundred and ninety-five Shostros subordinate to that of Borpetah. I know not how many there may be in other districts. All those I have seen are built exactly on the model of the parent institution, each having its esta- blishment of Udasins in cloisters, and its “ Grihis” or laymen in ordi- nary dwellings. Five or six of these are to a small extent endowed, that is, have received grants of land held at half rates from the former 460 Notes on the “* Mahdpurushyas.” [No. 6. rulers of the country, the remainder have no endowment, but they are nevertheless maintained in much better order than the generality of Shostros and temples to which extensive grants have been made, being well supported by a numerous and respectable body of disciples who all pay a very devout attention to the externals of religion. Of the actual number of this sect I am unable to form any estimate, and from the Shostro manuscripts no information on the subject was to be derived, as they keep no record of their proselytes; but they form a considerable proportion of the population of this district (K4m- rip). I know of two villages each containing two or three thousand inhabitants, the one a village of weavers, the other a village of oil- pressers, all of whom are disciples of Borpetah ; and they are numerous in all parts of the district. They also muster strong in Gowalparah and Cooch-Behar, and are found, I believe, even in the Dacca district. Wherever they reside they appear to regard Borpetah, with as much reverence as the Mohammadans pay to Mecca, though their great saints and founders, Sankar and Madhab, neither died nor were born there, Many respectable men holding offices in the courts of Gowhatty, or fiscal charges of Pergunnahs, have their permanent residences in, and never remove their families from, the sacred grove of Borpetah. They regard it as ‘‘ the loveliest spot on earth,’ and a protracted absence from it, they cannot endure. Of the inhabitants of the grove generally I may safely say there is not a more intelligent or a more industrious community in the whole province. They are most of them traders as well as cultivators of the soil, and their boats with agricultural produce, pottery, &c. are to be found in every creek in Asam, and as far down the Brahmaputra as Serajgunje. In point of education the proportion of those amongst them, that can read and write is far greater than amongst any other class of Asamese that I am acquainted with. The rising generation appear to be nearly all receiving instruction in letters. As the sect of the Mahapurushyas have sprung up within the last four hundred years it ought not to be very difficult to trace their history, but the desire of the disciples to deify their founders has some- what mystified their origin. From the memoirs of his life and writings preserved in manuscript by his followers, Sankar was born, or, I beg his pardon, the Avatar of 1851.] Notes on the “‘ Mahapurushyas.” 461 Sankar occurred at Ali Pikeri, a village of central Asém, in the year of “ Sakddit”? 1385, corresponding with A. D. 1464, and departed this life or returned to heaven from Bhela, in Cooch-Behar, in Saka 1490, or A. D. 1569 ; and Madhab first appeared in the family of one Hari Collité in Saka 1433, or A. D. 1512, and died A. D. 1597. They were thus contemporaries of ‘‘ Sri Chaitanya,”’ who is adored as an incarnation of Krishna, and venerated as the founder of their reli- gion by most of the Vaishnavas of Bengal, and from the similarity of the doctrines inculcated as well as from a tradition to that effect it may be inferred that the Asamese sectarian was indebted, directly or indirectly, to his illustrious contemporary for the system of religion he introduced. Chaitanya,* of whose career the accounts handed down to us are perhaps more to be depended on, was born at Sylhet in A. D. 1485, and died, or was last seen, at Jagannath in A. D. 1527. The Asamese all admit the interview between him and San- kar, but the sect of whom I am treating do not wish it to be supposed that either of their founders was under any obligations to the Bengal Saint. The Lila Charitra already referred to as the received account of the life of the two Mahapurushyas, is in verse, and dates are excluded as too matter-of-fact for a poetical effusion. According to this poem Sankar’s reputed father, named Cusim, was one of the chiefs of the country called “ Bhuyas.’? ‘These chiefs have often had the govern- ment of Asam, or of parts of Asam, absolutely in their hands, and the periods of their power are referred to as the times of the ‘ baruh bhuyas,” but though they are honourably distinguished as the days in which many important works, tanks, roads, embankments, and the like were executed, their authority as rulers appears to have been always either a provisional or a usurped one, and the expression * baruh bhuyas’ rule’’ is now used to signify a period of anarchy. Sankar’s father was a ‘‘Sudra” of the caste little known except in Asam, called “ Collita.”? The education of his son he entrusted to a learned Brahman and the only marvels related of his childhood are his extraordinary aptitude for learning and intense application night and day to his studies without rest. * Ward’s Hindus, Vol. 2nd, page 173, As. Soc. Res. Vol. xvi. p. 110. 462 Notes on the ‘© Mahdpurushyas.”’ [No. 6. In his youth he was married, but his wife died, and shortly after on the death also of his father, which appears to have taken place about the same time, he distributed all his property amongst his relations, went on a pilgrimage, visited Gyah, Jagannath and other places, and returned after an absence of twelve years. He found the civil govern- ment of his country ina very disorganized state and was importuned by his friends to resume his position as a chief to assist in restoring order, but this he declined urging that he had now to meditate on all that he had read and seen. They, however, persuaded him to take another wife, and the free gifts he received on the occasion of his mar- riage were of greater value than all the wealth he had formerly been possessed of. In his meditations on the Bhagavat and Purans he appears about this time to have been assisted by a Brahman named Rama Rama Guru, whom the Lila Charitra introduces to us rather abruptly. This Brahman was, however, the progenitor of the family, who for many generations have held the office of Shasturiah or head of the Shostro, and that may account for his being so prominently brought forward ; but his assistance was not very valuable, as Sankar did not fully comprehend the sacred books he was studying till in- structed in their meaning by a Brahman who was specially deputed by Jagannath himself to Sankar and made a long journey for the pur- pose with no other address than “Sri Sankar, Asim.’ The name of this Brahman is not given in the Lilaé Charitra but in some other work he is styled Jagadisa Misra. It was about this time that his intimacy with Madhab commenced. Madhab was a ‘ Sdkta,”’ a wor- shipper of the female principle. One day he gave directions to his brother-in-law Ramadasa to procure a goat for sacrifice, at an approach- ing festival in honor of Kali. Ramadasa having made known to Sankar the commission he had received, was advised by him to return to Ma- dhab without having executed it. The latter displeased at what appeared to him an unwarrantable interference sought an interview with San- kar and entered on a violent altercation with him—but Sankar mildly reproved him and quoting from the Bhagavat expounded to him how all adoration should be paid to ‘‘ Vishnu the Supreme.” ‘ For’ said he, ‘if you pour water on the roots of the tree the leaves and branches are refreshed and strengthened by it, applied to the leaves and branches and not to the roots it is of no avail.”’ Madhab is stated 1851.) Notes on the “ Mahdépurushyas.” 463 to have been so much struck with the aptness of this illustration that he at once prostrated himself as a disciple before Sankar, from that hour devoted himself to the study of the Bhagavat and its com- mentaries, and became in time Sankar’s most efficient coadjutor in translating these works into the vernacular for the benefit of his coun- trymen. His merits as a translator and as a faithful follower of Sankar are acknowledged by all the Vaishnavas in Asam, but the Mahapurushyas regard the master and the disciple as equally entitled to adoration, and deify them both. If there be any difference, it is in favor of Maédhab. The enclosure of their great place of worship con- tains a temple in honor of him—his footprint, enshrined therein, is their most sacred relic. They have nothing similar in honor of Sankar ; but the anniversaries of their respective deaths are observed with the same solemnities. The success of Sankar in proselytizing drew upon him the envious eyes of the Brahmans, but as they dreaded meeting him in controversy, they are accused in the Lila Charitra of endea- vouring to throw discredit on his doctrines, by ridicnling, reviling and bullying those that received them. The disciples having brought this to Sankar’s notice, he applied to the authorities to bring about a meeting between him and the Brahmans. This was arranged and San- kar premising by saying that he would condemn the Brahmans out of their own mouths asked them, if a sinner and an outcast might repeat the name of Krishna, without having made atonement and being re- admitted to caste? They replied that the name of Krishna was of such efficacy that to repeat it with faith was not only permitted but enjoined by him, as the repetition of the name alone was sufficient for atonement, and in this “ Kali Yug’’ it is all that was necessary for man’s salvation except the Brahmans. All present declared that this was what Sankar had been inculcating, and taking up the ery of Hari! Hari! which he had taught them, the Brahmans had not a word more to say. After this Sankar went about establishing Shostros in different places, and wherever he halted one of these institutions sprung up. Near his own village he founded the Borduar Shostro the present head priest of which is descended from him through his granddaughter, for though he left sons they had no male issue. In the autumn of his life he again visited Jaggannath and then it was he had an interview with Chaitanya. He returned from this pilgrimage and recommenced his religious teaching with a more comprehensive library and a greater 30 464 Notes on the ‘* Mahdpurushyas.” [No. 6. store of knowledge, and resigning his mantle to Madhab finished his career in Cooch Behar in the one hundred and fourth year of his age. Sankar and Madhab between them translated into Asamese the Bhagavat, Ramayana, Ndmamdld, and other Granthas. They taught their disciples choruses of spiritual songs and several hymns from a work called the Kirttan Grantha. They gave instruction on the names and attributes of God from the books called the Namaghosa, Gunamala, Lilamala, &c. and compiled or translated, I do not know which, the Bhakti Ratndbali, selections from the Bhagavat and the Purans. The doctrines taught by these divines appear clearly the same as those ascribed to Chaitanya, and perhaps the most essential differ- ence between the Mahapurushyas and the Vaishnavas of Bengal is that the former more rigidly observe and preserve in greater purity what they have received. They instructed their disciples to acknowledge the existence of only one God, Vishnu the supreme, and prohibited their engaging in the worship of any other deity. They do not ignore the existence of the rival or minor gods of the Hindu Pantheon, but consider that in adoring Vishnu they obtain the favor of them all. They were instructed to acknowledge all the Avatars of Vishnu, but were to regard his appear- ance as Krishna as the manifestation of most importance to mortals, and to seek salvation by the repetition of his name and contemplation of his attributes. Amongst his other titles he was to be acknowledged as Radha Vallabha, or lord of Radha, but Radha was to be regarded as inseparably connected with this incarnation of the God, not as a dis- tinct object of worship. In regard to a future state, the doctrines, if I am correctly informed of them, are simple enough. LHlevation to Vai- kant’ha, the heaven of Vishnu, as the reward of the virtuous, an eternity of ‘ Narak’ hell, as the lot of the wicked. Those amongst them who were ‘‘ Grihis,”’ laymen, were permitted to worship the images of Vishnu and Krishna in the form of the Sdlagram but all other idol worship was interdicted, and though images of Krishna, Rama, &c. are set up in some of the places of worship belong- ing to the Mahapurushyas, no adoration is paid to them except by Brahmans. To the Sdlagram and image of Krishna, offerings of un- cooked food are, however, made by the Pujari, a Brdhman, in the name and in behalf of the community. The ‘ Udasins’ are absolutely inter- 1851.] Notes on the ‘* Mahépurushyas.” 465 dicted all image worship, even of the Salagram, and the reason assigned for this distinction between them and the laity is that, images or sym- bols of the deity on which to concentrate the ideas, are required by men whose minds are distracted by family cares and by indulgence in worldly enjoyments, but not by those who have withdrawn themselves from both, and who, if they act up to their vocation, spend the greater portion of their time in holy meditation. The doctrines of Chaitanya obliterated the distinctions of caste. In all probability those originally promulgated by Sankar had a like tendency ; but at present though the Mahapurushyas have not that reverence for it that is entertained and arrogated by other Hindus, and have more intercourse with each other irrespective of caste than is usual amongst the ‘twice-born,’ yet the distinction is not altogether effaced, and the Mahapurushyas will not eat cooked food from the hands of a brother whose blood is not as pure as their own. Hindus of all castes are admitted into the fraternity, and once admit- ted are, with the exception above noticed, associated with on equal terms by all the brethren, and there is nothing more remarkable about this sect than the firmness with which this bond of fraternity is maintained, supporting each other through evil report and good report, bravely and generously. One of the most highly respected of the Udasins is by caste a distiller of spirits. Amongst ordinary Hindus it would be considered degrading to men of caste to associate with such an indivi- dual, but now, as a Mahapurushya and a. Udasin of acknowledged holiness, his origin is considered no disgrace to him. Actual privacy at meals, such as is enjoined by some of the Vaishnava divines, the Mahapurushyas are not obliged to conform to. It is usual with this sect when a number get together, to form a mess, the man of the purest caste amongst them cooks for all, and they eat sitting together in one enclosure but not from the same dish. This uncivilized practice of eastern nations they regard with disgust and every man has his own plate to eat off. Though a social fraternity in their own community is thus encouraged, they are obliged to be extremely circumspect in their intercourse with all other sects, who are to them as gentiles, Purification by bathing and change of raiment is necessary before every meal and previous to entering their places of worship, as they cannot transact the affairs of every day life without coming into contact with gentiles, and all such contact pollutes. ovo 2 466 Notes on the ‘* Mahépurushyas.” [No. 6. Sankar particularly warned his followers against the commission of the following crimes, which from their being particularized whilst others of equal or greater importance are omitted, were doubtless those that in the days of his admonitions were most prevalent—adultery, theft, lying, pulling each other’s hair, (!) or any violence to the person of another. He also placed his interdict on the use of intoxicating drugs, which is considered to extend even to the use of tobacco, and, in addition to what is abstained from by all orthodox Hindus, he pro- hibited his disciples from eating or even keeping ducks, pigeons, and goats. Some of these prohibitions are not now much attended to. This sect of Vaishnavas make nine marks with the chandan or powder of sandal-wood on the forehead, the bridge of the nose, the ears, breast, . and arms. As they make each mark they repeat some name but fur- ther than this, the rationale of the marking they will not disclose. Perhaps there is one mark for each of the accomplished incarnations of Vishnu, or it may be, one for each of :the nine Bidhs or modes of acquiring knowledge. During the life-time of Sankar all the Vaishnavas acknowledged him, and him only, as their spiritual head. On his death Madhab succeeded to this position amongst the Mahapurushyas, but the first Shusturiah or Adhikari of the Borpetah Shostro was a Udasin Bhakat whose name was Mathura Dasa, but who was generally called and is now spoken of as ‘Burd Atd.” He was selected for the office, and installed in it by Madhab. Mathura Dasa before his death directed the Bhakats in conjunction with the Mahants,* or heads of the subor- dinate Shostros, to select a successor from the Brahman family of Rama Rama Guru, the learned pundit who studied with Sankar, a successor was chosen in accordance with his wishes and since then the vacancies in the office of Adhikari have always been filled by the descendants of this Brahman. Some assert that such was the injunction of the last Sudra Shusturiah, others contend that the Bhakats are not bound to select from any particular family, but had there been no restriction on their choice, it is not likely that the succession would have so long continued in this one. There have been many sharply contested elec- * There are four families of these Mahants, all Sudras, one descended from the Rama Dasa who married Madhab’s sister, the other three from favorite disciples and fellow-labourers of the two Mahapurushyas. They signify their ratification of the Bhakats’ selection by presenting the Shusturiah elect with the sacred ‘‘ Mala.’’ 1851.] Notes on the “ Mahdpurushyas.” 467 tions, when the Bhakats were divided in opinion, but on no occasion were the nominies of either party selected from any other family.* The Adhikari is assisted by a deputy called the Desha Adhikari and there are several other office-bearers for the lay and for the spiritual duties. With exception to certain fees allotted to the Adhikari, all offerings received for religious duties, presents from disciples, fees of admission from proselytes, fees for re-admission to caste and the like are deposited in the Shostro treasury, and credited in the Shostro accounts by the accountant, and no disbursement can be made except by order of the Adhikari with the assent of the Bhakats, or a portion of them forming a sort of committee. The treasury is said to be very rich. The value of gold and silver utensils and ornaments together with the cash in the store- house is estimated at 60,000 Rupees. The annual receipts may average four or five thousand and the disbursements about three thousand. The chief items of expenditure being the subsistence of poor travellers, for whose benefit an establishment of wood-cutters, potters and fishermen is kept up, and the expense of feasting at the great annual festivals all visitors who avail themselves of the hospitality of the Shostro. The half rent paid to Government for the Dharmmottar lands attached to the temple is also paid from the general fund, nothing on this account being taken from the Bhakats who occupy the land. For adjudication in disputes brought before the head of the institu- tion, for assessing the amount of fine to be levied from an outcast for re-admission to caste, and for other matters requiring consideration, the Adhikari is assisted by a council which usually consists of two or more members of the family of the ‘‘ Pathak’’ (reader of a commentary of the Bhagavat) and of the reader of the Bhagavat in Sanskrit, a Brahman, or one of the family of the ‘‘ Rajmidhi’ who is the man of business of the Shostro in all temporal affairs. These councils are held in a house adjoining the ‘‘ Namaghar.”’ Any individual wishing to become a Bhakat or disciple must present to the Shostro an offering of oil, cloths, and a sum of money according to his means. The Adhikari or in his absence the Desha Adhikari then teaches him the Mantra or initiating incantation, upon receiv- ing which he must fee his instructor, and as far as I have learnt, * This Rama Rama Guru was thus the Aaron of the sect, the progenitor of a family of Levites from whom alone the high priests can be chosen. 468 Notes on the ‘‘ Mahdépurushyas.” [No. 6. these are the only fees the Adhikari can claim, though he also receives presents from disciples who visit him after a long absence. I have not been able to ascertain in what words the mystic Mantra is given. It is an inviolable secret. It only remains for me to notice the services daily performed in the Shostro. Sankar and Madhab taught their followers that of the nine modes by which knowledge was acquired (‘‘ the nobo vid’’) the most important were “‘ hearing,”’ “‘ singing and remembering,” and it is with reference to these, that the following ritual has been established. Ist. The morning service appropriately commences with the songs which the Gopis were accustomed to sing to awaken Krishna. 2nd. This is followed by spiritual songs accompanied by the clap- ping of hands and striking of cymbals. 3rd. The officiating Brahman reads a portion of the Bhagavat in Sanskrita. 4th. A portion of the commentaries on the above in Asamese is read by one of the Bhakats. In the afternoon service. Ist. The commentary of the Bhagavat is read. Qnd. The congregation sing and clap their hands and strike the cymbals. 3rd. The Bhagavat in Sanskrit is read. The third service is held in the evening, at dusk, by candlelight, at which, 1st, a portion of the “ Gunamala,”’ Qnd. Portions of the * Lila mala,”’ and 2rd. Parts of the “ Bhotima” are read. 4th. Singing accompanied with cymbals and other musical instru- ments. 5th. Singing accompanied with the clapping of hands only. 6th. A portion of the commentaries on the Bhagavat or a part of the Asamese translation of the Ramayana is read. These books are read regularly through till finished, and then recommenced. At the conclusion of each of these services the name of Krishna is slowly repeated three or four times by the Bhakat who officiates, in a deep, solemn and impressive tone of voice. The whole congregation repeat it after him with equal solemnity, all with their heads reverently bent down till the forehead touches the ground ; it is echoed by those in the verandah and taken up by such as may be within hearing out- 1851.] Notes on the ** Mahépurushyas.” 469 side, who all prostrate themselves as they repeat it, and thus it is con- tinued till it is heard but as a faint moan and dies away in the dis- tauce. None that have been present could fail to be struck with this very impressive mode of concluding the service. The superiority of the form and mode of the devotional exercises above described, contrasted with the ordinary temple worship of the Hindus, is apparent enough to attract and retain votaries. Instead of a small shrine into which none but the officiating Brahman enters and from which no instruction to the crowd outside is even attempted, a large building capable of affording accommodation to thousands is devoted to the purposes of praises of the deity, congregational singing and moral instruction, and to keep up the spirit of the sect as well as to afford them ensamples of holy living, the actions, precepts and chief incidents in the lives of their founders are constantly brought to their recollection. Amongst the peculiarities of this institution is the almost communis- tic nature of their system of Government. In other Asam Shostros the resident Bhakats were regarded as little better than slaves of the high priest for the time being, whether the latter office was hereditary or otherwise held, but the Bhakats of Borpetah have all a proprietary right in their Shostro and a share in its Government. Acknowledg- ing the Adhikari as their “Guru,” they implicitly submit to his guidance in spiritual affairs but in temporal matters he can take no step without their voice. There are indeed two parties amongst them which we may designate ‘‘ high and low church,” the one admitting, the other disavowing his claim to infallibility, but these are delicate questions with which I will not further meddle. The institution is less richly endowed by the former rulers of the country than many others of far less importance, but they hold a grant of land conferred on them by Seeb Sing, one of the Ahom rajds of Asim, dated Saka 1657, corresponding with A. D. 1735, in which the rights of the Bhakats are peculiarly recognized. The lands, about 397 acres, being granted to 297 individuals by name who were the heads of the families of the resident Bhakats then existing and to the Shusturiah and Desha Shusturiah and Pujari for the time being the space for whose names is left blank. I am told that they have more ancient grants for a smaller quantity of land from two of the Delhi Badshdhs but these I have not seen. 470 Essay on the Ancient Geography of India. [No. 6. A Comparative Essay on the Ancient Geography of India. (Continued from page 272.) From Cach’/hara El Edrisi made Ghazera, and probably Cosair.* The names of Wair, or EHirus are unknown now, at least to the pil- grims, who travel that way. Having doubled the Cape, Nearchus came into a large and commodious harbour, protected by a small island, called by him Bibacta, and by Pliny, Bibaga; not more than three hundred yards from the shore. ‘The distance from Crocala is omitted by Arrian; but Pliny reckons twelve Roman, or ten and a half British miles. Bcébaga is perhaps a corruption from Débi-baga, the garden of Sitédé-devt, or simply Debi, who has several in that part of the country. It is called Bydlus, in some MSS. Babulona, by Philostratus, in his life of Apollonius; perhaps from Bddul, the Acacia tree, which abounds all along that coast. This small island, being so close in shore, has not been noticed by late navigators, and possibly it no longer exists as an island. I suppose that this harbour, denominated after Alexander, was at the mouth of the dry river, which I mentioned before. This narrow passage of 300 yards only, between the mainland and the island, and even the harbour itself at the mouth of a river, is really a Khari, or Kharyuna, or Khdrizdna, and answers of course to the Rhixana, or Rhizana, both of Marcian, and of Ptolemy. Nine miles Roman, or about eight British, from it there was, according to Pliny, another island called Toralliba, which in Hindi signifies the island of Iiba; and is obviously Chilney, called by Ptolemy Coddné, probably for Colané ; for there is very little difference between the letters D, and L in Greek; and of course they are often put the one for the other. Besides, this island is opposite to the country called Cola, and also Colwdén by El Edrisi. Ptolemy considered the island of Leda, as different from Colané, which, in that case, must have disappeared, which is not likely. Liba or Labe is the name of the goddess Chandicd, or the lustful goddess, as we have seen before. Tora-Liba is simply called Tora by El Edrisi; and in Hindi Tora, or Tara signify an island. From this place Nearchus put to sea again, and * See El Edrisi, pp. 56 and 57. 1851. | Essay on the Ancient Geography of India. 471 after a course of four miles, stopped under the shelter of a small island close to the shore, and called Domazt. There was no water; but it was found of a good quality at the distance of about a mile, probably in the dry bed of the canal, or Nala of Hanuman. This little island seems to be noticed in some late surveys, and is called Domail by El Edrisi; who says, that there was on it a small town called Cas- Cahar, which, it is more probable, was on the continent; and the inhabitants of it, are called Damei by Stephanus of Byzantium. Cahar is, for Cahir, Cahird generally pronounced Cair. Severar places called Cahzra, in the countries bordering upon the Indus, are mentioned in the Ayin Acberi. I suppose the true reading to be Kiz- Cahir, or Cair in Kiz, or Gedrosia. Céraicht was also called Cair, and probably by way of contradistinction Caer-cede, Caer-shede, for Cair- Send. For the Portuguese in composition sometimes wrote Cind, Cend and even Gind for Sind. Hence we find it asserted, that the Indus was also called Karshed. Small settlements have occasionally been attempted on that coast, as I have been told; but they were soon after forsaken, as Hingula-Devi is averse to them. The country was called Sangada, a denomination now seemingly unknown in that country. It is perhaps from the Sanskrit, and Hindi Sankhada, implying a country abounding with shells, which is really the case. El Edrisi says, that from Dadil, at the entrance of India, and of course Cdraichi, to Cape Mond, there are six miles (the numbers are obviously corrupted) hence to Coli six more. Col is Domail. Cola, or Cali is a creek. From Domai, after a course of nineteen miles, Nearchus reached a place called Saranga, probably from Rama- chandra’s seat—Zerocd, or in Persian Seivwnga ; which is near it, and a little further, were the rocks called Sacala. These are not noticed by pilgrims, probably because there are no legends attached to them: perhaps they are low rocks, forming a ledge, stretching out far into the sea. This was probably the reason, why Nearchus was deterred from going round them; and as there was a passage through them, though very narrow, he preferred to go that way. Sugala in Sanskrit signifies the fair way passage: in Hindi Su-Cali, or Col signifies the fair, or safe creek; also a safe narrow passage. In English Gully or Gully-hole, in French Goulet, from the Latin Gula the throat, Gala in Hindi is the throat and Gali, a narrow pass or lane. 3 P 472 Essay on the Ancient Geography of India. [No. 6. From this place Nearchus went to Morontobara, which, he says, signifies the harbour of women. Morontobara is from the Persian Moorut-bahr, the bay, or creek of women or of the woman; and is a translation of its Hindi name. There, according to tradition, reigned a woman in former times; and that woman ‘is Hinguld-Devit, the mother of mankind. This harbour no longer exists, as I have shewn before: but the creek, through which Nearchus went into the inner bay of the drdis still remains: though no longer navigable. Then Nearchus with the fleet went to the inner mouth of the river. There was a commodious harbour with a large island in front: the water was bad, but by going up the river about 40 stadia, it was found of good quality. This is the harbour of Argenus, mentioned by Pliny: and from this place Nearchus crossed the bay, and anchored at Pagala, opposite to Sdnemeyani; and there is the outward mouth of the Arbis. This is also the mouth of the same river as noticed by Ptolemy, and Marcian. =| 3 s = 3 =o . Ao 2 2 ee 5 3 Es 4 4 S S 2 Bs 4 a 5 Sree. es a a a A S| +s s 42 | OSs B S wn : a lia | & | s2|siiee7 2 3 | = Saba ie 1) ESI ee TIO ey cement Cal ee S i ieee I poietic ll ast 5| 3 § | £ | 35 8 $ |tnches |Inchesls| 2 | F = =lslsia le ies ioe Set amie (res alo | o | As) a oO! co! hom) ale lrean|ltca || -culeo. | GOS eh tes Is =| ai ia =) ° ° | = | Lavsoes | pe | ES ee Se eS ee | — ————— Se ee ee SS Oe S| eee ee aed — ——$—||—|-ls-2,| a 7 J WwW 26.77 Ww 1 | 91.5 | 81.7 32 A | = 2 N. 26.77| 96 ,; 94 | 64 | W. 26.80| 90 | 88 | 63 E 26.77| 88 | 83 | 63 j ; A 72. || 142 | 1 ate Sale 1 : de I cea ae oe yas Fal 38 36 bt N. av| 93 | 94 | 64 | N. 75] 91 | 80 | 64 | W. 75| 88 | s3e | 64 | *w. |... |'99.-| 85.5 || 72 | 14a | 129 Se alla 2 2 eee eee er |“ Meeranll ae | 88) ||| (63ni|| We 75) 96 | 90 | G4 | S. 75| 90 | 86 | 66 |S. W. ‘77| 87 | 84 | 66 |S. W., .. | 98.5 | 85.2 | 72 | 138 | 122 i 3 +4) EN lal Di peoil rad al apie) |) 164s 1S: 75| 90 | 88 | 66 |S. W. 75! 86 | a4 | 64 |S. W .77| 84 | 92 | 64 |S. W. 88. | 80. ; 72 | 142 | 120 i 4 7 5 . ee a | 2 ne ’ ta y 5 74 |) 73. |) GL. | We | 9h e80)| (79 | 78' | 62 | We 75| 90 | 85 | 65 |N.E da ED |) ER I) GEE I As co 275i! 82 I! go | G3) |) WWe 1.5) 8855 1 (B17 4|| 75 || 140) ||) 1220) sees = 5 4 7 iP ln . ge | 62 |N.E.|. Tih a3 \\ Ge Ga. Ave lee 75| 87 | 84 | 64 | W. 75| 83 | 82 | 62 | W. |2 | 88. | 80 72) «\|\ 134) ||/) s2Giel Weer Seale 6 6 JS || S|) GUS Bie ES Alaeeemall orate sgaie|iSscwrell) gall azai|l ean \e2isi|ie908|| Wet || 72| 95 | s2 | 66 |s.w.| 2\ .77| 73 | 76 | 67 |S. W.|2.5| 98. | 78. | 68 | 136 | 118 | ... 5 7 8 ma | | ee Wlos| 22] 736 |725| 6 |sw.| 2] -77| 84 | 80 | 68 | W. | 1) .77| 88 | go | 65 |S. W.) 1]- 77) 76 | 74 | Go |S. W./1.5) 83. | 74.5 | 66 | 194 | 118 | ase. | .. |C 8 [eS TTC INGE 65 |S. W.|3. 87| 74 73 | 63 |S.W.| 1| .80| 83 81 BLN Wen 2 80) 82 80 63 a 77| 76 74 66 : Wy. 2 | 83 74.7 | 66.5 | 130 | 112 see 9 ) [eee = ly 7 82 .W./1.5| -82) 82 | 80 | 65 |S. W.| 2] .80] 76 | 74 | G4 |S,.W.}2.5| 81.8 | 73.4 | 65 | 124 | 110) « con ales 10 10 6s | 66-| 63- |S. W.|1.5)| .85|| 75 | 72.5 | 62 | W 2| .52) 62 | 80 |, 63 |S / a / | . T 77| 80 |7 64 | W. .77| 80 | 78 | 63 |S. W.]2 7s| 75 | 73 | 62 | w. [2.5] 78. | 71.5 | 65 | de 112 it 11 66 | 2. |S.Ww./3 g5| 73 | 71 | 63 |S.W.) 15 7 78.5 1.5 ; 127 : ns ; 12 77 66 6 oe w. {3.5} .82| 71 | 69 | 61 | W 4| .75| 78 | 76 | 62 |8.W.l25| .75) 78 | 77 | 62 |S.W.!25! .72) 77 | 75 | G2 |S.W.|2 | 78. | 71.7 | 65.5 | 127 | 113 | ... Bee sale 12 yz pales. (igo: NissW:|4 so! 70 | 69 | 63 |s.w.| 1| -77| 80 | 74 | 62 |S.W.jis| .75] 80 | 79 | 64 | W. |1 77| 76 | 74 | 63 |W. |2 | 81.5 | 74. | 66.5) 130]! TI5 | ss. ie = 13 a =| ay an i eel i) ee allel ay 1| .80| 82 | 76 | 64 Ac 1.5) +77|- 81 || 79) || 63 SP ed Ne es || i Wi 1 ||/'82:5\|)75i2))|| G8). saga |eeN08) | eons false|| 7S M4 15 477| 71 | 69.| G61. |S.W.|1.5] .82] 74 | 73 | 63 | W 1) .80) 83 | 78 | 65 |S.W.|25| .77| 82 | 81 | 63 » (2 75| 80 | 77 | 62 i |(eeon || BSs5 61 7G-20)\(G9)ei|\ e186) \\ eal LGm |tererten = | 3 ) | o | BM 77 7S iia |) 62s |W. | s2| 76 | 75 | 65 | W. so} 85 | 80 | 66 | W. |1.5| .77| 84 ) 82 | 65 | W. |1 A CPN is WEE Ne Be Rs Yi | SEN |) iG || coca A = 16 7! 80) 75 | 73, | 63. | W. \15| 62) 78 | 76 | 66 | W. | 1] 80) 86 | B2 | 67 | W. |1 V77\\" 186) |) (82) 4) (G6) | Wey )/)1.6i)) 75)! BB) 77) || Gb hWa |) 855) 7912h i 7s S140 ez) reese - 8 17 18 77| 76 || 73- | 63-| W. |1 go| 78 | 76 | 65 | W. |.. 77| 86 | 83 | 65 | W. |2 75| 86 | 83 | 65 |S. W./3 77| 83 | 79 | 64 | We CR EE NN EN OV) I) IEF I) Sone = g 18 19 77\ 76 | 73-| 63.| W. |1 Eat 789 76. || Gor || Wa |||. as 87 | 84,5 ae ahve : ip 86 | 83 ue es é Hp 84 | 80 | 63 | W. 86. | 79:2 | 72.5 | 142 || 19) || csc. cs 3 19 | 20 75| 75 | 72. | 63. | W. | so} 80 | 78 | 66 |) W. | 1 88 | 84 Bea) 6) EE) |) EB 5 |S. W.| 5| 85 } 81 | 64 | W. |1.5) 86.5 | 79.2 | 72 | 144 | 116] .... He EI 20 : | i] 21 ym 74) |) 72y | Gde SAW. | 1) 180) 7906 78° |° 65 | We. |. éa\) ERY |) 2 |) GS Aven lon 75] 88 | 84 | 66 | W. | 1 72| 85 | 81 | 65 | Ww. !1 | 87.5 | 79.7 | 72 } 144 | 115] . be aks 21 22 75| 75 | 73 | 64 | W. a 78. | 76.\ 47 | Ww. s0| 87 | 83 | 67 |S.W.|. SPA) EO || EB | Te yj Wie 0 70| 84 | 81 | 65 | W. [2 | 86.5 | 79.2-| 72 | 144 |] 116] . eo lke 22 23 751 73) 4\ 72. | 64. |S.W. PN Tee 76 G7) |) Wa || 2 77| 88 | 84 | 66 |S.wW.| 1] .75] 88 | 83 | 66 | W. | 1 72| 82 | 79 | 65 |S. W./1.5| 86.5 | 79.2 | 72 | 142 | 115 | ... Aer is 23 24 77 | Pa eoeicae)| va) INEM voeeleizze | Gs || We | 8 |) 77) ise) |) 840) G7) We | c. |) «75/8615 \"eaibel| (66) |\S.W.) '2 72) 81 | 78.5 | 65 |S, W.| 2.5) 86.5 | 79.2 | 72 | 141 | 115 ake eal ea 24 25 47) 74 | 72.) 65: | W. | 211 .82)78.5-|' 78 | 66 | W. |... 77| 88 | 82 }| 67 |S.W.| 1 75| 87 | 84 | 66 |S.W.| 1 72|' 88 | 80 |*65 | W. |3 | 86.51 792°] 72: || 143 || 216 | .... ts 25 26 47\ 76 | 74.| 65. |s.w.|. .0| 80.5 | 80 | 67 | W. | 1| .75] 90 | 84 | 68 |N.E.|. 75| 89 | 85 | 67 | EH. |... 75iMaS) |) B2Ml) G7ee|) Boer Io) B75) 80,201) 7B |) STi || ode oC 26 | 27 72| 78 | 76) 65.| E. 75| 82 | 81 | 67 | &.. 7290) |) 87) 69a), Es) |\4i5 |) 7a 7B 1! 73) || Gz) || We |}. 72| 76 | 72 | 65 | W. |/5 | 86.5 | 78.2] 70 | 122 | 110] 6.7 56 27 ) 28 70| 72 | 70. 65-| W. |.. 72| 76 | 74.5 | 68 | W. 275) |S.) (80e|| 7k). We 75| 84 | 80 | 66 |N.E. 67| 77 | 73 | 65 | W. |2 | 845 | 77. | 69.5] 134 | 122] 5.8 a 28 29 60| 75 | 71.5 | 68. | 8S, 62| 74 | 73 | 69 |S.W.| 1] 72) 82 | 80 | 71 |S. W.)1 75| 80.5 | 79 | 71 |S. W./1 721 76 | 73 | 69.5 |S. W.|1 | 80.5 | 74.5 | 68.5 | 126 | 110 | .... ag 29 | 30 75| 72 | 69.5 | 68.5 | W. 115] .77| 72 | 70 | 68 | W. | 1] .70| 77 | 76 | 70 | W. /1 PN) Vid \| bes |) PAS |) Yt. 12 72| 75 , 73 | 70 | W. | 1.54 77.5 | 72.7 | 68 114 99) ||@faree us 30 |_31 .70| 69.5 | 67.5 | 66 | W. 72| 71 | 71 | 66 | w. |1.5| .69| 79.5 | 78 | 68.5] W. |1.5| .67] so | 77.5 | 69 | W. |1. 67| 78 | 74.5 | 70 | W. |2 | 79.5 | 74. | 68.5 Pye | SPE WP San - |@ 31 Some, (229.71| 217 |2073.5|1967.5| .. | .. 930.85| 2402 | 2361 | 2008| .. | .. |829.72\2669.5|2555,5| 2050| .. |.. |320.99| 2618 | 2532 |2025.5| .. | .. (829.04| 2503 | 2405 |2009.5| .. | .. 2649.8 \2411.2|2174.5| 19a | 3092 | 125 | .. we {vee | Sums. Mesos,| 26.76 | 70.22| 66.98 | 63.46| .. | .. | 26.80|77.48|76.16|64.77| .. | .. | 26.76|86.11|82.43|66.12| .. | .. | 26.75|u4.45|82.92|65.33| .. | .. |2674|80.74| 77.68|64.02| .. | .. | 88.47 | 77.78 | 70.14 |136.25 |115.89| .... ve (ee| sees (Means. * It is important to make remarks as full and minute as possible, 1851.] Report on the Turan Mall Hill. o15 Remarks for the Month of May. Ist.—Wind light, veering to north 10 a. m., but not Gale SO for more than an hour, springing up again at 4 Pp. M. 2nd.—Very calm wind from N. from 10 till 4. p. m. Slight streaked cirri. 3rd.— Wind from W. in morning. S. and 8. W. during the day ; clouds light flacculent and cirri. 4th.—Wind W. dark cirri. 5th.—Light wind from W. in morning, variable in afternoon and in gusts from N. and N. E.; clear in the morning, dark cirri in afternoon. 6th.—Wind very variable throughout the day, N. and N. E. in afternoon, settling to W., strong breeze from W. all night ; sun obscured all day, cirro cumuli general. 7th.—Cirro cum. general; a strong breeze at sunrise from S. W. which continued till noon, sun obscured for greater part of the day. 8th.—Cir. cum. general; at sunrise a strong breeze continuing till 10 a. M.; sun dim and obscured. 9th.—Clear throughout the day with the exception of slight cir. cum. at sunrise. 10th.—Clear throughout the day, a few light flacculent fog clouds at sunrise. Heavy dew falling during the night. 1ith.—Ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto. 12th.—Strong breeze from the W. blowing at sunrise which gradu- ally veered to the S. W., by noon clear. 13th.—Clear during the morning ; cum. stratus visible to the East in the afternoon. 14th.—Ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto. 15th.—A few light flacculent clouds visible on the 8. W. horizon, but disappearing by noon. 16th.—Clear morning, forenoon detached cumuli pretty general, disappearing by afternoon. 17th.—A few light cumuli in all directions but disappearing by evening. 18th.—Clear. 19th.—Ditto. 20th.—Ditto. &o fs La) 516 Report on the Turan Mall Hill. [No. 6. 21st.—Clear. 22nd.—Ditto. 23rd.—Ditto, the sun obscured by cumuli to the West at sunset. 24th.—Ditto about sunrise a small fog cloud visible to the S. W. of the Lake. 25th.—Detached cirro cum. general for the first part of the day. In the afternoon verging to cirrus. 26th.—At sunrise calm with the sun obscured by dense atmosphere a gentle wind rising at 9 a.m. from the W. Suddenly veering at 11 a. m. to the N. E. and E.; blowing at intervals from these quarters during the day; Nimbus accumulating to the E., and a few drops of rain falling at 9 Pp. M. 27th.—Sun obscured throughout the dey. Heavy rain fell shortly after 4 p.m. from the East with a high wind, continued so for 2 hours and then suddenly lulled. Wind changing to the West for a short period about sunset, but veering again to the N. E., at 10 p. M. ; a most violent squall with heavy rain blew for 14 hours from the West, accompanied by thunder and lightning. 28th.—Cloudy, and sun obscured for the greater part of the day ; very light and variable winds, at 8 p. M. a great storm of hail and rain, with thunder and lightning from the West, lasting about 14 hours ; winds strong from the West throughout the night. 29th.—Morning cloudy with dense fog and a strong southerly wind but gradually veering round to the West, large masses of cumuli clouds rising and passing over to the East, a clear night. 30th.—Dense fog in the morning with drizzling rain, at times clear- ing; by noon a succession of cumuli clouds rising from the West throughout the day, but clearing by night. 31st.—Foggy and cloudy in the morning with a high wind from the West. Fog clearing by noon; large masses of cumuli clouds rising from the West and passing over head ; a clear night. . . 1851.] |e INI | OD 1 |S 1D FSO LR LS ms TOON 1 TN 1H IE ION RR fo @) = Ver) for) ee |e ee Oe ee Pe ee (Se [FD SS eS ES [ate CBr ES re = DIS [0 [26 [00 [eR [ed | H 0 1 IN 1009 feo let IN ip le |olnN [alin | nN | oO Ne) Ne) NR | O 1OIN EE [EX (HO IN DW IDWIOINIWIDIOIN|DI~nw|O| oo re &~ ee = The prevalent winds during the month, from the S. W. and W. F. A. V. THursurn, Lieut. Notice of a collection of Mammalia, Birds, and Reptiles, procured at or near the station of Chérra Punji in the Khasia hills, north of Sylhet.—By E. Buytu, Esq. For an opportunity of examining a few of the animal inhabitants of the little explored Khasia hills, we are indebted to Mr. R. W. G. Frith, who, during a late visit to Chérra Punji, collected specimens of the following species, which he has brought down either living, preserved in spirit, or their prepared skins. MamMaALta. PRESBYTIS PILEATUS, nobis, J. 4. S., XII, 174, XIII, 467, XVI, 735. Procured at Cherra Punji. Dysopus puicatus, (B. Ham.) An example in spirit, nearly as dark-coloured as the Malayan race termed D. renvuis, (Horsfield), which, we think, differs not, otherwise than in being constantly of a much darker hue than the ordinary D. purcatus of India. NYCTICEJUS ORNATUS, nobis, x. s. A large and robustly formed typical species, of uncommon beauty. In colouring, it is affined to 518 A Collection of Mammalia, Sc. from Chérra Punji. (No. 6. N. Tickewut, nobis, p. 157, ante; but is altogether stronger, with conspicuously larger and stronger feet, and remarkably elongated ears. It also does not possess the peculiar small flat incisor, situate poste- riorly to the contact of the ordinary large upper incisor and the canine, seen in N. Tickentt1. Colour, a bright pale rusty isabelline- brown above, (the piles black for the basal fourth, then whitish, with rusty extremities, ) less vivid on the lower half of the back, and some- what paler below; a pure silky white spot on the centre of the forehead, others on each shoulder and axilla above, and a narrow stripe of the same along the middle of the back; face below the forehead deep brown, including the chin: a broad white demi-collar over the throat from ear to ear; and beneath this is a dark brown demi-collar of similar extent (passing in a narrow streak upward to the chin), and below this again a narrower pure silky white one, commencing from the shoulders—which below it are again deep brown, continued round to separate the ends of the white band below from the white axillary spot above. Membranes marked as in N. Ticxe tt, or black except the interfemoral which is tawny-red, as also a portion of the lateral membranes towards the body, and the entire limbs and digits. Ear- conch elongate-oval, erect, with tragus a fourth of its length, narrow, semi-lunate, and curved to the front. Length (of an adult female) 4? in., of which the tail measures 1¢ in.; expanse 143 in.; fore-arm 21 in.; longest finger 3% in.; tibia $ in.; foot with claws} in. Ears externally 3 in.; tragus 4+ in. Procured at Chérra Punji. TaLpa Leucura, nobis, J. 4d. S. XIX, 215. Of this recently de- scribed species, Mr. Frith has brought thirty-three specimens in spirit, all true to the distinctive characters indicated. In none does the head and body exceed 43 in. in length. The species, however, inhabits the plain of Sylhet, and not Chérra Punji as formerly stated. Sorex Peyrorerii(?), Duvernoy. A headless specimen, affixed to a thorn by some Shrike, as we have several times observed of the common British Shrew by Lanius cotturio. Colour darker than usual; but otherwise it appears identical with specimens we have seen from various parts, as Almorah, S. India, Maulmein, &c. It is the smallest of all known mammalia. TuUPAIA FERRUGINEA, var. BELANGERI; T'upace de Pegu, Lesson, Zool, de Belanger, t. 4; Cladobates Belangert, Wagner. This race, 1851.] A Collection of Mammalia, $c. from Chérra Punji. 519 which abounds in Arakan and the Tenasserim provinces, merely differs from the common T. FERRUGINEA, Raffles, of the Malayan peninsula, in being less deeply tinged (and often not at all so) with maronne on the upper-parts; the colouring being much as in T. savanica, but still having a decided rufous cast as compared with this little species which likewise is common about Malacca and Singapore, though unnoticed in Dr. Cantor’s list of the mammalia of the Malayan penin- sula. We cannot regard T. BELANGERI as distinct from T. FrERRU- GINEA; and we have not previously seen it from so northern a locality as Chérra Punji, though it probably also inhabits Asam. The species of Central and Southern India, T. Etu1ort, Waterhouse, is a much larger animal, equal in size to T. TANA (Vv. CLADOBATES SPECI- osus, Wagner), of the Archipelago; and the only remaining species of this genus hitherto discovered is the strongly marked T. murtNa, (Diard), from.the Western Coast of Borneo, figured by Dr. S. Miller and M. Temminck. RHIZOMYS PRUINOSUS, nobis, 2. s. So far as can be judged from external characters, this quite resembles Ru. paprus, Hodgson, of the vicinity of Darjiling, and Ru. castanevs, nobis, J. 4. S. XII, 1007, of Arakan, except in being very differently coloured: the fur being uniformly dusky-slate above and below, with hoary tips, which latter are of somewhat coarser texture; on the belly there is a slight silvery shade. All three differ from Ru. suMATRENSIS (v. cinereus, McClel- land,) of the Tenasserim provinces and Malayan peninsula, in being much less robust, having a much shorter tail, and a dense coat of fine soft fur instead of a thin coat of bristly fur; but their structural characters are essentially the same. An example of the present race was long ago forwarded to the Society from Chérra Punji by F. Skip- with, Esq., C. S.; but we deferred describing it until seeing additional specimens. Mr. Skipwith’s specimen having old and faded fur is much browner and less slaty than those obtained by Mr. Frith in newly renovated pelage; but the hoary tips are conspicuous in all. It is extremely common at Chérra Punji. ATHERURA MACROURA!? (L.; nec Hystrix fasciculata, Shaw) : Hystrix spicifera, Buch. Ham., MS. The different Asiatic species of this genus remain to be fully discriminated. Mr. Waterhouse refers the Siamese race, with a terminal tail-tuft of “long flattened 520 A Collection of Mammalia, Sc. from Chérra Pun. (No. 6. bristles (somewhat resembling thin and narrow strips of whale bone),”’ to Hystrix fasciculata, Shaw (v. H. macroura, Gervais), and he states this to inhabit “Siam and the Malayan peninsula.”’ It is doubtless the species figured, eviendtly from life, by Gen. Hardwicke: but, if inhabit- ing the Malayan peninsula, it must co-exist there with ATH. MACROURA, (L.), apud Waterhouse, which has “‘ the apex of the tail provided with a large tuft of flat bristles, which are spirally twisted, and alternately contracted and expanded.”’ This Mr. Waterhouse gives doubtfully from Sumatra; and it is certainly the common Brush-tailed Porcupine of the Malayan peninsula. In the Chittagong, Tippera, and Khasya hills, there is a very similar race to the last, but with the spines shorter and less coarse, excepting those of the croup, the ensemble of the colouring greyer, and the enamel of the front-teeth pale yellow instead of deep buff or orange-yellow. On minute comparison of the skulls, the frontals of the Malayan race are seen to be somewhat larger and more convex, while the parietals are proportionally smaller, than in the Northern race: the palatal foramen, also, is narrower and advances more forward in the former; and the inferior lateral process of the superior maxillary, forming the lower border of the great ant- orbital foramen, is, in the Malayan race, given off anteriorly to the ‘position of the first molar, while in the Northern race it abuts directly on the first molar. If distinct, it should bear the name sPriciGERA given to it by Buchanan Hamilton, who has excellently figured and prepared a good MS. description of it, founded on a living pair received from Chittagong. ‘‘They were brought,’ he was informed, “from the hills; and, so far as the donor (Mr. Macrae) understands, their habits are pretty much the same as those of the Porcupine of the plains. Both burrow in the earth, live upon roots, and are found either in pairs or families.” A specimen brought from Chérra Punji by Mr. Frith corresponds exactly with Buchanan Hamilton’s coloured figure. AVES. Of birds, the most remarkable are two new species of GARRULAX,— one of SurHora,—the Sista Graciiis, (McClelland and Horsfield,) now first verified,—and Spizixos CANIFRONS, nobis, J. 4. S. XIV, 571. The only specimen we had previously seen of the last named species, although apparently in good order when the description of it 1851.] A Collection of Mammalia, Se. from Chérra Punji. 521 was taken, was soon afterwards completely destroyed by insects, from the skin not having been properly prepared with poison. Mr. Frith has now obtained a ‘fine skin, and also an entire specimen in spirit, this bird proving to be common at Cherra Punji. Length 8 in., by 103 in. expanse; wing 33 in. We have seen a figure of a second and crestless species of this strongly marked genus, from upper Asam. Sipia GRaciuis ; Hypsipetes gracilis, McClelland and Horsfield, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 159; J. A. S. XVI, 449. Resembles S. CAPISTRATA (Cinclosoma capistratum, Vigors, v. S. nigriceps, Hodg- son), except that there is no rufous about it, beyond a faint tinge of this hue on the flanks and lower tail-coverts; the feathers proceeding from the lateral base of the lower mandible, also, are white, though the lores and ear-coverts are uniform black with the crown. General hue of the upper-parts dark ashy (nearly as in S. p1co1pEs), paler on the rump and collar; below white, sullied with grey on the sides of the breast and flanks: wings and tail as in 8. capisTRATA, except that the glossy margins of the secondaries are much darker, and the tertials are dark ashy margined externally with black. Bill black : feet brown, with darker toes. GARRULAX MERULINUS, nobis, x. s. General colour deep olive- brown, the medial portion of the under-parts pale rufescent whitish- brown, and spotted with black on the throat and upper-part of the breast, much as in Turdus musicus ; a narrow white streak behind the eye. Irides whitish-brown. Bill dusky-plumbeous. Legs brown, with albescent toes. Length 93 in. ; expanse of wings 12 in.; closed wing 3 in.; tail 32 in.; bill to gape 14 in.; tarse 12 in. Common at Chérra Punji, from whence Mr. Frith has brought several living examples both of this and of the next species. G. RUFICAPILLUS, nobis, n. s. Nearly affined to G. ERYTHRO- CEPHALUS, (Vigors), from which it is distinguished by having the chin and broad supercilia ash-grey ; forehead greyish; throat, front of neck, and breast, rufous, with an admixture of golden-yellow on the last: no black spots on the nape and breast, but darker lunate mark- ings in place of them: rest as in G. ERYTHROCEPHALUS, to which G. cHRryYSOoPTERUS, (Gould), inhabiting an intermediate range of territory, is also closely affined. Common at Cherra Punji. 3.x 522 A Collection of Mammalia, Se. from Chérra Punjt. [No. 6. SUTHORA POLIOTIS, nobis, x. s. Like S. NrpaLENsis (vide J. A. S. XII, plate to p. 450), but the lower ear-coverts and sides of the neck are pure ashy, paler on the breast, and passing to white on the abdo- men ; lores and sides of face, with the plumes growing from the base of the lower mandible, pure white: crown bright fulvous, passing to duller fulvous on the back: wings coloured as in S. NIPALENSIsS, but the coverts of the secondaries uniformly fulvous with the back; a fulvous spot behind the eye and below the black supercilium, but no trace of rufous on the cheeks; chin black, with whitish margins, as in S. NIPALENSIS: bill yellowish ; and feet pale. Common at Chérra Punji. There are, accordingly, now three nearly affined races of these curi- ous little birds, besides the larger S. ruriceps (Chleuasicus ruficeps, nobis, J. d. S. XIV, 578), which generically is barely separable. Of the other birds collected by Mr. Frith at Chérra Punji, the only species we had not previously examined is PreruTHIUS MELA- notis, Hodgson, J. 4. 8. XVI, 448. The rest are Gecinus CHLO- ROPUS, MEGALAIMA VIRENS, HARPACTES ERYTHROCEPHALUS (in spirit), DENDROCITTA SINENSIS, GARRULAX LEUCOLOPHOS, G. ALBOGULARIS, G. SQUAMATUS, G. PHG@NICEUS, ACTINODURA EGER- TONII, LEIOTHRIX ARGENTAURIS, L. LuTEUS, L. CYANOUROPTE- Rus, L. cASTANICEPS, PARUS SPILONOTUS, STACHYRIS NIGRICEPS, ST. CHRYS#HA, PomaTorHINUS PuHaAyret (with fine coral-orange bill), P. RUFICOLLIS, ASNICURUS MACULATUS, ABRORNIS SCHISTICEPS, Psarisoma Datnovusia, LEUCOCERCA FUSCOVENTRIS, HypsirreTrEs Mac uetuaAnpil, Hemrxos FLAVALA, IOLE VIRESCENS, and Or1oLus Inpicus. These are mostly species common in the neighbourhood of Darjiling; but Pomaroruinus PHayrei and [OLE VIRESCENS we had previously dnly seen from Arakan; and Orr1oLus INDICUS is chiefly an inhabitant of the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal, though, as a rarity, it is now and then met with in Lower Bengal. A large proportion of the above named species are common in Arakan. [The following descriptions of new species of birds may be here appended. Garruax (2), Jerpont, nobis. Resembles G. (?) cAcHINNANS, Jerdon, except that there is no trace of rufous on the cheeks, fore-neck and breast, tne black of the chin is also less developed, and the nape is of a dull ashy hue: fore-neck and breast paler ashy, passing to whitish on the ear-coverts. The medial abdominal feathers only are rufous ; those of the flanks, back, wings and tail are olive as in G. (?) CACHIN- NANS, and the head, lores, and supercilia are likewise similar. The 1851.) A Collection of Mammalia, Sc. from Chérra Punjt. 523 form of the bill and the general characters of these two species, from S. India, indicate that they should form a separate division from GARRU- LAX proper. G. BeLanGert, Jerdon, of the Nilgiris, and G. cINE- REIFRONS, nobis (p. 176, ante), of Ceylon, are typical GARRULACES. CISTICOLA ERYTHROCEPHALA, Jerdon. General hue rufous or ferruginous, deepest on the crown, darker on the rump, ayd brightish on all the lower-parts; back olive, with black medial streaks to the feathers ; and wings and tail dusky, the former margined with olive- brown, and the latter very slightly tipped or margined round the extremity of the feathers, with pale brown. Legs pale. Wing 1 in: taill2in. This and the preceding species have just been received from Mr. Jerdon, and are, most probably, from the Nilgiris. Accord- ingly, three species of Cisticoxa will now have been ascertained from S. India and Ceylon, viz. the common C. cursitTans, C. OMALURA, nobis (p. 176, ante), from Ceylon, and that here described. CyORNIS ZQUALICAUDA, nobis. Female somewhat greyish-brown above, much paler below, whitish towards the vent and on the lower tail-coverts ; axillaries also whitish with a faint tinge of fulvous: tail and its upper coverts dull ferruginous, the medial rectrices and exterior webs of the rest sullied with fuscous. Baill dark above, whitish below; feet dark brown. Length about 5} in., of wing 3 in., and tail 27 in.: bill to gape 11 in.; and tarse 2 in. A well marked distinct species, procured by Lieut. James, of the 28th B. N. I., in Kunawar. SAXICOLA FuSCA, nobis. Evidently a new species of true Wheatear, affined in colouring to S. inruscaTa, A. Smith; but the general colour deeper, and the head, cheeks, and throat, rufescent : tail also remark- ably long, for a species of this genus. We can only describe the fragments of a specimen, viz. the head, wings, tail, and legs. Wing 3 in.; tail 3 in.: bill to gape ¢ in.; From Muttra. | REPTILIA. Of this class, Mr. Frith brought five species, as follow :— 1, PxatrypactyLus GECKO, (L.), vide J. 4. S. XVII, 623. Col- lected at Dacca, the only part of Bengal in which we are aware of its occurrence. This reptile is common in Asam, Sylhet, Arakan, the Tenasserim provinces and Malayan peninsula. 2. CALOTES ? 4. PotyprepaTes ’ Apparently three new species, from Chérra Punji; which we defer describing for the present, as we have numerous other new reptiles which it will be more convenient to describe together. oe: ? 3. EvuprReEpis 524 A Collection of Mammalia, Sec. from Chérra Punji. [No. 6 5. TRIGONOCEPHALUS GRAMINEUS, (Shaw). Young, 13 in. long, of the Malayan variety with defined whitish lateral line. From Sylhet. This small individual had bitten a labouring man,» but the wound merely caused a painful swelling in the arm, which, however, did not prevent the patient from returning to his work after a few hours; i. e. in the afternoon of the day during which he was bitten in the course of the morning. This agrees with the remarks upon the venom of three species of TRigonocepuatus in J. A. S. XVI, 1044 et seq.* [We may here describe the following remarkable Bat, purchased with a miscellaneous collection made at Darjiling. Lasturus PEARSONII, Horsfield.+ Length about 33 in., of which the tail measures 14 in., having its extreme tip exserted. Head 3 in. Ears (posteriorly) $ im.; and about 14 in. from tip to tip. Expanse about 13 in. Fore-arm 1{ in.: tarse 2 in. Head broad and short: the ears broad, subovate, widely caine apart; and the tragus small, narrow and elongated. Teeth very robust; the grinders antero-posteriorly compressed, with the carnassiez contiguous to the canine above and below, and the canines less elongated than in the Nyctices1: there are four incisors above, of which the outer or lateral are much smaller than the others. Fur soft and extremely dense, of a uniform rufous-brown above and dingy greyish below, with conspi- cuous hoary tips a little curling, more especially upon the head, shoulders, and breast. The membranes are dusky, and the alar is attached to the base of the outer hind-toe. The lateral membranes near the body, and the whole interfemoral, are somewhat plentifully covered with brownish-rufous fur, more scant on the interfemoral, and very dense at the base of the tail above, being continued throughout its length, and also along the hind-limbs, with the feet and calcanea. Excepting in having two pairs of upper incisors, this species seems to agree generically with the Lasrurt, Rafin., of N. America, or VEsp. PRUINOSUS and V. RUFUS (v. noveboracensis), auctorum]. * Notes by Mr. Frith. ‘‘The man was bitten, as above mentioned, at about 10 a. m.; and when I saw him, at about 4 p. m., he was at his work, and the swelling (which had been somewhat considerable) had by that time almost subsided. “‘ As regards Talpa leucura (p. 518), I do not say that it may not inhabit the valleys or lower lands of Chérra, that is to say, at the foot of the hills. The Kha- sias state that they never met with it there; but some of them at once recognised the animal as being like one found about two or three days’ distance i in the interior, but which they stated to be of a white colour.’ We should here add that Mr. Frith has favoured the Society with a free selection from the above interesting collection. tT Since the above description had gone to press, we have received Dr. Horsfield’s Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Hon. Company’s museum, in which we find ourselves forestalled as regards the specific name. 1851.] On Sassanian Coins. 525 A letter from Kpwarp Tuomas, Esq. C. S. On Sassanian Coins. My Dear Dr. Sprencer.—I send you herewith a wood-cut of a Coin I wish you to insert in the nest number of the Journal of the * Asiatic Society, with a view to soliciting the aid of your numismatic supporters in contributing impressions of any similar specimens to be found in their cabinets. The subject of Sassanian influence in India, its epoch, and the boundaries over which Zoroastrian belief extended, is fraught with high interest in itself, but it possesses an enhanced claim upon our attention in the light it promises to throw upon the anterior, or Scythic, period of Indian history. Up to this time, we have but scant materials, either legendary or monumental, whereby to illustrate the first named question, and we dare scarcely hope that Numismatic Science can do much to help our cause, as the number and variety of Indo-Sassanian Coins is clearly limited. The piece about to be described, however, places us a mate- rial step in advance, and Indian Annals have already received such great and un-hoped for elucidation from this section of Antiquarian research, that we have a right even here to augur well for our future. The Coin of which the accompanying engraving is a facsimile, pre- sents us with a strictly Rajput name impressed upon the surface of a piece of money of a purely Sassanian type. I will not at present venture into the ample field of speculation this association opens out, but content myself with noticing the bare fact, trusting that your call for new specimens, may succeed in drawing forth from dark- corners, other coins of this class, thus securing an extended circle of medallic data, from which to deduce more com- prehensive and legitimate inferences than the evidence of a single piece admits of. The coin under review was obtained by Major Nuthall of the Commissariat Department during a late march to Peshawur. It is of silver, and weighs 52 grains. The Odverse, here represented,* bears the name of * The original is in imperfect preservation, especially as regards the neck of the figure—I have left the letters composing the legend unshaded, in order to render more exactly their true form. 526 On Sassanian Coins. [No. 6. tren qa—searfey Raja Pam? Udaydditya. The Reverse surface presents a mere blank, retaining only slight traces of ever having received an impression. 1 As connected with the general subject of Indo-Sassanian Numisma- tics, your readers may not be uninterested to learn the progress made of late years in Europe in the decipherment of Pehlvi Legends, in so far as concerns the interpretation of the writings on the Sassanian Coins exhumed from the Topes of the Punjab and Afghanistan, which are moreover so closely identified with the progress of our Journal, whose pages contain the earliest notice of these Antiquities, and whose plates display a still unrivalled series of delineations of the various relics disinterred by Messrs. Ventura and Court. Pl. XXI. Vol. III. Fig. 8. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. OsvERSsE in Pehlvi Characters— behind the head, 9531 Increase in front of pray Vor | } for CLRCLAT Plea ime wloya wlojla su) axe Abdullah-i-Haziman, or Abdullah the son of Hazim. Marcin. 4 (mrs in Kufic letters. Reverse. On the left, ms (i (A. H.) 64. 9 on the right, 9° Merv. Pl. XXI. Fig. 10. Osv. in front of the face, a Scythic? legend. Marcin. Afefafac tcara qeaaAt possible variants aC | a (continued) a\lafefau aeu aiica variants q Ta 9 Reverse. Left 83) iwi) due Right Slo glee W595 The Coin engraved as No. 6, Pl. XXV. Vol. III. J. A. S. B. is so closely identified with the Tope Indo-Sassanian specimens, that it may be as well to complete this portion of the subject, by giving the latest reading of its Pehlvi legends. 1851.] On Sassanian Coins. 527 Osverse. Left ararse 4: Right (literal transcript, ) WGadaly cslety Marcin. wlirilosi_yrme or _yQue Reverse. Right Sr3g-0)9 doe Marcin. Kho wlile i! wledy daly lwyg dee eld ceed W3 It is necessary to add, that the above are mere tentative readings, | the decipherment of the Coin of Abdullah Hajim, which is beyond dispute, being the single exception. With an Alphabet so imperfect as the Ancient Persian—Sassanian Pehlvi—consisting of 17 literal signs only, convertible largely among. themselves, and subjected to considerable variation in provincial value, expressing too a language, the very rudiments of which are but partially known to us, no interpretation however well wrought out per se, can be said to stand good until affirmed by some valid extrane- ous evidence. 7 My object indeed in publishing such crude readings is to court criticism, with a sincere view to just correction, but further to give: your readers an idea of what the Pehlvi Alphabet is reproachable with, apart from the difficulty of the language it conveys or the imperfection of the expression of its Letters. I may mention that the’ sign J stands avowedly for |, 2, O and es and is at times undistin- -guishable from the nearly similarly outlined form of the same Alpha- bet which corresponds with the modern c» (J and _ ) have usually one sign in common as also have the still more puzzling pair» and w their ancient representative also serving to express the silent final, And, as a pertinent instance of provincial irregularities, I would cite, the entire disuse of the character W=—=~ in all Indo-Sassanian coin- legends, that letter being replaced by the » answering to the Sanscrit q, V. But I must not say too much of the obstacles to be encountered in the study of Ancient Persian, or I may chance to deter many otherwise willing scholars from attempting the pursuit of this important branch of Archzeological research. Yours, &c. Simlah, October 17, 1851. Epwarp THoMAs. * In nomine justi judicis. ‘* Anquetil.’’ [No. 6. Meteorological Register. 528 L i 0°32 | 6°62) 6°34) es" | b°L9| 6'EZ] 6°89] 1Z6" 46°62] 0°6Z) 1'3Z] 086° | 6°99] 0'FZ|0°69|S866° [°° °° °° ‘Aaquiaoeg @22 18:28! 6:64) 168".<| 6:92 v8) Fee G68" fie 6°€8| 1°8Z| S16" | 6°32] 2°08] ¢°¢Z] 800'08| °° °° °° “equieaon S18 | 0°68] S'F8| P18" |! ¢°18]Z'8s! y's] z88" | 2°08] 68] 3'¢8| 168" a S88! 2e6" =| Ee eqojg Polen £°¢8}009° | €°€8/ 6°Z8| G78) 089° | ¢s‘zslg'98| Z:F8lZ89° |o'zeleosigvegicgzZ: | °° tt ++ ‘aaquiardag °e8 9°98| 9°78 6S" ec €'98 ar] 210 818] 1'Ps| Z:e8| P6s° less] ZPsliesiego: [occtct cs gsn8ny €°€8 | £28) 1°98) 66E" | 0°81 3°98] 8 Esl Zor JIes{g9s|scsl Isc’ |cegiszsglorsiocgo’ Jot ttt ts Apne 9'F8 £°68| Fs €9b° |8°F8| 9°68] b'98| OFS’ Js'Esl PZ8l oss} Isc: |ezslzoslorelcco’ jcoct ttc tt Coung G°€8 | 3°36) 0°88|ZS9° | 9°ER] 6°68] G°s8] 112° TP FSls'16| 8°Z8le69° |oregizsslf-cglgoz’ |occ cect hey £38 £°¢6| 88 OIL" | °38lZ'68] Z'F8] 662° [Ss esls'rélp ssl izzZ° [szglto6lresloig: |cictt ttt! qudy G°¢Z | 6°88) G8] 922" 12°94) 8'S8, ¢°6Z1 Ges" Jo'z8| e'F6lz'98| 298° | >¢°6Z|s°98le'z8| FRE Gal 8 yoaey 1'GZ'\¢°S8] PLL] 816° ie Z'0sic'ez| 966° TPsZ ay C16 |-O°oLe' SH GeZ) ogo 2) °° 9° Aaenaqag 9°12 | 6621 3°EL| €16°62| 1°99] BFL 7-02] ¢86°62 F'OLI 9°62] F'ZZ| 666°62| Z'Z91 9°EZl ¢'g9l 060'0E| “°° 8 ** ‘Avenues Ce) Oo ry) *sotouy Oo Oo re) ‘soqouy oO (0) o | Soyouy Oo r1) re) ‘Soqouy eh Faves PRS Ee Fela E eg er cee fee altel cer ee ae) wn . O oO m . O © a . oO ) Ww . Oo rr) Bl S 18 ol E. SEN e jet! & S se] = eles 5 Sle? Shoei 5 ee bea |e $8 5 $8 a 36 S 8S 5 "SuUOTY "W ‘d fp 48 paalas | "W'V ‘OC ‘6 3B poAdos ‘W ‘d fp }@ poados ‘WV ‘QC °G 98 paddos -qO oadnssaig UM WATUTAA | qo ainssolg WNUWIXB]f-qo oinssolq WNUIUITY|-qo oinssolg WNUIxey ‘1 PSI “OFSI | "A 8 “WBF 82 088 “SU0T 'N CE *,,83 «EE oFS “IT °094NI0) aC § josauay Lohaaung ay2 qo yday sagsibayy Juabopowoazayy ayz Wolf Uayn? “EPRI OF OFSI ‘slvaq way wof ‘saunssatg wnunupy pun unum«vpy fo sunayy Ajyquoyy 1851.] Meteorological Register. 529 & pial = Sanwo@mnvondvonove S 2 “QOVJANS SUTRA : Se 3S i) ‘ som tTONANDY- 3 2 ¥ -odeaq ue JO NWRODDDDODDONN D> a 3, AH MOHIDUA tH AO a a mM UV UWJO| Son meorHH- cessor ‘ > D xy DARBAADDDOON i a *AINO DMONDDOANANAY SINGOKnntAHMOON S aS HV) 9 JO WNODDODDDOORNW : BE it PERERA Aa o EE & : = TAMDON ~ Sa lgjowoiwg | SON NotrTGoHonS 5 om - e e e e e e es e e e e = 03 | cE Rezig 3 ©! 5 2 | POBJANS SUTYVA AMNOWNTWHAtAOMN fo) e (o) s e J se . e ee e se . e e S : DANO DMMANDBON i 2 5 odvag ze JO SKRDDHDDKEDODNG 5 =a 4 =mHINTOVMMAHODOINN ig Mm e . s e e . . ° e eo . & 22 UV UWIO| SoNNn BDA OnONiG GH a © WNDODDDODOONN 2s Pu os “Aamo AT WON THOAMANDD ° e . e ° . . . e e 3 » |-59 Fa) DWI OWMMOINMNAMS ye 5S FL JO. CNNRGHDDHDOHD NO A ; OB " £5 : SOTTBDUADS ETH 2 © 3, ‘Eg 4 faywWoleg | FeOOWNCHOTTSSNDD - sa é aa e e e e e e q2s| sé BC | a ics an “QOVEAMS SUVL TORMOND GNA S06 : DNADAOSONAMDANG Sy 8 2 odvary ue Jo SKRDODDOOmNoO Ss : = MONNMAMNAD — Sw ya mM ° . ° ° e ° 5 ° NOD S343 nS Bee 0 gS Sapam ee = 8 Aer WD OLADODODOAONN RS a -£an9 DANNMDAOCMIH HA S 2 SStMOBNnNATHOTANSH 8 ES JON 943 JO RRR DDDDODOKRN s ss ARODOMMOAGAOMNMIDGAMOA S = 2 VIrYCTSAUMABPOMDADAODOAOMW : AP | ‘sajomowg | SAAD; SBT SCnaa j o es e e e e e 8 se cn > Se Eh ae Se ee & ‘ ee enema ere | hadi Ss 2 e e e e e e e e ° e e e > ey e ° e e e ° e e ° e e e = e e : e e S ° © Mes e a e a e e e e e = a ea ees — oe syne e e e e o Qilas > x aoe a "+ nO Fatale T ie ~S m— = pe ov = PE eee ee 2 eee ES Shy» Oetee pae pas cr ay, D2 = ao SiS gj => a0 mF Oo = Smeeateannetnoaa ew) ta 530 Meteorological Register. [No. 6 S Cat On & ‘Q0ULIMS Su Se ee ee 3 a) GREE oNNHABSHASaKaaH — 2 3 -odvany ue JO WOK RDDDORNOS ce a. WONSOSTANMMOATIA BP ALY 9} CHNMOANDNGDOSOH—M 3 © iis, DADADODOHOON ‘3 Ra +2 “AIO OTONSSTNSCSUS ; CNAME AMADSODONSG 3 Es [PW 8 JOlL nNoamnawmnnenoon S => DNDADAMANAHAGD 3 =i TONNADODOEWNWOSG 3 a 0 agaWLONER teres ey Oolag Oeste Roe 3S e pce ScorSs = = = eo N = 2) 5 = |‘aovpins sulyVl ic teciaa te Gece ce ss way ee ea an a Bignoe-Hrsssonan S > . |odvay ue jo COKRKNRDODDDONOS s ei ROSHCSWQHHAH one i) STOnNSHOWONAS— oars RNODADDLOORN Se OH Aaa =R3SheeenndREs SMMDMOOCOnNOUONDTO— S$ og Es |9W 943 JO NRNDOADDOOONN - 5 es HOONCKDMNAAHHO oa eS = oO CTOOVOHADHDSOSDONN pats KE ‘lqjwoiwg | SENSADSaHHHNRDOOS fea) AS co x o . ° ° ° e e e ° e e ° e Te Ss % = 8 oS << A | Ro S& & 2 |aovjans Suryes TURMSOTHAWW GCS £o,5 ° d HIS DOCGiIgn gto om ak ee: vay Ue JO NNODDDDODDOON et @ ow uh pate AOOCDFATINT ODS ee mm Pa MV MjJO|)/onaancaontonans = Sik D = NORMARDOHODDOON 22-7 Ay "dano) | heir mee Sapataaee ae eee Oy “13 a SC NDNROADONXNOTHOW pat gs W 9 JO KRRDRDHOHDDDOEN D P ie ee er a = NINCANOAAMOAAWONM so. os VCORD—-NDAABDAAS o> 3 ‘Sw ‘lopWOING | FADNOCGGHOONASCS Ss & : 3 Sess e e e e e e . SS . _ ron oD ARs BSI i lars) = Be wo} & |. peovpims cared TOMH HINDMAN OSS Al One ae PDSOAMMOYMNNAAKSD Slice ies o . \pOavany ue IO ORRDDDDDDONS ae = D—=MNODANTATWS Sra, oS ee RM OTRO: iO Siar gs N SS Sf st > 06. IN st si 63, oma sa One NRNRODDDDODDOHONR “ lees “AaN9 TATU ETWTSSHR ISN S Baie ON—-onoryrrtaANS S Ey |AeN WI~WDHDBODDOOWAN = Sige) BODADORAG SIAM cB) nS — — Lot | ~ S (ape "AOTIWO TUG (mS) > SPO) Py ise rs a ei = as Ss a & am So & en m= ON Se) Ss = > | oD 2 3 | ea ee 8 FS} ° ° e ° e e e . . ° * e & e e . e e . ° e a e x = ° . ry ° 7 . A ee tal tens) ke *S m ss Ry e e e e e o aD = Cae se a2 SOs =~ aa 263 ss S BS os oh yo Seen 4S SESE RS mMESE S = SS 2 at Ss Ss ae oe ~ Smart SSoatnOaZo 1851.] Meteorological Register. 531 = FS MTODNDNDDOONSD > ° ‘qmnq 4a CIN GAOHMSSOSIU ANH a 2 3 Ghd FM JO COONNDDDDONROS © Ale = ep aa ISHatseths4a ‘ie a A UV WjJOLoOnNn SASH aeSisigisdis ‘< Pa “AAMLO DONNA RMOANOWNW Lice MUIR 2 acy one te PRE Se 3 z: DONNMDOMNROO—o S$ z re (tN SU? 3@ NORABDADSCODOOi~ nS = ° 2 lgIuUd1UB MI~NOUONMmRAONMNODOANS = & 58 sda et age ae | CO=SDDHDASMNSBSAM 3 a es oe len | co elas a ie ar is ee ec = ~ S = |-at aajyamoivg | £S ~S Od BNF Le Va eR er aS Se ~ —|"o & Wd PM IO | oid SH KISH S SAR OOMrn DOWD DA FS rnKw 5 Bey NSSSRAHWQA AA in aS MVIAUWjJO|) CH wmae#nanrwsesans Ss 2 19 Ir DDDODDDDONN > Pa _- “Ang IIaHKONDO—-Donmmoo S 3 fons bing Aaah se hla ane ae ee SNMDODHSONANG ee a3 LI 947 JO RR DDRDDDDONG rt © ° 5 " Ere U BR DOAN HH YMNWDO~OtOOM os * =o 718 eee BPANTHSEAMSCASST eS ew ef o6§ 9} psonp Se eee te ee Se So 8 = 2 | |-au., Jayant |S Si SS = SSS x een See sett eaee etn EE ~ me D CARTE SS 8 2 ASASSTOMNHN | wo 3 © quq wWMIO]l Osan Saat HntogHies B® 23 _— SCORKHDLDMDOAWNS =m 5 : DAM OOODHODNAND = & 8 a MV UWjJOl|SCanaHK ae ndndonoawoid gs o a wNAOMDDMeowmoewrm ac, 3 a *Aimo OBrTMDOAKHNOAABADAM % ; SHSHiBnKHhOSSEIO TAS mS 2 Es -l9qN. 84d JO RDAARARDDDND WOON Sy 0 > ; : NOI AHNMOOANNACKAD eb. 5 sl eae zt | DAHLIA AROANHNRDMOO Bee ee a5 Kon obs 0} psonp GOCAHESSONOONHAagH DS . . es e e e e e e e es es e e aS a o/s! l-ar isyuorg | SRS ~~ SP con ae ae NWODSCSCONTNNAN s* a “oO 2% | QUG pM JO] ow rin aaeHsHe inte) Sys a 3 WOONNDWDODHONWES SS 3 = i g DNO-ANNOCKU TOO = a8 2S WV MWMjJOlOon+H oases sseinsnscs Ss gS I~ DADDDODBDDOONM g ne kano | AADINGAN TONS 3 P =MMAMANMDONDMDAS “ aS Jaw 941 JO RRDODDDDHDDHORR tre} ° lue NOrHDNMRUONMUOSD 3 Eo WOU | SamaAananooneaes AS &E | of 0} poup | SATS AaARnNeseoenos & hes er ao font e e e i e S So j-al siaamorwqg| FSR a S aS e e os e 5 e e e e e e 4 > ern eae a Lote: 2 a PR UMELHAD SAUNA So eh” Seam | S ee: a ee re en meee nm ey oer ie = = ° ° ° ° r) e e . e ° e o e e 9 e e oem sar am | Ree ee ig = ia Pa ae ame uae! Eee oe = 5 5 Snot ete a Ses +S ine SF Sree eg es ce Se oo 4 SOeRYe ee oes S SOS ase gases og S Seats oa tDOZO eo ud Na) or 1S) 2 l Register ca Pressures, for 1848 and 1849, taken from the Meteorolog kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Caleutta. nimum a Monthly Means of Maximum and M Lat. 22° 33’ 28”. 33 N. Long. 88° 23’ 42”. 84 E. - - Meteorological Register. (No. 6 s Ce Se ee ° ANADOH HH OnNBH ae COONNDDDDOANNS 5 BASCNSAOBAGAD wo fa IMD=O1INMWANAOWO WH Dy NOARADDHDDDOON Aa “Aana So's 2 ee ae 3 IAS RMOOCOANMDO OW es Jaq 943 JO WOADARADDDDON ie ° “s1ayuo1ye HROOMVMTHAMOANDMN Be | TMH | CHBDAMSONDHADOS a @ | 0gf 0}. pomp | GRVRoByoqoonqnnan Pa Wo -al dajoumoieg | £& SQ ane 2 ie IND QEAUAQANS —!| os | °Qng PMIO| om NAAR RH KK DAN @ CONRODDDONRNGS = ate ; YOSOTSONOCBMOMAON ao WV MIJOl|oCaotanascnoennssw 25 CGORODDADDODDODDS Aa “Ain NNSOSCONADO BHR MOM SSCMWNHROBOAD Ea “TT 94} JO ODNHARBSDDDDONG e —rSTrmRAAHA ONTO TMOO®D £3 aed MEN Lal SH AANKRASCAMOOAOH a loge OF PoOlp Hie oS tS SSS So ao 8 S a os DOO IOtTKHTtToODMoONAN ° "d"G PMIO | CSR SHH HH aK aN os COMDDWDODMOnNNOS So $2 6S 62 OD 6Q Te ES wm Pe ITF ANNAN MMR MROMDO HD Bex DAAANDDDOWDON A 2 “Aamo NHSTEHAVAHOCAD c Dorr seconcnns Es toy 947 JO NDAARDDHDDHDODDHD > *JzlayUI1YUB NROMWODAAHHAHOHM ODN ES sages marc tue" CTNOHMOROMAGCATE So 0G OF Psonp Os Sores 2 SSeS ae ond e e e ° e es -01 Jajawuoiwg | £& ois TOM OONDANDAw =los | "FUT PMIO| SoStiBnoOHHK HK SoOSoKB ON © CONDDDH DONO On e 5s P MOAN OTYAKDOCAS nS NV UWJO|Cansasneonones 25 SCNODRADDDODONN ee “Amo SONDHAVYCONAMOS DTMAH“DDODTON ES -layY 9} ~JO SGRODADDODOONN Ss - i Ae TAANMDOMOBMWOMDLO £3 cpieaa a VCNINHDDOSONRASOHOD HP |oZE 0} poonp | SSCSANNAHSOHASS So es x ° e © ° e e "oS e Sa j-at Jajwowg| 25 & = he ae 3 e ° o : t er e ° e : e ° ~ e ° e ne (2 ° e ° e e ? e e ® e e ° e e e ° e e e e r) . e e e e e e e e e e ° . e e e e e e = e a e ° ° ° ° e e & o fm © teen iter! cet Gel ee e o o pe s+ \ la eee any 3's & Sasi. . 2888 SSSR ELE weses SOS aS SE 5 S909 SHatanetnOoaa 4 = 99°¢ L3L'6Z 628°62 138 cease Ld) 6S°0 196° 640° GEL ** ‘Jaquiedeq ¢8°0 606° 01008 6°82 "+ “TaquieA0N 86°F ¢08° 806° 08 "e"* “1aqoVQ 9/°6 cE9° st oy a T'F8 "* “laquiaydag 80°91 1 PS" 629° G°E8 see Qsnény 6 ki <1 2OPe gL" 1'P8 8°28 9°08 eSeee S100 s 88°31 6st" LL: 1°S8 §°68 6°08 “oS ene < QC'P Z6¢" £69° 9°28 L'F6 £°08 eeccees ‘Ae S 266 1) = LEG" bol" 9°8 0°96 € sf “ree Tey, RS €10 €8Z" 968°62 [8 £°36 a 4 meee 06) /\ 3 120 668° C10" T'aZ 3'F8 aaa!) so 9 **Arenaqay ‘S 120 L6'63 G00 Or 3-62 9°6¢ ote “Arent s 0 ty) fr) 0 0 0 S eee —— — ee .) = FE 0} poonp | -oZE 0} poonp ‘gsqyouy| -al sayouy | -2l sayouy | , "W 'd ‘OP 'Z *astIuNng epee ul aint ul ener ul eases PSS IV | ge wnunxeyy | ye ww “sqWuOW ; WNWIUT IT WNUWIIXB A fneeenrs eeney) mONeLIvA d1sydsowyy ‘soyUaIyRy onqerodway, ueayy ATWO ery UlVy oe : i iS pe an 5 a = ‘OCR OF IFPRI ‘sunah uaz wof sarunmung kyo, Unapy poIopowoazayy fo 290N;89F Meteorological Register. [No. 6- 534 RST ST Te PE © @D Mm wa N aD So eo) Sr cen) ie) Ge "SyIVUOY "sotouy UL ULB yy] ‘aon¥y) ULvyT 66°EL GE V9 80°92 612°62 678°62 GPL: b98° €6L° vrs’ €6L" vrs" 8&9" €E38" pel’ ob8" ae bS8" 622° $28" 11Z: 062° €89° 092° L02°63 622°62 0 4 (0) oB€ 0} paonp | oZ¢ 0} poonp -al sayouy | -el sayouy UI ainssaig | UI dInssalg WINUILUTI, WNUWIXB IA "SUOTIVLIvA OILaydsowsyy 0°28 6°28 v'SL neten* SABO PIs 1°98 1°sZ ee) g'18 Z°98 9'¢Z eG C'Z8 #28 U'pZ ee ay: [18 1°98 Cael BE 6°18 €°98 Me HA ee Oy €°S8 6°98 LE&L a eT 6°38 9°28 L SL eee etn” G°Z8 9°Z8 eo/ ee ee en ‘oP 1°28 0°88 ees eee v'S8 0°68 EGL ete oe TT (0) C0) 0) *sIvoX ‘yasung WY «|'NW'd ‘0P°S9¥| ‘astune 4y *yOYUoIYYY ainjeladway, Uva jenuuy AA SE EEO PRIS WELT SO ie RRR. ‘OCS 07 LPS ‘suvah uaz wof sarsomung jenuuy Unepy 2vIIb0j0L0a20 4" fo 2004989F eee em ee eae eee cee "eee 1 ©38 | e'eB | £28 | €z9"°6s ce “*** | ozs | 98 | 2938 | 0s9'62 Pee "ss | gos | S18 | G18 /OT96c/ OHPIN | iquin| “a | 828} o6e | seg [oss HeIys-o[NUIND| "| "Ss “FT | O'ZS | 8°98 | O'98 | OBS" omg) EN "a r08 | L18 | FIs BF | “STS Weys-o1ND| "FT | 6B} S16 | 606 | S69 ApnojD| “A | FSB | S48 | 9°98 | 829" Apnojj} “S | L@8 | FR | FFB SIT og ond, a “N°H| *'S8 | 9'%6 | FTG | 689" Heys-O]nWIN| “A *N | L°e8 | 8°68 | 9°88 | TL9" Ne1j}s-O1ND] “| “S | OB | FB | OSB | TS9" 66 ond) "a L%8 | O16 | 0°06 | S19" yawn) “A ‘S | o's | 948 | 698 | 29° YNWUNI-O1ND/ “A *S | L'O8 | FSB | zB | 869" 8% Heys-opnwny| "| “S | OB | g'68 | $ 8B | STI ond) “TH | LIS | FL8 | SSB | 6Fo ond) “HS | $08 | FI | STs | TOS 1G IQUINT|"AA “S °S| BIB | 8 FB | OLB | £99" ond) “A | g'08 | O's | 8'S8 | OL" Wens-oly} "T | L'6L | 9°08 | Z'O8 | 669" 9 Weujs-oynwND) "| "Ss | zs | g'98 | 098 | Tes" ond! “A |ees | O98 | s'r8 | 9¢2° yaunds-o1t)) "| OOS | O18 | 2°08 | LOL" Apnoio| "S| SI8 | 168 | O18 | 689° ond) “S | 91g | O98 | aF8 | Faz° | SPMOP-porsneos, “| | O08 | 908 | 08 | 099" S¥z ond! “HS | Le | 928 | ¥Lg | 69" omd! “A'S | ets | O18 | 9°98" | EL" ond) “T'S } O18 | S18 | O'T8 | 689° & Ont |'H *"N “A} S18 | g'6g | 28g | OTL" ond) “A | 61s | S18 | 998 | Sez" 1VBAIS-O1ND) "ES | L6L | 9°08 | FOB | 969° & ONG ss 918 | O28 | 8°98 | FZL" Old) “HA “SS; ote | OS8 | Z¢8 | SoZ" SUIUIEY |" “S “S| e'8L | OGL | BBL | 9OL 1% Heys-ojnwnD| =—"*S | -H'SB | H'98 | O98 | S69" Weys-oynwIND) = *S | HIG | PPB | 9EB | LTL ong, A'S | F6L | OTS | FOB | S19 02 Apno[d] “AA “S | 228 | 8:98 | $98 | 189° ApNol()) “AA “S 1 o*B | O'S8 | BSB | 2eL" omld AA ‘S “S| F 08 | LTS | S18 | 369° 61 ond) "AA "S “S| O'S8 | 9°68 | 2°88 | FOL Nets-OMN| See | Pls | ve | een Apnoiy| = *§ | 808 | ZI8 | 6T8 | ZBL" gT Onld) “E'S | O'%8 | 1:98 | 098 | GEL" Apnoto] “A “S | ore | S's | 98 | GPL" SBII9AQ] "HS | 0708 | 608 | F°08 | ZOL" "SLT HBys-oNWND| “AN | 9B} O'8Bs | E18 | 289" Hes-ojnWND) “TN | size | eSB | 6S | TL Apnojy| *N | 6'8L | Z'08 | f'08 | 699" oT ApnoiD) “A “N | O'%8 | G98 | S98 | SFI" SPECT SN ree (Sree eee Lo suluiey) Ny Ler | $08 | S18 | 89 ST WBIIS-OINID! “AA “NT | OFB | LTE | B'06 | S9S" NBI1S-O4NK)! “AA “NT | PSB | 8B | 9°98 | BLS" OCT) AASN AA] @TB | O€B | BUB | IES a! PAWN)" AA“ NM | B'E8 | S68 } 8°88 | BFS Onid| "M “S | Fas | 98 | BSB | ggg" | SPNO[O-pasoyeos) °s O18 | S% | Fes | FIG" et OMAN AA] ¥°S8 | 9°68 | 268 | 709" HBys-opMUA YM "S “S| oss | O'R8 | OLB | Seo" ya EG) eer ea, OTS | SzZ8 | O'ZB | 09 él TPWI}S-OFNWNT) "AA °S “S| O'FB | O'06 | 9°88 | LPI" YNWND-OLND) "AA g'sR | MLB | £98 | e89° AMAR aa VIS | €ce | L18 | Teo ou Apno[d| “°M | S18 | rg | S'98 | SFO" Apno[d} “M"S | 9°18 | 0°98 | SSB | 199" ApnolD| *M “S | L°6L | STS | OTS | TOD SOt IMUIND-OLNI) “AA “S | $108 | GBs | 0°88 | zo" Oa ee oo le | Ole es ser naro. YRUIMI-O.1ID|"AA*S “S) FOB | SzB | O'GB | 68S" 6 onl) “S | 928 | 6:98 | ¢'98 | Fz9" ontd| “Ss ees | $98 | 6'F8 | 9F9" Apno[y} AA “S “S| Z'08 | OTS | S08 | TOS" 8 od) “S | 088 | 1°98 | 0°98 | BBS. Apnojp) S| vB | Le8 | 3'%8 | S09" Suey) "S| 6s | $08 | OTS | SLS b ond) “T'S | 9°08 | Sze | s'zs | 9G¢° IqWIN| "T'S *S}etg | ves | Ges | esr | SPRo[D-pasanros; "gS | ZO8 | BIB | BIB | SPs 9 Apnoip| *s 8°08 | S18 | S18 | 6S" Eee | SS) ce |-o08 | ove | ces: HRIS-OND| “A “S | B6L | 9:08 | F'08 | TSS $ HRI}S-O[NWUND "FT °S "T} SIS | FRB | LB | SOF I(WIN|'H “S “A! ess | OV | Sr | Zor Apnojp| ‘“T | OT8 | O'@8 | OTIS |8IF | — F old) ‘“N | L°%8 | 9°88 | 2'88 | eer’ OWld| “A “N | g'%s | O98 | Z's | zc" ond) “A “N | 8°08 | BB | OB | SGP" 8 Apnol) "aN “N| F'S8 | 928 | 388 | 129" ond! “HA "N | zg | ZB | SLB | 62s" | SPNO[A-parsywog) “YN | F'08 | SVB | O'ZB | LEP" 4 HVIS-O[NUIND "| “N “A| S18 | S68 | O68 | 9GF'GS] PAIS-O]nUIND| “| “Ss | FIs | OLB | 298 | Oes'6z Weuys-Otlg| = “S| BSL | GOB | 2°08 |e6r'6s, OT ° o | o [sayy ; ° ° o = |seyouy 9 ° Sac t=) Soa 2 Soaks eY | 2| S| & |x? ge8) =| 2) 2 ae) EF igo) ” e s S ‘higyoyoadsy | FS | 2 | B | B | ml | kygyosoadsy| &S | | & | EB | aa | ctugyowedsy |? oS | F | & | elms |’ era Ses Yeast Beers. el pra: heag, fe g “PpulAA *a1nye.ad Wd J, o “puULlAA ‘aunyelodwa T, S “puULlAr | *ainyesad we J, © ‘UOON JUaIRddy 38 opeU suOTRALASAG "WOG “YG 3B paaAsasqo ainssal gq WNWIXBIAT *ISLI-UNG 1B opBU SUOIZBALASG GC) ‘ESSE “asnbnp fo yzuopy ay2 sof ‘v2gnaVD ‘a syowauay sohsaing ay2 30 yday sagsibag 910)0.L0020 ma N OD Sd CO FE OD ce | bt. 82 01 90°T 8S°0 Z& O 66 0 C4) 9F 0 88°0 80 0 "you 19M07J |.19dd 9 °g =.) “1994 *suOleAaTT © |sasne c —_ a=] lovey F €0l 6 FOL 6'Sil € Itt @ 801 9°COl Or0r 8°86 8°L6 Z Orr r'sOl 1°86 O°L6 8 Tol 9°60L G6OI 6 16 8°00T GTO 9 OOT G’801 G'S6 8 OOT 86 r°S6 6°86 8°66 9°00T SO! Stor 9°601 ° *sABl SUNG UI "Way, “XB PA] 086 \SZOl |Goseseesy «-.-.), | |TISOGR LER locealS SS ”*:*C*dSS «DT lee leerceaq) SC ”*C*~dSC sd aR SRR POC GEA ¢ ZO | S08) € $8 6°68 —— | —— |—-——_ "1AIWOULLIY | WNUWIUI_, pue WNUWIX®B IAT ° coe oie, 2} MNANMONON SAAS Sore a A ll se I = Ye Se a e@eoeeos 6'08| F°S8| 8°68 onig Z'F8/ 088/816 Apnoj) T°E8| 0°68] 8'F6 Onl S18) F128] O'e6} WeUS-opnuNny 9'08/8°S8| O16] ‘SPI2-Pedaneag G°6L/0 S8] F OG] = PAIS-opnwAyD w ‘08 0 #8 3° 18 1Y1}S-O111Z) 9°6L| F'S8] £68 onic] G'08| L'F8| 8°88 Apnoj9 6°6L 9° G8] 9°14 178.148-o;nwn7 9°LL| ¢°g8] 0°68 Apnoja T'08/ 9°g8! o'2g] “SPIP-pets11vO¢ O'LL| SZ] 0°88 oniqd #1816 SB] F°06 Apnol 8°6L| °S8] 8°06 suruiey L'6L| 0°S8| z'06 IqUII Ny Z'6L| T'E8] O'L8 OnnIC| 88] Z'18) 9:16 Suey 6°T8| 8°98] 9°16 Apnoja ¢ 18|9°98] F 16] SPIP-Petaieog z'T8/ S98] P16 B1IS-O.LN1F) a ‘OR v tB 0°88 i lebetieds O17) 9'Tg] 6°Sk| Z'06 SULUIEY Z Ss) 0 €8 ue fee 8 61|S'E8 Suey L'08/% #8 ond L°6L/0 ¥8 YB14S-O1.) 8°08] Z°S8 ONC] Z'6i/ °F Apnoj9 6°TR|9°9 1781)S-o;nwng F'08] 9 Spnojy oO *pulAA -ganyeaad uid J, *J9S-UNS JB 9pRUl sUOIIwAIaSGC) [-panuequoa ‘.azsr.cagy 7091.5070.10999 fT | L'GB\ L9G°6% 1°98) €0¢" o'S8| 1S¢° 0'16| 62S" L°L8\ S'S" 9°18) 889° G88 GLS" 08) 699° GSR) 9F9" & #8) 6F9° 0°18} LE9° P°GR| 6F9- C"E8| 9Z9" 0°SR| 029° @°G8| PFO" 0'Fe| 6S9° ZZR| IFO" 0°18] ¢E9" 0°98) PFS" 8°98/ 86P" 0°88) és" 8 88) ORS" ¥ 98] LBS" 9°GR| 8° G'GB! LOG" G18} 099° @'GR| TOS" b'F8| PIS* 17814S-O1.11Z) OCT ong oniqd oniqd od ond 1814s-oNuIND Apnol9g oniqd nedjs-oynwny ond onid Apno|9 178.1]S-O1D TQUII NT |’ oulUuley |” oid Apnojo TWvd1s-o;nwWND yNUIND-OLID Apnoy) | Ai Nem HeViys-oynund| “AA ° alas) ASS SUIUIeYy Apnojg 17819S- O11) Iyeljs-o;nuiNny |'ds*4.¢ Iqriiny onic] ye1}s-o;NWND | “TN A *AYS JO yoodsy A oles NNN - mya eo e@ ‘ud Pie uOoIDaIICT 0 G8 S°L8| 8°18) ZPS'6S G8 9B @ $81 Z's L’¥8) 9°66 G8! 0°%6 9°18] ¢'68 G'Z8! O88 0°68) 218 ¢'08] O'F8 L108) ¢'F2 068/288 G28) g ¢18\z 0'GR| 8 ZGRl Fr B'TR| F OTs! 9 G8) 0 08] 0°88 8° 8 P68 "pul |'odnjyereduia J, ‘ud #18 PaAJasgo ainssod J WINWIUIIAT —_—— 0°88) TSF 0°88) 16° 0'F6| LES" 9°16) Seo" €'06| 91S" 0°68} 999° 9°98] SE9° 0°S8) O19" 0°S8| 019° 0. "88 619" —_— Iquin'| “H *S Apnojg\"4 oq) oud)" oniq He1js-o;nwNny ond Apnoly ond 17@.138-o]NWIND |’ IqUuIN 118.14s-o;nwWND 1B.1)S-O1UI9 Apnolg NB1}S-O11ID TQ UII NT onIg oniqd Apnoja B1s-oynwNAD | 1B 48-0101 Apnolg *M°N* AN 178.1)8-o,nuING Apnoty Suurey | Iqwin Apnoj9 1yR1}s-O] NUN |"ds* Ete ond Tquatn B1}S-O;NWND |" "AAS JO JOadsy ¥'Z8) 288 9°18) 0°8e 6°G8) 9 98 € P| FFE S'S8| SSE GZei $06 te ar) ODODE MDDDO [e2) ip 6) ‘° ° . ° Owe ACCWOWAGHODON ‘ul °d WOP 4Z1e UOLOaIICT ona — 6°78) F 68 Ate on Le) oO ANONDANAIH Re) co DODMDDMOOr-DDDD NN 62 00 NO AOms DO 0 ‘qma'a | 0 “11V 30 | *purad | “aanqesod wea |, G88, F9S 6E 9°18] 00S" 6 98/ T9S* 8°S6| 6SS° 0°G6| 29S" @'°06| 66S" F°6R)| $09" 6°Sg)| L99° 0°98) L@9° 6°18 LED" 9°68 8&9" ¢'8g 899" Go 98 L¢9° $18 9%9° 0°88, 0&9" $88, 899° 8°18 8zo LS, z19° €'68 LzS* 9°06 98F° 0°06 L¥S* z 06 €LS° | 8°98) T8S° 0° 6g eco’ “WOF SUZ IV IPBW SUOIBAIISG CO 16) SSF'6S o |seyouy nib iL GES ele Sos | JOURNAL OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY. III rn ~~ No. VII.—1851. An account of eight Kiufie Silver Coins.—By E. Tuomas, Esq. C. 8. ~ During Sir Henry Elliot’s late march to Peshdwur, with the camp of the Governor-General, he availed himself of the opportunity to col- lect such ancient coins and medals as fell in his way, and I was subse- quently permitted to examine these acquisitions in detail. The bulk of the collection naturally consisted of either, purely local coins or mintages of proximate lands, but among the rest were found several specimens of Central Asian Kufic Coinages of various dates and king- doms. Monies of these classes are comparatively well known in Europe, in consequence of the number of pieces that find their way into our - western world, vid Russia, Turkey, &c., as well as from the full illus- tration these travellers receive from the willing labours of continental ~ Numismatists. e | : In this country, medals of this description, though often falling into the hands of Coin-collectors, together with more easily legible and more valued specimens—are usually consigned to the space in each cabinet allotted to the class Ignoti, or permitted to remain in un- honoured association with the tenants of the miscellaneous drawer. To remedy in a measure the reproach this state of things involves, and as introductory to the further study of similar classes of coins, I propose to describe briefly such of these pieces as have found a place in Sir H. M. E.’s collection—to offer an illustration of a type of each variety, and to introduce Indian readers to an acquaintance with the No. L.— New Series. oe 538 An account of eight Kifice Silver Coins. [No. 7. valuable works of Continental Authors, who treat on subjects connected with this section of the Numismatic history of Asia. From those Antiquaries, who are disposed to view this branch of study as dry and unprofitable—from those, who set their hearts upon the well-outlined and classic models of earlier days, I would claim a hearing, on the very valid plea, that of all divisions of Numismatic science, the Medizeval Moslem Coins the best fulfil the part of exact historical illustration ; dealing in no mere repetition of standard types and emblems, seldom subject to ambiguous interpretation, their well covered surfaces convey in simple words, the precise information most prized by annalists: The name and title of the monarch, the city over which he ruled, and the fixed epoch of his sovereignty. With this much of preface, I now proceed to give a slight sketch of the various treatises I have before alluded to. The ‘‘ Recensio’’ of Professor Freehn is a most elaborate and com- prehensive work printed at St. Petersburg, in 1826, giving oriental transcripts of the coin legends, with descriptions and translations in Latin. The publication is unfortunately wanting in illustrations, which renders it of less value to beginners, but as a Text Book, for those advanced in the art of deciphering Arabic coins, it stands to this time pre-eminent in its branch of the literature of the century. Its printed contents amount to 743 quarto pages, besides which, it has extensive interpolations of starred repetitions of the regular nume- rical paging in order to admit of the introduction of a mass of addi- tional matter met with during the course of publication. The Indices alone are a book in themselves, extending over 70 pages of small type double-columns. But more fully to present to the reader’s comprehension the number and variety of the subjects brought under review, I transcribe an outline of the ‘“* Conspectus Classium,”’ Conspectus CLassiuM. Sectio I. Chalifee primarii seu altioris ordinis. Classis I. Chalifee Umaijadee Orientales. II. Ditto Abbasidee Baghdadici. Sectio If. Dynastiz orto duranteve Chalifatu ’Abbasidico Bagh- dadico natee atque florentes. Classis III. Varias dynastias simul comprehendens, sunt autem : A. Chalifee Umaijade Hispanici. Classis IV. V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XI.a ——— XII. XIII. XIV. XV. Sectio III. B. C. D. XIV.a An account of eight Kifie Silver Coins. Alii Principes Hispaniz. 1. Chalifa Hamudides. 2. Emirus Murcie. Imami Edrisidz in Mauritania. Emiri Aghlebide. Emiri Tahiride. Ditto Soffaridee. Ditto Samanide (’Alides, &c.) Chani Turkarum Hoei-he in Turkistania. Sultanus Subukteginides. Choresmis chahi. Emiri Buweihide. Princeps Sijarides. ’ Alides. Emirus ’Okailides. Emiri Merwanide. Sultani Seldschukidee, Classis A and B. Reges Ortokidee, A and B. Atabeki, Classis A, B, C and D. Chalifze Fatimide, B Muwah’hidi. Sultani Aijubidee, Classis A, B, C. dici Baghdadici natee et pars hodiedum florentes. Classis XVI. XVII. XIX. XX. XXI. XXV. Appendix 1. mb, C. XXIT. XXIII. XXIV. XVIII. XXVI. XXVII. Sultani Mamluki, A, B. Ditto Patani. Chani Hulaquide. Ditto Dschelairidee. Ditto Dschudschidee. Girai-Chani. Chani Dschaghataidz. Ditto Scheibanidee, &c. Imperatores Baberide. Schahi Persize Sefide. Sultani ?Osmanide. Scherifi Mauritan, A, B. 539 Dynastz vel sub vel post occasum Chalifatus ’Abbasi- XVII.a_ Princeps Senbedarius. Christiani numos titulis Arabicis Signantes, Classis o Z 2 540 An account of eight Kific Silver Coins. [No. 7. Appendix 2. Numi Muhammedani incerti. Professor Freehn’s miscellaneous Essays, relating to Medizeval Ara- bic Numismatics, are both numerous and important. Among the rest may be cited 1. Novee Symbole ad rem Numariam Muhammedanorum, &c. St. Petersburg, 1819, pp. 47. 2. Numi Kufici ex variis museis selecti. St. Petersburg, 1823, pp. 84, 4 plates. 3. Die Miinzen der Chane von ulus Dsehutschi’s oder von der Goldenen Horde. St. Petersburg, 1832, pp. 75, 14 plates. J. H. Miiller’s work, ‘‘De numis orientalibus in Numophylacio Gothano asservatis,”’ (Gotha, 1826, 4to. pp. 187, and supl. 1841, pp. 61.) offers, in its first part, a complete Catalogue raisonné of all Kufic Coins previously published, together with the author’s own’new contributions, embracing the period from A. H. 77 to A. H. 663. The second part contains a continuation of the Mohammedan series down to 1232 A. H. The compilation is one of much value as a book of reference where necessary, the various subjects are ably handled in detail and the whole undertaking is made complete by copious Indices and Lists of authorities both European and Oriental. As connected with the general subject, I could cite an elaborate Monographie on the Coins of the Bouides by Lindberg, printed in the Mém. de la Soc. des Antiq. du Nord (1844): Some admirable letters published in the Paris Journal Asiatique by M. DeSaulcy, and many miscellaneous contributions of the same nature from time to time put forth in the form of detached letters by M. Soret of Geneva. Marsden’s ‘“ Numismata Orientalia’ (Lond. 1823,) though desig- nated by a late French writer as ‘‘ si plein des inexactitudes, si de pourvu de critique,” (Rev. Num. Paris, 1849,) is extremely valuable, in what nearly all continental publications fail in,—the number and perfection of its illustrations. No. 1. Hish4m bin Abdalmalik. Wasit A. H. 121. Obv. Area MY so29 ji J Sy Y 1851.] An account of eight Kijfic Silver Coins. 541 Margin. 4 9 Gye 9 Usdal Ada bone! 99 yo 132 yd al} eon Rev. Area 4) ont sU yg ok ~ Oana | Se oly S92 pd Da! 1595 &J Margin. Koran ix. 33, a’ I esto9 Coredls alee yt SL fgaey dace” WS panel] 8,5 gy IS Ko isle 8 y¢baJ INO.” 2. Mahdi. Baghdad, A. H. 162. Obv. Area, as No. 1. Margin. &0 5 Gyaiwy eel Kine edlnJt Kiidhes ae yO 10 Sys SL oon Rev. Area (gw) o+=* Sl) slo aly phes 9 &sle (edged ! Kasls! | Margin. Koran ix. 33. ; A second specimen struck at Basrah in A. H. 161, adds the name of das” below the cgdge!! sate} No. 3. *Noh bin Manstr Samdné (unpublished). Balkh, A. H. 377. Obv. Area J! ay Bday dL 8) Shy y Margin, ale y cyrsany por dine char cold! 1X2 Gryd SLI foams bh Rev. Area da? SMI Jyney S724 (oy ex * As Sir H. M. Elliot’s collection does not afford a good specimen of Samani money, I have introduced this example from my own cabinet. I also subjoin a description of a Samani Coin in Mr. Bayley’s collection, which is, as far as I can ascertain, quite new in its type, and in spite of its defec- tive preservation likely to prove of much interest in the unusually prominent asso- ciation of the name of Nasr bin Ahmed, the founder of the line, with that of the reigning sovereign, Noh bin Mansur. An account of eight Kiufic Silver Coins. [No. 7. 542 Margin, 84) 3021 ppeid) SI dani prod!) 6 0) Lo Copper. Noh bin Manstir. Balkh, 374, H.? Obv. Areaa Circle, described within a square. containing the name of a4! Gyo 2) Interior Margin. 4! (yo yaad J) Sly oh Y Saag sr YW ay Exterior Margin. 42's 5 Qyanawy gy! Bive ely clot al Rev. Soa’? al ele Dy (oy! es Margin. (yrs~ gett pwol [ catgo |] Seat Gyr pe) p10)! 82 p00! Lavo See also, Die Miinzen, p. 51, Tab. xiv. Fig. 22. Recensio, No. 322, c, p. 585, and Jour. R. A. Soe. London, No. XVIII. p. 301. No. 4. Nasr bin Ali Atlek (unpublished). Bokhara, A. H. 394. Obv. Area M iy soR9 Ut as Sly ye y ost oi! | Margin. Kila dld 9 Gyasend y el Sin LEM ado! 1d Wyo St Rev. Area slaob BUY Jay Onn” lA jm)! pai SUL ol! Not Cfolet! a2 9041 Toss Margin. Koran ix. 33. A second specimen reads, w!S oa i_poli No. 5. Jellal-uddin Muhammed Jani beg Khan. Kwariym, A. H. 743. Obv. yil> oles) wiht Rev. ver ai (9 @} yd oy? Freehn, pp. 225, 256, &c. 185].] An account ofeight Kific Silver Coins. 543 No. 6. Bayan Kuli Behadur Khan. Kish, A. H. 753. | Obv. Area ESwe ? aie MN St Y i Saar’): Ut gas St omy § os Margin.—245 [ Siw ] yye% § Rev. abed wll wld yylgs i Wh ge &Sbo si ota A somewhat similar coin has been engraved in Pl. XXI. Fig. 1, Tom. IX. Mémoires de Acad. Imp. des Sciences St. Petersburg. The Russian specimen has the words ver (#5 4S run in between the lines of the Kalimah on the Obverse. It has no marginal inscription. A coin of the monarch is engraved in Pl. XV. Fig. 7. Die Minzen. No. 7. Shah Rokh. Subzwar, A. H. 839. Obv. Area Bye Margin. arg Silblon bho SU} ots jolgs é) xl peed wy adn! Rev. Area —— Y fagmey dace” BUY) aly Margin. (he wlede yao Ss 9! “« Class XXIII. of Frehn Numi Chanorum Scheibanidarum, Dscha- nidarum, &e. ‘in universa Bocharia Magna vel in ejus provincia aliqua.”’ No. 8. Abdul-Latif Behadur Khan. Obv. Area, “The Kalimah.”’ Margin. X90)! 0 yes (yd ge! hal Rev. wldole dab) orc Ul) Stl fale] wll ( X45 a0) S95 0 pas [2 ] Kilalw 9 &SL0 colle aU ols Freehn, p. 439, gives a dated coin of this Khan of the year A. H. 953. 544 Notes upon a Tour through the Réjmahal Hills. [No. 7. No. 9. Shah Morad* (New unpublished.) A. H. 1199? Obv. Area. “The Kalimah.” Margin, &c. 5 gS UI Bye! Rev. Area—bhw—olbled! Cojlelys! sales B99 & d1y0 £199 Silblay aShe Jed al) ola — Notes upon a Tour through the Rdjmahal Hills, by Captain WALTER S. SHERWILL, Revenue Surveyor. The extensive and hitherto unexplored tract of hilly country, extend- ing from the banks of the Ganges at Sikrigalli, in Latitude 26° 10’ North, and 87° 50’ East Longitude, to the boundary of the district of Birabhim, a distance of seventy miles, and known as the Rajmahal Hills, forms the most north-easterly shoulder or portion of the Vindhya Mountains; which range, extending from near the mouths of the Nerbudda and Taptee rivers in Candeish in Longitude 73° 30’ and Latitude 21°, and after having travelled eight hundred and fifty miles In an east, north-east direction, or quite across India to Sikrigalli, here turns to the south, passes through the districts of Birabhim, Bardwan, Midnapur and Cuttack and eventually merges into the Ghats or Mountains running parallel to the Coromandel Coast. Although every European proceeding up the Ganges passes imme- diately under these hills, and although they are only two miles removed from the banks of the river, the hills and their contained valleys are not only unexplored, but it is not even generally known that the hills are inhabited; the general received opinion being that the Rajmaha} Hills are an uninhabited jungle; that such is not the case I hope to show, having penetrated into almost every valley and climbed all the principal hills, during the progress of the survey under my charge. The Hills are inhabited by two distinct races, the Mountaineers or a race living on the summits of the hills and who are, with rare excep- tions, never found residing in the valleys; and the Sonthals who re- side in the valleys. Both these races have distinct languages, neither * Shah Morad was the father of Seyd Emir Haidar, sce p. 443, Frehn. CANGES RIVER — autpodr %& coLoono ——_— Scon0a &PUSSYE Tria see Teliajurhy, Cia Basser \ 5 A St \h \QRAIMAHAL \Siegy = OF THE DA MINIKOH oR " DISTRICT BHAUGULPOOR Surveyed in 1848-40 Gy ¥ CAPTAIN W.S.SHERWILL piealed Milee-L Inch Pee. a. ) ee Calewcen December CETL. Revenue Surveyor TN )\ GOUR TAS ces a Sok S we PUSSYE &Baskinath SGo00a Sarmi 8 Min Doomilea.s Borammntnal REFERENCES Canger Kiser Ce . \BiTirteepoor e (an) ] , \\ } a iroua ta { \ MOORSHEDABA, ¢ $ fy 1851.] | Notes upon a Tour through the Rajmahal Hills. 545 ~ of which are understood by the Hindustani man, nor are the two lan- guages understood by the two races. The Sonthals are interlopers as will be explained hereafter, the hill men are the original inhabitants, whose history may be summed up as follows. From the days of the Mudammadan kings to 1764 A. D. these hill people were the scourge and terror of the neighbouring districts, from whose inhabitants they levied black mail, and when that could not be obtained, armed bands fully equipped with powerful bantboo bows and poisoned arrows, descended from the hills, murdered all who op- posed their progress; they piltaged thé country far and near, carrying away grain, salt, tobacco, money, cattle and goats, or indeed any thing they could lay their hands upon, and, retreating to their jungly fast- nesses where no one dared follow them, defied their victims. Cases have been known where the zemindars of the plains have, for the sake of inflicting an injury on a neighbouring zemindar with whom they have been on bad terms, invited the hill-men to descend from their hills and plunder his land and crops; the inviting zemindar offering the hill-men a free and safe passage through the plains as far as the spot to be ravaged, but several cases of treachery on the part of the inviting zemindars ending in the death of more than one hill chief, at last broke off all connexion with, and destroyed all confidence between, the hill-men and the zemindars. This unsatisfactory state of affairs lasted for some years after the British Government had taken charge of Bengal and Behar; and as the constant descents of the hill-men threatened to annihilate the ryots in the neighbourhood of the hills, and as no boats could moor on the southern bank of the Ganges without being robbed, and as the dak runners conveying the mail between Calcutta and Benares were constantly murdered at the foot of the hills, and the wallets robbed of their contents, for in those days the only high road to Benares from Calcutta passed through Rajmahal, Sikrigalli and Telfdgarhi, Government at last tried what force would do; troops were sent against the hill-men, but with a very doubtful success ; the jungles on the hills being exceedingly dense, there being no roads, no supplies and no chance of the hill-men coming to an open fight, no impression could be made upon them ; the Muammadans, before the English, had — 4a 546 Notes upon a Tour through the Réjmahal Hills. [No. 7. tried the same plan, but failed ; the hill-men from their thick jungle cover, invariably shooting down with their poisoned arrows the accou- tred and hampered soldiers, who had quite enough to do in threading their way over the narrow, steep and stony footpaths, and as every wound inflicted by their terrible arrows was fatal, both the Mudamma- dan kings and the British Generals found it a hopeless case attempt- ing to coerce these people. The Muhammadans after several failures in the hills, left the hill- men to themselves, punishing them only when caught in the plains ; but the English tried another and a more effectual plan; a plan that seldom fails to win the most savage heart, and that plan was kindness. Captains Brooke and Browne who had hitherto been their destroyers now tried what kindness would effect ; the hill-men had by this time seen how useless it was trying to carry on their old system of plunder- ing the lowlanders, for whenever they were seen in the plains they were immediately chased and shot by our troops. These two officers invited the chiefs and their dependents male and female to descend from their hills; whoever attended was feasted, presented with a tur- ban, money, beads or some trifling gifts; when the hill-men were by these acts of kindness in a measure tamed, a Mr. Cleveland, a young man in the Civil Service, then stationed at Bhagalpur, was deputed to try what he could do with these turbulent and troublesome people. After a few years’ intercourse with these people, amongst whom Mr. Cleveland went unarmed and almost unattended, and after much patience and by distributing presents and giving feasts to hundreds of the hill-men at a time, and by settling small yearly pensions on all the principal chiefs, they relented, gradually gave up their thieving habits, and eventually became the honorary guides of the post and road lying at the foot of the hills; friends with neighbouring zemindars, and well- wishers of a Government that had treated them with so much kindness, Mr. Cleveland subsequently raised a regiment of archers from amongst their numbers who were eventually entrusted with fire-arms and are now in 1851, as fine a body of soldiers as any in the regular army ; thus Mr. Cleveland, as the Epitaph on his tomb records— ‘‘ Without bloodshed or the terrors of authority, employing only the means of conciliation, confidence, and benevolence, attempted and accomplished, the entire subjection of the lawless and savage inhabi- 1 ate may ae re) ee ORR /— WA hoy Sey) = = G an ( LA m waawes! fun Pr 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rajmahal Hills. 547 tants of the jungleterry of Rajamahal, who had long infested the neigh- bouring lands by their predatory incursions, inspired them with a taste of the arts of civilized life, and attached them to the British Government by aconquest over their minds; the most permanent, as the most rational mode of dominion.” The tomb whence this Epitaph is copied, was erected to the memory of Mr. Cleveland at Bhagalpur, by order of the Governor General and Council of Bengal, in honor of his character and for an example to others ; and bears date 1784. As disputes from time to time still occasionally occurred between the hill-men and the zemindars at the foot of the hills, relative to their proper boundaries and the right of grazing, cutting wood and other matters, Government in the year 1832, deputed Mr. John Petty Ward, of the Civil Service, in company with Captain Tanner as Surveyor, to demarcate a boundary that should secure to the hill-men the undis- puted possession of their hilly tract, and effectually separate them from the lowlanders; this, after an immense deal of labour,—for the whole of the boundary demarcated, and which measures two hundred and ninety-five miles in circumference, was entirely through heavy jungle,— was accomplished, and large masonry pillars erected at convenient dis- tances, thus enclosing with the exception of a few outlying hills to the south, the whole of the Rajmahal Hills; all land within the pillars was claimed by Government, and by Government given over to the hill-men to be held by them as long as they behaved themselves in an orderly manner; all without the hills belongs to the various Pargan- nahs of the district Bhagalpur, bordering upon the hills. All land within the pillars bona fide occupied by the hill-men pays no rent or tax to Government; but as the hill-men cannot be induced to cultivate the valleys, nor the extensive tract of level land lying out- side the hills but within the masonry pillars and named the Damin-e- Koh, or skirt of the hills, Government permitted a wandering race of people named Sonthals, whose country extends from Cuttack across Manbhtim, Chota Nagpur, Hazaribagh, Palamow to Rewah, to locate themselves upon the land repudiated by the hill-men, paying at the same time a light land tax for the ground so occupied. In process of time these Sonthals increased in numbers, both by births and immigration, unul their numbers became so numerous and apa 2 548 Notes upon a Tour through the Réjmahal Hills. [No. 7. the land that was being cleared of forest and that had been cleared so extensive, that Government appointed Mr. James Pontet of the unco- venanted Civil Service, Superintendent of the whole of the hills, under the Title of ‘‘Superintendent of the Damin-e-Koh,” with power to guard the interest of Government by making favorable land settlements with the Sonthals and to collect the rent. Mr. Pontet took charge of his duties in 1838, the yearly ground rent then being two thousand rupees, and the number of Sonthal villages amounting to about forty, with a population of about three thousand souls ; but now in 1851 A. D. only thirteen years after tak- ing charge, Mr. Pontet has, by judicious management, raised the rent to Company’s Rupees 43,918-13-53, and the number of Sonthals who have been induced to immigrate into the valleys and into the Damin-e- Koh amounts to 82,795 souls, contained in 1,473 villages; 1164 of which pay rent, and 309 of which are free ; the latter not having been under occupation the three years of grace considerately allowed to each new village to enable it to clear the forest and break up the land previous to its being brought on the rent-roll. The boundary of the Damin-e-Koh as defined by Mr. Ward, encloses an irregular-shaped figure, as it generally fcllows the shape of the hills; the greatest length from the north to south is seventy miles ; the greatest width, which is near the centre of the hills, is thirty miles ; whilst to the north and south it is only sixteen miles in width; the area contained within its limits is 1366.01 square miles, of which about 500 square miles are level ground situated within and without the hills. Of the level ground 254 square miles are cleared of forest; 157 square miles of which are under cultivation by the Sonthals, and 97 square miles are lying fallow. On the summits and sides of the hills about 28 Square miles are under cultivation by the hill-men, and the same area is lying fallow ; this allowance gives 20 acres of cultivation and 20 acres of fallow to each village which is the approximately ascertained area. «The hills” as Dr. Buchanan observes “ are no where of sufficient height to reduce the temperature of the air in any considerable degree, and the reflection of the sun’s rays from their rocks, and the shelter from the winds that their forests afford, renders the part among the hills hotter than the plains, so that the mountaineers when in the open 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rajmahal Hills. 549 country complain much of cold, and the sepoys of the tribe are uncom- monly subject to rheumatism.” In the centre of the hills is a fine level valley 24 miles in length and 5 in width, full particulars of which are recorded in the Journal at the end of these notes ; it is drained by a deep nallah, the Morel or Morung, flowing from the north, and another, the Jamitni or Gimani, flow- ing from the south, these two nallahs unite in the valley, and leave the hills on the eastern boundary. The Banslui Naddi—a fine broad stream flowing from west to east,— completely intersects the hills by flowing through the Pachwara Pass. The Brahmani Nallah forms the southern boundary of the Damin- e-Koh. Besides these four streams there are numerous smaller streams flowing from every ravine and valley affording an abundance of pure, fresh water. To the natives of the plains the climate of the hills during several months of the year is most fatal; jungle fever carrying them off ina few hours; the bad season commences with the westerly winds in March; the suddenness of the attack is appalling, as long as there is no wind the healthiness of December, January, and February is pro- longed to March, but the first high wind arising in March is the mes- senger of death to the natives of the plains ; I have seen seven of my servants struck down in one day with fever; the weather had been warm and the air particularly free from agitation; but the day they were taken ill a strong west wind set in and by the evening they had fever. In the early part of the survey of the hills and from being ignorant of the dangerous nature of the jungle during the month of March, I lost thirty-four natives of the plains who were engaged in the survey ; they all died of jungle fever ; many others were attacked, but escaped ; out of one party consisting of eleven men, seven were taken ill and four died within a few days, they were Muhammadans; two horses that were with the party were also taken ill at the same time and died. The months of April, May and June are also unhealthy for the lowlanders, but September and October are deadly. With very few exceptions all the natives that recovered from the jungle fever were subsequently sufferers from enlarged spleens. The hill-men and Sonthals suffer but little from this fever, for when 550 Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. [No. 7. attacked by it, it assumes a much more mild form and is accompanied by ague. The soil in and around the hills differs widely in different localities ; the large central valley and spots outside the hills possess a fine black soil, known as the Regur or cotton soil, it is the same soil that is found in the Dekkan, Bundlekund and in the Saugor and Nerbuddah Terri- tories ; I have seen the soil in all the above mentioned localities, where it is always found associated with the same rocks as appear in the Rajmahal hills, viz. Basalt and Laterite. Besides the cotton soil, light colored loams, clayey soils, gravelly and sandy soils also appear. As on entering the hills the Sonthal is the first class of native that is met with, I proceed to describe him, his manners, and some of his most remarkable customs, The Sonthal or lowlander is a short well made and active man, quiet, inoffensive and cheerful ; he has the thick lips, high cheek-bones and spread nose of the Bheel, Kole, and other hill tribes of southern and central India; he is beardless or nearly so; he is moreover an intel- ligent, obliging, but timid, creature, very cowardly towards mankind, but brave when confronted with wild animals; the Sonthal is an indus- trious cultivator of the soil, and as he is unfettered with caste, he enjoys existence ina far greater degree than does his neighbour the priest- ridden and caste-crushed Hindu. The Sonthal eats his buffalo-beef, his kids, poultry, pork, or pigeons, enjoys a hearty carouse enlivened with the spirit ‘‘ Pachui’’ and dances with his wives and comrades to express his joy and thankfulness ; and when the more substantial good things of life such as meat and poultry are scarce, he does not refuse to eat snakes, ants, frogs and field-rats. The cow is also eaten by the Sonthal as well as all other animals, whether slain, or those that have died a natural death, or that have been shot or torn by wild animals. The women are fat and short and although not pretty according to our European idea of beauty, have a very pleasing expression of coun- tenance, with none of the affected or mock modesty of the Hindu. The Sonthal is a larger and taller man than the hill-man, and gener- ally stands five feet six inches in height, and weighs about eight stone. With the exception of the larger villages in the central valley where all the land is highly cultivated, the Sonthal villages are generally i ng t 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rajmahal Hills. . 551 buried in thick jungle, with small cleared patches of ground near the village, bearing crops of rice, Junera, (Indian corn,) mustard and several kinds of pulse. The villages are composed of upright log huts, with thatched roofs, arranged so as to form a long street one house deep. Almost to every house is attached a pig-stye, or a dove-cot; and bul- lock or buffalo sheds are distributed throughout the village. The sides of the street are plentifully planted with the Sohajna (Hyperanthera morunga) whose mutilated branches proclaim the Son- thal’s fondness for its pungent alburnum, which is eaten with their food. Their food consists principally of Juneré (Sorghum vulgare), Indian corn, seasoned with the Byre (Ziziphus jujuba), chillies, mustard oil, Sohajna alburnum, or onions; and accompanied with eggs, poultry and occasionally swine’s flesh, goat or kid; the supply of meat depend- ing principally upon the sacrifices. A large white bean as well as the petal and legume of the Bauhinea variegata are also used as vegetables. In every village there is a small thatched roof supported upon one or more wooden posts; the roof gives cover to a small earthen plat- form raised a foot above the ground; this spot is termed the Mangi ; at this spot is buried the memory of some former Mangi or village- governor, who, for his good conduct, abilities, or for some other good quality, has been, with the unanimous consent of the villagers, cano- nized; and the spot named after him; thus at Jhilmilli Bora Mangz is the name of the village Sanctum. At these spots the head-men of the village meet, talk over the affairs of the village, threaten the un- ruly, punish the guilty, collect the rents and sometimes make small votive grain offerings to the defunct Mangi, which offerings are placed on the ground under the roof, when not occupied by the villagers the holy spot is generally occupied by pigs, dogs or cattle. In some of these Mangis I have seen pots of water fixed on a wooden stand or depending from the roof; their use or meaning I failed to ascertain. The working dress of the male Sonthal consists of a mere strip of cloth, not passed round the body but being fastened to a hair or cotton string that goes round the loins, it is passed between the legs thus merely hiding his nakedness; the women on the contrary are well clothed with an ample flowing cloth, one end of which is fastened round the waist the other is passed over the left shoulder leaving the 552 Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. (No. 7. right shoulder, part of the breast and arm entirely free, and is allowed to hang down in front; when the women can afford it, they load their limbs with zine and bell-metal ornaments ; the men wear small zinc earrings, a few finger rings, and occasionally an iron wrist bangle ; both male and female tie their long hair into a knot on the crown of the head. The religion of the Sonthals consists in prayers, sacrifices and religi- ous dances, the whole of which are generally performed and attended to by the votaries whilst in a state of intoxication. The only prayer I have heard of amongst these people is a supplica- tion to an invisible and powerful spirit for protection from famine and sickness ; from disease amongst their cattle; for defence against wild animals, especially the tiger; and that their children may be defended from all dangers, amongst which are enumerated the attacks of wild animals, snake bites, scorpion stings and all kinds of accidents. This simple prayer points out in a forcible manner the condition of the Sonthal and his wants ; he first prays for protection from famine ; for as he is an inhabitant of the jungles and generally cut off from all communication with his fellow-men, a failure of his scanty crops would be ruin and starvation to him. Their plough cattle being the grand instruments by which their crops are insured to them, and as a murrain or a total destruction of these animals would leave the Sonthal in a starving state, his prayers are also directed to their preservation. That a portion of their supplication should be directed against the attacks of wild animals is not surprising, for the Sonthal being a denizen of the forest as before observed, he is himself as are his cattle in constant danger from the attacks of tigers, bears, leopards, and wolves; and his crops are also in danger from the ravages committed by wild elephants, buffaloes, monkeys and deer, and as the Sonthal never manures his land and as he generally occupies an indifferent soil, a constant change in his abode is necessary, and thus in his on- ward move, he constantly comes in contact with these his great enemies ; the Sonthal however with a proper spirit, does not supplicate without endeavouring to help himself, and no opportunity is allowed to escape of destroying these animals, which is effected with bows and arrows poisoned and not poisoned. = mA = IN IES a poy 7ky == 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 55d Children being the Sonthals’ great pride, comfort and assistance, are not forgotten in their short prayer. Sonthals in general have large families, averaging perhaps eight children to each couple; the male children plough, herd the cattle, reap the harvest, build and repair the family houses, make the carts and ploughs; distil the spirit Pachui from rice, and perform all out-door work ; whilst the female children husk the junera and rice ; express oil from the mustard seed, cook the household food, attend the markets when near one, look after the poultry, pigs, goats, and pigeons; and when the parents are old and infirm the children become their support. Almost all nations ov earth, savage or civilized, appear to have an intuitive feeling or knowledge, that blood is required to be shed for the propitiation of sins ; nor do we find the Sonthal ignorant of the fact, and in order to propitiate the invisible spirit they freely sacrifice the buffalo, pig, goat and poultry, the blood of which animals is sprinkled over the offerings made by the worshippers. Outside every Sonthal village a spot is set apart for offering up sacrifices which are made at all times of the year and by any one hav- ing a request to make of the invisible spirit ; the spot selected is gene- rally a small patch of Sakua jungle that has been spared when the forest was removed from the neighbourhood of the village, in this secluded grove small stones are set up at the foot of the trees and besmeared with red paint, and generally two upright sticks are stuck in the earth connected by a horizontal one, under or near this group of sticks the victims are slain with a sword, and the blood sprinkled upon the offerings that have been placed under the bar on the ground by the villagers ; the offerings consisting of small conical-shaped, leaf bowls or cups filled with either rice, junera, or Indian corn, mixed with milk, ghee, spirits or water. The flesh of the victims is eaten by those invited to the feast, which is invariably more or less a scene of de- bauchery terminating in a wild and most extraordinary dance A very extensive dance which I witnessed in the hills took place by torch light at miduight during the month of April, at which about five thou- sand Sonthals were present, these dances are performed both by night and by day; at the present one about four hundred women danced at the same time. A lofty stage is erected in an open plain upon whicha few men 4B 554 Notes upon a Tour through the Rajmahal Hills. (No. 7. seat themselves, they appear to act as guides or masters of the cere- mony ; radiating from this stage which forms the centre of the dance are numerous strings composed of from twenty to thirty women, who holding each other by the waistband, their right shoulder, arm and breast bare, hair highly ornamented with flowers or with bunches of Tussur silk dyed red, dance to the maddest and wildest of music drawn from monkey-skin covered drums, pipes and flutes, and as they dance, their positions are postures which are most absurd, are guided and prompted by the male musicians who dance in front of and facing the women; the musicians throw themselves into indecent and most ludi- crous positions, shouting and capering and screaming like madmen, and as they have tall peacock feathers tied round their heads and are very drunk the scene is a most extraordinary one. The women chant as they dance and keep very good time in their dancing by beating their heels on the ground, the whole body of dancers take about one hour to complete the circuit of the central stage, as the progressive motion is considerably retarded by a constant retrogressive one. Relays of fresh women are always at hand to relieve the tired ones. The men swear by the tiger’s skin, but swearing them at all is un- pardonable, for the truth is by a Sonthal held sacred, offering in this respect a bright example to their lying neighbours the Bengalis. The Sonthals are governed by Pergunnites and by Mangis chosen by themselves from amongst their numbers ; the Pergunnite has charge of perhaps twelve villages, from which he collects the rent and makes it over to the Superintendent, the Mangi has immediate charge of his own village and is answerable for all the misdeeds of his brethren, but as they are in general an orderly race of people their rulers have little more to do than bear their honors and collect the rent. The Sonthal will take service with no one, he will perform no work except for himself or for his family and should any attempt be made to coerce him, he flies the country or penetrates into the thickest jungle, where unknown and unsought, he commences clearing a patch of ground and erecting his log hut. The preliminary step to a Sonthal’s marriage is perhaps as extraor- dinary a custom as any ever heard of amongst half savages ; it is, that during a certain festival named Bandana, which is held in the month of January and which lasts six days, all the unmarried candidates for | rom ha W Le sk ye a crm ara. a mane Farry), aby ee sayysloaq EAI) i — = ea o 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rajmahal Hilis. 555 matrimony of both sexes are permitted to have promiscuous intercourse with each other during these six days; at the close of which, the whole party are supposed to have paired off as man and wife; feasting and drinking according to the ability of each couple closing the cere- mony. The Sonthals are very expert with the bow and arrow, so expert that nothing with life is to be found near their villages when of any standing ; I have seen the bear fall an easy prey to their well planted arrows, also a hare knocked over when at full speed; birds on the wing I have also seen killed, but with blunt or knobbed arrows; their bows are either made of Dhamin wood or bambus, the string is gene- rally made of bambu or of the fibre of the Bauhinea scandens; the arrows are made of alight reed, tipped with barbed iron-heads and feathered with the brown feather from the peacock’s wing. The hill-man is much shorter than the Sonthal, of a much slighter make, is beardless or nearly so, is not of such a cheerful disposition, nor is he so industrious ; his great delight appears to be attending the neighbouring markets where decked out with beads and chains, his hair fastidiously combed, oiled and ornamented, he will in company with his friends both male and female, while away the greater part of the day. Labour is the hill-man’s abhorrence but necessity compels him to cultivate a small portion of the land for his actual existence ; beyond this trifling labour he never exerts himself. He will nevertheless fish, or hunt or roam over miles of the forest searching for honey-combs, wild yams, and other edible roots; he will travel many miles to get a shot at a deer or to secure a peacock, such labour he considers in the light of amusement, but to have to clear away the forest for his crop he con- siders a great hardship; but clear it he must, and the hill-man gene- rally chooses the most precipitous hill sides as the ground best fitted for his crops. In these spots an iron shod staff or a pointed stick hardened by charring is used instead of the plough—with this imple- ment, holes are made in the soil at the distance of a foot or less from each other, into which are dropped a mixture of the following seeds, Indian corn, junera, bora beans and the seeds of several small pulses. The tall and robust Indian corn and junera form an ample support to the twining bora bean, which in its turn affords a beneficial shade to the more delicate pulses at its feet. 4B2 556 Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. [No.7 The heads of the Indian corn when ripe are stocked in bambu granaries of various shapes and which are raised off the ground on posts ; whilst those required for immediate use are strung up to the roof of the huts, and as required for food are submitted to the opera- tion of being husked in a wooden mortar; of the meal of this grain a thick and nutritious hasty pudding is made which forms the prin- cipal food of the hill people. The junera is treated in the same way, but the bora bean, kam ruhur and pulses are beaten out either by rubbing with the hand or by beating them on a log of wood. RELIGION OF THE Hitui Prorte. For much of the religious history of these people, I am indebted to a paper published in the 4th volume of the Asiatic Researches by Lieutenant Shaw, and dated A. D. 1792. The religion of the Rajmahal hill people consists in the adoration by prayer of an invisible spirit named Bedo Gosain, who made heaven and earth, and who is invoked by several means and through the medium of various gods, visible and invisible ; the visible gods being wooden images, stones and trees, to which may be added heaps of bones and skulls of wild animals ; sacrifices and numerous vicariously performed ceremonies being the means of invoking Bedo Gosain. They inculcate that men should be kind to each other, especially to the poor, and that men should labour for their food, that men should not murder, nor punish without cause, that no one should mock or oppress the poor, the lame, the blind or the unfortunate ; adultery and fornication are forbidden, the punishment for disobedience to the com- mands of Bedo Gosain being either temporal punishment of the souls being condemned to inhahit some portion of the vegetable kingdom for a certain number of years, or to suffer the eternal punishment of being bound and cast into pits filled with fire and maggots. The self-murderer is expelled from the presence of Bedo Gosain for ever. The reward for a good life in this world, they believe will be, that after having enjoyed a short but happy residence with Bedo Gosain in heaven, they will be born a second time on earth of woman and that they will be exalted to posts of great honor, possessing an abundance of worldly goods. 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 557 The above verdicts for good or evil, are to be pronounced when judgment is held before Bedo Gosain. They also believe in angels or messengers both good and evil, and that they are the especial messengers of Bedo Gosain. Their officiat- ing priests or oracles are named Demanti; any one fancying the call- ing appears to take it up, no preparation beyond fasting being requisite to constitute such an official; they foretel events, and threaten the unruly, comfort the afflicted, pray for all, promise blessings to those seeking them, and answer all difficult questions regarding futurity ; they kill the sacrifices, regulate the religious dances, feasts, and cere- monies, and lastly they exorcise devils and evil spirits. Marriage.—A man may marry as many wives as he can conveniently manage to support; four wives appearing to be the maximum. A young man having taken a fancy to a young girl of adult age, shows his love for her by an exchange of presents, walking with her, giving her toddy to drink and by sleeping on the same bedstead with her ; should any indiscretion arise previous to marriage from the young couple sleeping together, they are considered disgraced and are visited with fine. A few presents to the girl’s father, a feast and a sacrifice of a goat or some poultry complete the matrimonial ceremonies. A man dying and leaving widows, they are, if agreeable to the arrangement, married to their late husband’s younger brothers, or cousins, or to any one else they fancy. Adultery and fornication on the part of either sex is punishable with fine, and the ill effects effaced by sacrifice and feasting. Witchcraft and sorcery are firmly believed in; the test, as is usual in almost all countries of the world being fire. The suspected person being obliged to pass hot irons over his tongue, hands and feet, and as human flesh must suffer from the contact of red hot-iron, conviction is a matter of course, and gives an opportunity for a sacrifice and the usual accompanying feast. Upon the birth of a child the mother keeps to her house for five days attended upon by her husband; on the fifth day the child is named by the parents. The dead are buried. The men swear by salt. The whole tribe are without any caste; partaking of all sorts of food even to the flesh of the cow and swine. 558 Notes upon a Tour through the Rajmahal Hills. [No. 7. The foregoing Introductory Remarks were written as explanatory of the following Journal. Journal of a Tour through a portion of the Districts of Moorsheda- bad, Birbhum and the Rajmahal Hills, in the District of Bha- galpur. December 12th, 1850.—Left the military Station Berhampur situate on the left bank of the Bhagarutti; direction south west eight miles to Gow-kurn. Cross the Bhagarutti a little above the Station in ferry-boats. The banks of the river present numerous strata of a grey alluvial soil alternating with strata of white sand; on the right or western bank saw a stratum of paludina, a fragment of yellow sand- stone and old pottery, five feet below the surface of the country. The sand of the river is freely mixed with silvery and black mica, and tourmaline, but no pebbles ; planorbis plentiful on the banks. The road for six miles is over a deep alluvial soil, lying very low, very damp, and abounding in marshes ; the number of birds seen in this low tract where there is an abundance of insect-life and fish, is very great; consisting of fishing eagles, crows, ravens, paddy-birds, ~ mohoka, golden oriole, snipe, mina, koel, larks, king-fishers of several kinds, amadavats, crested bulbuls, jacanas, sparrow-hawks, peewit, plover, king-crow, hoopoe, brahminee kite, storks, kites, snippets, Pharoah’s chickens, whistling teal, grey and black partridge, terns, finch, Pondicherry vulture, brown vulture, swallow, pagla, wagtail, bee-eater, woodpecker, blue pigeon, kokleet, doves, jay, heron, cormorants and numerous wild fowls. At the sixth mile or at the village of Nowgong the country rises suddenly and is undulating, the alluvial soil ceases ; kunkur (nodular limestone) and pisiform iron ore become common ; the colour of the soil changes as well as the feeling, if not the temperature of the air, which is more dry and bracing than at Berhampur, nor is the change of soil less remarkable, as yesterday I thrust a walking stick eighteen inches into the Berhampur alluvial soil, which same stick made no impression to-day upon the hard dry soil of Nowgong. Looking east, the low alluvial tract in which Berhampur is_ situated appears about one hundred feet below Nowgong; it is to this low marshy country which extends from Rajmahal to Nuddya, a distance of one hundred ee eS eS ee 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 559 and twelve miles, that tradition assigns the former bed of the Ganges before the formation of the Podda or the present Ganges below Raj- mahal ; and before the existence of the present Bhagarutti. This low- land is at present drained by the Jeeoonthee Nullah which falls into the Bhagarutti a little below Berhampur. The principal crops of the alluvial soil are rice and mulberry; the latter is cultivated for the use of the worms which produce the Ber- hampur and Cossimbazar silk. Principal crop of the higher land is rice; principal trees, Pipul, Burgut, Babul and Nim ; bamboos are also common. A square tank at Gowkurn presents a goodly supply of elegant water-plants, scarlet and white lotus, water-creepers, and numerous handsome water-flowers whose names I am unacquainted with; large ampullaria are common in the tank. December 14th.—Direction west, eight miles to Jamukandi, at the second mile cross the Dwarka, ashallow muddy stream flowing easterly from the Rajmahal Hills, stream barely perceptible; one of the numerous branches of the More river which is one of the drainers of Birbhum and southern pergunahs of Bhagalpur, joins the Dwarka at the ferry, its bed was dry and sandy, the sand composed of grey and white quartz and an abundance of schorl from the gneiss and granite formation of Birbhum, and also iron ore. The Dwarka ig sandless with steep banks of a rich loam, at the foot of which lying scattered about were numerous dead specimens of the pearl-bearing unio and palludina. The pearl-bearing unios are collected from the Jheels and marshes in great numbers, a small proportion only bear pearls, which are of a very good colour and size ; a large pair sell for 250 Rupees. The shells are burnt for lime. After crossing the Dwarka the country is highly cultivated and beautfully wooded; the crops rice, sugar-cane, linseed, mulberry and small patches of wheat. At the several villages the chunderkees or large circular bamboo frames or stands covered with thousands of yellow silk cocoons were drying in the sun. Jamukandi is a large town on the banks of the branch of the More river that falls into the Dwarka and stands on the common boundary of Moorshedabad and Birbhum, the town boasts of a very 560 Notes upon a Tour through the Réjmahal Hills. —[No. 7. fine and extensive masonry built bazar, ornamented in a fantastic manner by about fifty figures, painted on boards by native artists, as large as life, representing the dress of English females in the reign of George the Second. There are numerous tanks, brick buildings and gardens, besides numerous groves of cocoanut trees swarming with monkeys. A quantity of steatite plates, bowls, and dishes were being worked up in the bazar that are brought in a rough state from the district of Bancura situate to the south of the Damuda, coal fields on the granite and syenetic formation. A quantity of the Morinda tinctoria (al) is grown at this place, it is used for dyeing the karwa or red cloth used principally m tent-making. 15th December, 1850.—Direction west, 10 miles to Andhi. After leaving Jamukandi the country rises rapidly all the way to Andhi which is about eighty feet higher than Jamukandi. The whole country passed through this march was under ripe rice cultiva- tion and mulberry and moderately wooded. In the tanks saw ampullaria, limnea, paludina, cerithium, and suc- cinea. BANKS OF KUNKUR ARE NUMEROUS. 16th December, 1850.—Direction west, distance ten miles to Syn- thia situate on the south or right of the More river. Country still rising, highly cultivated and beautifully wooded with mango groves. Synthia is situated on a high gravel bank which forms at this spot the eastern boundary of the great iron beds, which extend many miles both north, west and south from this place. To the north of the village a good section has been effected by the water of the More in the high gravel bank, which affords the following appearance ; on a level with the bed of the river the bank is composed of avery tough arenaceous conglomerate, composed of pink quartz sand connected with a ferruginous cement, capped by a layer several feet thick of a coarse gravel composed of rolled pieces of white and translucent quartz, pisiform iron ore and a few pieces of decomposing felspar, the whole firmly embedded in a ferruginous sand, which is again covered with nodules of kunkur. The bed of the river is in places quite black with magnetic iron dust which clings in clusters to a magnet. —— oo 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rdjmahal Hills. 561 The More is about half a mile across with a small but brisk stream of pure water; the southern cutliers of the Rajmahal hills are visible to the north-west, distant twenty-four miles. In the village I saw large heaps of coal that had been brought by a zemindar from the Ajye river, distant forty miles, to be used for burning bricks. 17th December, 1850.—Direction west, ten miles to Sury, the civil station and capital town of the district Birbhum. The whole march lay through a highly cultivated and well wooded country. Sury is a moderate sized native town situate on an extensive ridge of gravel, composed of quartz felspar, silvery mica and a great abund- ance of pisiform iron ore; the whole lying upon granite, which is seen cropping out from the gravel one mile north of the station. As far as the eye can see to the north, the country appears composed of long undulating ridges, running east and west, well wooded and backed by the Rajmahal Hills. 18th December, 1850.—Direction north-west eight miles to Nag- gulia. As before observed the granite is met with one mile from the station, it has about seventy-five per cent. of felspar in its composition, with translucent quartz and silvery mica. Pass through Ratangarh a small village on the right bank of the More, but which in Arrow- smith’s large map is made to appear on the left bank; at this village I passed under two large kuchla or Strychnos nux vomica trees, whose branches were bending under the weight of large clusters of their tempting orange looking, but deadly poisonous fruit. Naggulia is situated on the summit of one of the numerous ridges that generally extend throughout the western portion of the district ; they are in general from ten to fifteen miles in length, and from thirty to fifty feet in height; the valleys between averaging from the crest of one ridge to the crest of another about five miles in width ; the ridges are invariably covered with a forest of sakua trees, a species of shorea, and assan, with naked rocks of quartz, felspar, gneiss, dykes of green- stone, hornstone, occasional actinolite and nodular iron stone, the latter disintegrating, forms the pisiform iron ore so plentifully found spread over the country, and which forms the finest natural roads possible to conceive ; unlike kankar roads which are always liable after continued rain to run into holes from the pounded lime re-crystallizing, these 4c 562 Notes upon a tour through the Rajymahal Hills. [|No. 7. roads are improved by rain, it being the agent by which the red oxide which is always forming on the surface of the ore by the absorption of oxygen is spread over the incoherent particles, which are soon united into a hard mass. Three miles in an easterly direction from Naggulia on the left or northern bank of the More River and opposite the village of Kattanga and near a village named Tangsuli, is a small bed of sandstone with minute threads of coal and an abundance of bituminous shale wedged in between gneiss rocks. Three miles north of Naggulia are two small gneiss hills named Parjore ; from the summit of which there is a good view. Rajmahal Hills, 16th January, 1851.—Direction west six miles to Sadipur Buharow. The road is along the right bank of the More River through Sakua Jungle and cultivation ; passed some fine Strychnos and soondree trees, from the latter is obtained a bright red dye chiefly used in dying wools and silk ; the bushes on the banks of the River were laden with Abrus precatorius, bearing the pretty red and black bead-like seed. At the second mile crossed the More, a broad river about five hundred yards in width during the rainy season, but now a wilderness of sand with a small but cheerful stream of water. At Kumardah on the left bank of the river about eighty light boats are built during the year, they are then laden with charcoal and during the rainy season floated down to Cutwa on the Bhagiratti; the char- coal is highly remunerative but the boats merely sell for their prime cost. The presence of steamers on the Ganges and Bhagiratti have much reduced the number of boats that were formerly built at this place. The wood used in building the boats is sal, which is brought from the plains and hills of Tuppeh Belpatta, a few miles to the north- west of the village, that grown on the hills being considered the hard- est and most durable. Immediately after the first heavy fall of rain in June, and after the dangerous bore called the Hurpa has passed down, immense rafts of small timber, fire-wood and bamboos are floated down the river to- wards the Bhagiratti. The Hurpa above mentioned is a huge wave caused by a sudden fall of rain in the hills which rushes down the dry bed of the river with a tremendous roar, throwing up in front of itself a cloud of dry sand; natives and cattle are said to be drowned every year by this wave. 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hills. 963 Sadipur is situated on the left bank of the More and opposite to the mouth of the Sidh Nallah, in the bed of which nall4h and about six miles above its confluence with the More, a bed of coal and a hot spring are reported. I did not visit the spot. The village is immedi- ately under a confused cluster of low and well wooded and bamboo clothed gneiss hills. The gneiss is of a very fine grain with salmon colored felspar which imparts to the rock a cheerful and lively color. 17th January, 1851.—Direction north; ten miles to Bunprassi. At the commencement of the march entered a dense jungle a mile in width under the Kulang hills, which jungle lies in the beat of a small herd of wild elephants which frequent this part of the country, the herd is said to consist of one male, several females and their young ones. These animals create much alarm in the villages lying along their beat, many of which have been lately deserted on account of the total destruction of the rice fields and in some instances of the huts of the Sonthals, which being probably covered with leguminous or cucurbitaceus creepers have tempted the elephants to tear down and devour their tempting and verdant covering. The whole march, which was across country, lays along the base of the Belpatta hills through an undulating country with numerous vil- lages, much cultivation and no jungle; a large quantity of Mahia (Bassia latifolia) trees occupy the stony and gravel ridges. The whole country is cut up by ravines, every where displaying vertically arranged gneiss which in spots is highly contorted ; a broad dyke of greenstone about one hundred yards broad runs parallel to the hills for six miles or as far as Prasbuni. A small range of sandstone hills named Ramgarh two or three miles to the east of Prasbuni appear well wooded and in spots cleared for cultivation by the hill-men residing on their summits. Towards the centre of the range a soft greasy white rock is quarried and exported to Calcutta, Moorshedabad and to other places, where it is used for white washing, writing on wooden boards by schoolboys, or for orna- menting pottery and toys. 18th January, 1851.—Direction north-west to Jhilmillee on the left bank of the Brahmani river; ten miles. Passed through the same sort of country as yesterday, except that upon nearing Pudma the ground becomes much more broken up by ravines, greenstone dykes 4c 2 564 Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. (No.7. and gneiss rocks; the mahua trees still giving the landscape a park- like appearance. Passed through several Sonthal villages, in each of which were a profusion of poultry, pigs, buffaloes, cattle and pigeons ; small patches of tobacco and large fields of mustard. Tall castor oil plants surrounded the log huts which are thatched with rice straw. The Sonthal women, wherever they have an opportunity, pay great respect to the elephant ; I have seen them place their young children on the footsteps of the animal whilst they themselves bowed down to the ground touching the earth with their foreheads. At a village I passed yesterday the women in a large body stopped a very fine and large male elephant that was carrying my tents, and insisted upon ren- dering him all due honor which they did with much noise and laughter, smearing his noble forehead with vermilion and oil. From Kurma Tand there is a fine view of the Débragpur range of carboniferous hills to the north and lying within the Damin-i-koh boundary. From Kurma Tand the descent to the Brahmini River is very rapid being about a hundred feet in a couple of miles; large masses of a fine grained gneiss protrude from an iron bound soil. Crossed the Brahmini River a small stream about one hundred and twenty feet broad, of which only twelve feet was occupied by water, the rest being sand. This river forms the southern boundary to the Damin-i-koh ; on the left bank at the ghaut or ford of which stands a small log bungalow erected by Mr. Pontet who has charge of the Rajmahal Hills. From Jhilmilli which is a fine Sonthal village, proceeded eastward for six miles to visit the Domanpur coal beds which are exposed in the bed of the Brahmini river. The following is a roughly estimated section of the bed on the northern or left bank of the river. Feet. Inches. Red Earth, SOND ADD. G5 OY DRG 2A 0 Stratum of builictaitrie Troon; SYUT. ae Sea 0 Grey Clay which is licked by the cuettelt PACU ae iek 6 Scott eray*sandstone, ieeyeee vous 0GL el 0 Good Coal, . we ONES SUD. TEE RE NE 6 Purple, bide! aed waved site sith nests of Iron ore, 4 0 The jungle in the vicinity of the coal consists principally of termina- 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 565 lias, such as asan, bahira and iburra, all of which are burnt for char- coal by the iron smelters belonging to Belpattaéh who live within sight of the coal, but who cannot be induced to use it, being afraid as they say of the ‘‘ Boot’’ or demons of the forests. 19th January, 1851.—Direction north, four miles, to Katiktnd. The tract of land passed over is partly cultivated, here and there cut up by ravines but is well populated being studded with Sonthal vil- laces, besides small patches of Asun jungle. This tract of land bordered by the Brahminee River to the south and west, and by the Iri Nallah to the north and east, and containing twenty-five square miles is claimed by Sumar Sing, a stipendiary hill chief, residing at Gango, under the Singhi Math hill in Tuppeh Bel- patta, he receives ten rupees from Government per mensem although residing outside the Damin Boundary. It appears that all the Pergunnahs lying contiguous to the hills have lost land, by Government having included the hills within a boundary as pointed out by the Zemindars in 1832, at which period all the land lying immediately under the hills as well as a portion of the outer hills which in reality did belong to the Zemindars and not to the hill-men were covered with an almost impenetrable jungle, and little imagining that the land could or ever would be cleared were careless in defining their boundaries. ‘The Damin-i-koh boundary after a great deal of trouble was settled, the Sonthals from the south were admitted; be- tore whose axes the forest disappeared in a few years; the wild beasts that had been the terror of these hitherto unexplored wilds were soon destroyed by the arrows of the omnivorous Sonthal, the land was sown and being a virgin soil yielded large returns ; the Zemindars seeing these facts before their eyes and seeing themselves fairly ousted from their own land, nevertheless by their own consent, for each Zemindar on the boundary signed an agreement. as to the correctness of the 1832 boundary, are now beginning to repent of their hastiness in having signed away their land and are endeavouring to recover what can never be theirs again. That the land did belong to the Zemindars there is no doubt, as large masses of the hills are still known by the names of the neighbouring Pergunnahs, and Pergunnah Sulténabdd lying on the East of the hills has acknowledged land, about five thousand acres, lying on the Western side of the hills ; and the valley known as the 566 Notes upon a tour through the Rajymahal Hilis. [No. 7. Pachwara pass and now entirely occupied by Sonthals, in former days connected the parent Pergunnah with its now detached bantling. Katicund is situated upon high ground a few hundred yards from the Iru Naddie; several Bengali grain-dealers live in the village, who buy mustard seed and rice from the Sonthals, but for a price far below its true value; the grain is exported to Sury. Near Mr. Pontet’s bungalow at Katicund are several heaps of carved stones the remains of an ancient temple; the stones have been brought from the neighbouring northern hills distant about three miles and are of a coarse red sandstone embedding masses of glossy quartz. The sculptures represent what I imagine to be the naked priests or Digambar of the Jains ; the carvings are of the rudest workmanship and are very numerous. The carved stones are arranged so as to form two hollow squares of about twelve feet square, and a few feet apart, both of which are covered with thatched roofs and surmounted by Shiva’s trident. The Bengalis have established a Brahman to take charge of these groups which together with several Lingams have been dedicated to Shiva and are well smeared with ghee and vermilion. The stones have been originally held together with metal clamps; as the mortises at their angles show, but no trace of the metal appears. The stone kallas or series of circles for the summit of the temple are well carved, resembling huge cog-wheels, and are of the same style as those found amongst the rude and ancient ruins on the Mundar Hill in Bhaugalpur; on the Kowa Dhole of Behar and that are so plen- tifully distributed throughout all the hills of that zillah. The remains of this temple is the only piece of antiquity in this neighbourhood, and the natives of these parts affirm that in former days this was a populous and well-cultivated country, that it then became overrun with jungle and was deserted, and that it was only beginning to be again populated, cleared and cultivated. Of the truth or probability of such a change having taken place we have no reason to doubt, for every one who has travelled in India must have seen temples, caves and forts which must have cost much time, labor and expense in their construction, and which in their ar- rangement and high finish show an amount of intelligence and indus- try quite wonderful, now given up to the wild hill tribes, or buried in deep jungles. 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hills. 567 20th January, 1851.—Direction north-west fourteen miles to Kend- weh, on the western side of the hills, and at the entrance of the Pach- ward Pass or Valley. The country passed over to-day undulates con- siderably, and is much broken by ravines, a good road has been cut by Mr. Pontet mostly through a stiff brick red soil; crossed several streams all with rocky bottoms, each affording good sections of the country which is composed of gneiss of great beauty especially that in the Gumré Naddi. Passed to the west of the Dhannia -hill at the foot of which, near a village named Undhasol, is a collection of carved stones similar to those at Katicund and evidently from the same ruined temple. Two miles north-east of the Dhannia hill in the Gumra Naddi are beds of coal discovered by Mr. Pontet in 1846 ; two miles north of the same hill and near the Nargunje Bungalow and in the same nallah are other beds of coal also discovered by Mr. Pontet in 1840. The view of the Mahuagarhi range of sandstone hills to the right of the road is particularly fine, the height above the sea of the trigo- nometrical point on the summit of the western peak is about 1,500 feet. From Gowrapuhar village at the foot of Mahudgarhi and whence there is an extensive view of the plains of Bhaugalpur of the Mundar and Noony hills, the descent to Kendweh is very sudden. Three miles in an easterly direction from the Kendweh Bungalow, at the village of Burgo on the banks of the Banshie Naddi there is a bed of coal lying upon gneiss. 2ist January, 1851.—Direction north twelve miles to Burwa4. The road is over very broken and raviney ground; numerous running streams flowing from the hills and a good deal of jungle, the principal trees of which were asun, agye, dhamin and dhow ; crossed the Ban- hie river which flows westward through the Pachwara pass. The road travelled over to-day was cut by Mr. Pontet and passes through nume- rous Sonthal villages, around which were fine sheets of cultivation, comprising mustard, gram, cotton and junera, the latter cut and stacked. The views along this march are particularly pleasing, espe- cially near the Bokraban Bungalow which stands onthe banks of a small hill stream and buried in a dense jungle in which I observed some very fine sal and semul trees. The numerous pure and gushing 568 Notes upon a tour through the Rajymahal Hills. _ [No. 7. hill streams met with on this march have a most pleasing effect upon the Indian traveller, who is generally doomed to dry water courses and drier roads. The village of Burwa, where I halted, is under a small gneiss hil- lock ; which together with its small patches of cultivation are buried in a pretty forest. Observing a tuft of straw tied to a tree in the jungle I enquired of the manji the meaning or use of it, he informed me that whenever a Sonthal is desirous of protecting a patch of jungle from the axes of the villagers, or a patch of grass from being grazed over, or a newly sown field from being trespassed upon, he erects a bamboo in his patch of grass or field, to which is affixed a tuft of straw, or in the case of jungle some prominent and lofty tree has the same prohibitory mark attached, which mark is well understood and strictly observed by all parties interested. On my arrival at the village, the whole female population came out with their families to see the elephants and white faces. Amongst the party of lookers-on was a very pretty young Sonthal girl, she did not belong to this place but had just arrived on a visit from her own vil- lage, and as she recognised many of her old friends she saluted them in the following manner; running up to her newly discovered friend she threw herself down on her knees and laid her head upon the feet of the saluted ; who in return stooped down and spreading her two hands over the kneeling girl carried them with the tips of her fingers turned in towards the palm of the hand to her own head, where she held them until the pretty visitor rose from her kneeling position, when they immediately commenced talking, examining each other’s bracelets, hair-combs and other ornaments. This graceful salutation was repeat- ed to each female acquaintance in rapid succession. Upon my at- tempting to sketch a few faces the whole party decamped; the know- ledge of the dislike of the Sonthal to have his face drawn I subse- quently turned to a good account, as I was always able at any given moment to disperse a crowd that had become troublesome by merely producing a sketch book and pencil; the hill men and women on the contrary will upon being asked throw off their clothes, sit or stand in any posture to have their likenesses taken. In the afternoon I entered a thick forest of assan and chironji at 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 569 the base of the Tatukpara hill, half an hour’s sharp climbing by a steep footpath brought me to the summit of the hill; the hill village of Tatukpara which the year before had stood on the summit of the hill had consequent upon the death of a villager, been removed half way down into the valley. From the old site there is a capital view to the eastward of a fine cultivated valley which has been occupied and cleared by Sonthals ; this valley is backed by a range of hills studded in every direction with hill villages, the sides and tops of the hills cleared and occupied by large sheets of cultivation cleared by the indefatigable hill-men, and cleared in spots where it is barely possible to walk as I had good proof in returning to my tents down by another road. From Tatukpara I counted thirty hill villages perched either on the summits or on the slopes of the hills, whilst the villages of the bashful and quiet Sonthals were seen far down in the secluded valleys ; on this hill there is a fine collection of trees of a very large growth, the principal of which are mango, fan-leaf palm, tamarind, kurm, pipal, al or moringa, asan and cheronji; of crops there were the remains of tobacco, Indian corn, junera, bora bean and kahar dall ; the level ground had been ploughed. The road up the hill was over compact basalt and masses of iron stone overlying gneiss ; a mile to the north the descent from the hill was over sandstone overlying basalt, the sandstone appearing as a small precipice in the middle of a field or cleared space on the hill side, the rock is of a pale color nearly white and of a very fine texture. The basalt which forms a great portion of the southern and central hills appears to have intruded in upon and to have much disturbed the sandstone and coal beds. The field above alluded to was one of the numerous cleared hill sides on which the hill-emen produce as good crops as their low-land neighbours, it was so very steep that no one of the party could descend without holding on by the stumps of trees or by the long kirbee stalks, grass or rocks, any loose stone removed from its place rolled to the bottom of the hill. From the forest at the foot of the hill large quantities of the peear or peeal, the delicious little fruit of the Chironjee sapida, are collected by the Sonthals and sold to the buniahs of the plains. This fruit which is dried as a raisin and considered by the rich natives as a great delicacy, sells for eight annas the seer in the Behar and Bhaugalpur 4 D 270 Notes upon a tour through the Rijmahal Hills. — [No. 7. districts ; but the buniaihs only give the Sonthal weight for weight in rice for this expensive luxury. A seer of peear is worth eight annas, a seer of rice is worth one pice, so that only one thirty-second portion of its true value is given tothe Sonthal. 22nd January, 1851.—Direction north. Passed a bungalow at Chundna at the second mile, and from thence struck in under the hills through a series of wild jungly ravines, and amongst gneiss hil- locks and over greenstone dykes to Sandari Kulan, a fine large Son- thal village situate close under the hills, and surrounded by sheets of mustard cultivation. The village is about one mile in length, being one long street one house deep, with about one hundred family enclo- sures, each enclosure occupying from four to five log-wood houses. These enclosures are made with the green boughs of the Sakua; planted in the ground and tied together they keep each family dis- tinct from its neighbours; they generally contain a Sonthal and his wife ; several married children and their families ; a pig stye, buffalo shed and a dovecot ; a wooden stand holds the water-pots, the water from which is used for drinking or cooking, there is also a rude wooden press for expressing oil from the mustard seed.. In a corner of the yard there will probably be a plough, or a couple of solid wheeled carts, whilst numbers of pigs and poultry are seen in every direction. Hach of these enclosures contained on an average ten souls thus giving a population of one thousand to Siindari. The street is planted on each side with the pungent sohajna, which tree is a great favorite with the Sonthal. The numerous pig-styes and great abundance of poultry in the village, proclaim the absence of caste amongst this free and unshackled and un-priest-ridden tribe. Close to my tent I witnessed a sample of their religion, as con- nected with their harvest rejoicings ; it was a wild and extraordinary proceeding, and was as follows. Two men with dishevelled hair and with their heads hanging down as if in the attitude of deep thought, sat under a small shed a few hundred vards from the village; a drum- mer was beating furiously upon a Sonthal kettle-drum, who gave an extra thump on his instrument as occasional offerings of grain in small leaf bowls were presented by various Sonthals from the village, to a small stone erected in front of the shed; when the number of . . | 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. o71 offerings had reached to about fifty, the two men under the shed, whom I now perceived were shaking as if possessed with a violent ague, commenced shrieking in a horrid manner ; several Sonthals immediately rushed forward and commenced asking the shaking men numerous questions, which were sometimes answered by words, but oftener by loud screams ; a favorable crisis appeared to bave arrived at Jast as both the men springing up from the ground with the most demoniacal yells and fearful bodily contortions, led out a small black male kid, whose head at one stroke of a sword, one of the mad or possessed men severed from its body ; before the body could fall to the ground the second screamer who held the string that was tied round the kid’s neck, rushed forward and caught it in his arms ; lift- ing it off the ground with his left hand, he grasped the neck with the right hand so as to check the flow of blood from the severed arteries ; he then walked up to the small leaf dishes containing the offerings, withdrew his right hand, and from the spouting arteries filled as many of the cups as the flow of blood would permit ; the body and limbs of the kid writhing and kicking convulsively a great portion of the time. Having finished this disgusting scene a question was again put by the Mangi of the village to the sacrificer, as to whether the deity was pleased, and whether he was ready for the dance ; the answer was in the affirmative ; upon which, one of the possessed men had a green bamboo placed in his two hands which were raised high in the air over his head, and the word being given by the Mangi to go and call out the villagers to drink and dance in honor of their deity, the man tore away at a furious pace, his hands over his head, screaming in a most horrid manner. The villagers received the summons and repair- ed male and female to join in the dance which took place at the place of sacrifice. I subsequently ascertained that the shaking fits betokened excessive thought or contemplation, and that men fast for two, three and even for ten days to bring themselves into a state of half wildness, during which period they are supposed to answer any questions put to them, not through their own power or by their own knowledge, but through the power of the deity possessing them, which in this case appears to have been the spirit of Bora Mangia deceased and canonized Mangi and formerly a chief amongst them. 4p 2 §72 Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. [No. 7. Towards evening I revisited the dance and found the whole party very drunk ; I was asked for money for more drink, which I threw to them from my elephant. In the evening I crossed the Gimani nallah, a deep hill stream, which has cut its bed through contorted gneiss, and ascended the basaltic hill on which is situate the hill village Jola ; the view to the north and east is very beautiful, every hill appearing capped by a vil- Jage surrounded by fine mango and fan-leaf palm trees; much jun- gle has been cleared away from all the hill sides for the cultivation of junera and Indian corn. In the village of Jola I had much difficulty in making any of the women, who seldom understand or speak Hindustani, comprehend what we wanted ; the men were all out, either hunting, cutting tim- ber, fishing or attending the markets; after having examined the interior of several houses, a young man at last appeared to whom were presented a few trifles such as German suuff boxes, needles, thread, buttons, beads, bodkins, and lastly a dram of brandy; this last gift opened his heart and set loose his tongue ; presents were then distri- buted to the women who now flocked in numbers to the spot where I stood, the presents consisting of bead necklaces, needles and sewing cotton for the women and bright metal buttons of all kinds of gaudy patterns for the children. The young man at my request showed me the interior of his house, and introduced me to his wife, who was busy cooking in the centre of the one room, which constitutes the entire house ; the hill houses in general are very neat, being composed of either matting, hurdle, or thin sticks, sometimes smeared with mud to keep out the wind, the whole supported by stout timbers upon which rests a lofty hogbacked roof with very low eaves; the doors are in the gables and are protected by verandahs; the roofs are pitch- ed at a singularly obtuse angle giving great width to the house. The rafters of the present house were covered with heads of Indian corn, junera, and beans; against one of the mat walls hung a pair of small antlers with four tynes each, serving as brackets for holding bows and arrows, and a few other light articles. A large drum hung in one corner, a fire was burning in the centre of the room, the smoke from which had blackened every rafter, beam, and bamboo in the house, across the hut was slung a grass hammock, in which the hill people 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hills. 573 sleep during the rainy and hot seasons; the hammock was twelve feet in length, six feet in width when opened, and was netted; each mesh being a foot in length. I examined the fabric and found it to consist of the fibre of the Bauhinea scandens—a small fishing net and creel hung in another corner, for the hill-men descend the hills and fish in the small torrents but they never capture any thing larger than a moderate-sized minnow. One old woman I observed was afflicted with an enormous goitre. 23rd January, 1851.—Direction north-east eight miles to Dhuma- turi where there is a bungalow. Upon leaving Stndari, entered a thick jungle of asan, and cross- ed the Gtimani or Jamuni by a difficult and steep ghaut; the elephants were obliged to break their way through the jungle there being no road ; skirted some low gneiss hills through a small village named Manikbaithan to the banks of the Guimdani, which nalla4h we had to cross again ; but finding no possibility of getting out of the bed of the nallah after having with great difficulty got down into it, I travelled down the stream for a short distance, and on the left bank discovered a bed of slaty coal with its associated shales and sand stones; one mile further north of this spot and under the Chuper- bhita hill, I found three more beds of coal, both on the right and left banks of the nallah—one bed is a few hundred yards from a spirit shop on Mr. Pontet’s new road leading into the hills through the Dhumaturi or Chuperbhita pass, and where the Domra nallah falls into the Gimani. ‘The best burning coal was that first found; that found immediately to the west of a small Sonthal village named Mor- jor is also good. The existence of this coal has hitherto been unknown, and as the beds are situated in the Chuperbhita pass, and under the hill of the same name, I propose to call them the Chuperbhita coal fields. There is little doubt that this coal is but a continuation of the Burgo, Du- brajpur and Harrah coal beds which produce a slaty inferior mineral. A heap of the coal and shale, the latter highly bituminous, weigh- ing about thirty pounds burnt with a cheerful flame for three hours in the open air; the coal resolved itself into a fine white ash, the shale of course remained unchanged in shape. 574 Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. [No. 7. All the beds dip to the north-east at a considerable angle, but at one of the beds I noticed the shale and sandstone so disturbed that the strata formed a saddle ; the anticlinal line running east and west ; the disturbing agent does not appear, but is very probably the neigh- bouring basalt. The following section was observed at this spot on the bank of the stream—~Red ‘earth,........0... 2. s08hie oe abieets Black bituminous shale alternating with a coarse white sandstone embedding masses of waterworn quartz, ...... 12 do. Direction of strata east and west. The village of Dhamini is surrounded on three sides by flat-topped hills, which are thickly covered with hill villages. To the east is the commencement of the great central valley whose bounding hills to the east are seen five miles distant. Some very fine saul trees have been preserved by Mr. Pontet near the bungalow, whose grand proportions give an idea of what the forest must have been before the advent of the Sonthals. In the forest at the foot of the Chuperbhita hill, I saw some very fine and large specimens of the Mimosa siris. During the march, passed over several extensive kunkur (nodular limestone) beds lying upon the almost naked gneiss rocks. 24th January, 1851.—Direction north-east to Burhyte ; at start- ing entered a small patch of asun jungle, at the second mile crossed a small hill torrent in the bed of which a small fragment of a basaltic column was found. The road the whole march was over compact basalt, occasionally decomposing into spherical masses each with a hard ferruginous nucleus. The soil at the fourth mile, becomes darker and at Burhyte it is the regur or cotton soil of the Dekkan. Passed through several fine Sonthal villages, namely, Kusméh on the banks of the Gimani which stands at the ford; Kadmah, Gopladih, Hindoadih and Sonajori. Burhyte the capital town of the hills, is a substantial Sonthal vil- lage with a large population, and about fifty families of Bengali traders ; there is a good bazar, and two markets are held during the week, There is also a tank and Mr. Pontet has planted a plot of ground with potatoes. Burhyte is situated in the centre of the great valley which extends 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 575 twenty-four miles north and south, with an average width of five miles, and is surrounded on every side by hills, through which there are several narrow passes leading into the plains ; one pass is to the south-west, the Chuperbhita pass; the second is the Mujhwa or Mur- cha Ghat to the north-west, or that leading to Bhaugalpur ; and one the Ghatiiri pass, to the immediate east of Burhyte, leading to Rajmahal and Junipur through Kankjole ; and a fourth pass to the south-east or the Murgo Ghat, leading through Umbar to Junipur ; and a fifth, to the north-east, leading over the hills to Rajmahal ; besides these five regular passes through all of which Mr. Pontet has cut good carriage roads there are numerous footpaths leading over and along the hills. From Burhyte, large quantities of rice, bora beans (Dolichos eat- jang), Indian corn, mustard and several oil seeds are conveyed away in carts by Bengalis to Jangipur, on the Bhagiratti; and in return for these grains, the Sonthals are paid in money, salt, tobacco, beads, or cloth. The soil around Burhyte is the deep black cotton soil, pro- ducing luxuriant crops of rice, Indian corn, junera, beans, koorthee, tobacco, gram and mustard. The united waters of the Gumani flowing from the south, the Morel or Morang flowing from the northern portion of the valley, as far as to the very neighbourhood of the Motijharna hill, overhanging the Ganges at Sikrigalli ; meet at Burhyte and with a sudden turn to the east leave the hills by the Ghatiiri pass, under the name of the Gimani Nallah: which flowing through re falls into the Ganges near Farru ka thanah. The beds of the streams flowing through the valley are of great depth, perhaps thirty feet, but are nevertheless liable tu be filled to overflowing, as was the case in 1845; when the Morel overflowed its banks, swamped the whole of the northern portion of the valley, drowning about five hundred head of cattle and forty Sonthals. These floods only occur when very heavy rain falls in the northern hills, and are periodical, happening about once in five years. This valley viewed from any of the surrounding hills, affords an admirable example of what can be done with natives, when their na- tural industry and perseverance are guarded and encouraged by kind- ness. When Mr. Pontet took charge of the hills in 1835, this valley 576 Notes upon a Tour through the Réjmahal Hills. (No. 7. was a wilderness, inhabited here and there by hill-men, the remainder was overrun with heavy forest, in which wild elephants and tigers were numerous ; but now in 1851 several hundred substantial Sonthal vil- lages with an abundance of cattle, and surrounded by luxuriant crops, occupy the hitherto neglected spot, the hill-men have with a few exceptions retired to the hills, being either unwilling to be near the Sonthal, whom the hill-man despises, or courting that privacy they could not enjoy in a cultivated plain, have yielded up the fertile plain to their more industrious and energetic neighbours. The smaller valleys leading out of the main or large valley still afford abundant pasturage to large droves of buffaloes, that are driven in from the plains of Bhaugalpur; the Zemindars paying the Son- thals five rupees per hundred head of cattle, for the right of depas- turing the jungle from the month of December to April. I met Mr. Pontet this day at Burkyte and in his company attended the Friday market, that was established by him a few years ago. The amount of grain, the produce of the valley, exposed for sale was very great ; numerous carts from Jangipur on the Bhagiratti were in attendance to convey it away towards Murshedabad, and eventually to Calcutta from whence much of the mustard that is grown in these hills is exported to England. Besides grain of various kinds, there was a fair display of sugar- cane, salt, lac, dammer or rosin, brass pots and bangles, beads, tobacco, sugar, vegetables, chillies, tamarinds and spices; potatoes, onions, ginger, cotton, thread and cloth, the latter in great abundance. Two miles north of the village and extending for a mile east and west and immediately under a range of basaltic hills, is a bed of chal- cedony, agate balls, cornelian and quartz crystals. The agate and chalcedony affect the hollow globular form, which globes, upon being broken open, display the quartz crystals pointing inwards, some of the crystals are of great beauty, resembling amethysts, being of a bright violet color probably owing to the presence of one of the oxides of manganese. The crystals vary in size from those of a microscopic fineness to several inches in length, and of a corresponding thickness. The Sonthals have ploughed in amongst this curious collection of natural gems, any one of which would be an ornament to a geologist’s cabinet, many of the globes have been fractured, displaying in the sunshine a brilliant assemblage of sparkling crystals. 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. 577 The agate balls are of all sizes, some only a few ounces in weight, whilst others weigh several hundred pounds. At the village of Khurwa and underlying this bed of agates is a bed of wacke enclosing small balls of chalcedony and stilbite; the wacke passes into a very beautiful clinkstone, of a homogenous tex- ture of a pale salmon or dove colour, rings under the hammer, is easily broken, and fracture highly conchoidal ; it is found in large slabs six and eight feet in length, also in small parallelograms and wedge-like splinters. If this stone could be found in any quantity it would be a highly valuable discovery, as from its natural fracture or stratification, the stone would be highly prized for many domestic purposes. A quantity of this stone was taken a few years ago to Bhaugalpur for the purpose of ornamenting a tank, but at a fearful sacrifice of bullock life; many of which animals belonging to the Sonthals perish- ed from being overloaded ; the Sonthals have a bitter recollection of the transaction, as they say they were never remunerated for the loss of their cattle. 25th January, 1851.—Went on an elephant with Mr. Pontet five miles in a North Easterly direction, to see a cave which lies in a small valley. Crossed the Gumani Nullah, flowing to the East over a culti- vated country to the entrance of the valley; the scenery about this spot is particularly pleasing, the hills have sufficient height to display the forests growing on their sides and summits to advantage, and the plain is beautifully wooded with large trees, that have escaped being felled by the Sonthals when clearing the forest. In one of these trees I saw a pair of very large wood-pigeons called by the natives Begum Hurryel; they are unknown in the plains outside the hills. After a short scramble through jungle and over broken basalt and agate, we arrived at a black wall-like precipice about fifty feet in height, composed of basaltic columns over which a feeble trickle of water spread itself, imparting to the rocks a pitchy hue. High up the rocks two pakur fig trees have taken root, and thrown down from their posi- tion, long and elegant rope like roots forty feet in length, whose silvery whiteness contrasts well with the black columns. On the summit of the precipice are some very fine naked armed sterculias, and at the base of the precipice is a cave named Seer Gadi forty feet in length, 4 E 578 Notes upon a tour through the Rijmahal Hills. [No. 7. twenty in depth, and about five feet six inches in height; the roof of which is composed of the basis of the columns. The cave is dedi- cated to Mahadewa whose emblem the Lingum, is seen in the cave. The Lingums of which there are a great number, the walls and roof, are besmeared with red lead and ghee; the floors and walls in the vicinity of the Lingums are in a wretched state of filth, from the quantity of goat’s blood, which has been sprinked about in every direction; the blood being that of victims offered up by Sonthals, hill-men, and Hin- dus indiscriminately. The cave is kept by a Brahman from Chitow- lia in the plains, and clears about one hundred Rupees yearly, the produce of votive offerings, principally presented by the Hindus from the plains. A small well has been sunk in a mountain torrent close by, for the reception of drinking water. Immediately at the foot of the precipice stood the half of a hand- some agate ball, a foot in diameter, filled with pure water, which falling drop by drop from the columns, afforded the attendant Brahman a cool and, as he imagined, a holy beverage. The basaltic columns are very irregularly crystallized, exceedingly tough and are marked or are indented with numerous and minute broken vescicles. From the cave we mounted the hill and after a walk of four miles in a southerly direction along the summit, through a very pretty forest and fearful spear grass, we descended at the southern spur over an extensive land-slip that occurred during the great flood of 1845; the Sonthals and hill-men who were with us say, that it descended during the night attended with great noise. ‘The forest is completely rooted up for several hundred yards along the face of the hill, displaying large mounds of red gravel, clay and masses of basalt. Thermometer 43° Faht. at sunrise. 26th January, 1851.—Thermometer at sunrise 46° Faht. Early this morning Mr. Pontet kindly drove me in his Buggy to Ghutiari, which lies six miles south-east from Burhyte, and is on the eastern side of the hills; to clear which we passed through the Ghutiari Ghaut, which is a good carriage road running between very prettily wooded basaltic hills capped with hill villages. The whole of the drive was through a well cultivated and populated country, and prettily 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rdjmahal Hills. 579 wooded. A Sonthal although he does clear away the forest in a most masterly style, has the good taste to spare all the useful and ornament- al trees when of any decent size, this always imparts a park-like ap- pearance to the Sonthal clearances. At the village of Khulouna, the Sonthals have dammed up a sluggish stream whose bed has thus become a very deep body of water, abound- ing in fish, which has attracted numerous fishing eagles, which we saw busy at their avocation. At this same village, Mr. Pontet has planted a large field of potatoes, in the hopes of inducing the Sonthals to take a fancy to the vegetable, and pay some attention to its cultivation, but no persuasion hitherto used, has been forcible enough to induce the Sonthal to give themselves the trouble to raise this crop, which would meet with ready purchasers in the Bengalis; they say ‘“‘ We do not want the potatoe.” At this spot is a small Shola swamp (aschynomene paludosa) but no one makes any use of this useful water plant ; lower Bengal, I imagine; supplying all the wants of the surrounding country. The Bungalow at Ghutiari is only five miles from the eastern bounda- ry of the hilly tract. Buffaloes from their superior strength, are preferred by the Sonthal§ both for agricultural purposes as well as for draught, to the common grey cattle, which latter animals are readily exchanged with the Hin- dus from the plains, who import buffaloes for that purpose, all the solid wheeled carts if possible are drawn by buffaloes. The Sonthal in the construction of his solid wheeled cart, and in the mode of loading it, shows an utter contempt or ignorance of all rules of mechanics; the cart consists of two wheels, composed of two or three pieces of wood, each put together so as to form a solid wheel three feet in diameter; these wheels are supported at a distance of four feet apart by a wooden axle, on to which and three feet apart are pegged two long saplings or bamboos fifteen feet in length ; these bamboos forming the whole body of the cart are at the other extremi- ty tied together, and attached to the yoke that rests on the buffaloes’ necks. The wheels being at one extremity of the poles, and the other end reposing on the buffaloes’ necks as a fulcrum, leaves fifteen feet of unsupported length as the body of the cart, on which are imposed heavy burdens of rice, packed in huge and ingeniously made straw 4E2 580 Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. (No.7. baskets or rather straw rope balls, five feet in diameter, and as the driver almost invariably adds his own weight by standing on the cart, a ruinous and cruel weight is thus thrown upon the necks of the draught animals and upon the body of the cart, which bends and springs under the weight, whilst the wheels which are at the utter ex- treme of the bamboos are pressed outwards and backwards and seem inclined to fly from their position, which they would do with great force if relieved by their retaining wooden pegs. When it is intended to convey grass, rice in the ear, or any other crop on these carts, a few sticks are interwoven with the two skeleton longitudinal bamboos, so as to form a temporary retaining body to the cart. No iron or other metal is ever used in the construction of these carts ; wooden pegs and twisted grass string serving all the purposes to which metal is put by a wheelwright. The plough in like manner is a simple but effectual instrument, con- sisting of a crooked block of wood, fitted with a still more crooked wooden handle, and a light beam from six to nine feet in length; the share is a small bar of soft iron a foot in length and one inch in width, one end of which is hammered into a wedge-like shape, this is the cutting part, the other or blunt end, is shipped into a groove in the foot of the plough, where with the aid of two small iron clamps laid across the grove to prevent it flying upwards, it is retained by the pressure conveyed to it during its passage through the soil. The deep- est furrow ploughed with these instruments is about four inches. Two buffaloes draw the plough and one man guides it, after the day’s work the Sonthal shoulders his plough and walks home. 27th January, 1851.—Thermometer 46° at sunrise. General direction north west, twelve miles. The distance gained this march was only twelve miles, though twenty miles of ground was gone over. At Burhyte, crosses the Gumani river, exposing basalt in its bed ; to Kuksi two miles in a northerly direction, over a well cultivated country. From thence west, over a spur of the low basaltic hills, offshoots from the high Sunjori hills to Telaki, situate in a valley or cul de sac formed by the Sunjori and Mori range of hills. Near the village of Tela- kee, are two trees situate in a jungle on the banks of a nullah; the 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 381 name of the tree I am unacquainted with; one which was of great beauty had a tall straight stem sixty or seventy feet in height, sur- mounted by an umbrella-shaped arrangement of branches, which pro- jected from the main stem at right angles, half way up the main stem was a similar arrangement of branches ; from all the smaller branches and twigs an infinite number of their delicate green pods a foot in length, but not thicker than a quill, hung in festoons, forming an ele- gant fringe to the lower outline of the foliage. All parts of the tree yield large quantities of a thin white milk, which falls in large drops in quick succession when any pod, leaf or twig is broken. The leaves grow round the branches in circlets of eight leaves, from amongst which spring four delicate stems which in their turn are again sur- mounted by eight leaves ; the leaves are three or four inches in length, narrow and pointed, smooth and very milky; the native or Sonthal name for the tree is Chutmi, and the milk is used in hydrocele ;—none of my up-country servants recognized the tree. I have, since writing the above seen two stunted specimens of the same tree growing near Sooree ; they were also called Chutmi by the villagers. From Telakee ascended the Mori hill, supposed to be the highest hill mm the whole of the Rajmahal range. The range at the base is very densely wooded, the soil covered with kunkur, After an ascent of two hours reached Busko, situate in a fine forest of large trees prin- cipally asun, kurm, mango, tamarind and dhow, above which is situate the village of Mori. In a small torrent I saw basaltic columns measuring fifteen feet in circumference being hexagons of two feet six inches each face. Mori is a large and well populated hill village; several lowlanders were bargaining and bartering with the hill-men, for grain grown on the summit of this range. The summit of Mori which is about two thousand feet above the sea, is covered with a fine forest principally of kurm, (Nauclea) some of which have attained an enormous size, one in particular is well known all over the country, and has been of great use to me during the progress of the survey of the hills as it stands, a prominent land- mark visible from most parts of the northern hills. From this tree there is an extensive view of the greater part of the hills as well as a great portion of the plains of Bhagalpur. 582 Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. [No. 7. At the village of Mori, Mesur, Mangi, or chief of the village at my request took me inside his neat house, in one corner of which stood a small bamboo platform, on which were placed several skulls of the barking deer, and two skulls of the four-horned antelope, which had been killed on this hill either by himself or by his ancestors; the skulls must have been of a great age, as they were nearly black with smoke. It is customary to hand these trophies down from father to son, and such is the reverence with which they are regarded that they are worshipped and bowed down to as gods. I made a present to the Mangi of some money who in return insist- ed upon loading my servants with bora beans ; here as at all the hill villages I was received with the greatest attention, the mangis invari- ably placing their neat little bedsteads in the shade as a seat not only for myself but for all my attendants. Two fine young men accompanied me down the hills as guides ; we descended the western flank of the Mori peak to Chupri, situate on a lower range of hills; passing through the village I saw a platform perched up in a tree covered with skulls, the only one I could recog- nize was that of a neelghye; I did not like to disturb the group hid- den as it was by leaves, knowing the importance and respect they pay to these strange relics. The steep descent from Mori to the lower range which was over loose and rolling pieces of basalt was a work of some difficulty to a small female elephant which had accompanied me up the hill, to the utter amazement of the hill-men and women who had never seen such an animal. A long walk of seven miles along the saddle back of a range of hills, during which passed through Sutbhera, Dumlee, and Seni, all hill villages and through a deliciously cool and shady forest, I descended the Semi Ghaut at 3 p. m. to the Sonthal village Semi, having been on foot ever since 6 in the morning, and that without food. The whole route was over compact basalt with occasional masses of iron ore agate, chalcedony and quartz crystals. The only animals seen were large troops of the Sungoor monkey. I was particularly struck with the enormous size of the Arahurdol (cytisus cajan) that grew upon the hills, each seed being the size of a small bean. 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hills. 583 On descending the Semi Ghaut I saw black shale in a small ravine. 28¢h January, 1851.—Direction west five miles to Hurrah, situate on a bed of coal and surrounded on three sides by hills. The road is through jungle and over very raviney ground; as far as Bumkungaon two miles from the Ghaut, the formation is basalt, decaying into the usual spherical masses, and large quantities of iron ore. In a small nullah a little to the south of the village are basaltic columns; at Lohartumba or four miles from the Ghaut is another group of basaltic columns, and immediately to the west, a coarse ferruginous sandstone appears; and at Hurra large beds of coal appear in a small nullah close to the village. This coal I believe was discovered by Captain Tanner in 1831; in 1850, a shaft was sunk through the beds but a rush of water taking place, the work was abandoned. ‘The coal is of a slaty and inferior kind. | In the evening, walked to the hill village Hurra, where I had an op- portunity of inspecting three collections of skulls and bones; two heaps were on the grass roofs of huts, the third, or the mangi’s group was on a small wooden stand supported by wooden posts, and contain- ed numerous skulls of the spotted deer, wild hog, porcupine, hare and barking deer. On the point of one of the spotted deer horns a hen’s egg was em- paled. Some of the pigs at this village were of an enormous size, and of a different breed from the ugly long legged pig of the plains. 29th January, 1851.—Direction north two miles through ravines of sandstone debris, with indications of coal; passed through a gap in the Gundesree sandstone range of hills named Bora Ghaut, where there are again indications of coal, descended the Ghaut, and skirted the base of the hill to the western extremity, which terminates in several peaks of sandstone and iron stone curiously jumbled together; which gave Dr. Buchanan the idea of the spot having been a volcano. The rocks are a heavy ferruginous red sandstone. Iron is smelted at several villages in the neighbourhood. Turned to the north-east and skirted the base of a detached sandstone hill ; the northern face of the hill is singularly barren, presenting masses of glaring white sandstone. At Sohunneea, where there is a bungalow, I attended the market at which were several hundred hill-men and women. It is really surprising to 584 Notes upon a tour through the Rijymahal Hills. —[No. 7. see the torture, for it can fall little short of such an infliction, the Son- thal women put themselves to, in order to, as they imagine, adorn their bodies. Their arms, ancles and throats are each laden with hea- vy brass or bell metal ornaments. I had a quantity of these ornaments weighed, and found that the bracelets fluctuated from two to four pounds ; the anklets four pounds each ; and as a fully equipped belle carries two anklets, and perhaps twelve bracelets, and a necklace weighing a pound, the total weight of ornaments carried on her per- son amounts to thirty-four pounds of bell metal ; a greater weight than one of our drawing-room belles could well lift. Almost every woman in comfortable circumstances carries twelve pounds weight of brass ornaments upon her person. The hill-women are much more moderate as far as the heavy metal ornaments are concerned, which would never agree with the frequent trips up and down their steep hills, but as many as twenty strings of bright coloured beads which cover the whole of the throat and breast of the wearer may be seen worn by a market-going woman. Direction east, five and half miles, over a highly cultivated plain of black cotton soil; passed between two hills composed of sandstone, basalt and iron stone to Meghee, where there isa bungalow. The view of the hills from the bungalow is particularly beautiful, every peak or rise in the hills has a village upon it, surrounded by mango and palm trees; the hill sides are cleared of jungle for several miles for the reception of the rain crops. Meghee is situate immediately in front of the Munjwa pass, through which pass, it is supposed, the Muhammedans invaded Bengal. Mr. Pontet has planted a garden at Meghee in which are flourish- ing coffee trees, lemon, casuarima, pme-apples, peas, cauliflowers, beet, mint, carrots and plantains. 30th January, 1851.—Direction north, twelve miles, over a fine cultivated country entirely occupied and tilled by Sonthals, passed through Murroro where there is a bungalow, to one of the boundary pillars, where I pitched my tent. In the evening, went three and half miles along the boundary in a northerly direction, over a newly cleared country, which three years ago was a dangerous jungle on account of tigers. ‘The zemindars of Munheearee a neighbouring and contiguous Tuppeh to the Damin, laa ee — Ss 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rdjmahal Hills. 585 alarmed at the Sonthals advent and wholesale clearance of the jungle, had disputed the boundary which I have settled by cutting a road through the jungle from pillar to pillar a distance of three and a half miles. The crops of Arahur dal and gram growing in the virgin soil are most luxuriant. From the small basaltic hill Baltok, there is a fine view of the river Ganges, the Colgong granite hills, Peer Pointee and the country to the north of the Ganges. A few years ago, the jungle at the foot of Baltok, was the resort of wild elephants which have been exterminated by the hill-men. Their mode of destroying these animals was by placing in their track Indian corn that had been poisoned with the Dakrah root ; the Col- lector of Bhaugulpoor rewarding their success with fifty rupees for each elephant poisoned. The last elephant destroyed in these parts is supposed to have perished about twenty years ago. 31st January, 1850.—During the operation of directing the cutting of the jungle along the boundary, I was amused to see a Sonthal pounce upon a large nest of the mata or large biting red ants, that had been brought to the ground by the felling of a large tree, he beat the leafy nest violently in his hands until he had killed the whole hive, and then cooly commenced eating them, offering a pinch to his friends standing by. He said in reply to my question that they were acid, but very good; to the former opinion I agree, as upon tasting them I found the taste nearly as sharp as dilute sulphuric acid, having the same unpleasant effect upon the teeth, but to the latter part of the sentence I entirely disagree. These ants, the dread of travellers in the jungles on account of their pugnaciousness and painful bite, build their nests amongst the leaves of the mango trees, which they agglutinate with a species of web into round hollow balls; the ants are of a pale orange color, half an inch in length with black eyes and are exceedingly numerous, carnivorous and troublesome. In a house where I once resided on the banks of the Ganges, I was much troubled with an extensive nest of hornets that had taken up their abode in the thatch immediately over the entrance door: I was recommended by the natives to try the effects of the mata; a nest was accordingly brought and put into the thatch near the nest; as each 4 F 586 Notes upon a tour through the Rijmahal Hills. [No. 7. hornet arrived and settled, he was immediately seized by the ants, several to each leg, others mounted on his back and in a few seconds and after a violent struggling he fell dead to the ground ; but whether stung or bitten to death I could not observe; in a couple of hours the ground was strewed with hundreds of hornets and before the evening the nest was destroyed. I have seen a full grown chameleon killed in a few minutes by these ferocious insects ; the poor creature had been, together with his cage, put in the sun at the foot of a tree, from which the ants descended, attacked the animal, and killed him. lst February, 1851.—Direction north-east six miles to Simuria on the hills, the residence of Kesoo Sirdar, one of the northern stipen- diary chiefs. The greater part of the road was through heavy jungle, through which a road had to be cut for the elephants. Passed over several beds of Kunkur lying upon basalt; and in a deep Nullah between two small Sonthal hamlets, Singtee and Simurtola, saw a bed of fresh water limestone common to the basaltic formation. This bed was discovered by Mr. Pontet last year and opened by him; it isa bluish grey rock, filled with minute longitudinal cavities ; the strata are much contorted ; it effervesces freely with dilute acid. Ascended the Simuria hill to the village of the same name, by a steep stony road, through jungle; the rock is basalt with masses of iron stone. The village of Simuria is buried in a fine forest of magnificent Nau- clea and Uvaria, any one of which would be an ornament to a park ; the soil on the hills composed of the decomposed basalt and iron stone mixed with decomposed vegetable matter forms a soil highly condu- cive to the growth of both trees and crops in general. The view from the summit of these hills, which here form the northern boundary of the range is very extensive, extending to fifty miles north of the Ganges, and on clear days in the rainy and cold weather months, or from August to December, to the snowy range of the Himalaya, distant one hundred and eighty miles. Kesoo Sirdar, who is an elderly man, was most attentive: he intro- duced me to his wives, (he has four,) to his children and grand-children, who all received presents according to their ages, consisting of money, beads, gilt and glass buttons, a large clasp knife, scissors, empty bot- 1851. ] Notes upon a tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 587 tles, gin, gunpowder, shot and soap, the latter article by especial desire of Kesoo. The old chief took me to the summit of a hill close, by commanding an extensive view of the hills lying to the south. To the south-west the hill, Mundarin Bhaugulpoor, and to the west, the Monghyr hills are visible. On this hill a spot was pointed out, where some missionaries had felled a quantity of the finest trees for the purpose of erecting a house ; the spot had, however, been deserted and the missionaries had never returned ; old Kesoo mourned over his trees, remarking that although they had been felled in one day, they had taken fifty years to grow. On a point of the hills immediately overhanging the Ganges, is a masonry platform where Mr. Cleveland used to pitch his tents. It is particularly pleasing to hear one of our countrymen spoken so well of by so large a body of half wild people as Mr. Cleveland is spoken of by the hill-men; his name after a period of sixty-seven years is still remembered with much affection. ; 2nd February, 1851.—Direction east along the top of the hills. In six hours travelled five miles, the road having to be cut the whole way through jungle. Passed through the hill villages Puchrookhee, Boothouna, Pokuria and encamped at Gogi, overhanging a deep dell and overlooking the Ganges; the road very difficult, being much cut up by deep water courses, jungle and loose stones, At Pokuria passed through a stone entrenchment which is here thrown across the road. In the days of the Muhammadan kings, the hill-men were in the habit of murdering all and every emissary sent from the Muhammadans, then in full force at Rajmahal ; and this entrenchment which is a low wall of stones extending in a zigzag fashion across the road, was one of their favorite spots of ambush, where the hill archers lay in wait for the messengers or soldiers who were sent into the hills to coerce or other- wise annoy the hill-people. Kesoo Sirdar, who was with me remark- ed ‘* We were bad suljects in those days, sir, but Mr. Chibilly (Cleve- land) soon put us on friendly terms with all our neighbours.” Close to this spot I stopped to examine one of the large creepers so common in these forests; it was a Ghila or Bauhinia scandens, its stem on leaving the ground, divided into three separate branches, of about six feet girth each which with their tendrils extended for several 4¥F2 588 Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hills. [No. 7. hundred feet in every direction, occupying upwards of one hundred trees and saplings as their supports; the main arms extended for about five hundred feet in length and, at two and three hundred feet from the root, were three feet in girth, the edges of the stem scolloped and waved in a remarkable manner. The forests on the northern hills are very fine, and contain much fine timber; the principal trees are Cassia fistula and a tree much resembling it, bearing the same long pod, but the tree yields a thick white milk when bruised; the Grislea or Dhow; the Bijeesaul or Dalbergia also called Sitsaul, Puhsar, and Sissoo, the name depending upon the part of the timber mentioned, the color of the wood, and age of the tree ; Dhow or Grislea ; Asun and Urjoon, both Terminalias, and Sakua, which I take to be a Shorea. The Saul forests in the northern hill are fast disappearing. The principal crops are Indian corn, Junera, Rajrahur dal, several small pulse and the Bora bean. The summits of all the northern hills are capped with laterite, which has abundant nests of bright red and yellow lithomarge disseminated. In the jungles were traces of leopards and bears. 3rd February, 1851.—Direction south, six miles to Banghi. Imme- diately to the south of Gogi, descended by a very steep path over laterite to a lower spur of hills running at right angles to the high range fronting the Ganges ; just before descending this abrupt height, a beautiful view of the great interior valley presented itself. As the road had to be cut through the forest the whole way, only six miles in four hours were accomplished. The forest on the southern slopes of the northern hills is exceedingly dense, as indeed, are the forests on all the northern hills. The forests traversed this march met completely overhead, affording a delicious shade even at noon. The woods resounded on all sides with the cries of jungle fowl and peacocks. Boa constrictors, mouse deer, leopards and various kinds of deer, are found in the secluded nooks of these hills. The forests at the foot of the hills, are composed of the same kind of trees as noticed yesterday as growing on the summit, except that a few Saul trees appear; also a dense underwood of bamboo-grass, reeds, grass and numerous shrubs, amongst which the wild Jasmin spreads its branches laden with sweet smelling flowers. In the underwood, I noticed numerous small birds who appeared clothed with down rather 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Rdjmahal Hills. 589 than feathers; they have a white bare rim round the eye, are very familiar or fearless, and very abundant. I have never seen the bird figured in any work of natural history. The golden oriole were also plentiful in the mango trees. At Nowgachi hill village, which is one of the neatest and cleanest hill residences I have yet met with, are two very grotesque gods carved in a rude manner so as to represent elephants, to which animals they bear but a very faint resemblance. Between these images, which are surmounted by human heads, probably to represent the Mahut, or driver, at certain seasons of the year, goats, buffaloes, pigs and cocks are sacrificed to Bedo Gossain or the great god. A buffaloe was tied before the Mangi’s door that was to be offered up during the present month. Fifty young hill-men accompanied me from this village to assist in cntting a road for my elephants which they did with right good will and appeared highly pleased with the occupation. The hill-man is not to be compared with the Sonthal in the use of the axe, the former is awkward and slow compared with the active Sonthal, nearly one-half of whose existence is spent felling trees. At Merapara, descended the hills to some extensive Sonthal clear- ings situated on the banks of the Morel hill torrent, which is the principal drainer of the northern hills and flows to the south. The highland overhanging the Ganges and which is about two thousand feet in height sends no streams to the north, with the exception of a small stream which flows from the Motee-jhurna waterfall, situate to the south of Sikreegullee. The hill-men in my company on coming within sight of the Sonthal clearings, complained bitterly as, indeed, did Kesoo Sirdar at Sunuria, of the encroachments of their lowland neighbours ; they said that the Sonthals were occupying all their vallies, were very saucy and would not leave their clearings, alleging that they had received leases from Mr. Pontet and move they would not. The fact is, the hill-men will not cultivate the valleys and do not like to see any one else cultivate them. Mr. Pontet freely invites the hill-men to take the Sonthals’ fields and use the land rent-free, but if they will not use the land nor cultivate it, he immediately allows the Sonthals to take possession. In several spots, the Sonthals have actually got possession of vil- 590 Notes upon a tour through the Rijwahal Hills. [No. 7. lages on the hills, so that the hill-men have every reason to fear the encroachments of their neighbours the Sonthals. At the Sonthal clearing of Nargunjo now a twelvemonth old, it was distressing to see the enormous waste of valuable timber; fine large trees of many feet diameter were prostrate in every direction, hundreds of other still larger trees stood erect, but withered, being too large for the small Sonthal axe to cut entirely through they had been merely girdled, which operation consists of cutting a deep notch of four inches or more in width and depth completely round the tree; in a few months, every leaf falls off and at the end of the year all the smaller branches disappear, next the bark peels off in huge flakes, leaving the main stem standing like a ship’s mast and which weathers the storms for many years. In one field of mustard near Nargunjo, I saw upwards of fifty-five timber trees standing in this naked condition offering a melancholy and curious contrast to the neighbouring green and luxuriant forest, with which the field was entirely enclosed. In a few years not a tree will be left in these now timber-crowded valleys, almost the whole of the large Sal forests have already perished under the operation of girdling for the production of the resin known as Dammer or Dhoona. The hills being entirely closed in to the north and as there is no possibility of getting this valuable timber over the hills to the Ganges, which is only a few miles from the forests, averaging from four to twelve miles, the whole of the felled trees will, and are permitted to, rot on the ground. Amongst the hill-men, who accompanied me this morning I noticed the following diseases; blindness from white film; varicose veins in the calf of the leg; secondary syphilis, and goitre: fever and ague is also common amongst the inhabitants during the months of September and October. At the foot of the hills, I passed throngh a great quantity of a hoplike looking bush called by the Sonthals Chapoor. I am unae- quainted with its botanical name, or with the names of many to me, unknown plants, and trees, daily met with in these hills. Rocks passed over to-day were laterite overlying compact basalt. At Banji, in addition to the Churruk poojah pole which graces, or 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. 591 disgraces, every Sonthal village of any note, I here found a board armed with sharp nails, on to which the worshippers are tied, the nails pierc- ing their backs, and in this state are swung round as in the Churruk or swing poojah of the Bengalis, and from whom I imagine the Son- thal has borrowed the rite and its attendant festival. I also observed a horizontal gymnastic bar used by the athletes of the village during the same festival. Ath February, 1851.—Direction south, ten miles to Burio Bazaar, a fine Sonthal village a mile from the banks of the Morel, or Morung Nullah. At starting, got upon Mr. Pontet’s Rajmahal road which runs most- ly through fine timber forest, with extensive Sonthal clearings and numerous villages. At the fourth mile passed between basaltic hills beautifully wooded to the summits. At the seventh mile, is an old ruined mud fortification, it is a square, composed of an outer mound of earth measuring a mile and half in circumference ; the excavation for the erection of which forms a wet ditch, filled with water, enclosing an inner Fort higher than the neigh- bouring ground and contains a few brick walls and the remnants of a Hindu temple, which has been completely lifted from its foundations by an enormous Banian tree, that has enveloped the whole building, unroofed it and destroyed the walls; masses of detached masonry sus- pended in the tree is all that remains of the building. Both the outer and inner Forts are overrun with jungle, palm-trees, fine forest trees, bamboos, grass and marsh weeds, amongst them I saw the beautiful Jacana upheld by his long and delicate claws hurrying across the floating reeds and grasses. This Fort was, it is asserted, built by a Khetri Rajah of Munheearee, but when or for what purpose is no longer remembered. From Burio, it is Mr. Pontet’s intention to cut a road over the hills, to the east of the valley, so as to connect Rajmahal, which is only four- teen miles east of Burio, with the valley. This road should engage the attention of the Post Master General at Calcutta, for when once this road is opened, all necessity for conveying the Daks during the rainy season round by Sikreegullee, Peerpointee and Colgong by water, for which purpose three boats with their crews are kept up, will be at 592 Notes upon a tour through the Ramahal Hills. (No. 7. once obviated, as there will be a high and dry road from Rajmahal to Bhaugulpoor, and only four miles of hilly and jungle road in the whole route. The only engineering difficulty is the Morell Nuddie, to the east of Burio, which during the rainy season brings down an immense body of water and a quantity of trees, and although the bed of the Nullah is from twenty-five to thirty feet deep, but very narrow, the water occasionally leaves it and spreads over the country, this, however, only occurs every fifth or sixth year and the water soon runs off again. Purchased of the Sonthals at this place a quantity of plaited and twisted cow tail hair necklaces, that are worn by both sexes. These ornaments are made by the cow herds whilst herding the cattle, and are of great beauty and delicacy ; many handsome necklaces of thirty and torty strands, each strand composed of triple plaited hair were offered for sale for four annas or six pence English money each neck- lace. 5th February, 1851.—Direction south, eleven miles, to Burhyte road the whole way over basalt and black cotton soil producing fine crops of rice, &c. The basalt everywhere resolving by the process of exfoliation into a grey spotted wacke leaving the hard ferruginous glo- bular nuclei scattered about the country. At Ruksee two miles north of Burhyte, is a spring of cold water issuing in a fine stream from a red gravel bank, composed of pisiform iron ore, and a red clayey soil; the supply of water is seven hundred and twenty gallons per hour, and supplies the village with good water. A few yards to the south is a northern but weaker spring, the water of which is not used. 6th February, 1851.—Direction sonth, ten miles through a rugged country destitute of roads, but well inhabited and well cultivated. The view from the road at Jussiadih, looking over the Burhyte valley back by the well occupied Chuperbhita hills is very pleasing. Ascended and crossed over the basaltic hill Chooklo, passing through a hill village by name Mori, where all the women were clothed no higher than the waist. Descended into the Murgo pass to Putwara where there is a hill village, the women of which were in the same costume as at Mokri. The hills to the south of the pass are very high and prettily broken into ravines well wooded, and the summits studded 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Réaymahal Hills. 993 with hill villages; large patches of cleared land with the Kirbee or stalks of the Indian eorn and Junera still standing are seen on all parts of the hills. The whole of the rocks passed over to-day were compact and earthy basalt. 7th February, 1851.—Direction south, eleven miles, to Soorujbara on the right bank of the Thorai Nuddie, one of the drainers of the eastern hills. The country passed over was very broken, and uneven and undulating considerably, exposing naked sheets of basalt. Passed through much tree jungle composed principally of asun, dhow, siris and sakua, and through several fine Sonthal clearances, especially that of Leeteepara which is situated on high commanding ground. Soorujbara is also situated on high ground commanding a very exten- sive view of the hills and of the low-lands ai their base. The weather throughout the day was highly oppressive, although the thermometer in the shade never exceeded 73°. Numerous electrie minature whirlwinds were travelling about the country; gentle wind from the east with a few clouds. A violent thunder-storm occurred at midnight accompanied by heavy rain and high wind from the west, which drove me from my tents, taking refuge in the Bungalow close by. 8th February, 1851.—Direction west, about eight miles, through a very heavy forest of sal, sakua, asun and dhow, over broken and raviney ground and low hills to Gowpara, the largest village in the hills ; containing about eighty houses and four hundred souls. The village is situated on the summit of a high range of hills which here form the central or largest group. ‘The village is surrounded by neat hurdle fences enclosing tobacco, mustard, plantains, date and palm- trees, and in the centre of the village and around the houses are nume- rous fine palm trees, tamarind, peepul, mango, jack, clumps of bamboos and plantains ; the houses are neat ; numerous cattle sheds, pig-sties and well-stocked granaries bespoke plenty and comfort. My arrival seemed to have struck a panic into the minds of the whole population, for on entering the village I could not find a single soul to speak to ; every one had fled to their houses and fastened their doors. Fortunately a fine old man who was on the roof of his house laying 4G 594 Notes upon a Tour through the Rijmahal Hills. (No. 7. out tobacco to dry in the sun, and who was ignorant of our arrival was caught ; his trepidation at the appearance of myself, servants and ele- phant was most painful, and not without much persuasion could he be induced to descend from his house for the purpose of showing us the Mangi’s residence ; a house was pointed out as being that of the Man- gi’s, but it was, as was every house in the village, closed. I took up my residence in the verandah, where hung bows and poisoned arrows, deer horns, wild boar skulls, pea-fowl eggs and the cocoon of the wild silk or Tusser. The Mangi soon arrived from the jungle, carrying on his shoulder the produce of his morning’s work, a log of wood ; he was so alarmed at my appearance that he was speechless, but after an hour’s persuasion, talking and laughing he gradually thawed, and told me that he had never before seen a white man, nor an elephant, nor had any one individual out of the four hundred inhabitants of his village ever seen one or the other. The ice being now broken, and the reason of his timidity known, I endeavoured to prove to him that a mortal with a white face was not the dreadful creature he imagined ; I pre- sented him with an empty bottle, a quantity of beads, gilt buttons, bodkins, ornaments for the women’s hair, and told him to assemble ~ all the children of the village; to whom I presented in succession three or four strings of beads and a handful of buttons. I now had the whole village with me and turning round I perceived the Mangi’s house doors wide open and about fifteen females old and young stand- ing behind me, into the midst of whom I threw a quantity of the hair ornaments consisting of tufts of Tusser silk, dyed scarlet and tied with black cotton ; to the children in the Mangi’s house I distributed a quantity of copper money, bargained with the Mangi with a quantity of empty bottles and money for poisoned arrows, bows, and grass ham- mocks, bade him good-bye and strongly recommended him next time he met a European to be more at his ease and not to be afraid of him, as no one had the most remote idea of doing any harm to any one in the hills ; on the contrary, that we were all desirous of seeing so worthy a race happy and contented. I was amused at the Mangi’s repeated question put to me in a most serious tone, as to whether | had of my own free will given him the empty bottle, my first gift to him; upon my assuring him that my gift, a most invaluable one to him, and whence his utter unbelief of my 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Réjmahal Hills, 595 disinterestedness in the matter, had given me as much pleasure in the making as it had him in the receiving, he seemed partly satisfied, but repeated the question at intervals during my stay-at the village. The men of these central hills tie their hair much more on the back of the head than do the men further north, neither have they the flattened noses nor such thick lips as their northern brethren; neither do they pay that attention to dressing their hair or ornamenting their ears or necks with beads and trinkets which is so striking a feature in the northern tribes ; the women in the same manner have scarcely any ornaments, are poorly dressed and untidy in their appearance ; their great distance from any market or bazar may in a measure account for the difference of dress. The Mangi gave me six young men with axes to cut a road through the forest ; I started in a northerly direction through the finest sakua jungle I have yet seen in the hills; the trees are all of the very largest growth, affording an abundance of good timber ; a few sal and dhow trees are in company with the sakua. To my right, as the path inclined to the west, I had a high range of thickly wooded hills ; to the left a deep valley filled with fine Son- thal clearings, the road lying along a perfectly level steppe of trap, the decomposition of which has clothed the hills with a jet black soil, highly productive of vegetable life. As usual the forest met over head forming a complete shelter from the sun’s rays. On these hills, I found an abundance of a bulbous root, which I take to be the squill, it is as large as a common onion and intensely bitter; the Sonthals use it to thicken newly woven cloth, by applying its bitter juice to the surface of the piece. On the right of our party and far up the hill, a furious drumming and screaming was being carried on, which proved to be a party of hill-men driving from the neighbourhood a leopard that had been annoying their cattle. | In the thickest parts of the jungle, I fell in with several places of worship as used by the hill-men; the spots are generally occupied by two upright posts supporting a horizontal one. On the latter were threaded so to speak, several old baskets, calabashes, earthern pots, rings of date leaf, an old wooden mortar without a bottom, bundles of leaves tied up like a porter’s knot, bamboo winnowing baskets and 4G2 596 Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hills. (No. 7. string hammocks ; at another ‘‘ Gosainthan’’ as these spots are called, I found the horizontal pole supporting numerous bamboo bows and arrows, -battle-axes made of bamboo with date leaf blades, and nume- rous date leaf rings ; at a small distance removed and laid in the foot path, were several small earthen-ware cups filled with blood mixed with spirit, and near the cups was a bundle of staves and bamboos such as are used by the hill-men when walking. The whole of these articles are offerings made to Bedo Gossain either as votive offerings, for expected or hoped-for blessings, or as offerings of thankfulness for benefits received. | At sunset, I ascended the Sendgursa hill by a very steep ascent, from the summit of which I had the finest view of coup d’ceil yet obtained of the hills; the hill is about two thousand feet above the sea, and from its summit I could see the following remarkable land- marks; the Monghyr hills to the north-west, distant eighty miles, with a G. T. S.* on the hill Maruk: the G. T. S. Mundar hill in Bhadgalpur half way, or forty miles distant. The Ganges at Bha- galpur, distant sixty miles in N. N. W. direction; the long reach of the Ganges extending to Rampur Bauliah, seventy miles in an E. S. E. direction ; the whole of the country lying between the foot of the hills and the military station Berhampoor on the Bhagretti, extending over fifty miles. To the south G. T. S. on the Satbor hill in Belputta, distant forty miles appeared topping the whole of the Katicoond carboniferous range. To the W.S. W. distant fifty miles the Teeur hill another G. T. S. and all the small detached hills of Beerbhoom, as well as the hills of Hendweh and Pusseje appeared, amongst the latter are the Nugwan and Puchpuhar hills both G. T. S. In aS. W. direction, the great Parusnath mountain is visible, distant one hundred miles. This mountain, in height nearly five thousand feet, has a G. T. 8. on its summit and forms the culminating point of the rocks of the great primitive plateau extending from Beerbhoom to the Dunwah Ghaut. To the S.S. W. the view extends over the Burdwan coal fields ; and to the S. S. E. over the whole of the eastern portions of Beer- bhoom and Burdwan ; with the whole of the southern Rajmahal hills and surrounding forests, as a foreground, whilst the view of the hills — * G, T. S$. Great Trigonometrical Survey Station. 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Ramahal Hills. 597 at my feet was most complete, I could see into every valley, count every village and trace the outlines of the hills and valleys. Descended the Sendgursa hill and ascended the Sootlee hill to Busko, a small hill village, from whence I was enabled to examine a deep valley to the north-east. The summit of the Sootlee hill is com- posed of laterite, highly sonorous when struck ; the noise of the foot- falls of my party walking along sounded, like a body of men pas- ing over a drawbridge, and I noticed that the naked foot produced a much louder sound than was produced by those wearing shoes. I attribute this sound to the cellular nature of the rock and to the thin stratum of earth covering it ; this sonorous rock lasted for a mile, the notes ascending and descending a whole octave according to the nature of the rock below. Slept in a hut at the village of Balkumi to the north of the Send- gursa hill. As sunset drew near the air was filled by a vast flight of the winged white ants (termes) which took their flight from numerous orifices in the ground, close to the hut in which I had taken up my quarters. These flights generally take place during the rainy season or in August and September; they are the females who having arrived at perfection, leave home to seek a nest of their own, where they become the queen ant. Out of the myriads that go forth to seek their fortune, a very small proportion can ever reach their destination, as every bird and beast in the creation appears to devour them with avidity. At my feet a hill- dog was eating the insects by hundreds as they crawled from the earth ; the bats had left the shelter of the palm trees and were attack- ing them; as also were a numerous flock of Minas, who although they had betaken themselves to roost nevertheless left their trees and made a feast off these delicious insects. Cattle, horses, kites, crows, deer, sheep and goats, and indeed, almost every animal, devour this all-destroying insect, who in return, as every one in India well knows to his cost, spares nothing inanimate during its wingless state. 9th February, 1851.—Direction south. Descended by the same steep ascent of yesterday to Dangapara, in a deeply wooded valley in which the pea-fowl were very numerous and noisy. Travelled twelve miles. in a southerly direction through a deep val- 598 Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hills. [No. 7. ley full of Sonthal villages to Umrapara, on the banks of the Bans+ looee Nuddie. At the sixth mile or near Domuraheer, passed over a flooring com- posed of the heads of basaltic columns. The rock throughout this long valley affects the columnar shape and in the Ekri nullah which drains the valley, masses of basalt are to be seen that have assumed a cylindrical shape measuring twelve feet in circumference. 10th February, 1851.—Immediately to the east of the Bungalow at Umrapara, the bed of the Banslooee Nuddie is crossed by a broad belt of basalt, causing a fall in the stream of about twelve feet; the basalt is thickly disseminated with nests of radiated, acicular and tabulated zeolite. The acicular specimens are of great beauty, some of the nests measuring four inches in length, with crystals of a microscopic fine- ness half an inch in length; the flat or stilbite specimens appear in large flat plates of a pearly lustre exceedingly soft, yielding to the nail; the basalt is of a dark green approaching to black, is very tough and heavy, has a sharp angular fracture and is highly magnetic. The rocks from the action of the water are worn into deep smooth cups, varying from the size of a tea-cup to that of a large cauldron. In the centre of the nullah, below the falls and detached from the general mass of rocks, over which the water spreads, is a group of colossal basaltic columns; one of a pentagonal form I found by mea- surement to be forty-eight feet in circumference. ‘The columns are free from zeolite. From Umrapara, direction south, eight miles, I visited the Doob- rajpoor and Gopeekandur coal beds. The coal is found in the Tircul- tia or Tirputtee nullah which flows in a valley between sandstone hills, and near the two Sonthal villages above mentioned. The coal which forms the bed of the stream for about half a mile at Doobrajpoor is slaty and good for nothing, what may be below it remains to be seen. The following is a vertical section through the bank of the Tircultia, down to the water level. Feet Inches. Dark coloured earth}: . .. 1) teed oot leo? 6 Slaty coal, . 92h een bsep nl Sand with eciete of saan Hasyn. ic 3 6 Slatpitooaliz: 2. cain Whpeadtnse dealt oo i 2 Sandstone, .... ee eeee@eeeteeeeeeoee8 ese 8 & 33 a9 1851.] Notes upon a Tour through the Rdjmahal Hills. 599 Another Section gives : A friable carbonaceous soil,............ 2 6 Seamer Ge alter MP shinies os gg 5 BUmemem aly) 2c). TMi. ak Semele we. ee 8 re Friable grey sandstone,.... 0.22.00. sees . 4 Slaty coal, . Sate bmpte iloriais bie iia seach | SE 6 Tough Eiidinon: sates Meee eewiick iy Hy) Slaty coal, . LM SOa werd cms vis 7/2 6 bed of nullah. Dip of strata, east. "Strike, evi and south. Between Umrapara and Doobrajpoor the rocks are sandstone with occasional beds of intruded basalt which enclose beds of zeolite. In the valley known as the Puchwara pass a quantity of iron is smelted by a race named Nyas and exported to the plains or sold to the hill-men and Sonthals, after having been manufactured into coarse hatchets, plough shares and arrow heads. At Selunji, where there is a bungalow, and in the bed of the Bans- looee, the gneiss with its accompanying dykes of greenstone, have been laid bare by the action of the water of the river; and to the north of the river about a mile distant coal with shale and sandstone is found overlying these hypogene rocks. Coal is also found midway through the valley in a small nullah immediately to the south-east of the Koonda hill, and one mile west of the village of Puchwara; I have marked the spot on my map of the hills in the hope that some one having the leisure may visit the spot. 11th February, 1851.—Direction south, thirteen miles to Karodih, where there is a bungalow on the banks of the Tirputtee nullah, that flows over the Doobrajpoor coal beds, seven miles west from the Bun- galow. The whole of the march was over broken raviney and hilly ground, without roads. After crossing the Banslooee nullah, the footpath runs through a forest of dhow and sterculia, the ground strewed with agate and quartz crystals; nests of the latter are seen adhering to and embedded in a dark-coloured and tough basalt. At the ford of the river, stands a very handsome tree with dark foliage, the name of which I am unacquainted with ; the natives call it kunda or grung, it bears a handsome globular pod containing two seeds, which when ripe are of a scarlet colour, from which is expressed an oil used for anoint- ing eattle, and not human beings. 600 Notes upon a tour through the Rajmahal Hilis. [No.7 The pod when unripe is highly aromatic and milky. At the seventh mile passed over a bed of red and grey sandstone, one rile in width, which has escaped being overlaid by the neighbouring basalt, and which has been cut into by the action of the water of a small hill stream ; it is the common coarse sandstone which is found in company with the coal at Doobrajpoor and of which bed it is an outcrop. Passed under the small basaltic hill Kalipuhar, on which stands one of the masonry pillars demarcating the Damin-i-koh boundary. The hills about Karodih are low, round-backed and well wooded. 12th February, 1851.—Direction south-west six miles; over basalt for the first four miles; at the fourth mile sandstone is met with at the entrance of a prettily wooded valley flanked by low hills. Crossed the sandstone hills to Saltaha where there is a bungalow, on the banks of a hill torrent. A heavy fog obscured the landscape during the greater part of the march. The basalt passed over this day was of a pale grey colour, embedding agate and chalcedony balls ; and sometimes appearing as large slabs or floors of rock, at other spots as exfoliating into spherical masses. In the nullah south of the bungalow, the water has laid bare a flooing or mass of sandstone one foot in thickness, the whole divided into right-angled parallelograms of two feet in length by one foot in width. The regularity of the divisions and uniformity of the angles are very remarkable, both of which I imagine are the effects of desic- cation. The sandstone overlies a soft friable white clay, and observ- ing traces of coal init, Mr. Pontet, whom I again met at this spot, at my requisition sent off a Sonthal up the nullah to look out for coal. He returned in the afternoon bringing specimens of a slaty coal which burnt very well. In the evening went to the spot, which is on the right bank of the nullah one mile south by east of the Sonthal village Chicheroo. Feet. Inches. The section in the banks shows earth,........ 3 SandstonediiA.. tidend sige. bow. bate aw Slaty coal and sai ih. Aprils . See. Pee ua 13th February, 1851.—Direction five miles south-east to Moosuria bungalow, on the left bank of the Brahminee river. The road winds prettily under low basaltic hills, the lowland being sandstone and 1851.] Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. 601 shale, much disturbed by the intruding basalt. At Moosuria, half a mile north of the bungalow, coal crops out of the left bank of the Brahminey in several spots, as well as on the opposite or right bank. The rocks in the river are sandstone, three feet thick overlying clay and shale. The former rock has been extensively quarried, but in a most expensive and curious manner ; deep tank-like excavations have been made in the solid rock, instead of going to the exposed edge of the rock to procure slabs and blocks for millstones, which in former days were taken down the river to Bellia Narainpoor, a fine village belonging to Moorshedabad, and situate on the right bank, eight miles from the quarry. In the evening marched along the banks of the Brahminey to Bellia Narainpoor. At Singhpoor, or at the sixth mile, the river dashes over a bed of basaltic columns of great extent, causing a fall in the stream of about eight or ten feet. To the west where the rock first appears, it is a waved floor of basalt having all the appearance of having but lately been poured out in a liquid state over the bed of the river; a little further east it becomes columnar ; the columns being vertical or at right angles to the cooling surface ; each column measuring four feet in circumference ; further east the rock again becomes a solid mass, embedded in which are numerous large and small nests of elegant quartz crystals, and agate balls; the former of great beauty. Masses of pink felspar are also embedded in the basalt. The whole bed which crosses the river at right angles is about a quarter of a mile broad and is entirely free from sand. In one part of the columnar group the protruding heads of the columns have been by the united action of the atmosphere and running water worn into globes, all the angles of the polygons having disappeared, spaces have been left between the columns, and thus the ground is covered by round balls the size of bee-hives giving a curious appearance to the whole group. 14th February, 1851.—A few miles south of Bellia Narainpoor, the basalt ceases and is replaced by an extensive bed of nodular iron- stone which extends for thirty miles north and south, and about fifteen miles east and west; this bed of iron ore gives occupation to many hundred forges the produce of which is exported to Moorshedabad, all the neighbouring towns, and to Calcutta. This extensive iron bed overlies granite and gneiss, both of which 4H 602 Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. [No. 7. rocks occasionally protrude through it; associated with the iron- stone are patches of ferruginous sandstone, various coloured clays, and actinolite. List of Coal localities situated within the Damin-i-koh or Rajmahal Mills—as known in 1851. / S Description of locality. Discoverer’s name. 1.{In the Brahminee river, at Moosuria; which river forms the southern boundary of the} Mr. Pontet, 1838. Damin-i-koh. This coal extends to an un- known distance into Tuppeh Belputtah. An indifferent coal. 2.\In the Brahminee river, three miles north-west] Mr. Pontet, 1838. of No. 1, and one mile east of Domunpoor. This is an excellent coal. 3./Three miles north of No. 2, are traces of coall Mr. Pontet and in a small nullah, half a mile south of Chi-/Captain Sherwill, chroo. 1851. 4.\Seven miles north of No. 3, are the extensive beds of the Gopikandur and Doobrajpoor| Mr. Pontet, 1841. valley. The coal hitherto produced is a bituminous slaty mineral. 5.|Four miles south-west in a small nullah (under the Dhunnia Puharee hill) which falls into) Mr. Pontet, 1841. the Goomra nullah is a bed of coal. 6.|/T wo miles! north of No. 5, and half a mile north of the Nargunjo bungalow, in a nul-| Mr. Pontet, 1841. lah is a bed of coal. 7,|Situated immediately at the eastern foot of the Koondapuhar hill, which is one mile re- moved from the southern or right bank of| Captain Sherwill, the Bansbooee Nuddie, which flows through|1851. the Puchwara pass, and one mile west from the village of Mudhobun, is a bed of coal. §.|At the western entrance of the Puchwara pass, at the village of Burgo, and on the left bank| Mr. Pontet, 1844. of the Bansbooee nullah, is a coal bed. 1851.| Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. 603 = Description of locality. Discoverer’s name. tee 9.\One mile due north from No. 8, situate in an| Mr. Pontet, 1844. enclosed valley, is a coal bed. 10.|At the entrance to the hills on the western flank by the Chuperbita pass, and under the lofty spur of a hill of the same name, | and in the bed of the Goomani or Jumoonee} Captain Sherwill, : nullah, are three beds of coal extending to/1851. : a distance of two miles, and one mile fur- ther north-east are traces of coal in the same nullah. 1]./North sixteen miles, of No. 10, and twenty- four miles south of the Ganges, is the great] Captain Tanner, Hurrah basin, with several outcrops of a/1831. slaty coal, associated with and underlying columnar basalt. 12,,At the Bora Ghaut on the Gundaisree hill,} Captain Tanner, which forms the northern boundary to the|1831. Hurrah basin, are traces of coal. 13.|At the Motee Jhurna waterfall, overhanging Sikreegullee on the Ganges, are traces of coal, but in small quantities. The coal ap- pears to have been charred and disturbed by the basalt, in the heart of which igneous rock the coal in several instances appears enclosed in detached nests, twelve feet in length. A large Rhinoceros looking fossil skull is seen embedded in the basalt. The summit of the hill, from whence the small stream forming the waterfall at this spot; Captain Tanner, flows, is composed of basaltic columns rest-|1831. ing on non-columnar basalt which latter rock envelops the coal. N. B. There is an untraced bed of fresh-water limestone in the northern portion of the hills, four miles south of the Teleeaghurhee Fort ; and situated between the two small hamlets, Gurytee and Simur- tollah. 4u2 Notes upon a tour through the Rijmahal Hills. 604 a eT Fe DP ee Le ae ‘soptut oaenbs 10°99¢ | sutaq 30¥13 ATIF f Bare ajtm otsnbs sed s[nos ¢Q] 410 EPO°Z IT GOPES r6E'Z +++ -e207, puway [ e6re 608 608 ee ee ce ee te oe fsav0k 9014} potdno00 useq Bulaey jou £4001 Sut -Aed jou pue svuueyy, cgz‘sg | eg9°91< ; eee pecans : Z0'¢ FOE eeszeee oe “ey wood. Pp quat Punois AS pue eco | mk Ly Preg| sett ttt eon Z Spue]MoT puB SAd[[eA ‘ © a eee Teer : 94} SHQBYyUL OVI SIU], Losi er a86 femsea to I *s[ByjUOg *syeuUurty, *JUIUIUIBAOL) | 0} yUal punois 0 soxv} ou Avd pure ‘Aju "OquLy, TUT STH ey} Jo sziuuns , eqemley ous, ay} siqeyuL oovl sIyy, 082‘Es 9G2°9 126 ‘SITE feqemlyy | -sopeyy 40 [ey ‘asnoy aed ¢ : —— "SVU SUIMOTIV ‘S}UBITG pono Sb US *SUOISIAIC] [890] ‘AqILyT, JO SOW Ny -eyut Jo raquin yy jo soquan jo soquinn a oe | Ne | Le “1G6Q| woah ay2 sof yoy-r-ummng so sey joyoulny ayz fo ulnzas uorinjndog Notes upon a tour through the Réjmahal Hills. 605 1851.] i a a areal a a I ee SSS ee "MOLYVATITNI JO ‘9900 ‘pL ZG ‘9D AO ! BAIR sso1s 10 [¥}0} oy} uodn saioe ‘syd fe “LQ “pg yue}y “Iqeyur yows smorye YoIyA | 10°99ET 10°9¢0I Es OOFSS6'T | °° THIOL pur ‘spuvlMoy pue sfoT[va oY} UT Sal] PUB] parva] SIT, 5555 we bo2 OTe Er | ee beta O199et 10°9S01 mieteve aes eee | ee es “SIILEL OU} UO st Pury polvapo sity} JO s[OUM oy, eat coat 9¢ ore’ss "os OQUy, [TH 40 [BIT -aTquiny -[No 918 TOYA 4nqG *SO] UL ysalof porvopoun enh arvnbs ut ‘yox|pue sT[tpT Aq pord TPA ‘Saf, orenbg |pusuoneanjng] “seqliy, Jo saweENy JapuNn sa1IV *‘SyIBWUay] caf ULB = eYj/-N000 ele OTA jo vale [ejoy, |‘Atvpunoq yYyoy-t UIUC, 9Yy UTYIIM Suteq ‘sapiu atenbs "1CQ] wpah ay? sof ‘sy joynulbay ay} 40 You-2-usungy ayz we puny azsv yy pun mozjng “uorznarzjng fo zunown ay? Hurmoys puawazn29 [No. 7. Notes upon a Tour through the Rajymahal Hills. 606 a a a a a a Se ee *sydtav04 [#10} puelg | £¢ €1 8I6‘SP 099'76-- 2 ‘ginytpuodxq [#70], puery “SHOUOISUdg GGG **** [RIOT ee "'s* §% qe sisuey, Sep fe ‘ ‘ SS (GAR SQIEN OZ fe ST S1G'F | 000% 4 «so ge siping Z1 aa ts10mp0 é pu syotyo [ty 943 03 pied suoisuag 09¢ ee ee Sue daty ONG 098 ssceee sees SOUBMOTIE SUITTIABIY OIG 009‘9 eictealsiialel wie! lel atieie *: {ed § juepuojyutiedng 000‘0E °° °° **** Ss190TFO SapIseoq * WosuaUT *SJOLIISIP SULINOGYSIOU sy} 0} dOURSINT a[qeiooyut ue oq ‘suoisued Surpisy osayy pred Ady} JOU VAM P[NOM OYM OVA PIM JTVY B 0} suoisuod sv Ajivad ‘sy QOO'CT JuBis 07 yuoU “UIOAOX) SoTquua puR ‘udu (Op Jo JUOUISoy v sjioddns osje ‘stnos cEosZ[*, Jo uonejndod qed ¢ 38 uaM OOP ynoqe ‘s19Suey asizy oy} sjtoddns yorym 1031119} Yoy-1-urmeg IH eodinsneyg oy} a0f sasuodxq oy} Jey} JUOWIA}¥}s SITY} WOIF Uses aq TIM IT OFS **QnUeAdyY IY} SUTJOIT[OO oy sosuadxm "SY 809 ‘SyIBWUII "ICSL ‘sydieoayy ‘ainjipuedx "1 GQ] Mwah ay sof yoy-t-uung fo zunoaan uo ainzrpuaduy azounxouddn pun quaussassp fo zunown ay7 Bumoys quamazn7¢ 1851.] Comparative list of Upanishads. 607 To Dr. A SprenGeER, Secretary to the Asiatic Society. My pEAR SprENGER,—I have the pleasure to forward to you, for publication in the Journal of the Asiatic Society, a letter from W. Elliot, Esq. dated the 30th August, together with a comparative list of the Upanishads and extracts from the Mahavdkya Ratnévali and the Muktika Upanishads, to which I added an English translation. Mr. Elliot’s list of the Upanishads, as received among the Telin- gana Pandits,—the first complete one that has ever been published— will be of great value to all those who take an interest in those curious monuments of antiquity, and will, no doubt, induce other friends of Sanscrit literature, whose position gives them an opportunity of doing so, to collect similar lists among the Pandits of different parts of India, especially at Benares, in the country of the Mahrattas and in Rajasthana. Yours sincerely, Howrah, 31st Oct. 1851. K. Rorer. To Dr. E. Rorer, Calcutia. Masulipatam, August 30th, 1851. Dear Sir,—On receiving the October number for 1850 of the Bibliotheca Indica (Vol. VII. No. 34) some weeks ago, I compared the list of Upanishads given in the preface, with those known to the Pandits of this part of India (Telingana), and finding the variations to be considerable, I have thought that it might perhaps be interesting to you to see the result of my examination. I must premise however that I have never given my attention to this branch of Brahminical learning, and I trust therefore you will pardon me, if you find the particulars I now send, either crude or superfluous. The number of Upanishads contained in your list (pref. v.-—vii. note) compiled from those of -Colebrooke, Weber, Anquetil du Perron, &c. is 95. The received lists of this part of India exhibit the larger number of 108. But in your list, different parts of the same Upani- shad bear separate Nos., as for instance, the Mandukya, which in Colebrooke’s list is entered ‘“* Nos. 12—15.” Adopting these addi- tional numbers wherever they occur in yours, the Telugu list is increased to 120. Of all these I have copies, or am able to procure them, besides which I possess three other works, termed Upanishads 608 | Comparative list of Upanishads. [No. 7. though not found in the received lists. I enclose a memorandum marked A. showing the whole of these. The first column contains the numbers of the Telugu works arranged conformably to your list, founded on Colebrooke’s, which (i. e. Colebrooke’s) is given in the second column, Anquetil’s in the third and the Miscellaneous Nos. from Weber and other sources in the fourth. The order of the num- bers, I may remark, is derived only from the preface above referred to (No. 34 of Vol. VII.) and may not therefore be quite correct. The remaining works known to the Telugu Pandits then follow alphabeti- cally, the three extra ones, being marked with a;* viz. Nos. 87, 103 and 123, the last having been added subsequent to the preparation of the list. In the first of these three, the Mahavacya Ratnavali, an enumeration of the whole 108 Nos. occurs with a specification of the Vedas to which they belong. A similar list is likewise found in the Muctica Upanishad, No. 93 in my list. Extracts from these two works transcribed in Nagari characters and marked B and C are enclosed. I have made enquiry for the Tica of Anandagiri on the Swetaswatara Upanishad, but hitherto without success. There is a notice in the last No. of the Journ. As. Soc. (III. of 1851, p. 283) imviting aid in procurmg MSS. of the Sanhita of the Black Yajur Veda and its commentary by Sayanacharya. Copies of portions of these are not uncommon and no great difficulty would be experienced in collecting a complete set, both of the text and commen- tary. Most of them are in palm leaves, but some are on paper, all however are in Teulgu characters. It will give me great pleasure if I can be of any assistance to join in the valuable labours in which you are engaged, by procuring for you any information which this province can furnish, but in doing so, I am sorry to say, I can bring no critical knowledge to bear on the value of such materials as may fall in my way. I am, dear Sir, Yours very faithfully, Water Exxior. 1851.] me o 6 Mm ns nolsa 2 ee \23 leo 3 oO = mm or |. a 2 Sel ] ] 4 2 2 14 3 3 25 4 4 33 oa 5 4] 5 6 9 6 7 23 7 8 28 8 9 16 9 10 ye 10 1} 48 LI—14)12—15 31 Bs 16 age bb 17 Sis te 18 of 16 19 26 17 20 15 18 21 27 19 22 20 20 25 21 21 24 ae 22 25 35 we 26 ; fe Diff eye 25 28 24 24—29'29—34 50 30—3 1/35—36 oF 2 37 46 aa 38 7 34—35|39—40 30 36 4\ 6 37 42 a 38 43 34 ie 44 38 at 45 39 39 46 a, 40 47 41—42/48—49 of 43 50 18 Comparative list of Upanishads. in Dr. ; Nos i Weber’s List. A. Names of Upanishads. Mundakopanishad. Prasnopanishad. -|Brahmavidy6panishad. Kshurikopanishad. Chilika. Atharva sirépanishad. Atharva sikhépanishad. Garbhopanishad. (Mahopanishad. Brahma. Pranagni hétrépanishad, Mandikydpanishad. Nilarudra. Nadabindipanishad. Brahmabindu. Amritabindtipanishad. Dhyanabindtipanishad. | Téjébindtipanishad. Yogasikshopanishad. Yogatatwopanishad. Sanydsopanishad. Aruniképanishad. Kanthas'ruti. Pindu. Atmavidydépanishad. Nrisinha tapaniyya. Kathavalli upanishad, Kénopanishad. Nardyandpanishad. Vrihannarayana. Sarwasardpanishad, Hansopanishad. Paramahansa parivrajak6panishad. Anandavalli. Bhriguvalli. Garudopanishad. Kalagnirudropanishad. Ramatapaniyya. Kaivalyopanishad. 609 610 Comparative list of Upanishads. [No. B Ses. le * dlebc-| Sein) mn + — |e © a°n ; faeces | et o/s Names of Upanishads. 2%) 22/88 | 33 22143 |4 8/40 o As pet Se e 2 Se S 44 51 71 on abalopanishad. se 02 iil deteon) | Asrama. 45 53 1! .. |Ch’handogyépanishad. 46 54 2} .. |Vrihadaranyaka. 47 55 3| .. |Maitrayani upanishad. 48 56 4| .. |Isavasyopanishad. 49 57 11} .. |Aitaréydépanishad. 50 58 ed ee Koushitakopanishad. 51 59 13 Swétaswatardépanishad. 52—53/60—61 76—77 Gopalatapaniyyopanishad. . - |62—66 17882, Sundara tapini. 54 67 83 |Tripura tapanopanishad. 55 68 84 /|Tripurdpanishad. 56 69 85 |Scandopanishad. oe, 70 ..| 86 |Koula $i 7\ ..| .87 |Gopichandanam. 57 72 .| 88 |Darsanopanishad. 58 73 ..{ 89 |Vajrastichikdpanishad. ee oe 10 Hansanada. 59 aA 17| .. jAtmabddhdpanishad. ee ne B2 {Shekl or Pankl. a ee 42) .. |Amrat Lankoul. 60 ” 43} .. [Amrita naddpanishad. iy : 46| .. |Taraka. as is A7\s\ 0) (apa, ai ey 49} .. jSavank. SF aie 8 Tadéva. sit ef ono Sata rudriya. = on 22 Siva sankalpa. 6 a 40| .. |Purusha sukta, : +5 44) .. |Vashkala. be si 45, .. |Tschakli. * au .. | basagumudra; wad a de Atharvaniya rn oe 6 6) ae | - el iaiaineala, Ogee 62 se : 94 |Niralambdpanishad. <2 ae ..| 95 |Srimadatta (St. Petersburg.) 63 48 90 |Taittariyyopanishad. 64 si ..| .. |Adhydatmopanishad. 65 oe .-| «- |Adwaitarkopanishad. = as .per) 2. — res Nos. | Telugu List. in Cole- Nos. brooke’s List. Comparative list of Upanishads. Nos. in Anque- Du _ Perron’s til List. in Dr. Weber’s List. Nos. Names of Upanishads. .. |Akshytipanishad. ..- |Annapurndpanishad. . |Avadhutdponishad. .. |Avyaktdpanishad. .. |Bahwrichdpanishad. . |Bhasma Jabalopanishad. .. |Bhavanopanishad. . |Bhikshuképanishad. . |Brihajjabalopanishad. .. |Dakshana miurti upanishad. .. |Dattatréydopanishad. .. |Dévyupanishad. .. |Ekaksharopanishad. .. ,Ganapatyupanishad. .. |Hayagrivopanishad. he — .. |Jabalyupanishad. .. |Kalisantarandpanishad. .. |Kathépanishad, .. |Krishnopanishad. . |Kundinakopanishad. .. (Mahavakya ratnavali. .. (Mahavakyopanishad. .. |Maitréyyupanishad. .. |Mandala brahmdpanishad. .. |Mantriképanishad. .. |Mudgaldpanishad. . |Muktikopanishad. . Narada parivrajakopanishad. .. |Nirwanopanishad. . |Parabrahmopanishad. . |Panchabrahmopanishad. ..|Parama hansopanishad. ..|Pasupada brahmopanishad. . |Rahasyopanishad. .. Rama rahasydpanishad. .. |Rudrahridayopanishad. . |Rudra Jabalépanishad, . |Rudrakshopanishad. 412 611 612 Comparative list of Upanishads. [No. 7. * qa ee | mn 2 a) 10°26 | 8'zBls'Sel 2°28 OIC | “A'S*S| B18) FFB O'S8) FEL" Apno[Dd| "N /Z'18| 0'98/8 98] Teo" Apno]D| “A *N | 0'%8! e128) $728 889" 0% z ** | OZIT | L°6L] S'98} 1'°%6 Apno[D| “A *s | 0°08) $'€8 1°S8| Z69° 01 | A “N/ 9°%8) 8°68) 0°16) 99° ond | “A “S | 8°08} 0'%6 0'%6 999° pol = ** | 8°60 | 8°08/ 6°98] 8 Tey HBS-OfNUIND) “S | 8°61) 68 S98) OL" | WeAS-O[NUIND | “AA “NY F'TS) L°T6/ST6|PS9° | Wesjs-ojnwND| "q *N | O'%8/ 816! F 06 919° BI) D | $%°0 | S0z°0 | 9SOT | 8 zB) ¢°48) B'Tal Apno[D] “A "S | S'6L| T'F8) B'F8) G69" OIG | “A N| F'08) 0°98] 9°98) 819° ApnolD| "S| ¥'%8/a°18/ 1°88 819° LI - -- | S901 | 3'zRl T1810 26 yAwND!) *M | T'%8) Z°98) 0°28) 619° Spnolg|"M “S/O 18/ 9°68) F 06/919" OTT} "AM | F'T8) 9°06/ 9°06 $89" oT s ** | S°E0T | 08] 8°98! e-zal “SPIO-pasenwos) “Ss | 9°T8/S'98) 0°28) T89" ONIT| “M_ | Z'E8) 0'%6, 9°16 BF9" OIG) “AA | 9°G8) F'16)/ 0°16 299° cI oe ** | OLOT | STR) P98) s'Te} WeS-opnuIND; "Ss | S18) 0°S8| 0°98 99° OIG) “S | ZB! 8 BR 0°06 Lz9" ONIT|"M ‘S| F°S8/ 8°68 Frag CFO‘ PT a "* | @ FOL F'T8) 98] eT! SPIO-pozauveos) °g | F18)8S8 098) ago" | NeIys-oynwND|) *S | 0'%R! 0°06) Z'06) LTO" OnNld| “S | $°%8) $'06 z'06 29" rl = ** | LTOT | 8°62/0°S8) 2°06 OWIT| "AA *S/ O°T8) 6'F8 ZB) ZO" OnIg| “S |L°T8) S98) F28 FON | Weus-oynuNny) °*S | Q'ss! 1°88 0°68 FIO" ait L0'0 | 0£0'0 | 0°88 | @'8L/ 0'T8} L°8 onId) “*S | 8°08) 6°18) 2°18) TT9° ONT |* MSS} 8°08] 8°18/ Z°18 G6" 9, OIG)" ‘SS} 9°62) 8°08 0'TS 209° Ul 80% | SL6'T | 0°06 | Z'Z8/0'F8) B°Se ApnojD) “S| 6°82) 0°18) 3°18! Ges" APNOTD) “AA “S| 2@'6L/ £'T8] 8°08 FIG" SUV | “S |%°8L)3°6L| 9°61) 91S" O1|@| 910 | SOMO | B'8OT | F'08 °S8) 2°06 1WB1]8-O111D |" “S "| O'S8) 68) S18 TRF’ NVIYS-O1)| "| B18 F'06! #68) SBP" Apno[D |'A'S'A| $28] za F°68 CGF" 6 LZ'0 | 02Z'0 | 8°66 | F'T8] L'F78) O'SB OIC) “A “S | 0°18) 0°98) S98) 96h" Ff NeAys-oynUIND | "| “S |Z 18) Sos) F 98 ILF OnId| “A | *°E8) G°18) F'98 BLE 8 LU'0.| OZT'O | VOTT | Z'Z8] B°L8| Ege] “SPI2-P22033898) YS | B°18| $98) L°S8) Lz ApNolD| “A “S | F'%8| L682 O16 SOF OnId| “HA |e'S8/0 6 Fz6 90F" L za "* | P@IT | 9°18] 228) 8'z6 OIG) “S| FZ8/ S°S8) 8°¢g) cur og! “S | T'S8] 0°98 ORB esr | NeNs-opNWND| "| “Ss |o-e8l o'es| G16 TLF 9 FTO | OOTO | O'ZOI | F°6L)Z'F8, 0'68 OId) “S |0€8/0'98 ¢°98 LGG° J Wedjs-oynwuND, °S | 48/888 B18 LFS IWIN | °S [¢°€8) 828/18 TLS" G €9°0 |OLS°0 | SLOT | L°LL/ 0°88) ¢°88 WVIIS-O.LUD |" AA*SS} 8'°ZB) & G8) SSB) BOS" ONT |" MA*SS) FSB] 9°98) ZLB, SFG yuu}; "S | ess! 2°98) 9°9R FSG" Y 08°% | 099% | 9°90T | 2°08) $98! 816 ApnojD|} *S | O'%B $°S8) 1°98) OZS" ApnojD| “*S | B'F8/z'egio'es [ar | NeaIs-o;MUIND | "| “S |Z F8) 9°06 8°06 SBF" iS 8¢"0 | O° | O'LOT | 6°08) 0°98 O'16 011} °S | °88| 6°L8! S°88| FzS" Old | °S | 0°S8/ 2°88 2°88 LOS Apno[D| °S [28 Sag Fes zes" 1} 20} °° | O'ZOT | F'T8] S98] F'16 WOIS-OLMD| "S| B18) 0°88) 3°68) OTS" HVIIS-OLI | “AS | S'E8B/S'16/ 8°06 (8h° | VeAIs-O[ NUN)! “YT 'S | 0°SB) 9°06) F°06 ZO" u O10 | 090°0 | +°86 | 8°08) F'F8' 0°88 Apno]D| ‘A *S | S18) 1'F8) OSs) egr'6z ApNo]D| “A “S | F'G8/ S"98| 8°98 99F'GS] “SPLO-P.A9NVIS) “S| O'S) g'9B)/ S™°L8 OFI'6Z "yauy | °youy | ¢ ot! 6 o ° o | o jseqouy ° ° o [seyouy he o jsayouy S| E;emoqyjeddn) Se) E/E) ez fe) ie) Se oe eee | 2 | Sieese Seale | 2] S| oF S| eiyesecer Oo" tee eer Se le Sl cegiee | ern) 35 Re Sor | Sesleri e- Breil mlb] w| os ° ee °199 4 °yoo 4 ae 5 ° A4S jo joodsy = a) 5 © mp "AS jo yoadsy a=) So a = = Ae “AY JO qoodsy : Se = = = me Kp was ayaMOWLaY | a ad . ‘2 BS eed leer Bs] o = z =| ‘suoneaaty | = 3 junupy pur “pula! “AN eLed ua] S "pur Ad |'dtnjesed wo J 3 “pura, | ‘aunqesodway| 3@lsasney uy! # © WIN UTX ® [AT "Jas-UNS JB apeu SUOLAIASGG ‘mw *d $38 paadasqo aunssod q WNW TT “WOF SUZ IB IPVU STIONBAIISGO [*panurjquos ‘4ajs1.caxy 109150]0.10999 {7 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL. For SEPTEMEER, 1851. At a Meeting of the Society held on the 3rd instant, at half past 8 Pp. M. J. R. Corvin, Esq. Senior Member of the Council present, in the Chair. The proceedings of the last Meeting were read and confirmed. ' Letters were read : Ist. From Dr. A. Campbell, Darjeling, presenting through Mr. J. R. Colvin, a skin with head and horns of the Shaw deer of Thibet, proposed by Mr. Colvin, and seconded by Mr. Heatly and Resolved that the thanks of the Society be given to Dr. Campbell for this valuable present; and that, as recommended by the Curator, the specimen be mounted and placed in the Society’s Museum. 2nd. From Captain Thuillier, Deputy Surveyor General presenting a set of the Revenue Survey Maps for the use of the Society’s Library. The set comprises coloured lithographed Maps of the following dis- tricts : 624 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7. North West Provinces. Proposed by the Chairman, se- Gee Re [ 1. conded by Major Baker, and unani- AVZAIBEUGS Go ss as ot ccine seen | mously Pee eee | Resolved that the thanks of the Bijnour,.- -- + ee ee ee ee eens Society be given to Captain Thuillier BSAReM caiwic, so e's winleiseaya alae | Bulund Shar, el arneis fever ater ee | Budaanss)... 6% 2oseee eee ee for these Maps and for his promise F o et oe sie! Rai ose her aie to present all such as may be here- awake thie) oi te 2 | after issued from Surveyor General’s Fwiruekabad , 0.36 2: dos. soe Off Ghaneepare, oe .eeees sees YH ' ee: . SupReate) a ajo is Gia ke oe ana | 3rd. From Cecil Beadon, Esq OMMEK POLE, ws se %iclew voe.cake dt Te : Me ‘ Hueana, Nao it age s forwarding a box containing bamboo alana sect ee eect ee aee traps for catching fish as used by the CELUL, - «icicle ca as us oe sv os ° ® Mirzapore, SS NR a it 2 Se natives of Assam, also a few speci- rank pia Re ne gts te gels mens of Machines for cleaning and Pile, isy'57s aie ieraseralls s0-0 ube | | spinning cotton peculiar to the pro- OMOBIG SC aira's “aie ainue.cs w-osercrcraies & Shabj oie Gen eae oe) aiupaae of Assam. Mr. Beadon ob- Pye eae that the specimens were des- Mee a eee and British | = tined for the London Exhibition by arhiwall,.\. seers 2 Map of the Territory of Mar. at Mr. W. N. Hudson of Mungledye PA Pen aon cide : 2 in Assam, but having arrived too ap of the Jeypore Lerritor = ee . Y |} late for transmission to England they Bengal Provinces. are in accordance with the wishes of ae scteseceesessseees (2) that gentleman made over to the Patna, 5. vee fe is Museum of the Asiatic Society. oe aaa Sma } 8 { Resolved that the present be ac- Cuttack, pie Bie fis ‘i knowledged with thanks. ale Spa eee eee 4th. From Captain Thuillier pre- 9 @eeeeeneco 88 eeee 5 Higillee, ................ L@ J senting a copy of a Manual of Sur- veying in India. Ordered to be acknowledged with thanks. 5th. From Mr. J. W. Sherer, Officiating Assistant Secretary to the Government of the North West Provinces announcing the despatch of the following books presented to the Society by order of his Honor the Lieut. Governor, North West Provinces, viz. Battin’s Report on Kumaon, Statistics of the North West Provinces, Statistics of Indi- genous Education in the North Western Provinces, Directions to Reve- nue Officers. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 625 Ordered that the present be acknowledged with thanks. | 6th. From M. P. J. Ondaatjee, Esq., through the Right Rev. the Lord Bishop, presenting a copy of a Memoir of Dr. Quint Ondaatjee. Ordered that the present be thankfully acknowledged. 7th. From Rdj4 Radhdként Deb Bahadur, the last volume of his Dictionary. Ordered that the thanks and congratulations of the Society on the completion of this valuable work be communicated to Raja Radhakant Deb. | 8th. The Librarian laid on the table a list of books added to the Library during the month of August last. The name of Lieut. Faithful, proposed and seconded at the last meeting having being brought forward for ballot— It was resolved that the election of Lieut. Faithful be reserved for determination at the next meeting, as there were not eleven ordinary members then present. The Council submitted a Report of the expenditure on account of the Bibliotheca Indica from the year 1847, to July, 1851, together with a list of works published with reference to a resolution passed at the last meeting. Ordered that the Report be laid on the table. The following communications were then read : Ist. A letter from W. Seton Karr, Esq., Under Secretary to the Government of Bengal, acquainting the Society that with the permis- sion of the Military Board the Executive Officer of Berhampore will proceed to Gour to make drawings of the architectural remains there, in December next. Resolved that the thanks of the Society be conveyed to his Honor the Deputy Governor for this communication. 2nd. A Report on the Kurrukpore Hills, by Captain J, R. Sherwill, communicated by Captain Thuillier. 3rd. On the Dust Whirlwinds and Cyclones, by P. T. H. Badde- ley, Esq. M. D., communicated by H. Piddington, Esq. Report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology. Economic Geology.—Captain Haughton has sent us from Suray Rela and some other localities in the Chybassa district, four specimens of copper ore with a bit of the smelted copper and one of common iron ore. I find upon 4. 626 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7. examination that one of the copper ores (No. 4) contains a small quantity of Bismuth, but the specimen sent is too small to afford a quantitative ana- lysis. The specimens appear to promise well, and it is remarkable that this is the spot alluded to in my recent report to Mr. Secretary Beadon, as being the locality from whence the natives gave the late Major Ouseley specimens of mere iron ores for copper. Mr. Lonsdale of Moulmein has sent a number of ores for examination, which prove to be nothing more than different kinds of iron ore, a few having small proportions of antimony, but none of any value. Our Secretary has received from the Hon’ble J. C. Erskine, resident at the Court of Nepal, the following letter and the specimen therein alluded to, which has been examined: the report on the specimen, follows the letter. No. 62 of 1851. From the How ble J. C. Erskine, Resident, Nepal. To the Secretary to the Asiatic Society of Calcutta, dated Nepal, the 14th August, 1851. _ Srr,—I have taken the liberty of forwarding to you by Dak to-day a specimen of a mineral somewhat resembling coal. Though deficient in Carbon it appears to be a kind of lignite, and was found about five or six miles from the city of _Katmandoo. 2. Would you do me the favor of obtaining from one of the members of the Asiatic Society competent to pass a judgment on such subjects, a description of this mineral, for the information of the Prime Minister Ge- neral Jung Bahadoor. I have the honor to be, Sir, Your most obedient servant, (Signed) J.C. Ersxine, Resident, Nepal. Report on a supposed specimen of lignite from Katmandoo. This specimen is not lignite but a very promising coal shale and consider- ably bituminous, as will be seen below. The impressions and remains of plants which it contains are those of calamites, a plant of the coal forma- tion. The bituminous portions are distinctly seen in the cross fracture in their waving lines of dull shining coal. Carefully dried before analysing, as all these shales absorb much moisture in the rains, 100 grains of it gave, Gaseous matter wyith-water, iw .ersa. ses cise wevetondbtanvenatese HOU CaO ie o's ges Ba abs tetera stelbetelaver sles a awne o\biek sini s Laie eeotiobanerk bse ete Ash, containing a small proportion of lime but principally iron and silica, POEM Pc OATS Poe) 8 8) $58) '6).6))80.:6 (078 8) 0 ON018) D8 /8uevesa) ore Hee) 's\0) ete y ere a8: 6)'e) 8) 66 3076 33.30 100,00 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 627 Its specific gravity was not taken, as it is of too loose a texture and we have but too small specimens of it. (Signed) H. PIDpDINGTON, August 27th, 1851. Curator, Museum Economic Geology. Captain Sherwill has presented to the Museum small specimens of the native gold and Cinnabar of California, and Dr. Huffnagle has also presented us with a very beautiful specimen of the Auriferous Quartz from California, shewing the gold dispersed in minute spangles through the substance of the Semi-transparent and opaque quartz. Ihave carried on as a paper for the Journal the Table of our Examination of Indian Coals from that given by Mr. Jas. Prinsep in Vol. VII. p. 197, bringing it down to the close of Vol. XIX. for 1850; the two affording at once a full register of the Economic value of all our Indian and of some foreign coals, ~ We have received from Mr. Walter Elliott of the Madras Civil Service. a box of specimens collected by Lieut. Applegarth, M. N. I. near the bank of the Kistnah which it was hoped might contain organic remains indicative of coal, but there is nothing of the kind in them nor does even their lithologic character give any promise of the kind. As the excavations, however, are but superficial better success may attend farther research in more favorable spots. H. PippINGTON, Curator, Museum Economic Geology. DL LPF LLLOL LLL LOLs For NoveMBeER, 1851. | The usual monthly meeting of the Asiatic Society was held on the evening of Wednesday the 5th November last, at half past 8 p. m. J. R. Corvin, Esq. Senior member of the Council present in the Chair. The proceedings of the September meeting were read and confirmed. Donations were received— Ist. From Mr. Frederic Fitzgerald of Philadelphia. A Stone Tom- mahawk, or war hatchet, found on the Allighaney Mountains in the United States of America. Mr. Fitzgerald observes that “a withe of tough wood forms the handle of this hatchet, and that it must have been made before the discovery of America by the Europeans as iron very soon supplied the place of stone.” 4L 2 628 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No.°7% 2nd. From D. C. Money and Raja Ramchand Sinha. Three pieces of ancient Hindu Sculpture. Resolved that Mr. Money and the Raja be requested to favour the Society with an account as to the place where these interesting anti- quities have been found. From Messrs. Madden & Co. London, a copy of a History of Modern and Ancient India, by Cook Taylor. From Mons. D. C. Wiedmann, Secretary to the Royal Academy of Sciences in Bavaria, the latest publications and transactions of the Academy. From Captain G. Siddons, a MS. of the Vichitra Nataka. From the Court of Directors, a Catalogue of the Museum of the East India Company by Dr. Horsfield. From Captain Thuillier, a very large portfolio for the district and general maps of India. This gentleman had further the goodness to arrange the maps and have them fixed in it. The special thanks of the Society were voted to the Captain. From C. Murehead, Esq., Principal of the Grant Medical College. A report of the Grant Medical Cellege for the Session 1850-51. From Joseph Milligan, Esq. Secretary to the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land. The publications of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land. With reference to Mr. Milligan’s proposal for exchange of publica- tion and specimens of Natural Products it was resolved— That a set of the Researches as far as available and a complete set of the Journal be forwarded to the Society by an early opportunity, and that the request for exchange of specimens of Natural History be referred to the Council for report. | The Chairman stated to the meeting that Dr. O’Shaughnessy has very obligingly offered to explain the details of the Electric Telegraph now in operation between Diamond Harbour and Calcutta, to the members of. the Asiatic Society, any day they may appoint between the hours of 11 a. m. to 3 p. m., and proposed that the thanks of the Society be accorded to Dr. O’Shaughnessy for his kind offer, and that the members avail themselves of the same at 11 a. m. on Saturday the 15th instant, when a special meeting of the Society will be held at the Telegraph Office, Chandpaul Ghat. 1851.} Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 629 Lieut. Faithful, duly proposed and seconded at the August meeting, was balloted for and elected an ordinary member. The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the December meeting ; Captain R. V. Thurburn ;—proposed by Dr. A. Sprenger, seconded by Mr. Colvin. Captain Layard ;—proposed by Captain Thuillier and seconded by Captain Sherwill. The Council communicated for the adoption of the meeting, a report by the Philological Committee on the publication of texts in the Bibliotheca Indica. Report. The Committee is of opinion— That whilst it is of the highest importance for translations to be made here in India with all Hindu assistance, it is not expedient to limit the publication of volumes in the Bibliotheca Indica to works which the editors may be prepared at once to translate. It is evident that such a restriction would operate unfavorably, as in many cases, years must be spent before a perfectly satisfactory translation could be finished. At the same time the Section recommend that no work should be printed without so much critical apparatus as is necessary for giving an account of the MSS. made use of, their authority and age, &c. and a resume of the contents of the Volume. Also that the Ishwar Chandra Sharmana’s offer to edit the Sarbha- darshana Sangraha be accepted. Also that Dr. Roer having offered to publish the second part of the Naishada with the commentary of Mallinath,—a work which has been recommended by Professor Lassen, Dr. Roer’s offer be accepted. Proposed by Mr. Colvin, seconded by Dr. Walker and resolved that the recommendations of the Council be adopted. . Major Baker submitted for the inspection of the Society a drawing of a piece of Grecian sculpture found in Peshawur. Babu Rajendralél Mittra exhibited a set of electrotype impressions of the Roman gold coins lately submitted to the Society by General W. Cullen. 630 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7. Notice was given by Dr. A. Sprenger that he would propose at the next meeting, That the Museum of Natural History of the Society be offered to the Government for the formation of a Government Museum. This proposal was referred to the Council for Report under the provisions of the Bye-laws. Communications were received — Ist. From Mr. E. Thomas, enclosing a paper on certain ancient coins collected in Peshawur. 2nd. From Captain Thuillier, submitting an abstract of Meteoro- logical mean annual summaries for ten years from 1841 to 1851. From the same, forwarding a note on an inscription found in Mon- ghyr with a drawing by Captain Layard. From Babu Radhanath Sickdar, through Captain Thuillier. An account of the table used for reducing Barometrical observations to 32 Fahrenheit, in the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta. Resolved—that Dr. Fayerer be requested to favour the Society with such information as he may be able to obtain, regarding an inscription on the face of a rock near the Laur Thannah within ten miles of Sylhet. LIBRARY. The following additions have been made to the Library since August last. Presented. Memoir on the Statistics of Indigenous education within the North West- ern Provinces of the Bengal Presidency. Compiled from Official Documents under orders of the Hon’ble the Lieut.-Governor of the North Western Provinces. By R. Thornton, Esq. Calcutta, 1850. 8vo.—By THE GovERN- MENT OF THE NortTH WESTERN PROVINCES. Directions for Revenue Officers in the North Western Provinces. Cal- cutta, 1850, 8vo.—By THE SAME. Official Reports on the Province of Kumaon with a Medical Report on the Mohamari in Gurhwal, in 1849-50. By J. H. Batten, Esq. Agra, 1851, 8vo.—By THE SAME. Memoir on the Statistics of the North Western Provinces. By A. Shake- spear, Esq. Calcutta, 1848, 8vo.—By THE SAME. Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government, No. II. Report on the Nuddia Rivers. By Capt. Lang. By tHe GoveRNMENT OF BENGAL. 1851. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 631 A Grammar of the Panjabi language with Appendices. Lodiana, 1851, 8vo. —By Sir Henry Evvior. A Manual of Surveying for India. By Captains R. Smyth and H.S. Thuillier, Caleutta, 1851, 8vo.—By Capt. THUILLIER. Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. XIV. Vol. VI.—By THE SociETy. ’ 33 Revenue Survey Maps of the Bengal Presidency.—By Capt. THUIL- LIER, DepuTY SURVEYOR GENERAL. Journal of the Ceylon Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. V. for 1850.—By THE Sociery. A Brief Memoir of the Life of the late Peter Philip Jurgen Quint On- daatjee, Colombo, 1851, 12mo. pamphlet.—By THE ComPILErR. Brief Lectures on Mental Philosophy and other subjects; delivered in Sanskrit to the Students of the Benares Sanskrit College, Allahabad, 1845, 12mo.—By J. Muir, Esa. The Civil Auditor’s Manual for the North West Provinces, by T. K. Lloyd, Esq. Calcutta, 1851, 4to.—By THE GOVERNMENT oF THE NortH WEstT- ERN PROVINCES. The Procedure of the Civil Courts of the East India Company in the Presidency of Fort William. By William McPherson, Esq. Part I. Cal cutta, 1851, 4to.—By Toe AUTHOR. The Vichetra Natak in Punjabi. MS. 12mo.—By Capt. Grorce SIp- DONS. Ancient and Modern India, by the late W. Cooke Taylor: revised by P. J. Mackenna, Esq. London, 8vo. 1851.—By Messrs. Mappsen & Co. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land. Vol. I. pts. I.-II.-I11.—By toe Sociery. Rules of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land. Pamphlet.—By THE SoOcIETY. Lexicon Geographicum cui titulus est claus ESM Slows! che edly Ove| 0, Tertius Fasciculus exhibens literas Djim-Kha. Edidit T. G. J. Juynbull. Lugduni Batavorum, 1851, 8vo.—By tHE Curators oF THE ACADEMY or LrypENn. Life of Mohammad from original sources. By Dr. A. Sprenger. Allaha- bad 1851, 8vo.—By rue AuTHOR. Abhandlungen der kéeniglich Bayrischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Part I. of Vols. 26 and 27. By the Royal Academy of Munich. Gelehrte Anzeigen, Vols. 30-31.—By THe Same. Bulletin der koenigl, Akademie der Wissenschaften.—Nos. 23-4.—By THE SAME. 632 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 7. Ueber die politische Reformbewegung in Deutschland im XV. Iahrhun- derte und den Antheil Bayerns an derselben, eine Rede gehalten an dem 91 Stiftungstage der k. bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Munchen am 28th Marz, 1850, von Dr. Coost Hofler. Munich, 1850, 4to. pamphlet. —By THE SAME. Einige Worte tber Wallensteins Schuld Fest-Rede gelesen in der 6ffent- lichen Sitzung der kgl. Bayr. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Munchen zur Feier ihres ein und neunzigsten Stiftungstages am 28th Marz, 1850 von Dr. Rudhart. Munchen, 1850, 4to. pamphlet.—By THE SAME. Abhandiung wiber das Schul- und Lehr-wesen der Mohammedaner im Mit- telalter, von Dr. Daniel Haneberg, Munich, 1850, 4to. pamphlet.—By THE SAME. Bibidhartha Safigraha, an illustrated Bengali periodical in the plan of the “‘ Penny Magazine.” No. I.—By Ba’su Ra’sENDRALA‘L Mirra. Observations des Phenomenes Periodiques extraits du Tome XXV. des Memoires de l’académie Royale de Belgique, 4to.—By Tue AcaprEmy. Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenlandischen Gesellschaft. Funfter Band, 1 Heft.—By tue Society. Bulletin de la Societé de Geographie Troisieme serie, Tome XIV.—By THE SOCIETY. Annual Report of the Grant Medical College, Bombay Session, 1850-51. Bombay, 1851, 8vo.—By THE SECRETARY OF THE COLLEGE. Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for July and August.—By THE EDITOR. Ditto ditto, two copies. —By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL. Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society, Vol. XIX. London, 1851, 4to.— By THE SOCIETY. Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society containing papers, abstracts of papers, and reports of the Proceedings of the Society from November, 1849, to June, 1850, Vol. X.—By THE Society. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, Vol. 1V.—By tHE Socirry. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London for 1850, part Il.—By THe Society. Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for August and September, 1851.—By tur Deputy SuRVEYOR GENERAL. Tattwabodhini Patrika, Nos. 97-8-9.—By tue TATTWABODHINI SoBHA’. The Oriental Baptist, Nos. 57-8-9.—By THE Epitor. Calcutta Christian Observer, for September and October, 1851.—By THE EDITORS. The Oriental Christian Spectator, for August, September and October, 1851.—By THE Epiror. 1851.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 633 The Indian Charter, Nos. 1-2-3.—By THE EpiTor. Upadeshak, Nos. 57-8-9.—By THE Epiror. . Compte Rendus de l’ouvrage de J. A. Vullers intitulé: Institutiones Linguz Persicze cum Sanskrita et Zendica Lingua comparate, Par M. Garcin de Tassy. Pamphlet.—By tHe AUTHOR. Satyarnab, for September and October, 1851.—By tur Rev. J. Lone. Mortality and chief diseases of the Troops under the Madras Government, European and Native, from the years 1842-46, compared with those of 1847. —By Lirvut.-Cou. W. H. SyKEs. Citizen Newspaper for September and October.—By THE EnpiTor. Purnachandrodaya, ditto for ditto.—By tur Epiror. Eachanged. Jamieson’s Journal, No. 100. London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, for March, April and May, 1851. Journal Asiatique, Nos. 79-80. Athenzum, Nos. 12-35-36-37-38-39-40-41-42. Calcutta Review, No. 30. Purchased. Edinburgh Review, No. 191. North British Review, No. 29-30. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Nos. 43-4-5. Journal des Savants, May, June and July, 1851. Comptes-Rendus, Nos. 22-3-4-5-6. Ra’‘JENDRALA'L MitrTRa. December 2nd, 1851. LODO? For DecemsBer, 1891. At a meeting of the Society held on the 3rd instant, at half-past 8 P.M. Sir JAMES Cotvite, President, in the chair. The Proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed. Donations were received— Ist. From the Government of Bengal. Nos. 3 and 4 of the Selections from the Record of the Bengal Secretariat Office. 2nd. From Dr, A. Sprenger. A copy of his new edition of the Gulistan. 4M 634 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. Capt. Thurburn and Capt. Layard, who had been duly proposed and seconded at the last meeting, were balloted for, and elected ordinary members. The President submitted on the part of the Council the following report with reference to the notice which Dr. Sprenger had given at the last meeting, of his intention to bring forward, at this meeting, a motion to the effect that the Museum of the Society be offered to the Government for the formation of a Government Museum, and which had been by a resolution of that meeting referred to the Council. Report. «The Council having duly considered the motion of which notice was given by Dr. Sprenger at the last General Meeting and referred to this body for its consideration, is unanimously and decidedly opposed to the proposed offer of the museum to the Government.” Upon this, the Motion was withdrawn by Dr. Sprenger. In conformity to a resolution of the Council, notice was given that they would propose at the approaching Annual General Meeting that the bye-Law No. 6 regarding the election of ordinary members be amended by striking out from it the word “eleven” and inserting seven. Mr. Blyth read his report of progress made in the - Zoological Department, during the month of November last. The Council reported for the information of the meeting that they have granted to Mons. Garcin de Tassy, member of the French Aca- demy, and to the Midnapore native Library, each a copy of the Biblio- theca Indica. The President read an extract from a private letter from Major Kittoe requesting that the society would give to the Museum to be established at the new college at Benares, specimens of any thing Mineralogical, Entomological, Zoological, Fossil, Concological and cu- riosities, of which the Society may have duplicates to spare. Referred to the Council under the bye-laws. Confirmed 7th January, 1852. J. W. Cotvixe, President. PRARAARRARALRAL LIDIA AAA eons sree | 1°8L | 3S8 | 648 | ST8"EZ BS Ee Se ¢eL | G'e8 | o's8 | €98"6% eee eth veer | BOL | BLL | LLL | OT8°'6/ VOT yauny) °s ZL | L'18 | 9°08 | 080" OWId| “A “N | fe | O'8L | 2°94 | $L0° onId| °N 8°89 | FOL | SOL |8TO'OS] Te 31d| “ES | EL | 68 | O'E8 | 000'08 Onld| “A “S | 6'SL | S'T8 | 0°08 | SFO" onIq; °s CTL | O'SL | O'&L | 666" 0g ond) ‘Ss OFL | SFB | SEB | 0666S OWIG|"M *S*S| L'SL | SIS | S08 | Zt0° OIG |"A “S “S| LOL | SSL | OBL | G66°6Z] 62 ONG) “M"S | L'OL | €'F8 | 0°88 | BIO" OW'd) “AM | OGL | STB | L°6L | 990° OIG) “M “S | 8'%L | O'FL | 4’8L | TEO'OS! 8% OWI M *S*S| Z9L | 0'S8 | O'F8 | TOO'OS OIG) “M ‘S | 9°SL | 8'%8 | HIB | FFO'OS OWIT|M'S*M| SFL | HSL | OGL | 686 LZ OnIT| ‘MM “S | 6'6L | 6'S8 | 6'F8 | GTA" od); "S | O°6L | 8'E8 | B'I8 | S¢é od) "Ss BSL | L'SL | SL | 06° "$9 JBIIO] “MS | BOL | Z'98 | S'S8 | 6T8" 1a), “S | Shh | 878 | £%8 | 98° IID} °S GLL| SL.) (OF Ven 4 eqs-ornwnD| "*AA | O84 | O'S8 | BIB | OGL" Heays-ojnwny)| "AA | S'9L | 0°08 | O'6L | TLL" Apnol| *M “N | PL | 9'SL | HSL | SOL ¥Z onc aN e'GL | 99L | HOL | SLY SUIUIRY) "TN | BSL | O'OL | HSL | OZS Sumey) qT “nN | oh | O'9L | SOL | FS" * &% ond x OL | SSL | O'LL | GOL Onid) “A “N | #24 | 2°84 | O'8L | 908° Apno[D| “a "N | O'9L | B'9L | FOL | BSL" BS Sulurey aS Gh | SLE) 28 | 9LL Apnoip| "a | sez | g'18 | 9°08 | 6TS: Aj2zuq| *q 9°GL | 9°9L | O'LL | LLL 1Z Apno[D| “A *N | O'8L | 9°28 | FB | KIB" 0V1| A “N “A| S94 | 9°08 | 3:08 | P88" Apno| “a “N | Sh | PLL | HLL | 6F8" 0 Oda “N'A! S6L | 9°S8 | O'¢8 | E98" Old; "AH | O'6L | 9°E8 | SEB | 236° | SPNO[D-pasasyeog) = “qq ell | S'8L | Z8L | 898° *S6T ond! “A “N | 0°08 | ¥°68 | 6°88 | TSB onid) “A "N | 6'6L | O'L8 | SSB | OTE Nejs-O1ID| “A'S | BBL | BEL | SEL | PSB 81 HBIS-OTMWND) “AA "S | 8°08 | 9°98 | 9°98 | 688" BUCS ORONO) MS 8G) 08 ore | 916 onIqd; ‘Ss PRL | G6L | F6L | 818" LT ynwnd} "A *S§ | 608 | O88 | 2°98 | F88" ymin) “M “S | S64 | B98 | S78 | LIE IID} *s L'8L | 96L | F°6L | 898° 9T suruey} “¢ v6L | BSB | 8S8 | ZEB" ONG) “ASS | 918 | 8°98 | O'S8 | LLB’ | IwEd-AT[er9UED)| | -g “| SEL | OGL | HCL | PIS ST OMA °S °A| OTB { O88 | 9°L8 | GFL" OIA °S “A| 6°08 | *:98 | S'Ss | 282° od) “WT PRL | OGL | BSL | PSL rI oniqg| ‘qT 9°6L | O'L8 | O'L8 | OSL" ONIT| “MM “N | S'6L | FF8 | O'FB | FOB" Od| “A'S | OBL | SEL | OGL | PSL" €I OnId) “M “S | S&T8 | 9°98 | 2°98 | STS" onid| ‘| *s | erg | 9°98 | e'sg | TL8° wwaiQ} “sg PSL | S'6L | OGL | eee" “SZI B1{s-O[NUIND "AA *S *S) PIB | HBB | FB | 6S8" neqys-opnwng| “7 °s | z0s | 098 | 2 F8 | OTE ynwng| -g O'8L ORL | FBL | TL8 Il IQUINT|"AA °S "S| ¥°08 | 0°98 } 0°98 | 9¢8° NUN! AA “S *S} $08 | S'¥8 | 0'S8 | 088" HeHs-OMGMO) Mag Orek | O6E | OGL 18" ot Hets-oynwuND} *¢ 218 | 4°98 | #8 | TOs old) "Ss F'08 | 98 | O'Ss | 178° A[zzuqq}*g eB | GGL | OGL | S6L" 6 IqUIN A “S *A}| f'08 | 9'€8 | O°S8 | 08° HBAS-O|NUN OA “S “A) 9'6L | F'PB | 98 | 198" | SPNO]D-porsweog)-| -g "|| GOL’) OBL | BBL | FOB" 8 Apno[D| “A °S | 08 | 298 | 398 | 6I8" Apno[d| “a "Ss | 9°08 | 988 | Lz | 498° Apnoio] -q “g | 9'LL | BBL | BBL | 862° L IqUIN] “| “S | 9°64 | O'F8 | SEB | STL Al2ZU| "TS *§ | FL | SEL | H'6L | OFL SUIUIBY) “Tg “S| NLL | BBL | S'BL | 99 9 ONG) “A *“N | ¥'08 | 3°98 | $'F8 | 909" Apno[d] “a *-N | FLL | B08 | OGL | FL9° Apnojp| sg | 6SL | LL | PLL | 909" 8$ ONT AA NN] 2°68 | 4°06 | 068 | 099° ONIC)"MA'N “N| 8°08 | O'98 | FSB | SEZ" WVBIIS-OLIQ) —* AT O'6L | 218 | 8°T8 | 069 b Onid) “MS | OB | O68 | 9°68 | Th oMd) “A'S | VIB | 8°98 | 9°98 | STS" yawunD| "Ss | we | 98 | sss | TLL g Heyseopnwny) *¢ 918 | +06 | 0°06 | EL" EUS OURO oe soe | eeneorns) | -16L: WRIS-OLND| +g O18 | $8 | S18 | SEL j TNWNI-OID| "T'S | S18 | S16 | S06 | 90L°6z YNUNI-OMNID) “AA "S | O'SS | 9°98 | 8°98 | ZEL°6S ApnoiD| *m ‘sg | PIS | BBS | FSS | SOL"62 Lt ° ° o _|sayouy is 5 o |seyouy ° ° o |Seyouy fe) an leat oles auto. | ly ee | =) 8) & |e geet) Sali | scales oe "AYS Jo joodsy 48 B 5 = oi "AG JO joodsy oS Ss 3 = rj ot "ANS JO yOodsy ° ws o 5 g eos £3 | F ~ Peele ec | ec eet 53 | = i “PUM ‘ainjyelad wa J, S “pul *ainjyeled ua J, 5 ‘puiqa | *oanyesroduiay, ° "u00N JUaIeddy 1% spe suoOTyeAIASgG "WUI0S “YG 3B paasasqo dinssalq WNWIXe AT ‘9SIU-UNG 1B APBU SUOTBAJASGG GoOT| °° |) SOI | 9°94) O's8 F°L8 seeees “**" | 1°81) 8°Z8| FSB) 89L°6S eee nie "°°" | @BLI G'F8| OSB) TSL'6% ee sere | RL) 1°S8| L°S8| 6SL°6% 1g e ** | 1°86 | 8°69] NLL) PSR] NBAIS-o;NWUND|* AA *N| G'FL| 'SB) 9°%8) $86" O11 | AN N/ 0'FL) € £8) SFB} 896" YNUND| “AA | S°SL/9°FR)S" FB] L9G" 0g oe ** | O'FOT | 8'TL| 6°82) 0°98)SVa OF] ONT) MM ‘S/0°SL] 1°38) 3°E8) FFE" 011 |'A'S'"S] 0'SL/ O'F8) O'R] 6B6" OIG | "S| F°SL/3'S8) S°S8) S26" 6% ne °° | LTO | STL] 8°82/ F°98 onId|'M °S| F a1 1'G8| SSB) FE oid) M *S} 9°€2) S48) 0'GR| T36" OVNIC|'M ‘S| F°SL/ 8°S8) 9°S8| S86" 8% ee °° | L°SOT | 8'SL/ 9°6L| #98 OIG) "M “S| 6'FL| 818) 8'Z8) FFG OnId) “S | 8°3L/ 8'Fg| 9°¢8) S76" OIG | M “S| LT) 6°38) 8°S8) oS6" Lz iG °* | S°SOT | 3'FL| 8:08/ S18 onIg 9°11) &'F8) 0°S8| $96" OIG| “M |3°9L) 0°98) ¢ 98) L476" OIG) “AA | 9°9L/ 9°98) S°98 LPG" 9 " ** | SCOT | BFL) OTR] L°L8 OIG |" M“SS) 8'8L! 6°%8) SFB) S88" OWI |’ M “S| HLL) SSR} 1°98) 998° 0131 |"AA*SS| O'8L| F°28/ 8°98 098° GZ e|:. ** | SOT | 9°92! T'38] G°L8 IeIzD| “S| PBL) 8'S8) 8'F8/ZI8" 1891)" MS'S/ 0°82) 8°98) 0728) F9L" IBID |"AA “S| FOL) F18/ SLB FLL rz ee “+ | o'96 | L@Ll F6z| 0°98 HeNs-O1ND} "S| 6°g1/8'E8/ 9'F8/ 619" | WeIys-OpNUIND|'M NAL B'B1) B°Gg/ 9°¢g/ 899" yNUND| “AA | gL) 098) 3'SB 299" 63) jIT'O |S80'0 | °° | 8°GL) PSL} O'8L ApNo[D "ANON | 9°G1| O'BL| BLL) GSS" suiurey] “N | L°SL) 9°22) G22) STS’ Apnoid| “N _ |8°SL/0°RL/°4L 88h" ZG| |STOT [-upacso] °° | 6'L! 6°SL| BSL sululey |° “N| ¢°SL} S°9L) 9°SL) §99° Ajzzuqy |" N SSL) f'9L) G°G2/ £99" sululey | A *N | LL) S°S1/0'SL 669 TZ} |0L°0 | $290 | 9°F6 | Z'SL| S'6L| L°S8 Apno[D| °H °S | 9°9L/ 0'6L) S62) ZL" og |a'S'A 8’ LL) 0°08! ¢°6L| OTL" Apnolo "A'S"H| O°22| $82) 0'8L GIL 0Z; |98°0 | 0280 | 9°66 | 3°92] 9°08) 0°98] “SPIO P9191789S) “A “S | 9°91) 9°8L) O°6L) SL" OIG) “A *S | F°LL/%°6L| 0'08| TSL" oumley ("a “N | 0°21) 0°6L| 7°18 S98" 6T| |gt'O | SOl'O | Zgol | z'LL| 138] O28 Apno[p ANA] 0°94) 0°64) 0°08} Tes" Apnog | “N| 9°82/8'T8/z'zg/ 908" J e4Is-o|NWIND | "A “N | 0°61] 0'F8| SEB B62" i8T| ) |*S'0 | OTS'O | S'8OT | L°8L| 9°F8) F°06 WeI}S-O1D| "S| BL] FT] 0°%S8) 808" NVIS-OlD! "S| BBL) G'zB) e°e8| T6L" oululey |" “S | $91) 8°82) S°F8) LO8" AI ae ** | PLOT | 9°82| 9°F8] S706} MB-41S-ofnUIND) "AA “S |B'T8) 9°98) $°28) Sz8" onid|"M “S/£'08/0'06) 0'06/284° | HB4S-o]nUND| “S| FOR) 0'06/ #68 9BL" 91 ie *- | OT | 9°91| 2°F8/ 8°68] Sea 09) IwIID) “S| oO'T8| $98} 3°98] 18" IeaD} “S| F 08) z'88 0°68] 162° youn) |"M °S!% 18) 6'a8) 0°68 S18" ST a "> | BLOT | Zaz! orga] Gee] WBAs-oynuIND! “S| g'08/0°S8) 0°98] GGL’ | WeIIS-OTMUND |" AA "SS! 9°T8/ B°Z8) 2°28) FLL" Te1ys-o]NMUNY| “S| S18) 86g s'S8 FBL" FT| je¢'O |S6P'°0 | FTOT | T'82| FEB] 9°88 onId| “A °S | F°6L) L 08) 08) 9EL" suluey] “YT |S 'Ll|So'eL/ ose etl” IWIN | “S| 9°08| 9°Fg/S°E8 SIL’ 81 = ** | S'FOT | SSL] T'e8] 0°88 Apno[D| “A |%'08| 0'F8) $'F8/ z69" Oniq| H “N|@'8L) 9°¢8) ¢'9g) [29° IPNUWND-OLI A "N | 0°08) F'F8| SFB 89" aI ae ** | oor | 2'gz| TR! 0°06] —— R49S-O1NTD) “S| 8'08/ B'FB! FSB) GL" onig! “S |S 18/s'ogioug| Fes: J Bes-omuMH! “S| 1°08) 7'gg|s'68 eel" HIT] |6z°0 | S2z'O | SGOT | 6'LL) G*e8| 068] BRLS-o[MwND| “T “S | 8°08) Z'¢8] $8) 808" 01d | AA"SS| 8°08) ¢'F8) 0 Fg) 908" Apno[D| “S |Z 08) g'sg/ 818 318" FOT|@/6t'0 | SSO | FTOT O'8L| 28] 8°98 NWN] “A *S | 4°6L| 0'S8| $'Z8| Z08" ontg) “S (984/818) 8°T9| 884" OnId) “S | F°8L) P18) 918 S62" 6 LZ'0 | GShS'0 | BSOI |Z BL/ ¢'SB) F'88 yejs-o1tg| *S |zogiers o'Selzzz° | Wers-ornung] “S |Z T8/9 ogi gze| PSL’ fF VeAs-ofnuNH) “S| E18} 9°18) 8°98 SPL" 18 e ** | g-g0T g°9z| 6:28] 3°88] “SPI9-PazenedS| ‘A *S | Z'08) SSB] 8°S8) ISL" ApnojD| “S| 8°08) 3'S8) 7°Gg! SBL" Apno[d| "S_ | 9°08] 6:98, 0°48 SEL" L 60°0 |¢90°0 | L°L6 | Z°LL/8°T8| $98 IQUINT | "A °S | Z'6L| 8°08] B18) F9L" surureyy | A SS/ 8°08) #28) O'eg| SPL" ond] “A “S | 9°08) Fg! 0'F8 BFL’ 9 | |gGO |06r'0 | $16 | Z°LL/0'T8) L'F8 O11 “A “S | 8°SZ/ S'T8) F°T8| 969° oiq| “A *S | S82) 2°18) Tg) P99" SulUeY |" “S | 8°8L) 1°18) S18, 999° S| JOLT |$S0'T | 8'FOT | Fz] 6°08] 6°98 ApnofD| *N | ¥°82/ 8°18] $'%8) OFS" Apnojd|M *N | 9°6L| 0'g6/ 9°¢g) FES’ O11 |'A *N | 2'62| 0'F8) 0'S8 SEs" IP | [00°C | $96°0 | Z°SOT | O'T8| 9°98) 3°s6 O91 |" AN°N| G°ZB! F°88) 0°68) 989° ontq|MNN| P28) ¢'16 ¢'16) 92S" ond) “N | *'Z8\ F'16) 7°06 FBS" iS ea ** | O'90T | 0°28] e°28) 9°36 091 | “A “NI | $'18) 0°98) £°98] T89" oniq| “AA “S/8'T8/ 0°06) e°T6| O29" OWI | M “S| FSB] #16 O16 P89" Zz r( eo ee 8901 z'18 1°98 Z'GG 1)81]S-O1119 °9 ara) 6°18 9°98 002° 1ye1}s-oyNWND Ta) 028 Z'06 L 06 GL9° 17e.13Ss-O7N wns) °S 9'Z8 Gr 16, ia 16 TL9° iT *- -- levor| gegl Fg see] Wnwma-o1g) +g | z-08/ 0°98) F'28/ PL9'Gz] —ENUIM-o1ID| “S| F'08| F°L8/ e'6g, SG9°6B]_ FH NUUMI-OUNIT AA “S| BB) 0'SG| BG 0L9°6% } |_| 9uy | "your | al a ee 5 o | o \saqouy So | ¢ (odeul ar} o- |-o, (S°4yany | bs Pp M = = {E/E} owovieddn) Fe) 2) ES ge | See oe ee ef) 2/2) 2) gf Pes] =| S12 | we ie 5 G 09 OA 5 ro) 4 moh bo Ss | = B2 =o ee) > | tS ron) Bog ee) elo oe "(2 yoaq lyoag | 5° B | * |ekagjoqoodsy|S &) S| =| SP | ws | Aigjoqodsy| PS) =e | =| = a | ‘Aygjojoodsy/" BS! ec | =| S | we sia (CS ee mglean | 22 ae Sie ee | | Cae 3s Sane) | ee Tv ing *1AJIWIOWIIY J soe ae - a Pe eS AR eat oT oo Se is = a | “SuonBAcly 43 jmnuumyy pue “pura! taunyeuoduiay, | & “pur AA | e4nyesedwa J, S "puraa| ‘aanyesadmay: © Piesacnenyy ary! * ° WOUWINX®B IAT *yas-uUNS 4B OpRul suolvAIEsSqO ‘ud 71e possasqo dANSSOd J UU NULUL TAT "WOF 'YZIB IPBU SUOTPBALISGO [panwaquos ‘uajse.saxy 7090.70]0.109}9 717 | cee es fe wes LOL | OT8 |} L6L | 66°66 stalin er €'69 | SLL | PSL | S66'6% pectic Soe 6°99 169 | 669 | LF6'6s/ Beet Apno[D|"MAN'N | 6'L9 | 6°SL | 9'ez | L00°0S Apnoip|; “N | o'g9 | 6'TL | TIL | 990° ApnoiD| *N *'S9 | S'69 | $69 |R0008] “SOs ond, Bin ZOL | $08 | O'8L | L86° ond “N 699 -| SPL | STL |. 680 BIO |"M'N'N| 269 | G99 | OL9 | 616° 6% ond; “N GOL | S6L | FLL | 696° ontd “N 899 | 9S, | STL | 120 WYOIIS-OLIT AA NON] BID | 299 | O99 | G96" 8% Te310) ON G69 | S’8L | gO, | 086° On] "N o'o9 | aes | SIL | 880° OnId)"M'’N°N} $19 | O'S9 | #99 | 666 XG 1huny) "N o89 | SLL | FOL | 066° od “N oS9 | GSL | STL | &S0° RUN M'N°N} 8'%9 | 699 | 0°99 | 686° 9Z 18210| “M “N | 0°89 | OGL | GLL | L96° TRIO) "N OL9 | PSL | 9EL | 120 0E eat) “N 89 | BL9 | 689 | OG6" GZ TQWND|*AA NN} 9°SL | ¥'Z8 | g'08 | 906° AZ@H| "M "N | G'tL | 994 | HSL | $96" ASS0q) °S PCL | SEL | LGL | 968° ¥Z wd ‘S 9'OL | PZB | C'Og | TZ8° ond ‘Ss GOL | ¢8L | GGL | 618° Te Oe "M 3S} 699 | O89 | 6-L9 | TEs" *S&% ond) “M L169 | 208 | O'6L | 6LE OnId)| “AA “N | G69 | GOL | FHL | LPG'GZ 0.007) "AA "N | $219 | S89 | G89 | 648 (6 OnId) “MN | O'L9 | SEL | FLL | TSE" OWI) “M “N | #99 | GL | 8'SL | L00° TNUNI-OLUIT)| “AA oS9 | 9L9 ; OL9 | TIE 1Z OIG) M'N’M| 3°69 | S6L | SLL | 896°6% ONT |"M' N*M] 8°99 | 68h | OZL | TSO old; “N FEI | B69 | O'F9 | Z86'6z 0% Iwea1O "N 8°69 | O'€8 | O'I8 | £00'0E TO) “A °N | G99 | OBL | SL | 090'0E 13D) “A “N | v9 | LO | OLO | TIO'og 6T YAWNI-OTD) “AH “N | SSL | 628 | STs | 686° TRC OI) de Nisei U, | Oleh al Gun | ceo: YNUNI-OLITY| 269 | GIL | SIL | Ze ST 1YBd4S- O11) “N S'GL | S68 / 2:08 | 806° onld “N CTW Ss LL | OSL | S96" TYRAS-OLUIT, We | BG9 | S19 | OLY | G26" LT JeoTD| “AH °N | 8°89 | 66L | GL | LEE TVD) “M “N | O'L9 | B'SL | SSL | 686°6% IVD; wey) | ged | O'S9 | O'S9 | 096° “SOT SUNG). 7 a 799 | BL | O'LL | 896" V1S-OLUID)| NT 699 | PSL | OGL | L60" NVI}S-O1TD) Wye | O'S9 | 9'FO | FO | SLE" CT “‘eAs- Olt)! "MON | 8°S9 | SEL | DLL | SSE old) "“M “N |0¢99 | oGL | SSL | OTO'OS owt “N 829 | FSO | FSO | 186" Lal Onld| "M °N | OTL | 828 ) OTR | SFE’ OIG) “M “N | 0°02 | o6L | SLL | £66 onId| °N 8°19 OOL | 869 | SFE SI ond) “N 904 | #88 | F198 | STE oniIg| °N 6°69 | F'O8 | S'BL | L96°6% on'd| “N ¢89 | LOL | 8 OL | 9T6" aI OnId | AA’ N'N}| O'OL | O38 | $08 | 6S6 TIO} “M °N | 9°69 | BLL | S'9L | FIO’ IID} oN 819 | GOL | OTL | 096° Il ond *N StL | G28 | STE | 916° yNUNS-OLN)| “HN | 80, | @6L | BLL.) 610 YNUNI-OdT)| = NT 289 | SIL | STL | L96° or 1P3TD| "MN | BSL | O'B | F'TB | TOG’ ONtd) “M 'N | FTL | PLL | SOL | 196 old!) “N 799 | SIL | OTL | 9IE "$6 ontd] “N | SL | O'8 | 9°08 | S88" ong) "N | ¢'ty, | ¥'08 | 9°84 | F386" ONIN N| 0°69 | 9SL | OSL | PLB 8 OnId| “M “°N | FOL | S38 | STs | $68" ond) °N ZOOL | 26 |. 9LL | 696° OMId) “NT O'L9 | @OL | FOL | 006° L TYBIYS- OL) “N ZGL | S68 | FT8 | 618° ISOLA NN] 6'OL | 28L | F'9L | OF OMId) °N O19 | O'OL | FOL | 006 9 Je91D| “MA "N | L°TL | O'F8 | O's | ¥06' 13D) °N GIL | g'08 | O'6L | 196° oid) “Ny 89 | GIL | OTL | STE G BI4S-OLN| NT OZL | 8°E8 | seg | FS8° IYB1YS-OlLTD| NT GT, | g'08 | F'6L | 806° 1WBIIS-OLITD | AT O'OL | OSL | SEL | 6L 4 RUVIND-OLIED| “MN | SVL | O'8 | STS | 4666S, = HMUIND-O1ND| “NF GL | G08 | 0°64 | 6L6°6G} WNuIND-OND| +A | HTL | GOL | SFL |8B6'GS! — EE NeMS-OMID “AN NT} O'FL | 9'FB | 9's | F00' B1}S-OLND) ay o'eL | 9°18 | 2:08 | 490° WBIS-OIND) “| “NT | FOL | BSL | 9'SL | LEO" Sz ITO" NON] PPL | L°F8 | Seg | 80008 Tea[D| °N SFL | PIS | G6L | L490 0¢ TIO} ON ZOL | O@L | OSL | 60 0E T © ° ° sayouy ‘ 5 ° soyouy c ° o |seyouy so | 2 | 8 | 9) ee es | 2). ee gel) 3) S| 8) ae) & oO a = A mM =3 5 ‘Ay joyodsy | 2 o ey a Slo 4 | ‘Ag Jo yoodsy a8 ee = S| my = | ‘ag jo yedsy ° wo & 2 a ms - a : e Bei dlecta ts Me eS | os P *PULM ‘aanyeiod ws J, S *puLAA *aanye1od wa J, 5 “PULAA *a1nye1edwia J, ° ‘uoON JUaIRddy 1% apeUl suOTIeALASgG "UW OG ‘Y 6 3 Padsosqo oinssalq WNWwIixe] *9SLI-UNG 1B APVUW SUOIYBAJASQC, "IGS ““aquaaony fo yquopy ay, sof ‘n9nId1v9 ‘an{E Ssyvsauay Lohaaing ay2 yo gday sagsibay 109160)0.L0020 00°0 | 00°0 | 646 | 189/694) o'¥8 ame "°** | O'TL) 0'6L| 0'08/ 618°6% peters “*** | SOL! #18] 9°S8! SL8°6Z pa aie sees | Trz| e'e8] 6°38! LL8 6z os}c| °° ** 1 O°S6 | 389) ESL] FSB 18310} M NN GOL] 9°LL) &'8L| 686° e310) M NN] 0°69) 8°62) 0°08) 0&6" Jv3/D0| *N | ¥'OL| 9°19] 6°08] £6" 6G "ef et | 66 | S'S9\ FL] 0°68} = WBNS-OLND | *N |0'04) $°8L) GCL) 636" WeI}S-O1N1D| “NI - | 8°69} 9°08) O'T8/ 06" HeNs-OMO|) "N | BOL) g'zBi S18) LB" 8% a "* 10°96 |3'F9/ 6°EL) 9'E8 #8219| °N |@'OL| '8L| B'6L| G06" Je2TO|} “N | ¥°69| 9°08) 'T8) 68" IID] “N | FOL] 9:29) B'S] 668" Lz “* | 88 1HS6 [oP eSL) FSB] WBAIS-OLID| MA NN} F"0L| SLL) PBL) Cee" Wedjs-O.uIl)| “N | 9°69) 9°61) G08) 988" Hes ONO) MW NN} 9°02! ¢°T 2] O'T8| 806" 9% si ** 10°86 | 0°S9] ¢'E1) 9°18 Outd| M NN ¢°89! 6°92) $°LL| 906° onid) MN N| 2°89] $82) $°6L| 706" TUN) AA NN] 9°69] 99g} 08) 116" Ge ae 966 |6°99\ e'PFL| 118 B31) A NN! %'29} O'9L| O'LL| z06° 18310) M NN{ 0°29) G‘e2! ¢°6L| 888° 1893(D| AA NN} 9°29} 9:08! 4°08) 068° 52 ae -= | QOOL | ZTL| z'8Z! 1°S8 ynwny| M NN} 9 TZ} 0°08) 9°18] ors" nw? | MANN FOL! Zz] SSB) OF8" 1nuIND | AA NN O°ZL| ogg) 9 FB FPS" So@) °° | °° | FOOT | 9°99] 0°92] 8:98 1819] "A *S |e'en| P18] 0°78} ges’ | WMurNd-o41D|" MSS |S SL) O'ER] FSB) OBL? J MRUIND-OMND) "S| USL) orrg) O'FB) OLE" (ad eo ee 8°S6 2°19 e°SL ¥€8 OnIqd|) M “°N 9'OL OSL oO 8L 928° Tyouwuny) “M °N/3@'0L 0°08 L108! $18° 1nuNy) "MN OTL OSB G GB) FIs" 12 sie ** | o¢@6 | 2:99] o'pZ| P's8] 1 B49S-O.119| “AA “N'| C°69] O'LL| BBL) OLB" oid) “M__|¥ 89) ¢'6L| 0°08) 028° O11} "AN | 0°69|g*Tg| 0°18 948" 0z *% ** | #96 | 349) 9°SL| OSB O11 |" AA “N| ¢°69| O'L2) 9°84) Z18° 0331 |"M “N/ 6 99) 0'08/ 9°08} TL8° 0131 |"M *N) 8°89] g'zgi 9°18! P88" 61 * | fr | 9'46_ | 9°99) 9°92) 0198 eafO) “N | ¢°69| F'84| 0°08) 076" aeafD| “N | € 89/'18}3'G8| Ses" 191} “N | $°69] 9:9) 0'F8 066" SI ee ** | @-Oor | FOL) e'LL| 9'F8 otc) “N | o'zz| 0°08] 218! ge" onig! “N | ¥'GL) 1°28} 0 €8|\%28° TYNUNI-O1ID| "NC | O'SL| ¢'FQ| F°S8| LLB LI 5 ** | S°ZOT | 399) ¢°o2| 878, T[NUINI- eno “HNN | 9°34] 9°08) $°T8) 158° yRwund-o1u1) | “AN N | 0'GL| ZB} 0 8) PFS" HBA S-OLD]| “N | SSL) greg] 8'S8 9F8" Cy ee | ee | 9-6 | 9:99] p-2z| 2°18 onvtcy| "aL NAL 8°69| 3°92) OLLI a68" ontq|' AA *N|0'89] #°82/ 64) Z06" Ont | M *N| 0°69 9-08) € 08, 806" rT as ** 13°86 | GPolesL| STs] "eIIS-OID) “MA | 7°19) 9°SL) SLL] B18" ye1}8-O119 | M NN|S'P9} 4°81) F°6L/ 818° WI]S-O1AID |" N° $°F9! F-99) FOB, SLB" &T a ** | 846 | 0°69) 0°22) 0°98 onid| “N | Q'29/0°82| 262/188" onid| "N | $°99/ 9'18/0 €8) 898° oni |M NN | 8°69] opg| & FB S18" Ul ve «+ | 1-86 | 2°69) 9°12| F°S8 old) “N |o'rz| 08] 9°18] g68" oniqd| “N_ | £‘OL) egg] L°¢8) 268° ontq | M ‘NI FTL] 9g] 0'F8) 906° Ol “s | ** | £66 | 302) 6 LL] 9°S8 Wwe} “N | ¢'TL| F'08) 9°18) oz6" 1v319) “N | FTL) 9°38] 9 68) TG" Iw} IN | 9°EL! o'¢g) F 78) 6T6" 75 C) Re ** | 9'00T | 8°69] FLL] 0'S8] = WNUNO-OdUTT)| *N | 8°01] F 62) €°08) 798° I[NWINI-O1MLD)| M NN} SL! O'ZB| 8'ZB) OSB" BS-OLND| "N |8 SL] oF! FSB) FS" 8 - "* | 1°86 | O'ZL) SL) SFB OnId| “N |G°01/8°LL| SLL) eF8° ApnojD| “N |3' TL} 0°08) $ 08) LF8" Apno|D | M “N| FTL] $19) 0'S8 68" L “ ** | FOOT | 3°69) T'LL| 0'S8 Apno[d|" MA ‘NI ¢°%z/ 0°08) 9°08} 168" ITNUIND-O1ITD| M NN] &'TL| 0°Z8| 068 SPS" OId| “N |@ZL) FQ) 8'S8 IFS 9 3 ** | OTOL | 3°69] T'LL| O'S8 WRIYS-O.LIT) | AA NN | G°ZL| #08) 2°18) zF8" 84}8-O11\" MAN | USL) 0 €8) 9'S8) SEB" NV1]S-OLNID) | AA NN | OSL! z' FQ! SSB SFB" G “" ** | SOOT | 1°02] F°8L| 0°98 TVD |MNN |Z ZL! S18] F°%8| 798" Jea}Q| MN N|@ TL] 8'¢9] 9°48) 998" 1BI]D | AA “N] STL) #°Gg) BSB) 198" v Pa ** | FOOT | 2°oL| ¢°62/ S98] WAUND-O1NID AA “N| # EZ) 8°18! 9°48! OZ" onig) “N |@GL| ¢°F8) 0'Sg| 908" VIS-OLID | °N | PSL) Gg) SSB, PIS" i a °° 19°96 | WSL| T'6L| 848 IB4qS-O1NT)) "MA “N| 8'FL/] $18] S°S8) CGB" 0731q |"AA "N| 2&2] 0 ¢8] FEB! 6F8" TNWNd-olt7)| AA NN | 9°SZ| 9° Fg) 9'S8! LSS" z "* | ot | ¥00T | T°SL| 1°64) 0'98 Apno[D|"M “N| 6'F2| 0'18| S18] Fee" | WAuMo-o11D |" AA “N) 9°82) ¢'¢8) orga SEG" | WBAIS-O[MUIND|"AA “N/ 8EL) ¢'¢g) SEB) SFG" T/C} «- we F'IOL | F'Tz/0'°6L| 9:98 J83[D|"M °N| 9'Fz| S38} 9°S8! 096'6S TTnwWND|’M *N| SFL OSB! FSR! FF6'6% 1821} “N |0 FL) 9:98) $98] 9FE"6S "youy | “yout | o|o | o o | of o jsaqouy Glo |eewre tent 9:| o«|, 0, Se4gel =|1amoqisoddq| 5 ra ae eS es of ) es set O}O | oF fete noo | ae | ELS |e g8u) =) 2/5 | gs a7) =| S| 8) 88 e esl] £l =| 8 or) 9d 988d | ap seasedey) ea) uae |e | mag pASaPaeedy) Fe.) | | al cad | SP Nee lo Sale tha | ho © St |r amiouniaty, Ea Pics “| ° 2 Bs | 5 ri aes BS| = eee ef ‘SUONBATTY | 3 eo wnt, pue “pura! *asnyesed wa J, Ss “pul AA |'eanyesad wa 7, 5 *‘puraa| ‘aanjesedumay| © © |’sa.one re 3 WINUWUIX® fT *J9S-UNS JV IPBUL SUOICAIOSAC ‘ul *d 7 1B paAdasqo aunssat q WNUUULYAT "WOP "YZ IB IPBVUL SMOTIB ALISA CE) [-panurquoo ‘4ajsr.caxgy 709150]0.009}0 Hf | 1]B1}S-OLN1D ontid "M'N°N ontd) “MN onid|; “M ontd)” MA’ N °N ontd |" M*N’ MA “M'N ‘MN 'N “M 18910) “M *N ontTd) “M's On |" MN *N IeI19) TAU) a NN YeIys-O;nUIND ynuiny) Bdys- “M “M ONId)] “M °N old) “AA “N onid) “N OWUG "NU ONT |" AA” N* OnId | MN * OWI |*M"N * *M ‘N° O1tD) “N onidAA'N 28319 "M'N' “PULA Ur9 | SSL | SEL | ZEO'OE siecnceteis Pe G39 | 8°69 | ZL9 | I60°0E ana gris OF | OSL | FZL | FTO" OWI | "AN “A| O19 | O'OL | SLO | SLO" ond ¥'S9 | OSL | WSL | 940 onid) °“M 0°29 | F69 | O'99 | STITT Ride) i) ceo | PSL | OSL | 950° OnId| A °S “A FSS | 389 | FFD | LIT ASS0q V'Z9 | O'FL | OSL | 600° OnId| “WH °N | 0°29 | F'69 | #99 | 890° oI 9°29 | SPL | OSL | 600° OI) “A °N | 9°6¢ | 8°89 | 0°99 | $90" onIg L°€9 | GGL | Ssh | 90° OnId) “M °N | #89 | GOL | S19 | BIT ong 8°39 | BOL | OFL | 9E0° TeIID| “MA *N | 9°19 | 8°69 | OLY | G60 Iv31D 0°29 | O9FL | FEL | 9T0" WB1S-OLNI| = "-M | B'E9 | TOL | O89 | PLO’ fC pue ssoq)’ p99 | 9'9L | SFL | OFO' ontd| “N e19 | 669 | S29 | 880° Jyens] AS80,7 @L9 | GLL | ¥'SL | G60 IeafO) “MM °N | 8°49 | SSL | f'OL | 8LO° yun) O'L9 | HLL | SSL | 640" yawunO Vv M'N “N| TS9 | SSL | SOL | ZOU ong GL9 | OLL | OSL | SFO" Iv9JO|} “A “N | 2°S9 } SIL | 069 | 460° ong F'69 | O'LL | O'GL | STO" YAWN) “AM “S | g's9 | FEL | FOL | 8FO 18319 0°69 | 69L | OSL | 820" OnTG|"AA‘S “AA| 89 | SSL | G69 | 880° 5307 W'LO | SLL | BSL | 460° OnIT! "M °N | 9°49 | OSL | O'OL | F80° OIG 799 | S9L | OFL | 960° ONT) "MAAN °N| @'F9 | F'OL | 0°89 | 880° onid 899 | OSL | L°Sh | 8FO" onid) °N ZrO | WIL | 0°69 | LOT" 1831D $99 | OLL | BFL | 6S0° OnId) °N 9°49 | SSL | B'89 | 6ZT° onid 7'S9 | OSL | L'SL | LLO" OIG! “AA “N | 8's9 | O'69 | 9°S9 | 9BT" 1)e148-O.1012) 8'I9 | OL | SOL | F80° ONId|"AA*N ‘N| 9*zG | 0°99 | F'S9 | 8ST’ oniqd Slo | VSL | OTL | 260° OnId) °N res | PLO | OF9 | LIT oniqd| 66S | OSL } O'TL | 990°0E OIC) “MM “N | 0'8¢ | 399 | G's9 | HOT" og 9°09 | GGL | Z'OL | L66 Ong; °M rLS | 0°99 | FS9 | 990° ond G39 | 8'GL | O'OL | L86°6z OnId) "MM “N | 4'4¢ | 99 | 0°89 | 690° ond 0°09 | FTL | S°69 | 0S0" OnId| “AA °N | z'6¢ | #99 | S'g9 | FIT’ ond G6G | SGL | SOL | S90" Onid! “MM “N | o°9¢g | 6S9 | ago | SI oud €8¢ | WSL | O'ZL | TZO0° oniqd “N oss | 919 | ¢’°S9 | S80° OC 639 | SSL | BSL | 620'0E ONId] "M “N | #°%9 | FOL | $89 | £80" onc, 699 | BLL | O'9L | 666° onig| “N reg | Sen | SIL | 860° onig 099 | BLL | OGL | SL6" On'Id|"M"N'N| eGo | we | O'OL | gd" ond BL9 | 9'8L | O'LL | 986°6% 18D} 'N | 19 | SPL | OSL | SFO'OE 4v2[D © ° o = |sayouy ° ° o jsayouy 2=/2| 9 | gp Bea 2 | Sie ee cs] © ms AS JO jooasy ae. 2 Ps aol AS JO yoodsy =. : oe =BS > * ir *a1nje19d W397, S “pul *ainye19d Wd J, 5 quoieddy 18 spew suoneArasqg “ul QC * 6 18 paatesqo o1nssat J UINWITX®B TAT mye) ee) Ca) Wee) bd O70) *N “AM "N M'N°M we “M ON wyieo wey) WN) we wed wyeo we me “M “AA NON “M"N *N *aSIl -ung 3 moTdaA1C ‘PULA ss | t09 | €'09 G9G | 28S | Oss 0:99 | 9°49}. Lek srs | 99Oc | FOG O'LS | O8S | FRG 999 | O89 | OBS GLG | o6o | cé6s S'LS | G09 | ¥'09 S19 | P29 | L's9 9°69 | Gd | g"c9 oE9 | SO | O'FY G19 | L299 | GsZo G19 | 8°79 | 9% Ve%O | LS9 | 9'E9 8°79 | #99 | ¢°S9 r09 | ST9 | LT9 86g | O19 | O19 9°69 | O19 | G9 r38¢ | O19 | s'T9 PGS | OLS | OLS res | GOS | g'9G PPS | OLS | g'Rg F'sG | 8°SS | O'9G rES | FOC | OLS FSG | 99 | ggg o'es | agg | go°c¢ res | os | OSG ¢ 9S | O69 | F6¢ 96S | 9%9 | ¢'E9 219 | 6&9 | O'F9 Z'09 | 669 | 629 8°39 | FS9 | gO°g9 oe ) ° el Slee el FY) Ss = ° *ainyeladwsd J, *9SLI-UNG 1B APBUL SUOT}BALISGGO | 9€0'0e/ BBE €¢0" 1g CLO" 0g L¥0" 62 8z0"-| “S82 110° lz $10" 9% 860" c 0g0° ¥% 020 G@ Tg0" Be 650" "SIZ 920" 0% +00" 61 1F0° 8I ¢z0" LT TF0" 91 8F0° ST 610° "SFI 160° SI €80" ZI Oot" Il 9c0'0e| Ol 26663, «6 600° 8 190° a) IFO" 9 6zo'0e| —§ 886°6Z| F L00°08} $96" 4 8866, T soyouy wo ® S BH = ma = ° 0 0 V'16 1g ee ee 0°06 os;C} °° ** | 9°68 6Z a a 8°06 ) 8% ee eo G66 LZ ee ee G6 9% ee ee 8°28 CS ee eo L'68 Ls ee ee L183 ee eo 916 s@| | ct | Les Ke See We 1G 0z ee ee LZ6 61 es ee C'Z6 ST ee eo CZ6 LI ee eo CFG oT os ee 2°16 CI ») ee ee 9'%6 mi ee ee lege St eo ee L°e6 ol eo oo ¥'68 Il ae ee G68 a "EA eoeeet OLE - ** 19°68 PO as | Bee “ ze es | Sue 9 ee se 0°88 G ee ee 0°06 A Pp ee ee Z'68 ¢ ee ee 9°E6 (G ee eo LI6 I ee ee ¢'°S6 TOOT MOL lyse O| Slasmoqiioddg| 5 = pe So °C 09 id pike) O1S|, a & |S) 3007 |eeg | 5.” | os 5 suoneary | & 3 Qjsasney uey “8 6'8S| 8°89 fe] 9°8L SSL €'8L @S8L BLL OLL oLL SSL LLL O°6L 8°6L ¢°08 F'08 C’6L 86) ¢'08 0'08 ¢'6L G'6L 8'8L oLL ans s) § 5 ° *1A}SULOWLLOY J, WNUWIUITA, pues WIN WIX®B JT EG | Ou ond oniqd OIC] ond 031 0G EG | ond EG | 18319 i huhernit@) Bit) young ond Ov] v3] O 1V81}S-O1ND ontd OCT OIG onId ond IBID 178.1]S-O111) ond oI ouIG od Ri) i) *AYG Jo yoadsy -*** 199 #'SL) L'EL| 8966S ee ————— *yaS-UNS JB BPBUL SUOIICAIOSGYD MA NIN| 2'S9] G°GL! PSL) OFG "M "N|Z'S9] O ZL) 9°SL| L96°6% "M °N| 2°89] PTL) L°3L| FOO'OS "M NPA 1°Z9/S'TL| L°SL/ SPE "M. |9'29| OTL] 9°SL| P96" “M ( 8°29 9°TL| 8°@L| 166" *M ‘N|0'S9| L°@L| L'SL| L66° MNN|2'P9] OSL) SL) BFE" “MM |8°99/8°SL| O'SL| SLE" "M °S/Z'89) 3° PL) SSL 196° "M |P°L9/ 8°PL) OSL "M ‘N| #99] SFL) G'°SL "N [9°99] O'PL| SSL "N 12°69] PL) PSL W[BD| Z'89] FFL) F°S1| OSE “M *N|2°L9) O'FL| OSU NS” W®D | #99) F°SL| PWEDE We] Z°L9| S°SL| See} LOO WIBD| G9] FTL MNN| 289] 0 OL) SiQl"A M NN] 9°69/ &'TL| €) M NN! ¥°09} 0°01' 0 G4 f "M °N| ¥°T9| 0°02) € "M ‘N/|9°S9! P69} 0'% "M ‘N/€°T9/ 0°02) O'T *M ‘N/ ¥'09/ 8'69| FT MNN|0'09/ 8°02) 2% "M N'M) Z°$9! O'SL| VE "M N*AL) Q°CQ| G'FL| O'9 MNN]|0°29) $°S1| &°9 MNN| 0°89} $°S2/ 6°9 ° ° ° ges| =| 2|9 HS to > = s =. a eS oO RE | eet ee “pura! *asnjesod ua], se+ (@'g9 G'C) ——— 0711 | MN N| T'¥9) 6°SL OIG | MNN|@ 29] PSL ond |AA *N| 8°29) O'SL O9n1qy |" N*AN) $°T9] O'GL Onid| “M_ |8°09) F’rL OnIG|’M *N| 8°69) SFL OIC |"M °N| #9) 9°SL O11 |"M *N| 6°39) SSL 1BI1D |" M°SS| 0°S9| FOL oid|’M ‘S| #19) 8°92 PAWN GD |°AA N*M) $'99/ 9°91 Teaqa|M NN} 9°99/0°LL ond |MNN| 9°99) 8°92 OG | MSM | 6°29) SLL AWN) AA “S| S729} FLL pet Fog\ 0991 | M NN} @ 99) O°LL re 7 ~ ae CO bX © ~ ~ ~~ for) ine) fer} (7) or) HH 0D HID 00 00 GO I~ 3 0 ~ — ao 3 ~ So co < DB OM~ 00 tr r~ t br PS iteNariac) 1 = ™~ Sr S22? ~ NA ie) ° AD OrMMORO Om OOO OT © 0 & wnooo 0 Sw 8 O'F9| F° g 8 869) Z ¥ ° S| Ol | eae ae: =| | os oo > i) bs e| a |= | mg oo 7 = ay - = ‘alnieiod we |, ° “WOF YSIB SpsUl SUOT}BAIISgO i fy hh Bs, Nar WN Ooh ote " SRS os " "a oe a a ee” Sk oe” pariah teas; < ctgeeec fcteageette . ‘ i ~ = 8 $< ae 3 0-0 Oe : “e +2 25 bs ett . oe 3 t—% arr Leuk ol wee ies se 19188 Sarees ee « r ee ee een bel heb Be 6 a8; ni Free - : = Pe! ;. as *, eb) i se -* ‘ tafe & ia & * oi ae Go wetc nh te eee once =e eet Peek “yee ae pasa J #6 HGS REY TRE whi 4 Steep bg okt =p dee sy Bets tapers etre be geis Sates 4 228 * 4 webs orate tet tad : cla bot ope hae ' e=¥- ; ma ee teh bb: aH cena yn be at heieeRe yen: Ls ae Ree ne ieree 1% ae = Ftp areetes b~ Gna ho bod G5, - oa pp ro Hach ant eit 12 psy int pie P vim oe a eee tare 3 tit th ae bd oo a2 gs cre i aes viens Hes Pitit ras wesc Reketod cs c Snares 73 - ‘or ere Caan ol a oe eh Be ath & =i) — te Beye bsp tes + + e pitty CFOS S: i jee etece 4) Bt ony on, Perey eye byt eee use aie eer rea 1G -bb6 1650400 0 0 20-8 9! > i oi + ba eve KS et eicar Peter of 325 6 . tian rite a oe ee) ed 12 Raf Be ee Ve Bee a-fe cue @eteta Geb aed. G- kd hee ee +e he ti Se ae Le) pee "een if : 8 o-s "er «> J ry? te! > 0- ae £7 ’ aheeensin é =bPb oe Ons bBo Oe oe e?-8) 66. aire - 2 ei